礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者显示巴利原文
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa
《藏释》显示巴利原文
Peṭakopadesapāḷi
圣谛开显初地显示巴利原文
1. Ariyasaccappakāsanapaṭhamabhūmi
礼敬诸正自觉者、诸见胜义者显示巴利原文
Namo sammāsambuddhānaṃ paramatthadassīnaṃ
诸戒等功德波罗蜜成就者显示巴利原文
Sīlādiguṇapāramippattānaṃ.
1 有二因、二缘,能令声闻生起正见:来自他人的、随顺真谛的声音,和内在的如理作意。其中,什么是来自他人的声音?凡是从他人那里听闻的教导、教诫、训诫、真谛之语、随顺真谛之语。四谛——苦、集、灭、道。对这四谛的教导、宣示、阐明、分别、揭示、演说——这便称为随顺真谛的声音。显示巴利原文
Duve hetū duve paccayā sāvakassa sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya – parato ca ghoso saccānusandhi, ajjhattañca yoniso manasikāro. Tattha katamo parato ghoso? Yā parato desanā ovādo anusāsanī saccakathā saccānulomo. Cattāri saccāni – dukkhaṃ samudayo nirodho maggo. Imesaṃ catunnaṃ saccānaṃ yā desanā sandassanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkiriyā pakāsanā – ayaṃ vuccati saccānulomo ghosoti.
2 其中,什么是内在的如理作意?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo ajjhattaṃ yoniso manasikāro?
内在的如理作意,是指:对于如所教示的法,不将所缘向外引转,而作如理作意——这便称为如理作意。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattaṃ yoniso manasikāro nāma yo yathādesite dhamme bahiddhā ārammaṇaṃ anabhinīharitvā yoniso manasikāro – ayaṃ vuccati yoniso manasikāro.
这便是方式、如理、门径与方便。就好像有人用干燥的木柴,在无脂无油的干木上,以干燥的上钻木在陆地持续摩擦而能生起火焰。那是什么缘故?因为如此才是如理地生起火焰。同样地,他对苦、集、灭、道这无颠倒的法教如实作意——这便称为如理作意。显示巴利原文
Taṃākāro yoniso dvāro vidhi upāyo. Yathā puriso sukkhe kaṭṭhe vigatasnehe sukkhāya uttarāraṇiyā thale abhimanthamānaṃ bhabbo jotissa adhigamāya . Taṃ kissa hetu. Yoniso aggissa adhigamāya. Evamevassa yamidaṃ dukkhasamudayanirodhamaggānaṃ aviparītadhammadesanaṃ manasikaroti – ayaṃ vuccati yoniso manasikāro.
如同三个过去从未听闻、前所未闻的譬喻显现出来。凡于诸欲尚未离贪者……(中略)……有两个譬喻应作非如理,这是在后文所说。这其中,来自他人的音声与内在的如理作意——这二者是助缘。由来自他人的音声而生起的慧——这称为闻所成慧。由内在的如理作意而生起的慧——这称为思所成慧。应当了知这两种慧,以及此前的两种助缘。正是这两种因、两种缘,令声闻的正见生起。显示巴利原文
Yathā tisso upamā pubbe assutā ca assutapubbā ca paṭibhanti. Yo hi koci kāmesu avītarāgoti…pe… duve upamā ayoniso kātabbā pacchimesu vuttaṃ. Tattha yo ca parato ghoso yo ca ajjhattaṃ yoniso manasikāro – ime dve paccayā. Parato ghosena yā uppajjati paññā – ayaṃ vuccati sutamayī paññā. Yā ajjhattaṃ yoniso manasikārena uppajjati paññā – ayaṃ vuccati cintāmayī paññāti. Imā dve paññā veditabbā. Purimakā ca dve paccayā. Ime dve hetū dve paccayā sāvakassa sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya.
3 这其中,若对来自他人的音声、随顺真谛的教说不能了知其义,却想成为通达义理者——这是不可能的。尚未通达义理者能够如理作意——这也是不可能的。若对来自他人的音声、随顺真谛的教说能了知其义,便能成为通达义理者——这是可能的。已经通达义理者能够如理作意——这也是可能的。这便是因、这便是缘、这便是出离的途径,令声闻得以出离,别无其他。此人如果不与经义的了知相应,只是执著于音声而未能了知来自他人音声之义,就不可能证得上人法、圣人的智见。因此,希求涅槃者应以闻所成慧而寻求诸义。其中,寻求的次第便是:十六种导引、五种方法、十八根本句。显示巴利原文
Tattha parato ghosassa saccānusandhissa desitassa atthaṃ avijānanto atthappaṭisaṃvedī bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Na ca atthappaṭisaṃvedī yoniso manasikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Parato ghosassa saccānusandhissa desitassa atthaṃ vijānanto atthappaṭisaṃvedī bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca yoniso manasikarissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Esa hetu etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ eso upāyo sāvakassa niyyānassa, natthañño. Soyaṃ na ca suttassa atthavijānanāya saha yutto nāpi ghosānuyogena parato ghosassa atthaṃ avijānantena sakkā uttarimanussadhammaṃ alamariyañāṇadassanaṃ adhigantuṃ, tasmā nibbāyitukāmena sutamayena atthā pariyesitabbā. Tattha pariyesanāya ayaṃ anupubbī bhavati soḷasa hārā, pañca nayā, aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni.
此处有一摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ uddānagāthā
十六线索为导引,五种方法探求教法;
十八根本要目,迦旃延氏所明示。
显示巴利原文 Soḷasahārā nettī, pañcanayā sāsanassa pariyeṭṭhi; Aṭṭhārasamūlapadā, kaccāyanagottaniddiṭṭhā. Tattha katame soḷasahārā?
教说、抉择、理趣、词基、特相、四种排列、转、格、转变、同义词、施设、降入、净化、确立、资具、增益——此即十六项。显示巴利原文
Desanā vicayo yutti padaṭṭhānaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ catubyūho āvaṭṭo vibhatti parivattano vevacano paññatti otaraṇo sodhano adhiṭṭhāno parikkhāro samāropano – ime soḷasa hārā.
于此,摄颂曰:显示巴利原文
Tattha uddānagāthā
教说、抉择、理趣,词基与特相;
四种排列与回转,格与变化;
同义词与施设,摄入与净化。
显示巴利原文 Desanā vicayo yutti, padaṭṭhāno ca lakkhaṇo ; Catubyūho ca āvaṭṭo, vibhatti parivattano. Vevacano ca paññatti, otaraṇo ca sodhano; Adhiṭṭhāno parikkhāro, samāropano soḷaso – ;
5 其中,哪五种是方法?显示巴利原文
Tattha katame pañca nayā?
欢喜轮、三轮、狮子游戏、观察诸方,以及钩。显示巴利原文
Nandiyāvaṭṭo tipukkhalo sīhavikkīḷito disālocano aṅkusoti.
于此摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tattha uddānagāthā
第一是欢喜轮,第二是三轮;
名为狮子游戏,是为第三法。
他们称观察诸方,为第四种方法的庄严;
第五名为钩,这五种方法至此说尽。
显示巴利原文 Paṭhamo nandiyāvaṭṭo, dutiyo ca tipukkhalo; Sīhavikkīḷito nāma, tatiyo hoti so nayo. Disālocanamāhaṃsu, catuttho nayalañjako; Pañcamo aṅkuso nāma , sabbe pañca nayā gatā.
6 其中,哪些是十八根本句?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni?
无明、渴爱、贪、嗔、痴、净想、乐想、常想、我想、止、观、无贪、无嗔、无痴、不净想、苦想、无常想、无我想,这些便是十八根本句。其中,九句为不善,一切不善皆汇归于此;九句为善,一切善皆汇归于此。显示巴利原文
Avijjā taṇhā lobho doso moho subhasaññā sukhasaññā niccasaññā attasaññā samatho vipassanā alobho adoso amoho asubhasaññā dukkhasaññā aniccasaññā anattasaññā, imāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni. Tattha nava padāni akusalāni yattha sabbaṃ akusalaṃ samosarati. Nava padāni kusalāni yattha sabbaṃ kusalaṃ samosarati.
是哪九句为不善,而一切不善皆汇归于此?显示巴利原文
Katamāni nava padāni akusalāni yattha sabbaṃ akusalaṃ samosarati?
无明乃至我想,此九句是不善的,一切不善皆汇归于此。显示巴利原文
Avijjā yāva attasaññā, imāni nava padāni akusalāni, yattha sabbaṃ akusalaṃ samosarati.
哪九个项目是善的,能令一切善法汇聚于此?显示巴利原文
Katamāni nava padāni kusalāni yattha sabbaṃ kusalaṃ samosarati?
从“止”到“无我想”,这九个项目是善的,一切善法皆汇归于此。这便是十八根本项目。显示巴利原文
Samatho yāva anattasaññā, imāni nava padāni kusalāni yattha sabbaṃ kusalaṃ samosarati. Imāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni.
于此,有如下摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tattha imā uddānagāthā
渴爱、无明、贪,及嗔与痴;
四颠倒,与烦恼地之九项;
诸念处、止、观,与善根;
一切善,根、地、九项。
一切善以九项相应,一切不善亦以九项相应;
各别为九个根本句,二者合则为十八根本句。
显示巴利原文 Taṇhā ca avijjā lobho, doso tatheva moho ca; Cattāro ca vipallāsā, kilesabhūmi nava padāni. Ye ca satipaṭṭhānā samatho, vipassanā kusalamūlaṃ; Etaṃ sabbaṃ kusalaṃ, indriyabhūmi navapadāni. Sabbaṃ kusalaṃ navahi padehi yujjati, navahi ceva akusalaṃ; Ekake nava mūlapadāni, ubhayato aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni.
在这十八根本句中,九句为不善,即是苦集;九句为善,即是导向苦灭之道。如是,集的果是苦,导向苦灭之道的果是灭。这四圣谛为世尊在波罗奈所宣说。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ mūlapadānaṃ yāni nava padāni akusalāni, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo; yāni nava padāni kusalāni, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā. Iti samudayassa dukkhaṃ phalaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya nirodhaṃ phalaṃ. Imāni cattāri ariyasaccāni bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ desitāni.
7 于中,苦圣谛以无量的字、句、文、相、语源与分别论,为显示、阐明、开显、分别、阐释、施设此义而被宣说,一切诸谛亦复如是。因此,每一谛皆应以无量的字、句、文、相、语源及分别论来探究,而那文句乃因义之众多而众多,实非因文句之众多。显示巴利原文
Tattha dukkhassa ariyasaccassa aparimāṇāni akkharāni padāni byañjanāni ākārāni niruttiyo niddesā desitā etassevatthassa saṅkāsanāya pakāsanāya vivaraṇāya vibhajanāya uttānīkammatāya paññāpanāyāti yā evaṃ sabbesaṃ saccānaṃ. Iti ekamekaṃ saccaṃ aparimāṇehi akkharapadabyañjanaākāraniruttiniddesehi pariyesitabbaṃ, tañca byañjanaṃ atthaputhuttena pana attheva byañjanaputhuttena.
若有沙门或婆罗门如此说:‘我舍弃此苦而施设另一苦’,那只是空言,若被追问便无法作答。诸谛正是如此。从世尊成等正觉之夜,直至无取著般涅槃之夜,其间世尊所宣说的一切——经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、吠陀罗,一切皆是转法轮。诸佛世尊的教说,无一在法轮之外,一切经教皆应于圣法中探求。在此,为作摄持,这四圣谛具有光明且是稳固的。显示巴利原文
Yo hi koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṃ vadeyya ‘‘ahaṃ idaṃ dukkhaṃ paccakkhāya aññaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti tassa taṃ vācāvatthukamevassa pucchito ca na sampāyissati. Evaṃ saccāni. Yañca rattiṃ bhagavā abhisambuddho, yañca rattiṃ anupādāya parinibbuto, etthantare yaṃ kiñci bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ. Na kiñci buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ dhammadesanāya dhammacakkato bahiddhā, tassa sabbaṃ suttaṃ ariyadhammesu pariyesitabbaṃ. Tattha pariggaṇhanāya ālokasabhāni cattāri ariyasaccāni thāvarāni imāni.
其中,什么是苦?生、老、病、死,简而言之,五取蕴为苦。于此,这是相的简别:生以显现为相,老以成熟为相,病以苦苦性为相,死以命终为相,愁以与所爱别离、变易、热恼为相,悲以哀泣为相,苦以身受逼迫为相,忧以心受逼迫为相,恼以烦闷烧燃为相,怨憎会以不可意相会为相,爱别离以可意的离散为相,求不得以所愿不成相,五取蕴以未遍知为相,老死以成熟与命终为相,死没与结生以死没显现为相,集以结生与生起为相,灭以舍断集为相,道以断除随眠为相。苦以病为相,集以了知为相,道以出离为相,灭以寂静为相。无余涅槃界以无结生、止息为相。苦与集、苦与灭、苦与道;集与苦、集与灭、集与道;灭与集、灭与苦、灭与道;道与灭、道与集、道与苦。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ? Jāti jarā byādhi maraṇaṃ saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Tatthāyaṃ lakkhaṇaniddeso, pātubhāvalakkhaṇā jāti, paripākalakkhaṇā jarā, dukkhadukkhatālakkhaṇo byādhi, cutilakkhaṇaṃ maraṇaṃ, piyavippayogavipariṇāmaparitāpanalakkhaṇo soko, lālappanalakkhaṇo paridevo, kāyasampīḷanalakkhaṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, cittasampīḷanalakkhaṇaṃ domanassaṃ, kilesaparidahanalakkhaṇo upāyāso, amanāpasamodhānalakkhaṇo appiyasampayogo, manāpavinābhāvalakkhaṇo piyavippayogo, adhippāyavivattanalakkhaṇo alābho, apariññālakkhaṇā pañcupādānakkhandhā, paripākacutilakkhaṇaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, pātubhāvacutilakkhaṇaṃ cutopapatti, paṭisandhinibbattanalakkhaṇo samudayo, samudayaparijahanalakkhaṇo nirodho, anusayasamucchedalakkhaṇo maggo. Byādhilakkhaṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, sañjānanalakkhaṇo samudayo, niyyānikalakkhaṇo maggo, santilakkhaṇo nirodho. Appaṭisandhibhāvanirodhalakkhaṇā anupādisesā nibbānadhātu, dukkhañca samudayo ca, dukkhañca nirodho ca, dukkhañca maggo ca, samudayo ca dukkhañca, samudayo ca nirodho ca, samudayo ca maggo ca, nirodho ca samudayo ca, nirodho ca dukkhañca, nirodho ca maggo ca, maggo ca nirodho ca, maggo ca samudayo ca, maggo ca dukkhañca.
8 于此,列出这些经文。显示巴利原文
Tatthimāni suttāni.
那学童在胎藏中度过的第一夜,
他既已启程,便一路前行,不复回转。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yamekarattiṃ paṭhamaṃ, gabbhe vasati māṇavo; Abbhuṭṭhitova so yāti, sa gacchaṃ na nivattatī’’ti.
阿难,这八种布施所感的再生处,在《增一经》中有说——此即是生。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhimā, ānanda, dānupapattiyo ekuttarike suttaṃ – ayaṃ jāti.
其中,何谓老?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā jarā?
未行梵行,年少时未得财富;
犹如老鹭枯槁,恰似涸池无鱼。
显示巴利原文 Acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ, aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ; Jiṇṇakoñcāva jhāyanti, khīṇamaccheva pallale. Pañca pubbanimittāni devesu – ayaṃ jarā. Tattha katamo byādhi? Sāmaṃ tena kuto rāja, tuvampi jarāyanti vedesi; Khattiya kammassa phalo, loko na hi kammaṃ panayati.
三种病人,这便是病。显示巴利原文
Tayo gilānā – ayaṃ byādhi.
其中,什么是死?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ maraṇaṃ?
犹如陶师所制的陶器,
细小与巨大者,已熟与未熟者,
这一切皆以坏灭为终点,有情的生命正是如此。
你们看那些执为我所者正颤动挣扎,如游鱼在浅水、流尽之处。
显示巴利原文 Yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṃ mattikabhājanaṃ; Khuddakañca mahantañca, yaṃ pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ; Sabbaṃ bhedanapariyantaṃ, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ. Mamāyite passatha phandamāne , maccheva appodake khīṇasote; Etampi disvā amamo careyya, bhavesu āsattimakubbamāno.
水喻经——这就是死亡。显示巴利原文
Udakappanasuttaṃ – idaṃ maraṇaṃ.
此处,什么是愁?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo soko?
作恶者今生愁苦,来世愁苦,于两处皆愁苦;
他忧愁、他苦恼,因见到自业的杂染。
显示巴利原文 Idha socati pecca socati, pāpakārī ubhayattha socati; So socati so vihaññati, disvā kammakiliṭṭhamattano .
三种恶行——这便是愁。显示巴利原文
Tīṇi duccaritāni – ayaṃ soko.
其中,何为悲泣?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo paridevo?
于诸欲中贪着、耽溺、痴迷者,悭吝,陷入险途;
为苦所逼迫,他们悲泣:‘从此死后,我们将成为什么?’
显示巴利原文 Kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā, avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā; Dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti, kiṃsu bhavissāma ito cutāse.
三种衰败,此即是悲。显示巴利原文
Tisso vipattiyo – ayaṃ paridevo.
于此,何为苦?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ?
Sataṃ āsi ayosaṅkū , sabbe paccattavedanā; Jalitā jātavedāva, accisaṅghasamākulā.
“那热恼真是巨大啊!”——《相应部·谛相应》中所说——“此是苦。”显示巴利原文
Mahā vata so pariḷāho saṃyuttake suttaṃ saccasaṃyuttesu – idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
其中,什么是忧?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ domanassaṃ?
“他为寻思所驱使,犹如可怜人一般沉湎忧思;”
“听到他人的责斥,这样的人便陷入沮丧。”
显示巴利原文 Saṅkappehi pareto so, kapaṇo viya jhāyati; Sutvā paresaṃ nigghosaṃ, maṅku hoti tathāvidho.
这二者是令人热恼的事——即是忧。显示巴利原文
Dveme tapanīyā dhammā – idaṃ domanassaṃ.
其中,什么是悲伤?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo upāyāso?
犹如铁匠的炉火,内燃而不外燃;
听闻那已生起的莲花,我的心便这样燃烧。
显示巴利原文 Kammārānaṃ yathā ukkā, anto ḍayhati no bahi; Evaṃ ḍayhati me hadayaṃ, sutvā nibbattamambujaṃ.
三火——此即愁悲。显示巴利原文
Tayo aggī – ayaṃ upāyāso.
其中,什么是怨憎会?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo appiyasampayogo?
如同铁锈从铁本身生起,生起之后便吞食那铁;
如此,行为过度者,自作诸业引向恶趣。
显示巴利原文 Ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tatuṭṭhāya tameva khādati; Evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni kammāni nayanti duggatiṃ.
有两种人诽谤如来,这在《增一经》的二法中说——此即与不爱者会合。显示巴利原文
Dveme tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhanti, ekuttarike suttaṃ dukesu – ayaṃ appiyasampayogo.
那么,什么是爱别离?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo piyavippayogo?
犹如梦中相会的人,醒来后便不再见到;
同样地,所爱之人死去、命终之后,便不再见到。
诸天人了知死殁之法,便以三种言语教诫。这就是爱别离。
三魔女,所求不得;
若人充满欲求,心生贪爱,
诸欲退失时,他便如被利箭刺伤般地受苦。
眼、耳与鼻,舌、身以及意;
这些世间诱饵是可怖的,凡夫众生便耽著于此。
显示巴利原文 Supinena yathāpi saṅgataṃ, paṭibuddho puriso na passati; Evampi piyāyitaṃ janaṃ, petaṃ kālaṅkataṃ na passati. Te devā cavanadhammaṃ viditvā tīhi vācāhi anusāsanti. Ayaṃ piyavippayogo. Yampicchaṃ na labhati, tisso māradhītaro; Tassa ce kāmayānassa , chandajātassa jantuno; Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppati. Saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Cakkhu sotañca ghānañca, jivhā kāyo tato manaṃ; Ete lokāmisā ghorā, yattha sattā puthujjanā.
诸比丘,此五蕴即是苦。显示巴利原文
Pañcime bhikkhave khandhā – idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
其中,什么是老与死?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā jarā ca maraṇañca?
生命实在短暂,不到百岁即会死去;
即便活得更久,他终究也会因老而死。
显示巴利原文 Appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ, oraṃ vassasatāpi mīyate ; Atha vāpi akicchaṃ jīvitaṃ, atha kho so jarasāpi mīyate.
相应部《波斯匿相应》中有一部经提到:「我的祖母已命终」——这说的即是老与死。显示巴利原文
Saṃyuttake pasenadisaṃyuttake suttaṃ ayyikā me kālaṅkatā – ayaṃ jarā ca maraṇañca.
其中,什么是死没与投生?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā cuti ca upapatti ca?
一切有情终将死去,生命以死亡为归宿;
他们将随业而去,各得自业果报。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ; Yathākammaṃ gamissanti, attakammaphalūpagā’’ti . –
这便是死与再生。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ cuti ca upapatti ca.
依凭这些经,与余诸同类经,由此九种经所贯入,从特相上了知苦;当开显共通与不共通的苦圣谛。应以偈颂推度偈颂,或以分别论推度分别论——这便是苦。显示巴利原文
Imehi suttehi ekasadisehi ca aññehi navavidhaṃ suttaṃ taṃ anupaviṭṭhehi lakkhaṇato dukkhaṃ ñatvā sādhāraṇañca asādhāraṇañca dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ niddisitabbaṃ. Gāthāhi gāthā anuminitabbā, byākaraṇehi vā byākaraṇaṃ – idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
9 这其中,什么是苦集?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo dukkhasamudayo?
有情沉溺诸欲,执着于欲,不见结缚之过患;
诚然,为结缚所系缚的众生,决不可能渡越那宽广浩大的暴流。
显示巴利原文 Kāmesu sattā kāmasaṅgasattā , saṃyojane vajjamapassamānā; Na hi jātu saṃyojanasaṅgasattā, oghaṃ tareyyuṃ vipulaṃ mahantaṃ.
四漏经——此是苦集。显示巴利原文
Cattāro āsavā suttaṃ – ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo.
于此,何谓苦灭?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo dukkhanirodho?
其中无诳、无慢而住,
已离贪欲,不执我所,无所期望,
弃除了嗔恚,自证般涅槃;
他就是婆罗门,就是沙门,就是比丘。
显示巴利原文 Yamhi na māyā vasatī na māno, Yo vītalobho amamo nirāso, Panuṇṇakodho abhinibbutatto; So brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhu.
此有两种解脱:心解脱,是离贪染;慧解脱,是离无明染——这就是灭。显示巴利原文
Dvemā vimuttiyo, rāgavirāgā ca cetovimutti; avijjāvirāgā ca paññāvimutti – ayaṃ nirodho.
那么,什么是道呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo maggo?
Eseva maggo natthañño, dassanassa visuddhiyā; Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, mārassetaṃ pamohanaṃ. Sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā – ayaṃ maggo. Tattha katamāni cattāri ariyasaccāni? ‘‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha; Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo’’ti.
由因所生之法是苦,因是集,此为世尊所说。此法即是灭。若人于结缚法随观乐味,则烦恼与渴爱增长;以渴爱为缘而有取……乃至如是而有纯大苦蕴之集起。其中,结缚——此是集。结缚法,及愁、悲、苦、忧、恼之生起——此是苦。于结缚法随观过患——此是道。从生、老、病、死、愁、悲乃至忧恼中解脱——此是涅槃。这便是四圣谛。显示巴利原文
Hetuppabhavā dhammā dukkhaṃ, hetusamudayo, yaṃ bhagavato vacanaṃ. Ayaṃ dhammo yo nirodho, ye hi keci saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assadānupassino viharanti. Kilesā taṇhā pavaḍḍhati, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Tattha yaṃ saṃyojanaṃ – ayaṃ samudayo. Ye saṃyojaniyā dhammā ye ca sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti – idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yā saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassanā – ayaṃ maggo. Parimuccati jātiyā jarāya byādhīhi maraṇehi sokehi paridevehi yāva upāyāsehi – idaṃ nibbānaṃ. Imāni cattāri saccāni.
于此,什么是无余涅槃界?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā anupādisesā nibbānadhātu?
已灭尽者,无可度量;因为并没有任何可用来施设他的事物。
显示巴利原文 Atthaṅgatassa na pamāṇamatthi, taṃ hi vā natthi yena naṃ paññapeyya; Sabbasaṅgānaṃ samūhatattā vidū, sitā vādasatassu sabbe.
此即《相应部》中瞿低迦相应所摄。显示巴利原文
Saṃyuttake godhikasaṃyuttaṃ.
这些是不共的经典。无论在何处宣说诸谛,皆应从谛的特相入手,并以无量的文句探求其义。在此,义随文句而转,文句又随义而转,对于每一义,皆有无量的文句;依这些如所安立的经典,即能以无量的文句来阐明四圣谛。对于偈颂,可借由遍摄五部尼柯耶的偈颂来推知;对于分别,可借由分别论来推知。显示巴利原文
Imāni asādhāraṇāni suttāni. Yahiṃ yahiṃ saccāni niddiṭṭhāni, tahiṃ tahiṃ saccalakkhaṇato otāretvā aparimāṇehi byañjanehi so attho pariyesitabbo. Tattha atthānuparivatti byañjanena puna byañjanānuparivatti atthena tassa ekamekassa aparimāṇāni byañjanāni imehi suttehi yathānikkhittehi cattāri ariyasaccāni niddisitabbāni. Pañcanikāye anupaviṭṭhāhi gāthāhi gāthā anuminitabbā, byākaraṇena byākaraṇaṃ. Imāni asādhāraṇāni suttāni.
这些为其摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ imā uddānagāthā
初夜所说,八种布施与再生;
五种前兆,如池中鱼尽;
自己与那位国王,三位病天人;
如同陶师的譬喻,亦如河流的譬喻。
现世忧愁,来世亦忧愁,以及三种恶行;
贪著于诸欲而放逸,终至三种衰败。
有百支铁钉,炽热极其猛烈;
他为诸寻思所缠缚,复于彼处被烧煮。
犹如铁匠的炉火,三种火焰显现;
铁中生起之垢,即是对如来的诽谤。
三种天人教诫,犹如梦境中的会合;
以及三位魔女,如同被利箭所伤而痛苦。
眼、耳与鼻,五蕴所显;
此命实短暂,我之祖母已年迈。
一切众生皆将逝,随生灭而流转;
有情耽著于诸欲,及四种漏。
显示巴利原文 Yamekarattiṃ paṭhamaṃ, aṭṭha dānūpapattiyo; Pañca pubbanimittāni, khīṇamacchaṃva pallalaṃ. Sāmaṃ tena kuto rāja, tayo devā gilānakā; Yathāpi kumbhakārassa, yathā nadidakappanaṃ. Idha socati pecca socati, tīṇi duccaritāni ca; Kāmesu giddhā pasutā, yāva tisso vipattiyo. Sataṃ āsi ayosaṅkū, pariḷāho mahattaro; Saṅkappehi pareto so, tattha tapaniyehi ca. Kammārānaṃ yathā ukkā, tayo aggī pakāsitā; Ayato malamuppannaṃ, abbhakkhānaṃ tathāgate. Tividhaṃ devānusāsanti, supinena saṅgamo yathā; Tisso ceva māradhītā, sallaviddhova ruppati. Cakkhu sotañca ghānañca, pañcakkhandhā pakāsitā; Appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ, ayyikā me mahallikā. Sabbe sattā marissanti, upapatti cuticayaṃ; Kāmesu sattā pasutā, āsavehi catūhi ca. Yamhi na māyā vasati, dvemā cetovimuttiyo; Eseva maggo natthañño, bojjhaṅgā ca sudesitā. Atthaṅgatassa na pamāṇamatthi, godhiko parinibbuto; Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, saṃyojanānupassino.
此十偈颂,即是他们之摄颂。显示巴利原文
Imā dasa tesaṃ uddānagāthā.
10 其中,有这些共通的经;于这些经中,共通之真谛以顺说、逆说、混合而说。以此为始。显示巴利原文
Tatthimāni sādhāraṇāni suttāni yesu suttesu sādhāraṇāni saccāni desitāni anulomampi paṭilomampi vomissakampi. Tattha ayaṃ ādi.
Avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā] Vivicchā pamādā nappakāsati; Jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhayaṃ.
其中,无明与疑惑,此为集。大怖畏,此为苦。此即苦与集二谛。「结与结所系法」在相应部的心相应中有其广释。其中,结,此为集;结所系法,此为苦。此即苦与集二谛。显示巴利原文
Tattha yā avijjā ca vivicchā ca, ayaṃ samudayo. Yaṃ mahabbhayaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni – dukkhañca samudayo ca. ‘‘Saṃyojanaṃ saṃyojaniyā ca dhammā’’ti saṃyuttake cittasaṃyuttakesu byākaraṇaṃ. Tattha yaṃ saṃyojanaṃ, ayaṃ samudayo. Ye saṃyojaniyā dhammā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni – dukkhañca samudayo ca.
其中,何为苦与灭?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhañca nirodho ca?
有爱已尽、导引已断的比丘;
生的轮回已尽,如今再无后有。
显示巴利原文 Ucchinnabhavataṇhassa, netticchinnassa bhikkhuno; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo.
心,这就是苦;有爱的断除,这就是苦灭。「生的轮回已尽,如今再无后有」是分别论。这即是二谛——苦与灭。诸比丘,有两种解脱:因贪的消尽而心解脱,因无明的消尽而慧解脱。心,这就是苦;解脱,这就是灭。这即是二谛——苦与灭。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ cittaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yo bhavataṇhāya upacchedo, ayaṃ dukkhanirodho. Vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavoti niddeso. Imāni dve saccāni – dukkhañca nirodho ca. Dvemā, bhikkhave, vimuttiyo; rāgavirāgā ca cetovimutti, avijjāvirāgā ca paññāvimutti. Yaṃ cittaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yā vimutti, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni dve saccāni – dukkhañca nirodho ca.
那么,什么是苦与道?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhañca maggo ca?
了知此身如瓦罐,此心安置如城,
应以慧为武器与魔战斗,守护所胜,而为无住者。
显示巴利原文 Kumbhūpamaṃ kāyamimaṃ viditvā, nagarūpamaṃ cittamidaṃ ṭhapetvā; Yodhetha māraṃ paññāvudhena, jitañca rakkhe anivesano siyā.
其中,身如瓦罐,心如城市,此即是苦;以智慧为武器与魔战斗,此即是道。这便是二圣谛。比丘们,凡是“不是你们的”,便应当舍断。凡有结缚之处,此即是道。那些非我所、应当舍断的法,从色乃至识,此即是苦与道。显示巴利原文
Tattha yañca kumbhūpamo kāyo yañca nagarūpamaṃ cittaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ paññāvudhena māraṃ yodhethāti ayaṃ maggo. Imāni dve saccāni. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahitabbaṃ. Yā saṃyojanā, ayaṃ maggo. Ye te dhammā anattaniyā pahātabbā, rūpaṃ yāva viññāṇaṃ, idaṃ dukkhañca maggo ca.
其中,什么是苦、集与灭?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhañca samudayo ca nirodho ca?
凡诸忧愁、悲伤,以及世间种种形态之苦,
这些依于所爱而缘生;所爱若不存在,这些便不会生起。
显示巴利原文 Ye keci sokā paridevitā vā, dukkhā ca lokasmimanekarūpā; Piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete, piye asante na bhavanti ete.
凡是愁悲,以及种种形态的苦,凡从爱而生者,这是苦。爱,这是集。于此,对所爱的欲贪的调伏、所爱的止息,这是灭。这就是三圣谛。游方者廷婆楼说“自作、他作”。如此观察,这是苦。不落入这两种极端的中道——以无明为缘而有行,乃至以生为缘而有老死——这亦是苦与集。识、名色、六处、触、受、有、生、老死,这是苦;无明、行、渴爱、取,这是集。如是,应观察“这是自作”,缘起中的苦,便是所说的集。由无明灭而有行灭,乃至老死灭,这是灭。这便是三圣谛:苦、集、灭。显示巴利原文
Ye sokaparidevā, yaṃ ca anekarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ pemato bhavati, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ pemaṃ, ayaṃ samudayo. Yo tattha chandarāgavinayo piyassa akiriyā, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni tīṇi saccāni. Timbaruko paribbājako pacceti ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ paraṃkata’’nti. Yathesā vīmaṃsā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yā ete dve ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā yāva jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, idampi dukkhañca samudayo ca. Viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ phasso vedanā bhavo jāti jarāmaraṇaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Avijjā saṅkhārā taṇhā upādānaṃ, ayaṃ samudayo. Iti idaṃ sayaṃkataṃ vīmaṃseyyāti yañca paṭiccasamuppāde dukkhaṃ, idaṃ eso samudayo niddiṭṭho. Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ca yāva ca jarāmaraṇanirodhoti ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni tīṇi saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca nirodho ca.
11 于此,何为苦、集与道?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhañca samudayo ca maggo ca?
了知欲乐实为世间之系缚后,具念者应当修学以调伏它们。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo dukkhamaddakkhi yatonidānaṃ, kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya; Kāmā hi loke saṅgāti ñatvā, tesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkhe’’ti.
见苦者即知'此是苦';由何而生,即是集;现观其生起,并修学以调伏之,即是道。这便是三谛。显示巴利原文
Yo dukkhamaddakkhi, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yato bhavati, ayaṃ samudayo. Sandiṭṭhaṃ yato bhavati yāva tassa vinayāya sikkhā, ayaṃ maggo. Imāni tīṇi saccāni.
《增支部·十一集·牧牛者譬喻经》显示巴利原文
Ekādasaṅguttaresu gopālakopamasuttaṃ.
其中,凡与色想相应者:六处如何覆盖疮口、如何获得渡口、如何获得与法相应的殊胜喜乐、自身与事物的四种,此为苦。能去除蝇卵者,此为集。与色想相应的去除蝇卵、覆盖疮口、知路及行处善巧,此为道。其余诸法有因、有缘、有依、有余之利益、种种供养,以善友为缘的诸法,以知路为因等,这些为三谛。显示巴利原文
Tattha yāva rūpasaññuttā yañca saḷāyatanaṃ yathā vaṇaṃ paṭicchādeti yañca titthaṃ yathā ca labhati dhammūpasañhitaṃ uḷāraṃ pītipāmojjaṃ catubbidhaṃ ca attabhāvato ca vatthu, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yāva āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti, ayaṃ samudayo. Rūpasaññuttā āsāṭakaharaṇaṃ vaṇapaṭicchādanaṃ vīthiññutā gocarakusalañca, ayaṃ maggo. Avasesā dhammā atthi hetū atthi paccayā atthi nissayā sāvasesadohitā anekapūjā ca kalyāṇamittatappaccayā dhammā vīthiññutā ca hetu, imāni tīṇi saccāni.
其中,何为苦,何为道,何为灭?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhañca maggo ca nirodho ca?
身至念已现前,于六触处善防护;
比丘恒住定中,当知自证涅槃。
显示巴利原文 Sati kāyagatā upaṭṭhitā, chasu phassāyatanesu saṃvuto ; Satataṃ bhikkhu samāhito, jaññā nibbānamattano.
其中,身至念与六处,这一切即是苦。而身至念、戒律仪、定,以及那念所在之处,即是慧蕴。一切戒蕴与定蕴,即是道。依此而住者,当知涅槃。这是灭,这便是三谛。安立于戒后,当修习二法:止与观。这其中,与心俱生的诸法,即是苦。而止与观,即是道。由离贪而得心解脱,由无明的离贪而得慧解脱,这是灭。这便是三谛。显示巴利原文
Tattha yā ca kāyagatā sati yañca saḷāyatanaṃ yattha sabbañcetaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yā ca kāyagatā sati yo ca sīlasaṃvaro yo ca samādhi yattha yā sati, ayaṃ paññākkhandho. Sabbampi sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho, ayaṃ maggo. Evaṃvihārinā ñātabbaṃ nibbānaṃ. Ayaṃ nirodho, imāni tīṇi saccāni. Sīle patiṭṭhāya dve dhammā bhāvetabbā samatho ca vipassanā ca. Tattha yaṃ cittasahajātā dhammā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yo ca samatho yā ca vipassanā, ayaṃ maggo. Rāgavirāgā ca cetovimutti, avijjāvirāgā ca paññāvimutti, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni tīṇi saccāni.
那么,何谓集与灭?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samudayo ca nirodho ca?
欲望、渴望与爱喜,依种种界而流注安住;
凡从无明根所生的戏论,我皆已连根除尽。
显示巴利原文 Āsā ca pīhā abhinandanā ca, anekadhātūsu sarā patiṭṭhitā; Aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā, sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlikā.
“从无明根源所生”是前述的集。“一切皆已被我连根断除”是灭。此为二谛。对于四法的不随觉、不通达,应当详细说明:圣戒、圣定、圣慧、圣解脱。于此,对这四法的不随觉、不通达,是为集。得以通达,是为灭。这便是集与灭。显示巴利原文
Aññāṇamūlappabhavāti purimakehi samudayo. Sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlikāti nirodho. Imāni dve saccāni. Catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Ariyassa sīlassa samādhino paññāya vimuttiyā. Tattha yo imesaṃ catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā, ayaṃ samudayo. Paṭivedho bhavanettiyā, ayaṃ nirodho. Ayaṃ samudayo ca nirodho ca.
(世尊说:)“阿基多,世间这些诸流——”
念即是它们的防护;
我宣说防护诸流,以慧封闭它们。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamo samudayo ca maggo ca? Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā] Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare.
“诸流”,这便是集。慧与念是障碍与遮盖,这便是道。这两个谛,《桑切答尼亚经》以坚固轮辋之喻于六个月内作了详细说明。其中,身与身业若弯曲、有过失、有随烦恼,具足弯曲性、过失性、随烦恼性,这就是集。同样地,语业与意业若不弯曲、无过失、无随烦恼,具足离弯曲性、离过失性、离随烦恼性,这就是道。这便是集与道这两个谛。显示巴利原文
Yāni sotānīti ayaṃ samudayo. Yā ca paññā yā ca sati nivāraṇaṃ pidhānañca, ayaṃ maggo. Imāni dve saccāni. Sañcetaniyaṃ suttaṃ daḷhanemiyānākāro chahi māsehi niddiṭṭho. Tattha yaṃ kāyaṃ kāyakammaṃ savaṅkaṃ sadosaṃ sakasāvaṃ yā savaṅkatā sadosatā sakasāvatā, ayaṃ samudayo. Evaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ avaṅkaṃ adosaṃ akasāvaṃ, yā avaṅkatā adosatā akasāvatā, ayaṃ maggo. Evaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni samudayo ca maggo ca.
其中,何者是集、灭与道?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samudayo ca nirodho ca maggo ca?
“依着则有动摇,无依则无动摇;无动摇时则有轻安;有轻安时则无倾向;无倾向时则无来去;无来去时则无死生;无死生时则无此处、无彼处、无两者之间。这即是苦的终结。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Nissitassa calitaṃ, anissitassa calitaṃ natthi, calite asati passaddhi, passaddhiyā sati nati na hoti, natiyā asati āgatigati na hoti, āgatigatiyā asati cutūpapāto na hoti, cutūpapāte asati nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena. Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti.
其中,两种依止,这是集。凡无依止、无倾向者,这是道。凡无来去、无死生,凡说「这就是苦的终结」者,这是灭。这便是三谛。未现起身至念……凡解脱智见,这是集。依止于一味解脱,乃至依止成就,即安住于已现起身至念者。戒律仪是可灭尽的,凡解脱智见,这是道。凡解脱,这是灭。这三谛即是:集、灭与道。显示巴利原文
Tattha dve nissayā, ayaṃ samudayo. Yo ca anissayo, yā ca anati, ayaṃ maggo. Yā āgatigati na hoti cutūpapāto ca yo esevanto dukkhassāti, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni tīṇi saccāni. Anupaṭṭhitakāyagatā sati…pe… yaṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ, ayaṃ samudayo. Ekārasaupanissayā vimuttiyo yāva upanissayaupasampadā upaṭṭhitakāyagatāsatissa viharati. Sīlasaṃvaro sosāniyo hoti, yañca vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ, ayaṃ maggo. Yā ca vimutti, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni tīṇi saccāni. Samudayo ca nirodho ca maggo ca.
12 其中,何为灭与道?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo nirodho ca maggo ca?
依自己践行的真实,以此自身证入涅槃,已度疑惑;
了知世间的非有,这位比丘已尽再生。
显示巴利原文 Sayaṃ katena saccena, tena attanā abhinibbānagato vitiṇṇakaṅkho; Vibhavañca ñatvā lokasmiṃ, tāva khīṇapunabbhavo sa bhikkhu.
凡真实者,是为道;凡已尽再生者,是为灭。此二即谛。五种解脱处:或由导师说法,或由某位有智的同梵行者说法,应当详细说明。当他了达义理时,欣悦生起;欣悦者生喜;乃至厌离、离染——此为道。凡解脱者,此为灭。应当如是详细说明五种解脱处。此二谛即:灭与道。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ saccena, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ khīṇapunabbhavo, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni dve saccāni. Pañca vimuttāyatanāni satthā vā dhammaṃ desesi aññataro vā viññū sabrahmacārīti vitthārena kātabbā. Tassa atthappaṭisaṃvedissa pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, yāva nibbindanto virajjati, ayaṃ maggo. Yā vimutti, ayaṃ nirodho. Evaṃ pañca vimuttāyatanāni vitthārena. Imāni dve saccāni nirodho ca maggo ca.
这些是共通的经。依止这些共通的经,按其所安立,从通达与特相的角度,应当无遗漏地辨别其余诸经。由偈颂推知偈颂,由分别论推知分别论。这些共通的十种增长法,以及一个四法的分别论,也是共通的。这是杂分的分别论。一、五、六,连同部分,总摄一切。应避免的两种,以及前面的十种——这十二种增长法,即是诸谛。至此,无任何经不归于那种分别论,或如偈颂所示。依此十二种增长法,能得不退转;应当不放逸地寻求后,再作分别论。显示巴利原文
Imāni sādhāraṇāni suttāni. Imehi sādhāraṇehi suttehi yathānikkhittehi paṭivedhato ca lakkhaṇato ca otāretvā aññāni suttāni niddisitabbāni aparihāyantena. Gāthāhi gāthā anuminitabbā, byākaraṇehi byākaraṇaṃ. Ime ca sādhāraṇā dasa parivaḍḍhakā eko ca catukko niddeso sādhāraṇo. Ayañca pakiṇṇakaniddeso. Ekaṃ pañca cha ca savekadeso sabbaṃ. Ime dve parivajjanā purimakā ca dasa. Ime dvādasa parivaḍḍhakā saccāni. Ettāvatā sabbaṃ suttaṃ natthi, taṃ byākaraṇaṃ vā gāthā viya. Imehi dvādasahi parivaḍḍhakehi na otarituṃ appamattena pariyesitvā niddisitabbā.
这里是摄要:一切苦可摄入七类。哪七类?一是与不可爱者相会,二是与可爱者别离——一切苦皆应以此两种来说明。苦有两个所依:身与心。故说‘身苦与心苦’;没有任何苦不是身苦或心苦,一切苦都应以这两种苦来说明,即身苦与心苦。这又统摄为三种苦性:苦苦性、行苦性、坏苦性。因此,一切苦都含摄于此三种苦性之中。所以,苦有三种分类;也有两种分类:身苦与心苦;还有两种分类:不可爱者相会与可爱者别离。总合,即此七种苦。显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ saṅkhepo. Sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ sattahi padehi samosaraṇaṃ gacchati. Katarehi sattahi? Appiyasampayogo ca piyavippayogo ca, imehi dvīhi padehi sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ niddisitabbaṃ. Tassa dve nissayā – kāyo ca cittañca . Tena vuccati ‘‘kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ cetasikañce’’ti, natthi taṃ dukkhaṃ na kāyikaṃ vā na cetasikaṃ, sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ dvīhi dukkhehi niddisitabbaṃ kāyikena ca cetasikena ca. Tīhi dukkhatāhi saṅgahitaṃ dukkhadukkhatāya saṅkhāradukkhatāya vipariṇāmadukkhatāya. Iti taṃ sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ tīhi dukkhatāhi saṅgahitaṃ. Iti idañca dukkhaṃ tividhaṃ. Duvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikañca cetasikañca. Duvidhaṃ appiyasampayogo ca piyavippayogo ca. Idaṃ sattavidhaṃ dukkhaṃ.
其中,集有三种,不是四种,也不是五种。哪三种?渴爱、见与业。其中,渴爱是“有”的集,业同样也是。如此,已生者的低劣与殊胜,这也是集。因此,凡是诸有当中的低劣与殊胜,凡是以三种苦性所摄的,凡是由两种根所集起的——即为无明所覆、与有渴爱相应的有识之身,也同样被三种苦性所摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha tividho samudayo acatuttho apañcamo. Katamo tividho? Taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca kammaṃ. Tattha taṇhā ca bhavasamudayo kammaṃ. Tathā nibbattassa hīnapaṇītatā , ayaṃ samudayo. Iti yāpi bhavagatīsu hīnatā ca paṇītatā ca, yāpi tīhi dukkhatāhi saṅgahitā, yopi dvīhi mūlehi samudānīto avijjāya nivutassa bhavataṇhāsaṃyuttassa saviññāṇako kāyo, sopi tīhi dukkhatāhi saṅgahito.
同样地,应依颠倒而见“有”。应当以七种方式来分别。一种颠倒以三种来说明,而有四种颠倒事。其中,什么是颠倒?凡是以违逆的方式颠倒执取,深入执取,如于“无常”中执为“常”,这样颠倒执取。这便是四种颠倒。这一种颠倒即是想、心、见。哪四种是颠倒事?身、受、心、法。如此,具有颠倒者增长不善。其中,想颠倒增长嗔不善根;心颠倒增长贪不善根;见颠倒增长痴不善根。其中,嗔不善根以三种邪为果:邪语、邪业、邪命;贪不善根以三种邪为果:邪思惟、邪精进、邪定;痴不善根以两种邪为果:邪见与邪念。因此,不善法有因有缘:以颠倒为缘,以诸不善根为因。这些相对而说,不减不增,应当以两种缘来分别解明。在灭与道中,依于颠倒,从其他方面,相对而有四种。显示巴利原文
Tathā vipallāsato diṭṭhibhavagantabbā. Sā sattavidhā niddisitabbā. Eko vipallāso tīṇi niddisīyati, cattāri vipallāsavatthūni. Tattha katamo eko vipallāso? Yo viparītaggāho paṭikkhepena, otaraṇaṃ yathā ‘‘anicce nicca’’miti viparītaṃ gaṇhāti. Evaṃ cattāro vipallāsā. Ayameko vipallāsīyati saññā cittaṃ diṭṭhi. Katamāni cattāri vipallāsavatthūni ? Kāyo vedanā cittaṃ dhammā. Evaṃ vipallāsagatassa akusalañca pavaḍḍheti. Tattha saññāvipallāso dosaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pavaḍḍheti. Cittavipallāso lobhaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pavaḍḍheti. Diṭṭhivipallāso mohaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pavaḍḍheti. Tattha dosassa akusalamūlassa tīṇi micchattāni phalaṃ – micchāvācā micchākammanto micchāājīvo; lobhassa akusalamūlassa tīṇi micchattāni phalaṃ – micchāsaṅkappo micchāvāyāmo micchāsamādhi; mohassa akusalamūlassa dve micchattāni phalaṃ – micchādiṭṭhi ca micchāsati ca. Evaṃ akusalaṃ sahetu sappaccayaṃ vipallāsā ca paccayo, akusalamūlāni sahetū eteyeva paṭipakkhena anūnā anadhikā dvīhi paccayehi niddisitabbā. Nirodhe ca magge ca vipallāsamupādāya parato paṭipakkhena catasso.
于此,有诸摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tatthimā uddānagāthā
凡是忧悲苦恼,以及廷婆楼和自作业论;
苦与已生的邪见,及那牧牛者的譬喻;
显示巴利原文 Avijjāya nivuto loko, cittaṃ saṃyojanampi; Sā pacchinnabhavataṇhā, dvemā ceva vimuttiyo. Kumbhūpamaṃ kāyamimaṃ, yaṃ na tumhākaṃ taṃ pajaha ; Ye keci sokaparidevā, timbaruko ca sayaṃkataṃ. Dukkhaṃ diṭṭhi ca uppannaṃ, yañca gopālakopamaṃ;
所谓身至念,以及止与观。显示巴利原文
Sati kāyagatā māhu, samatho ca vipassanā.
希望、渴望与欢喜,及对四者的不觉知;
世间诸流,坚固如轮辋;
有所依止则动摇,身至念未现起;
以自己所作的真实,及诸解脱处。
显示巴利原文 Āsā pihā ca abhinandanā ca, catunnamananubodhanā; Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, daḷhaṃ nemiyānākāro. Yaṃ nissitassa calitaṃ, anupaṭṭhitakāyagatāsati; Sayaṃ katena saccena, vimuttāyatanehi ca.
在《藏释》中,大迦旃延所开示的“第一地”——圣谛的阐明,并非世尊、如我一般的人、如来在世时所了知。显示巴利原文
Peṭakopadese mahākaccāyanena bhāsite paṭhamabhūmi ariyasaccappakāsanā nātaṃ jīvatā bhagavatā mādisena samuddanena tathāgatenāti.
2. 教法建立第二地显示巴利原文
2. Sāsanapaṭṭhānadutiyabhūmi
13 于此,何谓教法的建立?即:杂染分经、习气分经、通达分经、无学分经;杂染分与习气分,杂染分与通达分,杂染分、通达分与无学分,习气分与通达分。教诫、果、方便,教诫与果,果与方便,教诫、果与方便。味、患、出离,味与患,味与出离,患与出离,味、患与出离。世间法、出世间法,世间法及出世间法。业、果报,业与果报。已宣说、未宣说,已宣说及未宣说。智、所知,智与所知。见、修习,见与修习。有果报业、无果报业、非果报非无果报业。自说、他说,自说与他说。有情所依、法所依,有情所依与法所依。赞叹、自说所依、他说所依,自说所依与他说所依。作用、果,作用与果。允许的、禁止的,允许的与禁止的。这些即是六种禁止的。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ sāsanappaṭṭhānaṃ? Saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, vāsanā bhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca, vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca. Āṇatti, phalaṃ, upāyo, āṇatti ca phalañca, phalañca upāyo ca, āṇatti ca phalañca upāyo ca. Assādo, ādīnavo, nissaraṇaṃ, assādo ca ādīnavo ca, assādo ca nissaraṇañca, ādīnavo ca nissaraṇañca, assādo ca ādīnavo ca nissaraṇañca. Lokikaṃ, lokuttaraṃ, lokikañca lokuttarañca. Kammaṃ, vipāko, kammañca vipāko ca. Niddiṭṭhaṃ, aniddiṭṭhaṃ, niddiṭṭhañca aniddiṭṭhañca. Ñāṇaṃ, ñeyyaṃ, ñāṇañca ñeyyañca. Dassanaṃ, bhāvanā, dassanañca bhāvanā ca. Vipākakammaṃ, na vipākakammaṃ, nevavipākanavipākakammaṃ . Sakavacanaṃ, paravacanaṃ, sakavacanañca paravacanañca. Sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ, dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ, sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca. Thavo, sakavacanādhiṭṭhānaṃ, paravacanādhiṭṭhānaṃ, sakavacanādhiṭṭhānañca paravacanādhiṭṭhānañca. Kiriyaṃ, phalaṃ, kiriyañca phalañca. Anuññātaṃ, paṭikkhittaṃ, anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca. Imāni cha paṭikkhittāni.
14 于此,何谓杂染分经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
为欲所盲,为网所覆,为渴爱之盖所遮蔽;
他们为放逸的眷属所缚,犹如鱼在鱼笼之口。
显示巴利原文 Kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā; Pamattabandhunā baddhā, macchāva kumināmukhe; Jarāmaraṇamanventi, vaccho khīrapakova mātaraṃ.
诸比丘,有此五盖。显示巴利原文
Pañcime, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇā.
其中,哪些是属于习气分的经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
诸法以意为前导,以意为最胜,由意所成;
若以明净意,或说或作;
此后,快乐便随逐着他,犹如身影,永不分离。
显示巴利原文 Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinī.
《相应部》所载之经显示巴利原文
Saṃyuttake suttaṃ.
这部经是世尊在迦毗罗卫城释迦族中,为摩诃男以导引的广说、由信与戒所熏修;在后时,因修习之义而得到修习,这便是它的名称。显示巴利原文
Mahānāmassa sakkassa idaṃ bhagavā sakyānaṃ kapilavatthumhi nagare nayavitthārena saddhāsīlaparibhāvitaṃ suttaṃ bhāvaññena paribhāvitaṃ taṃ nāma pacchime kāle.
其中,何为通达分经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
于上、于下、遍一切处究竟解脱,不随观“这是我”;
如此解脱者,渡越了昔所未渡的暴流,为的是不再有后有。
显示巴利原文 Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vippamutto, ayaṃ ahasmīti anānupassī; Evaṃ vimutto udatāri oghaṃ, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāya.
阿难问导师:“戒行的目的是什么?”显示巴利原文
Sīlāni nu kho bhavanti kimatthiyāni ānando pucchati satthāraṃ.
其中,哪一部是无学分经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
“其心如石山,安立不动摇;”
于可染着处,已离染;于可瞋恼处,不瞋恼;
凡如是修习心者,苦又焉能临彼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassa selūpamaṃ cittaṃ, ṭhitaṃ nānupakampati; Virattaṃ rajanīyesu, kopaneyye na kuppati; Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, kuto taṃ dukkhamessatī’’ti.
世尊,有一位名为舍利弗的长老,紧随不舍地随我行游,应为舍利弗作分别解说。若身至念尚未修习、尚未多修习者,当为他详细开示。显示巴利原文
Sāriputto nāma bhagavā theraññataro so maṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkamati, sāriputtassa byākaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yassa nūna bhagavā kāyagatā sati abhāvitā assa abahulīkatā vitthārena kātabbaṃ.
15 在这之中,什么是分属杂染的,什么又是分属习气的?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca?
有遮蔽的便遭雨淋,敞露无遮的则不被雨淋;
因此,应当揭开那遮蔽,这样它便不被雨淋。
显示巴利原文 Channamativassati , vivaṭaṃ nātivassati; Tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassati.
“覆盖者被雨淋”是杂染,“敞开者不被雨淋”是习气。“黑暗,以黑暗为归宿”应广说。其中,凡是黑暗且以黑暗为归宿者,这是杂染;凡是光明且以光明为归宿者,这是习气。显示巴利原文
Channamativassatīti saṃkileso. Vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti vāsanā. Tamo tamaparāyanoti vitthārena. Tattha yo ca tamo yo ca tamaparāyano, ayaṃ saṃkileso. Yo ca joti yo ca jotiparāyano, ayaṃ vāsanā.
其中,什么是属于杂染分的经,以及属于通达分的经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?
Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadāyasaṃ dārujapabbajañca ; Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā.
智者不说那是坚固的束缚——所谓对儿女妻室的期盼,这便是杂染。智者断除它而出家,无所期盼,舍离一切欲乐,这便是厌离。凡所思考的、所计画的,以及名色的投生:以此四句为杂染,以后四句为厌离。显示巴利原文
Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadā puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, ayaṃ saṃkileso. Etampi chetvā paribbajanti dhīrā anapekkhino sabbakāme pahāyāti, ayaṃ nibbedho. Yaṃ cetayitaṃ pakappitaṃ yā ca nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti. Imehi catūhi padehi saṃkileso. Pacchimakehi catūhi nibbedho.
此世生起热恼,为触所困,说病是我;
凡以任何方式计度,它便从此变为异。
世间本质变易,执取有,受有所困,唯欢喜有;
凡是欢喜的,便是怖畏;凡是怖畏的,便是苦。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? Ayaṃ loko santāpajāto, phassapareto rogaṃ vadati attato; Yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā. Aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko, bhavapareto bhavamevābhinandati; Yadabhinandati taṃ bhayaṃ, yassa bhāyati taṃ dukkhaṃ; Bhavavippahānāya kho panidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussati.
任何沙门或婆罗门,若宣称依于‘有’而从‘有’得解脱,我说他们全都未从‘有’解脱。任何沙门或婆罗门,若宣称依于‘非有’而从‘有’求出离,我说他们全都未从‘有’出离。依著为缘,而有此苦生起;由一切取的灭尽,则无苦生起。请看这世间:众生被无明所缚,喜爱存在,未从‘有’解脱。凡任何‘有’,于一切处、一切方所,这一切诸有都是无常、苦、变易之法。显示巴利原文
Ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vippamokkhamāhaṃsu, sabbete ‘‘avippamuttā bhavasmā’’ti vadāmi. Ye vā pana keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavena bhavassa nissaraṇamāhaṃsu, sabbete ‘‘anissaṭā bhavasmā’’ti vadāmi. Upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ sambhoti, sabbupādānakkhayā natthi dukkhassa sambhavo, lokamimaṃ passa, puthū avijjāya paretā bhūtā bhūtaratā bhavā aparimuttā. Ye hi keci bhavā sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbete bhavā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammāti.
如此如实,以正慧观见者;
有爱被舍断,不乐非有;
一切渴爱灭尽无余,离贪、寂灭,是为涅槃。
那已般涅槃的比丘,无有执取,后有不生;
魔罗已被降伏,战阵已胜,那如如者超越了一切有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, sammappaññāya passato; Bhavataṇhā pahīyati, vibhavaṃ nābhinandati; Sabbaso taṇhānaṃ khayā, asesavirāganirodho nibbānaṃ. ‘‘Tassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno, anupādā punabbhavo na hoti; Abhibhūto māro vijitasaṅgāmo, upeccagā sabbabhavāni tādī’’ti. Ayaṃ loko santāpajāto yāva dukkhanti yaṃ taṇhā saṃkileso.
再者,若有沙门或婆罗门宣称以‘有’而于‘有’得解脱,我说他们皆未从‘有’得脱。若有沙门或婆罗门宣称以‘无有’而于‘有’得出离,我说他们皆未从‘有’出离。这是见的杂染。彼见杂染与爱杂染——此二者皆是杂染。为了断除‘有’而行梵行,直至一切取的灭尽、有的不生,这是通达分。那位已般涅槃的比丘,超越一切‘有’而安住,这是无学分。四种人:随流者属杂染分,住立者与逆流者属通达分,住于陆地者是无学地。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ punaggahaṇaṃ ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vimokkhamāhaṃsu, sabbete ‘‘avimuttā bhavasmā’’ti vadāmi. Ye vā pana keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavena bhavassa nissaraṇamāhaṃsu ‘‘anissaṭā bhavasmā’’ti vadāmi. Ayaṃ diṭṭhisaṃkileso, taṃ diṭṭhisaṃkileso ca taṇhāsaṃkileso ca, ubhayametaṃ saṃkileso. Yaṃ punaggahaṇaṃ bhavavippahānāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati, yāva sabbaso upādānakkhayā sambhavā, idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ. Tassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno yāva upaccagā sabbabhavāni tādīti idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ. Cattāro puggalā anusotagāmī saṃkileso ṭhitatto ca paṭisotagāmī ca nibbedho. Thale tiṭṭhatīti asekkhabhūmi.
Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? ‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati; Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti.
“施者福德增长,自制者怨恨不积”,这是习气。“善者舍离诸恶,由贪嗔痴灭尽而般涅槃”,这是通达。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatī’’ti vāsanā. ‘‘Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti nibbedho.
对于随顺流入的诸法,若以语言反复修习,以心意随顺观察,以正见善巧通达,则可期待五种功德。在此,有一类人多闻诸法,受持而不忘失,以语言修习,以心意随观,以正见善巧通达。他策励精进、勤行不息,便能于现世证得殊胜。若不能于现世证得殊胜,便于病患之时证得。若不能于病时证得,便于命终之时证得。若不能于命终时证得,便转生天界而证得。若未生天界而证得,则由对彼法的贪爱、对彼法的欣悦,成就独觉菩提。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatesu dhammesu vacasā paricitesu manasānupekkhitesu diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhesu pañcānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā. Idhekaccassa bahussutā dhammā honti dhātā apamuṭṭhā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, so yuñjanto ghaṭento vāyamanto diṭṭheva dhamme visesaṃ pappoti. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme visesaṃ pappoti, gilāno pappoti. No ce gilāno pappoti, maraṇakālasamaye pappoti. No ce maraṇakālasamaye pappoti, devabhūto pāpuṇāti. No ce devabhūto pāpuṇāti, tena dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti.
其中,于现法证得的,名为通达;于来世证得独觉菩提的,名为习气。这十六经超越一切教说而安立。依此十六经,分别了九种经典。它是为有慧者所说,非为无慧者;为相应者所说,非为不相应者;为无业而住者……其本性杂染,于世间流转。此中,杂染有三种:渴爱杂染、见杂染、恶行杂染。从此杂染生起,杂染便住于诸法,住于世间法。其中,不善者由见而生;若有人执取彼戒与见,则有渴爱杂染;若他作是念:‘我以此戒、此誓愿或此梵行,将成为天或某种天’,凡有邪见者,则有邪见杂染。若安住于戒而不执取戒禁,便能如理受持戒禁,生起无悔,乃至解脱智见;他于现法,或于命终时,或于其他方式、其他诸蕴中,如所听闻:‘善行导向习气’,此即名为习气分经。于此,安住于戒者,其心远离盖障,世尊为断除身见而说法。他或达究竟涅槃,或于其他教法中达究竟涅槃,或于一座中得六神通。于此,有两种人得证圣法:随信行者与随法行者。其中,随法行者是速通达智者,随信行者是所引导者。其中,速通达智者复有两种:一种利根,一种钝根。其中,所引导者……显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ nibbedho. Yaṃ samparāye paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ vāsanā. Imāni soḷasa suttāni sabbasāsanaṃ atiggaṇhanto tiṭṭhanti. Imehi soḷasahi suttehi navavidho suttanto vibhatto bhavati. So ca paññavato no duppaññassa, yuttassa no ayuttassa, akammassa vihārissa pakatiyā loke saṃkileso carati. So saṃkileso tividho – taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkileso. Tato saṃkilesato uṭṭhahanto saṃkileso dhammesu patiṭṭhahati, lokiyesu patiṭṭhahatīti. Tatthākusalo diṭṭhato sace taṃ sīlañca diṭṭhiñca parāmasati, tassa so taṇhāsaṃkileso hoti. Sace panassa evaṃ hoti ‘‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissaṃ devaññataro vā’’ti yassa hoti micchādiṭṭhi, etassa micchādiṭṭhisaṃkileso bhavati. Sace pana sīle patiṭṭhito aparāmaṭṭhassa hi sīlavataṃ hoti, tassa taṃ sīlavato yoniso gahitaṃ avippaṭisāraṃ janeti yāva vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ, tañca tassa diṭṭheva dhamme kālaṅkatassa vā tamhiyeva vā pana aparāpariyāyena vā, aññesu khandhesu evaṃ sutaṃ ‘‘sucaritaṃ vāsanāya saṃvattatī’’ti vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ vuccati. Tattha sīlesu ṭhitassa vinīvaraṇaṃ cittaṃ, taṃ tato sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānāya bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti. So accantaniṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇāti; yadi vā sāsanantare, accantaṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇāti, yadi vā ekāsane cha abhiññe. Tattha dve puggalā ariyadhamme pāpuṇanti saddhānusārī ca dhammānusārī ca. Tattha dhammānusārī ugghaṭitaññū, saddhānusārī neyyo. Tattha ugghaṭitaññū duvidho – koci tikkhindriyo koci mudindriyo. Tattha neyyopi duvidho – koci tikkhindriyo koci mudindriyo. Tattha yo ca ugghaṭitaññū mudindriyo, yo ca neyyo tikkhindriyo, ime puggalā asamindriyā honti. Tattha ime puggalā samindriyā parihāyanti ca ugghaṭitaññuto, vipañcitaññū neyyato, ime majjhimā bhūmigatā vipañcitaññū hoti. Ime tayo puggalā.
17 其中,第四与第五种人即速通达智者、广通达智者及所引导者。速通达智者获得诸根之后,住立于见地,证得入流果,为一种子者,是第一入流者。广通达智者获得诸根之后,住立于见地,证得入流果,为家家者,是第二入流者。所引导者获得诸根之后,住立于见地,证得入流果,为最多七次者,是第三入流者。这三种人依诸根的差别而安住于入流果。显示巴利原文
Tattha catutthā pana pañcamā ugghaṭitaññū vipañcitaññū neyyo ca, tattha ugghaṭitaññū puggalo indriyāni paṭilabhitvā dassanabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito sotāpattiphalañca pāpuṇāti, ekabījī hoti paṭhamo sotāpanno. Tattha vipañcitaññū puggalo indriyāni paṭilabhitvā dassanabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito sotāpattiphalañca pāpuṇāti, kolaṃkolo ca hoti dutiyo sotāpanno . Tattha neyyo puggalo indriyāni paṭilabhitvā dassanabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito sotāpattiphalañca pāpuṇāti, sattakkhattuparamo ca hoti , ayaṃ tatiyo sotāpanno. Ime tayo puggalā indriyavemattatāya sotāpattiphale ṭhitā.
速通达智者为一种子者,广通达智者为家家者,所引导者为最多七次者。此为‘通达分’之经。倘若他进一步精勤,便能证得究竟涅槃。其中,速通达智者中,利根者有两种补特伽罗:证得不来果后,成为中般涅槃者或生般涅槃者。广通达智者中,利根者有两种补特伽罗:证得不来果后,成为无行般涅槃者或有行般涅槃者。所引导者证得不来果后,成为上流至阿咖尼吒者。速通达智者与广通达智者,依诸根差别:利根的速通达智者是中般涅槃者,钝根的速通达智者是上流至阿咖尼吒者。速通达智者与广通达智者,依诸根差别:利根的速通达智者是有行般涅槃者,利根者为中般涅槃者,钝根的速通达智者是生般涅槃者。利根的广通达智者是无行般涅槃者,钝根的广通达智者是有行般涅槃者,所引导者为生般涅槃者;利根的广通达智者是无行般涅槃者,钝根的广通达智者是有行般涅槃者,所引导者为上流至阿咖尼吒者。如此,不来者有五种,一来者为第六种,入流者有三种,这便是九种有学者。显示巴利原文
Ugghaṭitaññū ekabījī hoti, vipañcitaññū kolaṃkolo hoti, neyyo sattakkhattuparamo hoti. Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ. Sace pana taduttari vāyamati, accantaniṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇāti. Tattha ugghaṭitaññū puggalo yo tikkhindriyo, te dve puggalā honti – anāgāmiphalaṃ pāpuṇitvā antarāparinibbāyī ca upahaccaparinibbāyī ca. Tattha vipañcitaññū puggalo yo tikkhindriyo, te dve puggalā honti – anāgāmiphalaṃ pāpuṇanti asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī ca sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī ca. Tattha neyyo anāgāmiphalaṃ pāpuṇanto uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī hoti, ugghaṭitaññū ca vipañcitaññū ca, indriyanānattena ugghaṭitaññū puggalo tikkhindriyo antarāparinibbāyī hoti, ugghaṭitaññū mudindriyo uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī hoti. Ugghaṭitaññū ca vipañcitaññū ca indriyanānattena ugghaṭitaññū puggalo tikkhindriyo sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tikkhindriyo antarāparinibbāyī hoti, ugghaṭitaññū mudindriyo upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti. Vipañcitaññū tikkhindriyo asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, vipañcitaññū mudindriyo sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, neyyo upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, vipañcitaññū tikkhindriyo asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. Vipañcitaññū mudindriyo sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, neyyo uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī hoti. Iti pañca anāgāmino, chaṭṭho sakadāgāmī, tayo ca sotāpannāti ime nava sekkhā.
其中,利根的速通达智者补特伽罗证得阿拉汉,有两种补特伽罗:俱分解脱者与慧解脱者。其中,钝根的速通达智者补特伽罗证得阿拉汉,有两种补特伽罗:住劫者与通达有者。利根的补特伽罗证得阿拉汉,有两种补特伽罗:意堪能者与护堪能者。其中,钝根的广通达智者补特伽罗证得阿拉汉,有两种补特伽罗:若意欲则般涅槃,若不意欲则不般涅槃;若守护则不般涅槃,若不守护则般涅槃。其中,所引导者补特伽罗从事修习,是退法者、业决定者或等首者。这九种阿拉汉,是四种经中的杂染部分与无学部分。在这些补特伽罗中,如来的十种力得以运作。显示巴利原文
Tattha ugghaṭitaññū puggalo tikkhindriyo arahattaṃ pāpuṇanto dve puggalā honti ubhatobhāgavimutto paññāvimutto ca. Tattha ugghaṭitaññū puggalo mudindriyo arahattaṃ pāpuṇanto dve puggalā honti, ṭhitakappī ca paṭivedhanabhāvo puggalo ca tikkhindriyo so arahattaṃ pāpuṇanto dve puggalā honti cetanābhabbo ca rakkhaṇābhabbo ca. Tattha vipañcitaññū mudindriyo arahattaṃ pāpuṇanto dve puggalā honti, sace ceteti na parinibbāyī, no ce ceteti parinibbāyīti. Sace anurakkhati na parinibbāyī, no ce anurakkhati parinibbāyīti. Tattha neyyo puggalo bhāvanānuyogamanuyutto parihānadhammo hoti kammaniyato vā samasīsi vā, ime nava arahanto idaṃ catubbidhaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ. Imesu puggalesu tathāgatassa dasavidhaṃ balaṃ pavattati.
18 什么是十种?此处,诸佛世尊尚未转动法轮时,有大威力的天子们前来劝请:‘愿善逝说法!’世尊以无上佛眼观察世间,见到众生有三聚:正性决定聚、邪性决定聚、不定聚。其中,正性决定聚的众生陷入邪念,这是不可能的;无有导师而般涅槃,这是不可能的;会证得等至,这是可能的。其中,邪性决定聚的众生行于圣等至,这是不可能的;会行非圣之邪行,这是可能的。其中,不定聚的众生若行正道,会趣入正性决定聚,这是可能的;若行邪道而趣入正性决定聚,这是不可能的。行正道者趣入正性决定聚,这是可能的;行邪道者趣入邪性决定聚,这是可能的。这三种聚,正自觉者以无上佛眼观察后,说:‘我正念时,这些法未证得正觉’,仅以此,若有人如法非难我,这是不可能的。对已离贪而如此宣称者,若有人以未尽诸漏而如法非难,这是不可能的。然而,对此不定聚说法时,若说法不能令如实行者正尽诸苦,这是不可能的。如此受教诫,我的不定聚弟子不能前后证得殊胜,这是不可能的。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ dasavidhaṃ? Idha buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ appavattite dhammacakke mahesakkhā devaputtā yācanāya abhiyātā honti ‘‘desetu sugato dhamma’’nti. So anuttarena buddhacakkhunā volokento addasāsi sattānaṃ tayo rāsīnaṃ sammattaniyato micchattaniyato aniyato. Tattha sammattaniyato rāsi micchāsatiṃ āpajjeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, asatthuko parinibbāyeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, samāpattiṃ āpajjeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Tattha micchattaniyato rāsi ariyasamāpattiṃ paṭipajjissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, anariyamicchāpaṭipattiṃ paṭipajjissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Tattha aniyato rāsi sammāpaṭipajjamānaṃ sammattaniyatarāsiṃ gamissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, micchāpaṭipajjamāno sammattaniyatarāsiṃ gamissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Sammāpaṭipajjamānaṃ sammattaniyatarāsiṃ gamissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, micchāpaṭipajjamānaṃ micchattaniyatarāsiṃ gamissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Ime tayo anuttarena buddhacakkhunā volokentassa sammāsambuddhassa me sato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhāti ettavatā maṃ koci sahadhammena paṭicodissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, vītarāgassa te paṭijānato akhīṇāsavatāya sahadhammena koci paṭicodissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yato pana imassa aniyatassa rāsissa dhammadesanā, sā na dissati takkarassa sammādukkhakkhayāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tathā ovadito yaṃ pana me aniyatarāsi sāvako pubbenāparaṃ visesaṃ na sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
19 牟尼以种种方式、种种语言调伏天、龙、夜叉,依于法而确立其说,却会因理由而转往他岸,这是不可能的。是为法无碍解。然而,若由这些语言不能通达七种七类语言,这是不可能的。是为词无碍解。然而,若语言不能令乐于通达道的弟子了悟其义,这是不可能的。是为义无碍解。大威力的天子们前来请问。若身或心受逼迫者、手萎缩者、足跛者、迟钝者,不能分别论议其义,这是不可能的。是为辩无碍解。凡是他们对彼处为有者,于彼处成为无有,这是不可能的;凡是他们对彼处为无有者,于彼处成为有,这是不可能的。如此,集的灭,即是十不善业道。若魔、帝释、梵天、如来或转轮王会是女人,这是不可能的;男子会是王、转轮王、帝释天王,这是可能的。如此,这就是这样的力、这样的智,称作处非处智,即第一如来力,应当如此宣说。依三聚、四无畏、四无碍解,缘起的流转、还灭及其部分,善生于诸善异熟中,以及关于女人、男子的。这第一力,如来如此了知。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ kho muni nānappakārassa nānāniruttiyo devanāgayakkhānaṃ dameti dhamme vavatthānena vatvā kāraṇato aññaṃ pāraṃ gamissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dhammapaṭisambhidā. Yato panimā niruttito satta satta niruttiyo nābhisambhuneyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Niruttipaṭisambhidā. Nirutti kho pana abhisamaggaratānaṃ sāvakānaṃ tamatthamaviññāpayeti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Atthapaṭisambhidā . Mahesakkhā devaputtā upasaṅkamitvā pañhe pucchiṃsu . Kāyikena vā mānasikena vā paripīḷitassa hatthakuṇīti vā pāde vā khañje dandhassa so attho na paribhājiyatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Yamhi taṃ tesaṃ hoti tamhi asantaṃ bhavatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yaṃ hi nāsaṃ tesaṃ na bhavati, tamhi nāsaṃ tesaṃ bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Evaṃ samudayassa nirodhāya dasa akusalakammapathā. Māro vā indo vā brahmā vā tathāgato vā cakkavattī vā so vata nāma mātugāmo bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso assa rājā cakkavattī sakko devānamindo bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Itissa evarūpaṃ balaṃ evarūpaṃ ñāṇaṃ, idaṃ vuccati ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ taṃ niddisitabbaṃ. Tīhi rāsīhi catūhi vesārajjehi catūhi paṭisambhidāhi paṭiccasamuppādassa pavattiyaṃ nivattiyaṃ bhāgiyañca. Kusalaṃ kusalavipākesu ca upapajjati yañca itthipurisānaṃ. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ balaṃ tathāgato evaṃ jānāti.
然而,对于正性决定这一类,此道并非通往一切处的道,唯独是趣向涅槃的道。同样,若有邪性决定这一类,此道也并非通往一切处的道,唯独是趣向萨咖亚集起的道。至于安住种种修习的那一类,则或去涅槃,或去恶趣,或去人间天界。无论由何道而去一切处,这便是「一切处行道」。对此的如实智,称为一切处行道智——这是第二如来力。显示巴利原文
Yesaṃ pana sammattaniyato rāsi, nāyaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā, nibbānagāminīyevāyaṃ paṭipadā. Tattha siyā micchattaniyato rāsi, esāpi na sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā. Sakkāyasamudayagāminīyevāyaṃ paṭipadā hotu, ayaṃ tattha tattha paṭipattiyā ṭhito gacchati nibbānaṃ, gacchati apāyaṃ, gacchati devamanussassa. Yaṃ yaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjeyya sabbattha gaccheyya, ayaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā. Yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, idaṃ vuccati sabbatthagāminī paṭipadāñāṇaṃ dutiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
而这一条「一切处行道」,实有种种意乐:有的系着于欲乐,有的系着于难行,有的耽着于自我折磨的修行,有的以轮回期待清净,有的安住于非正修习。对于以种种所行而被系缚的众生,如来以如实智,如实了知世间种种趣向、种种意乐所行。这是第三如来力。显示巴利原文
Sā kho panāyaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā nānādhimuttā keci kāmesu keci dukkarakāriyaṃ keci attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā keci saṃsārena suddhiṃ paccenti keci anajjābhāvanāti. Tena tena caritena vinibandhānaṃ sattānaṃ yaṃ ñāṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nānāgataṃ lokassa anekādhimuttagataṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
其中,众生于种种界生起意乐,便亲近、修习、多作。对于这些有业随眠、具彼意乐的众生,那相应的界便流转不息。而那界又是什么呢?即出离界、力界、某种成就、某种邪性界,众生对这些界生起意乐。他们不见更上的境界,便执着于彼处而说:「唯此为真实,余皆虚妄。」正如世尊对帝释天王所开示的那般。对于此的如实智,称为第四如来力。显示巴利原文
Tattha sattānaṃ adhimuttā bhavanti āsevanti bhāventi bahulīkaronti. Tesaṃ kammupasayānaṃ tadādhimuttānaṃ. Sā ceva dhātu saṃvahati. Katarā panesā dhātu nekkhammadhātu baladhātu kāci sampatti kāci micchattañca dhātu adhimuttā bhavanti. Aññatarā uttari na samanupassanti. Te tadevaṭṭhānaṃ mayā jarāmaraṇassa abhinivissa voharanti ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Yathā bhagavā sakkassa devānamindassa bhāsitaṃ. Yaṃ tattha yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati catutthaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
无论何种界最为殊胜,他们便以身与语造作。心的造作即是思、即是业;身与语的造作,依于心性而有种种业的差别。如来如实了知:‘此众生以如是界、造作如是业,于过去时,以此因缘,如是果报成熟于彼;现在成熟,或于未来当得成熟。’又如实了知现在:‘此人以如是界、造作如是业。’以渴爱及见为因,其果报不于现法生起,不于再生,不于其余流转生起。如是了知:‘此人将造作如是业,于未来时,以此因缘,如是果报将会生起。’依此因缘,有四种业处,此业处现在乐、未来乐果报……如是,如来如实了知过去、未来、现在所摄的诸业,依因、依缘而有果报的差别、高下、胜劣。这称为业果报智,是第五如来力。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃyeva dhātu seṭṭhanti taṃ taṃ kāyena ca vācāya ca ārambhanti cetasiko. Ārambho cetanā kammaṃ kāyikā vācasikā ārambho cetasikattā kammantaraṃ tathāgato evaṃ pajānāti ‘‘iminā sattena evaṃ dhātukena evarūpaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ atītamaddhānaṃ iminā hetunā tassa evarūpo vipāko vipaccati etarahi vipaccissati vā anāgatamaddhāna’’nti. Evaṃ paccuppannamaddhānaṃ pajānāti ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo evaṃdhātuko idaṃ kammaṃ karoti’’. Taṇhāya ca diṭṭhiyā ca iminā hetunā na tassa vipāko diṭṭheyeva dhamme nibbattissati, upapajje vā’’ti aparamhi vā pariyāye evaṃ pajānāti ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo evarūpaṃ kammaṃ karissati anāgatamaddhānaṃ, iminā hetunā tassa evarūpo vipāko nibbattissati, iminā hetunā yāni cattāri kammaṭṭhānāni idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ ca sukhavipākaṃ’’ …pe… iti ayaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso vipākavemattataṃ pajānāti uccāvacā hīnapaṇītatā, idaṃ vuccati kammavipākañāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
同样,对于有情,无论他们领受何种业行,如来于此如实了知:‘此人业倾向为贪的行者,虽已成就出离界圆满,但当他随顺贪而作意空时,初禅便为染污;若他再以精进力,令心达至禅那清净,则可修习殊胜分道。’当此人安住初禅的禅支时,第二禅得以清净;待他欲入第三禅,喜根遍满其心而住,那时的喜属于非殊胜分,依止于第三禅而住。若他如实了知出离,如来的第四禅则确实清净。第四禅的退分法,那些法在何处生起,由此便可见第四禅的清净。如是,依于意乐等至,有四等至、三解脱门、八解脱禅那——即四禅那为解脱。八解脱与三解脱门。定则是四定:欲定、精进定、心定、观察定。四等至为意乐等至。如此,这些禅那的解脱等至,便是贪行者的染污;嗔行者、痴行者亦复如是。贪行者如此而得清净。于此中,如实智是一切有情所不共的。这称为第六如来力。显示巴利原文
Tathā sattā yaṃ vā kammasamādānaṃ samādiyantā tattha evaṃ pajānāti imassa puggalassa kammādhimuttassa rāgacaritassa nekkhammadhātūnaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchanti, tassa rāgānugate suññamānassa paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ saṃkilissati, sace puna uttari vāyāmato jhānavodānagate mānase visesabhāgiyaṃ paṭipadaṃ anuyuñjiyati. Tassa hi jhānabhāgiyaṃyeva paṭhamajjhāne ṭhitassa dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ vodānaṃ gacchati, tatiyañca jhānaṃ samāpajjitukāmassa somanassindriyaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, tassa sā pīti avisesabhāgiyaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ ādissa tiṭṭhati. Sace tassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tathāgatassa catutthajjhānaṃ vodānaṃ gacchatiyeva, catutthassa jhānassa hānabhāgiyā dhammā, te ca dhammā yattha pajāyanti yehi catutthajjhānaṃ vodānaṃ dissati. Evaṃ ajjhāsayasamāpattiyā yā catasso samāpattiyo tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni aṭṭha vimokkhajhānānīti cattāri jhānāni vimokkhāti. Aṭṭha ca vimokkhā tīṇi ca vimokkhamukhāni. Samādhīti cattāro samādhī – chandasamādhi vīriyasamādhi cittasamādhi vīmaṃsāsamādhīti. Samāpattiyo catasso ajjhāsayasamāpattiyo iti imesaṃ jhānānaṃ vimokkhasamāpattīti evarūpo saṃkileso rāgacaritassa puggalassa. Evaṃ dosacaritassa. Mohacaritassa. Rāgacaritassa puggalassa evarūpaṃ vodānaṃ iti yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ sabbasattehi. Idaṃ vuccati chaṭṭhaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
于此,如来如实了知:世间法与出世间法中,修习所摄的根,得‘根’之名;依于增上地,得‘力’之名;已达强力的心,依于心根;依于精勤界,得‘精进’之名。诸天,如来具有如是智慧:哪些人成就这些法,便为他们开示这些法——依相、依词句、依意向与随顺意向、依胜解具足而了知。这称为对其他有情、其他人的根、力、精进差别之智,是第七如来力。显示巴利原文
Tattha tathāgato evaṃ pajānāti lokikā dhammā lokuttarā dhammā bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ indriyaṃ nāmaṃ labhanti. Ādhipateyyabhūmiṃ upādāya balaṃ nāmaṃ labhanti thāmagataṃ mano manindriyaṃ taṃ upādāya. Vīriyaṃ nāmaṃ labhanti ārambhadhātuṃ upādāya. Itissa deva evarūpaṃ ñāṇaṃ imehi ca dhammehi ime puggalā samannāgatātipi dhammadesanaṃ akāsi. Ākārato ca vokārato ca āsayajjhāsayassa adhimuttisamannāgatānaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ indriyabalavīriyavemattataṃ ñāṇaṃ sattamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
如来以两种力了知世间诸地、诸结缚及有学者的趣向:以宿住随念智了知过去轮回与现在,以天眼了知死生。这两种力乃是从天眼所施设。过去分是天眼的行境,现在分则是念的行境;如此,自己与他人的宿住智种种不同。现在分以天眼了知。如来有此二力,第八为宿住智,第九为天眼智。显示巴利原文
Tattha ca tathāgato lokādīsu ca bhūmīsu saṃyojanānañca sekkhānaṃ dvīhi balehi gatiṃ pajānāti, pubbenivāsānussatiyā atīte saṃsāre etarahi ca paccuppanne dibbacakkhunā cutūpapātaṃ iti imāni dve balāni dibbacakkhuto abhinīhitāni. So atītamaddhānaṃ dibbassa cakkhuno gocaro so etarahi sati gocaro iti attano ca paresaṃ ca pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ paccuppannamaddhānaṃ dibbena cakkhunā imāni dve tathāgatabalāni, aṭṭhamaṃ pubbenivāso, navamaṃ dibbacakkhu.
再者,如来了知圣者的禅那、清净与通达分:“此人依此道、此行迹,以诸漏尽,于现法中自作证已,证得并具足而住于无漏心解脱、慧解脱。”如是,了知自己诸漏尽的智为见一处,依于四地,乃至九种阿拉汉的漏尽:有学有余,阿拉汉无余。其中,心解脱从二漏中无漏——即从欲漏与有漏;慧解脱从二漏中无漏——即从见漏与无明漏。对这二解脱如实的智,名为漏尽智。这是第十种如来力。显示巴利原文
Puna caparaṃ tathāgato ariyapuggalānaṃ jhānaṃ vodānaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ pajānāti ayaṃ puggalo iminā maggena imāya paṭipadāya āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti iti attano ca āsavānaṃ khayaṃ ñāṇaṃ diṭṭhekaṭṭhānaṃ catubhūmimupādāya yāva navannaṃ arahantānaṃ āsavakkhayo odhiso sekkhānaṃ anodhiso arahantānaṃ. Tattha cetovimutti dvīhi āsavehi anāsavā kāmāsavena ca bhavāsavena ca, paññāvimutti dvīhi āsavehi anāsavā diṭṭhāsavena ca avijjāsavena ca, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ vimuttīnaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, idaṃ vuccati āsavakkhaye ñāṇaṃ. Dasamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
20 安住于这十力的如来,教导五种教法:杂染分、习气分、见分、修习分、无学分。其中,对于渴爱杂染,无贪是其出离;对于见杂染,无痴是其出离;对于恶行杂染,三种善行是其出离。为何?三种意恶行是:贪欲、嗔恚、邪见。其中,贪欲意恶行引生身业——不与取及与此相关的一切,引生语业——妄语及一切虚妄、一切不实的言语、一切虚伪欺诳,贪欲是不善根;于善行中,善行是舍离妄语、不与取、贪欲的思。其中,嗔恚意恶行引生身业——杀生及一切推拉、牵制、束缚、伤害,引生语业——两舌、粗恶语。邪见意恶行引发贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,对于任何由贪所生或由嗔所生的邪见的舍断,或一切从邪见生起的,以此因缘引生邪见、欲邪行,引生语业——杂秽语。这三种恶行是不善根。显示巴利原文
Imesu dasasu balesu ṭhito tathāgato pañcavidhaṃ sāsanaṃ deseti saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ. Tattha yo taṇhāsaṃkileso, imassa alobho nissaraṇaṃ. Yo diṭṭhisaṃkileso, imassa amoho nissaraṇaṃ. Yo duccaritasaṃkileso, imassa tīṇi kusalāni nissaraṇaṃ. Kiṃ nidānaṃ? Tīṇi imāni manoduccaritāni – abhijjhā byāpādo micchādiṭṭhi. Tattha abhijjhā manoduccaritaṃ kāyakammaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, adinnādānaṃ sabbañca tadupanibbaddhaṃ vācākammaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, musāvādañca sabbavitathaṃ sabbaṃ vācamabhāvaṃ sabbamakkhaṃ palāsaṃ abhijjhā akusalamūlanti, sucarite sucaritaṃ musāvādā adinnādānā abhijjhāya cetanā, tattha byāpādo manoduccaritaṃ kāyakammaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, pāṇātipātaṃ sabbañca metaṃ ākaḍḍhanaṃ parikaḍḍhanaṃ nibbaddhaṃ rocanaṃ vācākammaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, pisuṇavācaṃ pharusavācaṃ micchādiṭṭhi manoduccaritañca abhijjhaṃ byāpādaṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ payojeti, tassa yo koci micchādiṭṭhi cāgo rāgajo vā dosajo vā sabbaso micchādiṭṭhi sambhūto iminā kāraṇena micchādiṭṭhiṃ upaṭṭhapeti, kāmesumicchācāraṃ vacīkammaṃ upaṭṭhapeti samphappalāpaṃ. Imāni tīṇi duccaritāni akusalamūlāni.
其中,贪婪即是贪;嗔恚即是嗔;邪见即是痴。这些成就了八种邪性。当取着这三不善根时,十不善根便得圆满,这是关于三种恶行杂染的习气部分经典之出离。
其中,像关于贪、嗔恚、痴的广释那样详细的解说,这里没有展开,因为贪最为显著,因此在这些法中就施设了贪。
此处的痴,是不善的痴,也就是无明。它有四种情形:执取于色,将色视为我,由无明而认为“有色的我”,或“我中有色”,或“色中有我”。
其中,哪一句是说萨咖耶见为断灭的呢?“命即是身”,这是虚无见和无因生见,以及“一者造业,另一者受报”。
六十二见中的后三句执持萨咖耶见的常见:“命异于身,身异于命”,以及无作用、因欲求苦而无因、业不存在,以及一切皆是慢。
其中,“唯此为真,其余为妄”,邪命外道施设了八万四千轮回清净。
如同萨咖耶见在色蕴上有四种情形,同样,在五蕴上有二十种情形的萨咖耶见执持常见。
其他邪命外道和常见论者执持戒禁取,执取“我将以此成为天或某种天”,这便是戒禁取。
其中,萨咖耶见者将色视为我,持“命即是身”,对此怀疑、犹豫、不确信、不信,于过去边、未来边、过去未来边……乃至……如是,这便是住于习气部分者的杂染。显示巴利原文
Yā abhijjhā, so lobho. Yo byāpādo, so doso. Yā micchādiṭṭhi, so moho. Tāni aṭṭha micchattāni upaṭṭhapenti. Tesu gahitesu tīsu akusalamūlesu dasavidhaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchati, tassa tividhassa duccaritasaṃkilesassa vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ nissaraṇaṃ. Tattha yo bahusito niddeso yathā lobho doso mohopi, tattha asituṃ ettha lobho ussado tena kāraṇena tesu vā dhammesu lobho paññapiyati. Tatthāyaṃ moho akusalaṃ moho ayaṃ avijjā, sā catubbidhā rūpe abhiniviṭṭhā, rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, avijjāgato rūpavantaṃ attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ padaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā ucchedaṃ vadati ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti natthikadiṭṭhi adhiccasamuppannadiṭṭhi ca añño ca karoti, añño paṭisaṃvediyati. Pacchimasaṭṭhikappānaṃ tīṇi padāni sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā sassataṃ bhajanti ‘‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīra’’nti akiriyañca taṃ dukkhamicchato ahetukā ca patanti anajjhābhāvo ca kammānaṃ sabbañca mānayi . Tattha ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti saṃsārena suddhi ājīvakā chaḷāsīti paññapenti. Yathārūpe sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā catuvatthukā, evaṃ pañcasu khandhesu vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā sassataṃ bhajati. Aññājīvakā ca sassatavādike ca sīlabbataṃ bhajanti parāmasanti iminā bhavissāmi devo vā devaññataro vā, ayaṃ sīlabbataparāmāso. Tattha sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā so rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’miti taṃ kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati nābhippasīdati pubbante aparante pubbantāparante…pe… iti vāsanābhāgiyesu ṭhitassa ayaṃ upakkileso.
21 在此,以信根舍断一切疑惑,以慧根观见生灭,以定根令心成为一境,以精进根策励心行。以此五根,作为随信行者,专注证净,生起无间定。以清净诸根,作为随法行者,由无因缘性生起无间定。彼如实了知“此是苦”。于诸圣谛,此是见地分经。于彼,五下分结中,三结属见所断,已全然舍断;另二结属补特伽罗性。在此,三不善根属修所断,被弃于上界,转生六有。在此,对于贪与嗔恚已削弱者,六有耗尽后,达至边际,余下二有。于彼,贪与嗔恚已完全灭尽,余下一有。彼一有亦以慢的形态生起。虽然此处尚有其余四种烦恼——色贪、有贪、无明、掉举——以慢为首,然他们无力转变我慢,全体趋向于我慢的舍断。当他们灭尽时,于其上之见地中,在五种有学补特伽罗——三种行道者与二种住果者——此是修习地分经。更上则为无学地分经,于某处地被压制。此为第五经。乃为三种补特伽罗所宣说——凡夫、有学、无学——是杂染地分、习气地分。对凡夫,是见地分;对五种有学,是修习地分;最初所说之无学地分,则是对一切阿拉汉。而彼五种补特伽罗,应以二十七行相来寻求。于他们中,其趣向从此向上。而以简略方式,以五十行相成就;教法中所说之彼五十行相,作简略时,摄入十行相。彼诸圣谛以详细方式安立时,作简略后,摄入八行相。于四种共通经中,他们是串珠散落之处;他们作简略时,摄入五经:杂染地分、习气地分、修习地分、通达地分及无学地分。他们作简略时,摄入四经:杂染地分、习气地分、通达地分及无学地分。他们作简略时,摄入三经:凡夫地分、有学地分及无学地分。他们作简略时,摄入二经:通达地分与前行地分。正如世尊所宣说,如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者见二种义利而说法:经、应颂……导师对具足前行者,观见少功而获自在,亦知将来有前行者,而持续不绝。在此,观察自慧差别者,应于八种经之简略中,于任何堪能之处,随宜应用。随宜应用已,应阐发经之义理。何以故?若不持念、受、意,任何人均须跋如实阐明经之义理。显示巴利原文
Tattha saddhindriyena sabbaṃ vicikicchitaṃ pajahati, paññindriyena udayabbayaṃ passati, samādhindriyena cittaṃ ekodi karoti vīriyindriyena ārabhati. So imehi pañcahi indriyehi saddhānusārī aveccappasāde nirato anantariyaṃ samādhiṃ uppādeti. Indriyehi suddhehi dhammānusārī appaccayatāya anantariyaṃ samādhiṃ uppādeti. So ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Saccāni idaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ. Tassa pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ tīṇi saṃyojanāni dassanapahātabbāni sabbena sabbaṃ pahīnāni dve puggalakatāni. Tattha tīṇi akusalamūlāni bhāvanāpahātabbāni uparikkhittāni cha bhave nibbattenti. Tattha tesu abhijjhāya ca byāpādesu tanukatesu cha bhavā parikkhayā mariyādaṃ gacchanti, dve bhavā avasiṭṭhā. Tassa abhijjhā ca byāpādo ca sabbena sabbaṃ parikkhīṇā honti. Eko bhavo avasiṭṭho hoti. So ca mānavasena nibbatteti. Kiñcāpi ettha aññepi cattāro kilesā rūparāgo bhavarāgo avijjā uddhaccaṃ ketusmimānabhūtā nappaṭibalā asmimānaṃ vinivattetuṃ, sabbepi te asmimānassa pahānaṃ ārabhate. Khīṇesu na ca tesu idamuttaridassanabhūmiyaṃ pañcasu sekkhapuggalesu tīsu ca paṭippannakesu dvīsu ca phalaṭṭhesu bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ. Taduttari asekkhabhāgiyasuttaṃ, katthaci bhūmi nipīḷiyati. Idañca pañcamaṃ suttaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ desitaṃ puthujjanassa sekkhassa asekkhassa saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ. Puthujjanassa dassanabhāgiyaṃ. Bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ pañcannaṃ sekkhānaṃ. Yaṃ paṭhamaniddiṭṭhaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ sabbesaṃ arahantānaṃ. Sā pana pañcavidhā sattavīsaākāre pariyesitabbaṃ. Etesu tassa gatīnaṃ tato uttari. Tañca kho saṅkhepena paññāsāya ākārehi sampatati, ye paññāsa ākārā sāsane niddiṭṭhā, te saṅkhipiyantā dasahi ākārehi patanti. Ye ariyasaccaṃ nikkhepena ṭhite saṅkhipiyattā aṭṭhasu ākāresu patanti. Catūsu ca sādhāraṇesu suttesu yā hārasampātassa bhūmi, te saṅkhipiyantā pañcasu suttesu patanti. Saṃkilesabhāgiye vāsanābhāgiye bhāvanābhāgiye nibbedhabhāgiye asekkhabhāgiye ca. Te saṅkhipiyantā catūsu suttesu patanti. Saṃkilesabhāgiye vāsanābhāgiye nibbedhabhāgiye asekkhabhāgiye ca. Te saṅkhipiyamānā tīsu suttesu patanti, puthujjanabhāgiye sekkhabhāgiye asekkhabhāgiye ca. Te saṅkhipiyantā dvīsu suttesu patanti nibbedhabhāgiye ca pubbayogabhāgiye ca. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā dve atthavase sampassamānā tathāgatā arahanto sammāsambuddhā dhammaṃ desenti suttaṃ geyyaṃ…pe… satthā pubbayogasamannāgate appakasirena maññamānā vasiyanti pubbayogā ca bhavissanti santānaṃ maññamānādharāya. Tattha paññāvemattataṃ attano samanupassamānena aṭṭhavidhe suttasaṅkhepe, yattha yattha sakkoti, tattha tattha yojetabbaṃ. Tattha tattha yojetvā suttassa attho niddisitabbo. Na hi sati vedanā mano dhāretvā sakkā yena kenaci suttassa attho yathābhūtaṃ niddisituṃ.
为欲所盲,为网所覆,及五盖者;
诸法以意为前导,摩诃男与释迦族人。
于上于下悉皆解脱者,与持戒者之所依止处;
其心坚如磐石者,与优波底沙所问之事等。
显示巴利原文 Kāmandhā jālasañchannā, pañca nīvaraṇāni ca; Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, mahānāmo ca sākiyo. Uddhaṃ adho vippamutto, yañca sīlakimatthiyā; Yassa selūpamaṃ cittaṃ, upatissa pucchādikā. Yassa kāyagatāsati, channaṃ tamoparāyaṇo;
所谓“此世间”等,并非坚固的心所。显示巴利原文
Na taṃ daḷhaṃ cetasikaṃ, ayaṃ lokotiādikaṃ.
Cattāro ceva puggalā, dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhitaṃ;
于随法流者,此为他们之摄颂偈。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatadhammesu, imā tesaṃ uddānagāthā.
若你们畏惧苦,若苦是你们所不喜爱的;
莫作恶业,无论公然或于隐蔽处。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamā āṇatti? Sace bhāyatha dukkhassa, sace vo dukkhamappiyaṃ; Mākattha pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho.
“罗陀,对过去的色,应无所期待。”应如是以广说。“阿难,具戒之人应常如此审虑:‘我如何方能无悔?’”此即称为教诫。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atīte , rādha, rūpe anapekkho hohī’’ti vitthārena kātabbā. ‘‘Sīlavantena , ānanda, puggalena sadā karaṇīyā kintime avippaṭisāro assā’’ti. Ayaṃ vuccati āṇatti.
此中,何为果?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ phalaṃ?
法实能庇护行法之人,犹如雨季里的大伞;
这便是善修法的功德,行法者不堕恶趣。
显示巴利原文 Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle; Esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī.
这是它的果报。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ phalaṃ.
那么,什么是方法?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo upāyo?
“一切法无我”,当以慧如此照见时;
便对苦生起厌离,这就是清净之道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti, yadā paññāya passati; Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.
“比丘,具足七支的比丘,尚能动摇雪山王喜马拉雅,何况七法中的卑下无明?”应当作这样的分别论。这是方法。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sattahaṅgehi samannāgato kho, bhikkhu, api himavantaṃ pabbatarājānaṃ cāleyya, ko pana vādo chavaṃ avijjaṃ sattakesu’’ veyyākaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Ayaṃ upāyo.
其中,什么是教诫与果报?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā āṇatti ca phalañca?
如果你们畏惧苦,如果苦对你们而言不可爱;
莫造恶业,无论公开还是隐秘。
若你们已造恶业,或将要造作;
纵使奔逃,也无法从苦中解脱。
显示巴利原文 Sace bhāyatha dukkhassa, sace vo dukkhamappiyaṃ; Mākattha pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho. Sace hi pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, karotha vā karissatha; Na vo dukkhā pamokkhātthi, upaccāpi palāyataṃ .
前偈为教诫,后偈为果报。安立于戒后,应当修习二法:即心之修习与慧之修习。此是教诫;离贪则是果报。显示巴利原文
Purimikāya gāthāya āṇatti pacchimikāya phalaṃ. Sīle patiṭṭhāya dve dhammā bhāvetabbā yā ca cittabhāvanā yā ca paññābhāvanā yā ca āṇatti rāgavirāgā ca phalaṃ.
于此,何者为果?何者为方法?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ phalañca upāyo ca?
Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño, cittaṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ; Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu, so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ.
前半偈是方法,后半偈是果。从《仙人住处经》中的难提、帝释、一护等根本,乃至六法;于其余五法中应作祈请相应,这是方法。对于不相应者,心也从欲漏解脱。如是于一切六处之三种中,这是方法与果。显示巴利原文
Purimikāya aḍḍhagāthāya upāyo, pacchimikāya aḍḍhagāthāya phalaṃ. Nandiyo sakko isivutthapuririkāmaekarakkhe suttaṃ mūlato upādāya yāva chasu dhammesu. Uttari pañcasu dhammesu yācayogo karaṇīyo, ayaṃ upāyo. Asahagatassa kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ muccatīti. Sabbāsu chasu tīsu. Ayaṃ upāyo ca phalañca.
于此,教诫、果与方法分别是什么?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā āṇatti ca phalañca upāyo ca?
摩伽罗阇,应以空观世间,恒持正念;
拔除我见,如是超越死亡。
显示巴利原文 Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato; Attānudiṭṭhiṃ uhacca , evaṃ maccutaro siyā.
「摩伽罗阇,应以空观察世间」是教诫,「常具念」是方法,「拔除我见,如此便能超越死亡」是果。诸比丘,应修习定。诸比丘,得定的比丘了知色是无常。如此见法的圣弟子从生解脱……乃至……从悲苦解脱。于此,这三者即是教诫、方法、果。显示巴利原文
‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharājā’’ti āṇatti. ‘‘Sadā sato’’ti upāyo. ‘‘Attānudiṭṭhiṃ uhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā’’ti phalaṃ. Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha, samāhito, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaṃ aniccanti pajānāti. Evaṃ passaṃ ariyasāvako parimuccati jātiyāpi…pe… upāyāsehipi idha tīṇipi’’.
Tattha katamo assādo? Kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa cetaṃ samijjhati. Ayaṃ assādo.
‘婆罗门,以法行、正行、善行为因,这世间有些众生,身坏命终之后,往生善趣、天界。’这便是味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dhammacariyā samacariyā kusalacariyā hetūhi, brāhmaṇa, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti’’. Ayaṃ assādo.
那么,什么是诸欲的患呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo ādīnavo?
“一切众生在诸欲之中确实遭受摧残”——这是诸欲的患;在《波斯匿相应》的经典中,以山为喻——这也是诸欲的患。显示巴利原文
Kāmesu ve haññate sabbā mucceva – ayaṃ ādīnavo. Pasenadisaṃyuttake sutte pabbatopamā – ayaṃ ādīnavo.
那么,什么是出离呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ nissaraṇaṃ?
Yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro; Somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattati.
《相应部》的经文中说:波利恰答迦树叶变黄、凋落——这便是出离。显示巴利原文
Saṃyuttake suttaṃ pāricchattako paṇḍupalāso sannipalāso – idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
其中,什么是味与患呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo assādo ca ādīnavo ca?
人所造作的业,皆在自身中照见;
行善者照见善,作恶者照见恶。
显示巴利原文 Yāni karoti puriso, tāni attani passati; Kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇaṃ, pāpakārī ca pāpakaṃ.
其中,作恶者所感受的,便是乐味。在利、无利等八法的分别里,无利、无名声、讥毁与苦,是过患;利、名声、乐与赞誉,是乐味。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ pāpakārī paccanubhoti ayaṃ assādo. Lābhālābhaaṭṭhakesu byākaraṇaṃ, tattha alābho ayaso nindā dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ ādīnavo. Lābho yaso sukhaṃ pasaṃsā, ayaṃ assādo.
其中,什么是乐味与出离呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ assādo ca nissaraṇañca?
福德的果报是安乐,内心所愿也得成就;
速证最上寂静,即涅槃。
福德之果报及心愿之成就,此是乐味;速证最上寂静的涅槃,此是出离。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sukho vipāko puññānaṃ, adhippāyo ca ijjhati; Khippañca paramaṃ santiṃ, nibbānamadhigacchatī’’ti. Yo ca vipāko puññānaṃ yā ca adhippāyassa ijjhanā, ayaṃ assādo. Yaṃ khippañca paramaṃ santiṃ nibbānamadhigacchati, idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
具足三十二大人相之大人,唯有两种趣向:若住于家,则成为转轮王,征讨四方已,统御世间,此为乐味;若从家出离,出家而为非家,则从一切瀑流中出离,此法兼具乐味与出离。显示巴利原文
Bāttiṃsāya ceva mahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dveyeva gatiyo honti, sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī yāva abhivijinitvā ajjhāvasati ayaṃ assādo. Sace agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati sabbena oghena nissaraṇaṃ ayaṃ assādo ca nissaraṇañca.
了知执取的怖畏,了知生死的集起;
为不执取、为生死灭尽,而得以生起。
前半偈中,‘生死的集起’是过患;‘为不执取而现起,为生死的灭尽’,此为出离。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamo ādīnavo ca nissaraṇañca? Ādānassa bhayaṃ ñatvā, jātimaraṇasambhavaṃ; Anādātuṃ nibbattati, jātimaraṇasaṅkhayā. Purimikāya aḍḍhagāthāya jātimaraṇasambhavo ādīnavo. Anādātuṃ nibbattati jātimaraṇasaṅkhayāti nissaraṇaṃ.
“这世间实在困苦,陷入于生与死之中。这苦的尽头何时才会出现,无论前后?”——此处的省察,是过患。了知贪着后出离,乃至从旧都出离,此为出离。这便是过患与出离。显示巴利原文
Kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno yamidaṃ jāyate ca mīyate ca. Yāva kudassunāmassa dukkhassa anto bhavissati parato vāti ettha yā uparikkhā, ayaṃ ādīnavo. Yo gedhaṃ ñatvā abhinikkhamati yāva purāṇakāya rājadhāniyā, idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ. Ayaṃ ādīnavo ca nissaraṇañca.
其中,什么是味、过患与出离?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo assādo ca ādīnavo ca nissaraṇañca?
诸欲确实缤纷悦意,以种种形相扰动其心;
因此,大王,我已舍家出家,无过失的沙门生活确实更为殊胜。
显示巴利原文 Kāmā hi citrā vividhā manoramā, virūparūpehi mathenti cittaṃ; Tasmā ahaṃ pabbajitomhi rāja, apaṇṇakaṃ sāmaññameva seyyo.
“诸欲确实缤纷悦意”,这是味;“以种种形相扰动其心”,这是患;“大王,我已舍家出家,无过失的沙门生活确实更为殊胜”,这是出离。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ ‘‘kāmā hi citrā vividhā manoramā’’ti ayaṃ assādo. Yaṃ ‘‘virūparūpehi mathenti citta’’nti ayaṃ ādīnavo. Yaṃ ahaṃ agārasmā pabbajitomhi rāja apaṇṇakaṃ sāmaññameva seyyoti idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
《强力愚者譬喻经》:依于某一所依而执取应受之业,即便他如其所行地经历种种恶业,也以苦受之业、未修习之身与狭小之心,显示过患;以乐受之业而生味著。正如前说。大名,已修习心、已修习身、已修习慧,非狭小心者。此是出离。显示巴利原文
Balavaṃ bālopamasuttaṃ yaṃ āsāya vā vedanīyaṃ kammaṃ gāhati, tathā cepi yaṃ yaṃ pāpakammaṃ anubhoti, tattha dukkhavedanīyena kammena abhāvitakāyena ca yāva parittacetaso ca ādīnavaṃ dasseti sukhavedanīyena kammena assādeti. Yaṃ purāsadiso hoti. Bhāvitacitto bhāvitakāyo bhāvitapañño mahānāmo aparittacetaso, idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
24 其中,什么是世间经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ lokikaṃ suttaṃ?
Na hi pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, sajjukhīraṃva muccati; Ḍahantaṃ bālamanveti, bhasmacchannova pāvako.
这四种非道之行,便是世间经。显示巴利原文
Cattāri agatigamanāni, idaṃ lokikaṃ suttaṃ.
其中,什么是出世间经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ?
‘‘Yassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni , assā yathā sārathinā sudantā; Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devāpi tassa pihayanti tādino’’ti.
“诸比丘,我将为你们宣说圣正定。”此即《出世间经》。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ariyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhiṃ desessāmī’’ti idaṃ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ.
在此,什么是世间经与出世间经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ lokikaṃ lokuttarañca suttaṃ?
犹如被剑所刺,犹如头部在燃烧,
为了舍断欲贪,具念的比丘应当游行。
‘如被剑刺,如头燃烧’,这是世间;
‘具念的比丘为断除欲贪而游行’,这是出世间的;
显示巴利原文 Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, dayhamānova matthake; Kāmarāgappahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje. ‘‘Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, dayhamānova matthake’’ti lokikaṃ; ‘‘Kāmarāgappahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti lokuttaraṃ;
‘于段食有欲’,这是世间;‘无欲’,这是出世间的经。显示巴利原文
Kabaḷīkāre āhāre atthi chandoti lokikaṃ. Natthi chandoti lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ.
于此,什么是业?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ kammaṃ?
凡杀害生命,且说虚妄语;
于世间取不与取,并去往他人之妻。
若有人沉溺于饮用谷酒、果酒等酒类,
不舍断五种怨敌,便被称为恶戒者。
显示巴利原文 Yo pāṇamatipāteti, musāvādañca bhāsati; Loke adinnaṃ ādiyati , paradārañca gacchati. Surāmerayapānañca, yo naro anuyuñjati; Appahāya pañca verāni, dussīlo iti vuccati.
诸比丘,有此三种恶行,这就是业。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, duccaritāni. Idaṃ kammaṃ.
于此,什么是果报?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vipāko?
Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, yathārūpī vipaccagā.
“诸比丘,我见到了名为六触处的地狱;诸比丘,我也见到了名为六触处的天界。”这就是果报。显示巴利原文
‘‘Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave , cha phassāyatanikā nāma nirayā. Diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, cha phassāyatanikā nāma saggā’’. Ayaṃ vipāko.
那么,什么是业与果报?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ kammañca vipāko ca?
犹如铁锈自铁而生,生起之后反噬那铁自身;
如是,过度清净的行者,自己的诸业将他引入恶趣。
犹如铁锈从铁而生,乃至“自己所造的业”——这便是业;“导向恶趣”则是果报。
显示巴利原文 Ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tatuṭṭhāya tameva khādati; Evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni kammāni nayanti duggatiṃ. Ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, yāva sāni kammānīti idaṃ kammaṃ. Nayanti duggatinti vipāko.
对母亲、父亲、如来以及如来声闻弟子这四者如法行道,如此如法行道即是业;由此得生于诸天,则是果报。这正是业与果报。显示巴利原文
Catūsu sammāpaṭipajjamāno mātari pitari tathāgate tathāgatasāvake yā sammāpaṭipatti, idaṃ kammaṃ. Yaṃ devesu upapajjati, ayaṃ vipāko. Idaṃ kammañca vipāko ca.
25 在此,什么是已开示的经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ suttaṃ?
无泥垢染,白篷为盖,独轮车在转动;
请看,无恼者正前来,已断流、无系缚;
这即是吉答家主在沙门中所示现的心。
显示巴利原文 Nelaṅgo setapacchādo, ekāro vattatī ratho; Anīghaṃ passa āyantaṃ, chinnasotaṃ abandhanaṃ; Yaṃ vā cittaṃ samaṇesu, cittāgahapati dissati.
如此,以此偈颂,义理已得说示。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imāya gāthāya niddiṭṭho attho.
在牧牛者譬喻中,有十一句:‘诸比丘,如此,比丘是色的了知者’,以及‘以过度的供养而被供养’。此十一句如所宣说,义理已得说示。显示巴利原文
Gopālakopame ekādasa padāni. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaññū hoti. Yā ca atirekapūjāya pūjetā hotīti. Imāni ekādasa padāni yathābhāsitāni niddiṭṭho attho.
此中,何者是未说示的义理?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo aniddiṭṭho attho?
Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, sutadhammassa passato; Abyāpajjaṃ sukhaṃ loke, pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamoti. Sukhā virāgatā loke, kāmānaṃ samatikkamo; Asmimānassa yo vinayo, etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukhanti.
此尚未被指示:八大人觉。此亦未被指示。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ aniddiṭṭhaṃ. Aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakkā. Idaṃ aniddiṭṭhaṃ.
其中,哪些是已被指示,哪些是未被指示的呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ niddiṭṭhañca aniddiṭṭhañca?
眼目清净,面容和悦,身躯伟岸,正直而有威光,
在沙门僧团的中央,恰如太阳般闪耀。
显示巴利原文 Pasannanetto sumukho, brahā uju patāpavā; Majjhe samaṇasaṅghassa, ādiccova virocasi.
“眼目清净”乃至“如太阳般照耀”是已被指出的。世尊是眼目清净者,然而,如何是眼目清净性?如何是面容和悦性?如何是身躯伟岸性?如何是正直性?如何是具足威光性?如何是照耀性?这些则未被指出。关于泡沫团譬喻的分别:如同泡沫团,色亦如是;如同水泡,受亦如是;识如幻,五蕴以此五种譬喻而被指出。依何因缘说色如泡沫团譬喻?是指一切眼识所识之色,还是指由四种元素所成之色?又如何说受如水泡譬喻?那受是乐受、苦受,还是不苦不乐受中的哪一种?这些未被指出。如上便是已被指出的和未被指出的。显示巴利原文
Pasannanetto yāva ādiccova virocasīti niddiṭṭho. Pasannanetto yo bhagavā kathañca pana pasannanettatā, kathaṃ sumukhatā, kathaṃ brahakāyatā, kathaṃ ujukatā, kathaṃ patāpavatā, kathaṃ virocatāti aniddiṭṭho. Pheṇapiṇḍopamaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ yathā pheṇapiṇḍo evaṃ rūpaṃ yathā pubbuḷo evaṃ vedanā māyā viññāṇaṃ pañcakkhandhā pañcahi upamāhi niddiṭṭhā. Kena kāraṇena pheṇapiṇḍopamaṃ rūpaṃ sabbañca cakkhuviññeyyaṃ yaṃ vā catūhi āyatanehi? Kathaṃ vedanā pubbuḷūpamā? Katarā ca sā vedanā sukhā dukkhā adukkhamasukhā? Evamesā aniddiṭṭhā. Evaṃ niddiṭṭhañca aniddiṭṭhañca.
智慧在世间中最为殊胜,那是能导向通达的;
以此正确地了知生死的灭尽。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamaṃ ñāṇaṃ? Paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ, yāyaṃ nibbedhagāminī; Yāya sammā pajānāti, jātimaraṇasaṅkhayaṃ.
有三种根:未知当知根、已知根、具知根,这就是智。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni indriyāni anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ aññindriyaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ, idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
其中,什么是所知?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ neyyaṃ?
有情沉溺诸欲,执着于欲,不见结缚之过患;
被结缚缠缚的有情,确实无法渡越这浩渺巨大的暴流。
显示巴利原文 Kāmesu sattā kāmasaṅgasattā, saṃyojane vajjamapassamānā; Na hi jātu saṃyojanasaṅgasattā, oghaṃ tareyyuṃ vipulaṃ mahantaṃ.
具足四支者,身坏命终后生于诸天。《优陀那》中的迦毗耶经与无疑净信经——此是所应知。显示巴利原文
Catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā kāyassa bhedā devesu uppajjanti. Udāne kāpiyaṃ suttaṃ apaṇṇakapasādanīyaṃ – idaṃ neyyaṃ.
于此,什么是智?什么是所应知?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ ñāṇañca neyyañca?
当以慧如此照见“一切法无我”时;
于是他于苦生起厌离,此是清净之道。
显示巴利原文 Sabbe dhammā anattāti, yadā paññāya passati; Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.
‘当见时’,此即是智。凡能于一切法中见无我相者,此是所应知。显示巴利原文
Yadā passatīti ñāṇaṃ. Yo sabbadhamme anattākārena upaṭṭhapeti idaṃ neyyaṃ.
四圣谛中,有三者是所应知;道谛、戒蕴与慧蕴,此是智与所应知。
唯此是道,别无他途,为令见清净;
你们当行此道,这即是令魔困惑之法。
显示巴利原文 Cattāri ariyasaccāni, tattha tīṇi neyyāni maggasaccaṃ sīlakkhandho ca paññākkhandho ca, idaṃ ñāṇañca neyyañca. Tattha katamaṃ dassanaṃ? Eseva maggo natthañño, dassanassa visuddhiyā; Etañhi tumhe paṭipajjatha, mārassetaṃ pamohanaṃ.
具足四支的圣弟子,可自作记说:‘我已尽地狱,乃至我是入流者,不退堕,决定,以正觉为彼岸。’这就是见。显示巴利原文
Catūhi aṅgehi samannāgato ariyasāvako attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya ‘‘khīṇanirayomhi yāva sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Idaṃ dassanaṃ.
于此,什么是修习?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā bhāvanā?
凡诸根已善修习者,于内、于外、于一切世间;
那人有智又持有色想,却深陷昏昧,不得明了。
显示巴利原文 Yassindriyāni subhāvitāni, ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke; So puggalo mati ca rūpasaññī, sumohagatā na jānāti .
四法句——无贪、无嗔、正念、正定。这便是修习。显示巴利原文
Cattāri dhammapadāni – anabhijjhā abyāpādo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ bhāvanā.
其中,什么是见?什么是修习?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca?
以言语、意与业不违逆,正确了知法;
希求涅槃之迹者,应于世间正确地游行。
显示巴利原文 Vacasā manasātha kammunā ca, aviruddho sammā viditvā dhammaṃ; Nibbānapadābhipatthayāno, sammā so loke paribbajeyya.
想要亲自证悟入流果者,应当作意哪些法?世尊说:“五取蕴。”这是见与修习。显示巴利原文
Sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikātukāmena katame dhammā manasikātabbā, bhagavā āha pañcupādānakkhandhā. Idaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca.
28 其中,哪些是异熟法?显示巴利原文
Tattha katame vipākadhammadhammā?
“人所作的”等广说。诸比丘,这三种是善行。这些便是异熟法。
色、受、想、识及思,
“此非我,此非我所,此非我的我”,如是见者离染。
显示巴利原文 Yāni karoti purisoti vitthāro. Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, sucaritāni. Ime vipākadhammadhammā. Tattha katame navipākadhammadhammā? Rūpaṃ vedayitaṃ saññā, viññāṇaṃ yā ceva cetanā; Nesohamasmi na meso attā, iti diṭṭho virajjati.
诸比丘,此五蕴,即非异熟法。显示巴利原文
Pañcime, bhikkhave, khandhā – ime navipākadhammadhammā.
其中,哪些是非异熟、也非异熟法的法呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo nevavipāko navipākadhammadhammo?
那些依此而行的人们,正是走上了佛陀所宣说的道路;
他们将到达苦的边际,成为真实奉行导师教诫的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye evaṃ paṭipajjanti, nayaṃ buddhena desitaṃ; Te dukkhassantaṃ karissanti, satthusāsanakārakā’’ti.
如是,正行与灭——这两者既非异熟,亦非异熟法。诸比丘,我将为你们宣说梵行与梵行果。梵行即是圣八支道;梵行果即是入流果,乃至阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Iti yā ca sammāpaṭipatti yo ca nirodho, ubhayametaṃ nevavipāko navipākadhammo. Brahmacariyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, brahmacariyaphalāni ca brahmacariyañca ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo brahmacariyaphalāni sotāpattiphalaṃ yāva arahattaṃ.
Tattha katamaṃ sakavacanaṃ? Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā; Sacittapariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
诸比丘,有此三种解脱门。此为自说。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, vimokkhamukhāni. Idaṃ sakavacanaṃ.
于此,什么是他说?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ paravacanaṃ?
无有爱等同对子女之爱,无有财富可比耕牛之富;
无有光明等同太阳之辉,海为诸湖之最。
显示巴利原文 Natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ, natthi goṇasamitaṃ dhanaṃ; Natthi sūriyasamā ābhā, samuddaparamā sarā.
诸贤者,憍尸迦以那番善说为缘,赢得了那场战斗。诸比丘,帝释天王正是如此受用自己所成的果报——此义当广说。此为他人所言。显示巴利原文
Hetunā mārisā kosiyā subhāsitena saṅgāmavijayo sopi nāma, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo sakaṃ phalaṃ paribhuñjamānoti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Idaṃ paravacanaṃ.
其中,何为自说?何为他说?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca?
‘‘Yaṃ pattaṃ yañca pattabbaṃ, ubhayametaṃ rajānukiṇṇaṃ; Ye evaṃvādino natthi, tesaṃ kāmesu doso’’ti.
这是他人之说。对于那些不亲近此两端的人,轮回的安立即无从建立。这是自己之说。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ paravacanaṃ. Ye ca kho te ubho ante anupagamma vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya. Idaṃ sakavacanaṃ.
有子者以子为乐,有牛者以牛为乐;
依着正是人的欢喜,无依者则无可欢喜——此为他人之说。
有子者为子悲愁,有牛者为牛悲愁;
有所依恃是人的悲愁,无所依恃者便无悲愁”——这是世尊自己的话。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nandati puttehi puttimā, gomā gohi tatheva nandati; Upadhī hi narassa nandanā, na hi so nandati yo nirūpadhī’’ti – paravacanaṃ. ‘‘Socati puttehi puttimā, gomā gohi tatheva socati; Upadhī hi narassa socanā, na hi so socati yo nirūpadhī’’ti – sakavacanaṃ.
此为自说,此为他说。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ sakavacanaṃ paravacanañca.
30 于此,何谓有情依处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
已生之众生与将生之众生,一切有情,皆当弃舍身体而逝去;
善巧者了知这一切生者,应当住立于法,行持梵行。
显示巴利原文 Ye keci bhūtā bhavissanti ye vāpi, sabbe gamissanti pahāya dehaṃ; Taṃ sabbajāniṃ kusalo viditvā, dhamme ṭhito brahmacariyaṃ careyya.
诸比丘,此三种导师:如来、阿拉汉、有学与行道者。这便是诸有情的依处。显示巴利原文
Tayome, bhikkhave, satthāro, tathāgato arahaṃ sekkho paṭipado. Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是法依处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
世间所有欲乐,以及那天界的快乐,
这些尚不及渴爱灭尽之乐的十六分之一。
显示巴利原文 Yañca kāmasukhaṃ loke, yañcidaṃ diviyaṃ sukhaṃ; Taṇhakkhayasukhassete, kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ.
诸比丘,这七觉支,是法之所依。显示巴利原文
Sattime , bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā, idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,何谓有情所依及法所依?真谛难见,愚者难以通达;于知者、见者,我说无有欢喜。“真谛难见,愚者难以通达”,是为法之所依。“于知者、见者无有欢喜”,是为有情所依。犹如恒河中的浮木,不靠此岸,不靠彼岸,不滞留陆地,不沉没中流,不被人取,不为非人取,不内里腐烂,此为法之所依。如是,比丘将倾向涅槃、以涅槃为彼岸,此为有情所依。此即有情所依与法所依。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca? Duddasamantaṃ saccaṃ duddaso paṭivedho bālehi, jānato passato natthi nandīti vadāmi. Duddasamantaṃ saccaṃ duddaso paṭivedho bālehīti dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Jānato passato natthi nandīti sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Dārukkhandhopamaṃ gaṅgāya tīriyā orimañca tīraṃ pārimañca tīraṃ thale vā na ca ussīdanaṃ, majjhe ca na saṃsīdanaṃ manussaggāho ca amanussaggāho ca antopūtibhāvo ca, idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Evaṃ pana bhikkhu nibbānaninno bhavissati nibbānaparāyaṇoti sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca.
于此,何为赞颂?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo thavo?
八支道是诸道中最胜,四圣谛是诸谛中最胜;
离贪是诸法中最胜,具眼者是两足者中最胜。
显示巴利原文 Maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko seṭṭho, saccānaṃ caturo padā; Virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ, dvipadānañca cakkhumā.
诸比丘,有三种最上者:众生中以佛陀为最上,诸法中以离贪为最上,诸众中以僧伽为最上。这就是赞叹。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, aggāni – buddho sattānaṃ, virāgo dhammānaṃ, saṅgho gaṇānaṃ. Ayaṃ thavo.
31 其中,怎样是被允许的?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ anuññātaṃ?
身律仪为善,语律仪为善;
以意防护是为善,于一切处防护是为善;
于一切处善加防护的比丘,从一切苦中解脱。
显示巴利原文 Kāyena saṃvaro sādhu, sādhu vācāya saṃvaro; Manasā saṃvaro sādhu, sādhu sabbattha saṃvuto; Sabbattha saṃvuto bhikkhu, sabbadukkhā pamuccati.
此事已为世尊所开许。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ bhagavatā anuññātaṃ.
诸比丘,有三种应行之事:身善行、语善行、意善行。此是开许的。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, karaṇīyāni – kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ. Idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
其中,什么是禁止的?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ?
无有可与亲子之爱等同的爱。对此详加解说,是被禁止的。
显示巴利原文 Natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ. Vitthāro idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.
诸比丘,有三种不应行之事,是自证后所宣说。哪三种?身恶行、语恶行、意恶行。此为所应禁止。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, akaraṇīyāni sayaṃ abhiññāya desitāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. Idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.
那么,何者为所允准,何者为所禁止?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca?
Kāyena kusalaṃ kare, assa kāyena saṃvuto; Kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvā, kāyasucaritaṃ care.
由前二句与第四句开许。「舍离身恶行」一句,由第三句遮止。《大分别论》始于「不久饮者」。显示巴利原文
Dvīhi paṭhamapadehi catutthena ca padena anujānāti. Kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvāti tatiyena padena paṭikkhittanti. Mahāvibhaṅgo aciratapānādo.
于此,有诸摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tatthimā uddānagāthā
若你畏惧于苦,便莫欣乐未来;
犹如雨季之伞,善行应适时而作;
以“一切法无我”,动摇那已积聚的;
若无止与观,你们便不能从苦中解脱。
人之所作业,世间法所明示;
福业的果报是乐,除此之外无有第三种。
犹如被矛刺中,而识却安住不动;
凡杀害生命者,与三种恶行。
六万年中,得此稀有刹那;
犹如铁锈从铁而生,于四种行道之中。
无泥、白伞盖,与牧牛者的譬喻;
知足者以远离为乐,诸寻思亦善为开示。
色如泡沫积聚,高大、端正、具足威光者;
慧于世间为最上,非余三根所能及。
有情耽著于欲,为欲结所缚,或耽著于色,或隐密不彰;
一切法无我,这是圣谛所宣说。
唯此一道,更无他道,可授记为入流者;
诸根善修者,并以诸法句。
以语与意,观五蕴为无常,
人所造作的种种事,及三种善行。
色、受、想,五蕴已明示;
如此行者,即是梵天,即是诸果。
诸恶莫作,此即所说之解脱,
天人与阿修罗中,无有如子之爱。
世间的欲乐,与善说的觉支;
八正道最为殊胜,三种最上的成就;
身律仪是善的,所说的应作之事;
没有与自爱相等的爱,以及圣者所宣说的三种。
于身行善的喜乐,律与世间的欲乐;
以及善说的觉支,难见、无尽、相续不绝;
显示巴利原文 Sace bhāyasi dukkhassa, mābhinandi anāgataṃ; Vassakāle yathā chattaṃ, kusalāni kamatthake. Sabbe dhammā anattāti, samāgataṃ vicālaye; Na vo dukkhā pamokkhātthi, samatho ca vipassanā. Kāmacchandaṃ upādāya, yo so vitakkehi khajjati; Subhāvitatte bojjhaṅge, so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ. Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, samādhibhāvi bhāvase; Kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, dhammacariyāya sugatiṃ. Haññate sabbā mucceva, nippoṭhento catuddisā; Yo kāme parivajjeti, pārichattopameva ca. Yāni karoti puriso, lokadhammā pakāsitā; Sukho vipāko puññānaṃ, tatiyaṃ aññaṃ na vijjati. Ādānassa bhayaṃ ñatvā, jāyate jīyatepi ca; Kāmā hi citrā vividhā, atha loṇasallopamaṃ. Na hi pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, agatīhi ca gacchati; Yassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni, tatheva pañcañāṇiko. Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, viññāṇañca patiṭṭhitā; Yo pāṇamatipāteti, tīṇi duccaritāni ca. Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, khaṇaṃ laddhāna dullabhaṃ; Ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, catūsu paṭipattisu. Nelaṅgo setapacchādo, atha gopālakopamaṃ; Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, vitakkā ca sudesitā. Pheṇapiṇḍopamaṃ rūpaṃ, brahā uju patāpavā; Paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ, anaññā tīṇi indriyāni. Kāmesu sattā kāmasaṅgasattā, atha vaṇṇo rahassavā; Sabbe dhammā anattāti, ariyasaccañca desitaṃ. Eseva maggo natthañño, sotāpannoti byākare; Yassindriyāni subhāvitāni, atha dhammapadehi ca. Vacasā manasā ceva, pañcakkhandhā aniccato; Yāni karoti puriso, tīṇi sucaritāni ca. Rūpaṃ vedayitaṃ saññā, pañcakkhandhā pakāsitā; Yo evaṃ paṭipajjati, brahmā ceva phalāni ca. Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, vimokkhā taṃ hi desitā; Natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ, devānaṃ asurāna ca. Yaṃ pattaṃ yañca pattabbaṃ, nandati socati niccaṃ; Ye keci bhūtā bhavissanti, satthāro ca pakāsitā. Yañca kāmasukhaṃ loke, bojjhaṅgā ca sudesitā; Maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko seṭṭho, tayo ca aggapattiyo. Kāyena saṃvaro sādhu, karaṇīyañca desitaṃ; Natthi attasamaṃ pemaṃ, ariyā tīṇi ca desitā. Kāyena kusalaṃ abhirato, vinayañca kāmasukhaṃ loke; Bojjhaṅgā ca sudesitā, duddasaṃ anataṃ ceva parāparaṃ ca;
《藏释》中,名为“教法建立”的第二地圆满。显示巴利原文
Peṭakopadese sāsanappaṭṭhānaṃ nāma dutiyabhūmi samattā.
第三地 经依处显示巴利原文
3. Suttādhiṭṭhānatatiyabhūmi
32 其中,什么是经的依处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ suttādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
贪依处、嗔依处、痴依处,无贪依处、无嗔依处、无痴依处,身业依处、语业依处、意业依处,信根依处、精进根依处、念根依处、定根依处、慧根依处。显示巴利原文
Lobhādhiṭṭhānaṃ dosādhiṭṭhānaṃ mohādhiṭṭhānaṃ alobhādhiṭṭhānaṃ adosādhiṭṭhānaṃ amohādhiṭṭhānaṃ kāyakammādhiṭṭhānaṃ vācākammādhiṭṭhānaṃ manokammādhiṭṭhānaṃ saddhindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīriyindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ satindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ samādhindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ paññindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
此中,何等为贪依处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ lobhādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
为寻所扰之有情,贪欲炽盛,随观净相;
渴爱由此辗转增长,正是它,令结缚变得坚固。
显示巴利原文 Vitakkamathitassa jantuno, tibbarāgassa subhānupassino; Bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhati, esa kho gāḷhaṃ karoti bandhanaṃ.
所谓“被寻思所扰”,是指欲贪;“随观净相”,是欲贪所依的所缘;“渴爱更增长”,是指欲爱;“令结缚坚固”,是指贪染。如此,凡作为根本所立的法,その法便当于此中予以提出。世尊并非依着一个法而去开示另一个法。“若有所寻思”,即指欲寻思,该寻思正以欲寻思而被指示;“具强烈贪欲者”,是那寻思的所缘;“随观净相者,渴爱更增长”,是宣说那贪即为欲爱;“令结缚坚固”,是宣说那渴爱之结。如此,于偈颂中应如此推知。在《分别论》中亦是如此。显示巴利原文
Vitakkamathitassāti kāmarāgo. Subhānupassinoti kāmarāgavatthu. Bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhatīti kāmataṇhā. Esa gāḷhaṃ karoti bandhananti rāgaṃ, iti yo yo dhammo mūlanikkhitto, so yevettha dhammo uggāvahitabbo . Na bhagavā ekaṃ dhammaṃ ārabbha aññaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. Yassa vitakketi kāmavitakko tameva vitakkaṃ kāmavitakkena niddisīyati. Tibbarāgassāti tasseva vitakkassa vatthuṃ niddisati. Subhānupassino bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhatīti tameva rāgaṃ kāmataṇhāti niddisati. Esa gāḷhaṃ karoti bandhananti tameva taṇhāsaṃyojanaṃ niddisati. Evaṃ gāthāsu anuminitabbaṃ. Evaṃ saveyyākaraṇesu.
在此,世尊以一种法从三个面向加以阐述:依其流类、依其因、依其果。显示巴利原文
Tattha bhagavā ekaṃ dhammaṃ tividhaṃ niddisati, nissandato hetuto phalato.
布施者受人喜爱,众人亲近他,他获得称誉,声望随之增长。
无怯懦者坦然步入众人之中,无悭吝者心怀坦荡,无所畏惧。
显示巴利原文 Dadaṃ piyo hoti bhajanti naṃ bahū, kittiñca pappoti yaso ca vaḍḍhati; Amaṅkubhūto parisaṃ vigāhati, visārado hoti naro amaccharī.
凡所施予的任何布施,这即是布施所成就的福德业。其中的因由如此:众人亲近他,善好的名声在世间远扬,他为众人所喜爱、所悦纳;又,无悔而命终,这是他的利益;身坏命终后往生天界,这是他的果报。这便为贪之所依。显示巴利原文
Dadanti yaṃ yaṃ dānaṃ, idaṃ dānamayikaṃ puññakriyaṃ. Tattha hetu. Yaṃ cetaṃ. Bhajanti naṃ bahū, kittinti yo ca kalyāṇo kittisaddo loke abbhuggacchati, yaṃ bahukassa janassa piyo bhavati manāpo ca. Yañca avippaṭisārī kālaṅkaroti ayaṃ nissando. Yaṃ kāyassa bhedā devesu upapajjatīti idaṃ phalaṃ. Idaṃ lobhādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
33 其中,何为嗔所依?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ dosādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
凡是杀害生命,以及说妄语的人;
在世间取他所不与之物,以及侵犯他人妻子的人;
以及人若耽着于饮用诸酒,
未舍断五种怨害者,即称为破戒者;
此无慧之人,身坏命终后,即堕于地狱。
显示巴利原文 Yo pāṇamatipāteti, musāvādañca bhāsati; Loke adinnaṃ ādiyati, paradārañca gacchati; Surāmerayapānañca, yo naro anuyuñjati . Appahāya pañca verāni, dussīlo iti vuccati; Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.
“杀害生命者”,即是被嗔恨驱使而杀害生命。“说妄语”,即是因嗔恨的伤害而说妄语。“饮用诸酒类者”,亦以嗔恨为因。凡饮用诸酒类的人,如同行邪淫者,会招感怨敌。显示巴利原文
Yo pāṇamatipātetīti duṭṭho pāṇamatipāteti. Musāvādañca bhāsatīti dosopaghātāya musāvādañca bhāsati. Surāmerayapānañca, yo naro anuyuñjatīti doso nidānaṃ. Yo ca surāmerayapānaṃ anuyuñjati yathāparadāravihārī amittā janayanti.
“不舍五种怨敌”,即违犯五戒;这是所有由嗔恨所生之法的施设。由于造作了由嗔恨所生的业,此人便被称为“破戒者”。此法亦应从因、等流、果三个方面来说明。显示巴利原文
Pañca verāni appahāyāti pañcannaṃ bhikkhāpadānaṃ samatikkamanaṃ sabbesaṃ dosajānaṃ sā paṇṇatti, teneva dosajanitena kammena dussīlo iti vuccati sopi dhammo hetunā niddisitabbo, nissandena phalena ca.
愚人有三种愚人之相:说恶语、思恶念、作恶业。其中,凡以身与语所造作的,便是他的作恶业。如前所说,凡是说妄语,便是他的说恶语。凡他所思惟的意恶行与嗔恚,便是他的思恶念。具足这三种愚人之相的人,会感受三种相应的苦与忧。在集会中、在大众中,他会谈论相应的话题。当他行杀生等十不善业道时,便因此感受苦与忧。再者,当他见到盗贼或犯王法者被国王捉拿、夺去性命时,便这样想:‘如果国王知道了我,国王也会捉拿我、夺去我的性命。’他因此感受苦与忧。再者,当愚人坐在自己的座位时,想到‘我死后会往何处去?’他因此感受苦与忧。这便是愚人之相的因。三种相应的苦是其等流。身坏命终后生于地狱,是其果。这是以嗔为基础。显示巴利原文
Tīṇi bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni – dubbhāsitabhāsī ca hoti, duccintitacintī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca. Tattha yaṃ kāyena ca vācāya ca parakkamati, idamassa dukkaṭakammakārī. Tāyaṃ yathā ca musāvādaṃ bhāsati yathā pubbaniddiṭṭhaṃ , idamassa dubbhāsitā. Yañca saṅkappeti manoduccaritaṃ byāpādaṃ, idamassa duccintitacintitā. Yaṃ so imehi tīhi bālalakkhaṇehi samannāgato tīṇi tajjāni dukkhāni domanassāni anubhavati, so ca hoti sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā tajjaṃ kathaṃ kathanti. Yadā bhavati so ca pāṇātipātādidasaakusalakammapathā, so tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedetīti. Puna caparaṃ yadā passati coraṃ rājāparādhikaṃ raññā gahitaṃ jīvitā voropetaṃ, tassevaṃ bhavati sace mamampi rājā jāneyya mamampi rājā gāhāpetvā jīvitā voropeyyāti, so tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Puna caparaṃ bālo yadā bhavati āsanā samārūḷho yāva yā me gati bhavissati ito pecca paraṃ maraṇāti so tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti iti bālalakkhaṇaṃ hetu. Tīṇi tajjāni dukkhāni nissando. Kāyassa bhedā nirayesu upapajjati, idaṃ phalaṃ. Idaṃ dosādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
Tattha katamaṃ mohādhiṭṭhānaṃ? Satañceva sahassānaṃ, kappānaṃ saṃsarissati; Athavā pi tato bhiyyo, gabbhā gabbhaṃ gamissatha. Anupādāya buddhavacanaṃ, saṅkhāre attato upādāya; Dukkhassantaṃ karissanti, ṭhānametaṃ na vijjati.
凡流转于无始轮回、生死相续者,皆以无明为因。诸行的运作,亦以无明为缘。不睹佛语,这在《无明经》中已予明示。执诸行为我,便趣入五蕴的五种见。“这是我,这是我,这是我的我”——此见于经中被置于无明,安立无明。如是,导师在经中以方便、以法义指出:应以不共的方式在那里晓了那一点,而非其他。显示巴利原文
Yo yaṃ anamataggasaṃsāraṃ samāpanno jāyate ca mīyate ca, ayaṃ avijjāhetukā. Yānipi ca saṅkhārānaṃ payojanāni, tānipi avijjāpaccayāni, yaṃ adassanaṃ buddhavacanassa, ayaṃ avijjāsutteyeva niddiṭṭhaṃ. Yo ca saṅkhāre attato harati pañcakkhandhe pañca diṭṭhiyo upagacchati. ‘‘Etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti idaṃ suttaṃ avijjāya nikkhittaṃ, avijjāya nikkhipitaṃ. Evaṃ satthā sutte nayena dhammena niddisati. Asādhāraṇena taṃyeva tattha niddisitabbaṃ. Na aññaṃ.
诸比丘!凡有沙门或婆罗门,不能如实了知“这是苦”等四谛的详尽之义——那不了知本身,即是苦,即是因。不了知故,而造作种种行,这便是流出。凡是执取种种见处,认定“唯此是真实,其余皆虚妄”,这也是流出。凡是再生起后有,这便是果。这法正是从因、从果、从流出而被开示。显示巴利原文
Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti nappajānanti cattāri saccāni vitthārena, yaṃ tattha appajānanā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ hetu. Appajānanto vividhe saṅkhāre abhisaṅkharoti, ayaṃ nissando. Yañca diṭṭhigatāni parāmasati ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti ayaṃ nissando. Yaṃ punabbhavaṃ nibbatteti, idaṃ phalaṃ. Ayampi dhammo saniddiṭṭho hetuto ca phalato ca nissandato ca.
然而在此,某些法是共通的。他们确实从最初便将因安立于经中。是什么呢?诸比丘!有这四种非理之行。其中,若依欲而行非理,若依怖畏而行非理,这便是贪不善根。若依嗔而行,这便是嗔。若依痴而行,这便是痴。如此,这三不善根从最初便应加以审察。当应指出一者时,即指出一者;当应指出二者时,也同样指出二者。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana keci dhammā sādhāraṇā bhavanti. Hetu khalu āditoyeva sutte nikkhipissanti. Yathā kiṃ bhave cattārimāni, bhikkhave, agatigamanāni. Tattha yañca chandāgatiṃ gacchati yañca bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yaṃ dosā, ayaṃ dosoyeva . Yaṃ mohā, ayaṃ mohoyeva. Evaṃ imāni tīṇi akusalamūlāni āditoyeva upaparikkhitabbāni. Yattha ekaṃ niddisitabbaṃ, tattha ekaṃ niddisīyati. Tathā dve yathā tīṇi, na hi ādīhi anikkhitte hetu vā nissando vā phalaṃ vā niddisitabbaṃ.
此处有偈颂:显示巴利原文
Ayañcettha gāthā –
凡因欲、因嗔、因怖畏、因痴而违越正法者,
他的名声便衰微,犹如黑分之月。
显示巴利原文 Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, yo dhammaṃ ativattati; Nihīyati tassa yaso, kāḷapakkheva candimā.
此处之欲即是贪,如前所说。这即是痴所依止之处。显示巴利原文
Kattha chandā ca ayaṃ lobho yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ pubbe. Idaṃ mohādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
35 其中,什么是以无贪为依止处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ alobhādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
安住于不净随观者,于诸根善加防护;
于食知量者,具足信、已发精进者;
魔不能胜他,犹如风吹不动石山。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Asubhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu susaṃvutaṃ; Bhojanamhi ca mattaññuṃ, saddhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ; Taṃ ve nappasahati māro, vāto selaṃva pabbata’’nti.
其中,对不净的观察,是通过照见欲的过患而得舍离。善护诸根,则是为了圆满无贪,不执取我及我所而远离忧愁。饮食知量,是断除味的渴爱。如此,这无贪以不净随观为依处,以无贪为因;以守护根门为行处,以饮食知量为助缘而持守——这便是它的流出。‘魔不能胜他,犹如风吹不动石山’,这是它的果。如是,初始所安立的法,于中间与末后亦复如是。显示巴利原文
Tattha yā asubhāya upaparikkhā, ayaṃ kāmesu ādīnavadassanena pariccāgo. Indriyesu susaṃvuto tasseva alobhassa pāripūriyaṃ mama āyatanasocitaṃ anupādāya. Bhojanamhi ca mattaññunti rasataṇhāpahānaṃ. Iti ayaṃ alobho asubhānupassitāya vatthuto dhārayati, so alobho hetu. Indriyesu guttadvāratāya gocarato dhārayati, bhojanemattaññutāya parato dhārayati, ayaṃ nissando. Taṃ ve nappasahati māro, vāto selaṃ va pabbatanti, idaṃ phalaṃ. Iti yoyeva dhammo ādimhi nikkhitto, soyeva majjhe ceva avasāne ca.
诸比丘,我不见有其他任何一法,能如不净相那样,令未生的欲贪不起,令已生的欲贪断除。对不净相作意者,未生的欲贪便不生起,已生的欲贪得以断除。这是无贪的依处。再者,未生的欲贪遍尽色贪与无色贪,这是果。如此,这法由因、由流出、由果而被宣说。这是无贪的依处。显示巴利原文
Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi asamuppannassa kāmacchandassa anuppādāya uppannassa vā pahānāya, yathayidaṃ asubhanimittaṃ. Tattha asubhanimittaṃ manasikarontassa anuppanno ceva kāmacchando na uppajjati, uppanno ca kāmacchando pahīyati. Idaṃ alobhassa vatthu. Yaṃ puna anuppanno kāmarāgo pariyādiyati rūparāgaṃ arūparāgaṃ, iti phalaṃ. Iti ayampi ca dhammo niddiṭṭho hetuto ca nissandato ca phalato ca. Idaṃ alobhādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是以无嗔为依止?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ adosādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
若对哪怕一个有情,心无嗔害而修慈,他便因此成为善者;
若以心悲悯一切有情,圣者即造下广大的福德。
显示巴利原文 Ekampi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto, mettāyati kusalo tena hoti; Sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampaṃ , pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṃ.
如果对哪怕一个众生,以无嗔的心修习慈爱,这便是无嗔。以灭尽为味,由此而成为善,也因此与善法相应,得法之施设。所谓善,如以智慧而称为有慧,以贤智而称为贤者。圣者所造作的广大福德,那只是世间的果报,并非出世间的。其中,修习慈爱是因;成为善法是等流;只要无嗔、无害,于世间便生起众多福德,这是果。如此,无嗔已从因、等流、果三方面宣说。显示巴利原文
Ekampi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto mettāyatīti ayaṃ adoso. Nigghātena assādo, kusalo tena hotīti tena kusalena dhammena saṃyutto dhammapaññattiṃ gacchati. Kusaloti yathā paññāya pañño paṇḍiccena paṇḍito. Pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññanti tassāyeva vipāko ayaṃ lokiyassa, na hi lokuttarassa. Tattha yā mettāyanā, ayaṃ hetu. Yaṃ kusalo bhavati ayaṃ nissando. Yāva abyāpajjo bhūmiyaṃ bahupuññaṃ pasavati, idaṃ phalaṃ. Iti adoso niddiṭṭho hetuto ca nissandato ca phalato ca.
慈心解脱有十一种功德。其中,慈心解脱本身,在圣法中属于因离贪而心解脱,是世间地的因。未来可感受的快乐为人们所喜爱,这十一种法是其等流。未作余业者生于梵天界,这是果报。这便是无嗔的基础。显示巴利原文
Ekādasānisaṃsā mettāya cetovimuttiyā. Tattha yā mettācetovimutti, ayaṃ ariyadhammesu rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, lokikāya bhūmikā hetu, yaṃ sukhaṃ āyatiṃ manāpo hoti manussānaṃ, ime ekādasa dhammā nissando. Yañca akatāvī brahmakāye upapajjati. Idaṃ phalaṃ. Idaṃ adosādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
36 那么,什么是无痴的基础?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ amohādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
Paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ, yāyaṃ nibbedhagāminī ; Yāya sammā pajānāti, jātimaraṇasaṅkhayaṃ.
“慧最胜”,这是事由。“导向通达”,即于导向涅槃中如实通达。“正确了知生死的灭尽”,这是无痴。慧是因;了知是等流;生死的灭尽,这是果。如此,无痴由因、由等流、由果而说明。显示巴利原文
Paññā hi seṭṭhāti vatthuṃ. Nibbedhagāminīti nibbānagāminiyaṃ yathābhūtaṃ paṭivijjhati. Sammā pajānāti, jātimaraṇasaṅkhayanti amoho. Paññāti hetu. Yaṃ pajānāti ayaṃ nissando. Yo jātimaraṇasaṅkhayo, idaṃ phalaṃ. Iti amoho niddiṭṭho hetunā ca nissandena ca phalena ca.
诸比丘,有此三根:未知当知根、已知根、具知根。其中,何为未知当知根?诸比丘,于此,比丘对尚未现观的苦圣谛,为了现观而生欲求,精勤策励,发起精进,策动其心。对四圣谛也应当如此修习。何为已知根?诸比丘,于此,比丘如实了知‘这是苦圣谛’,并了知修习之道,这称为已知根。由诸漏灭尽而成为无漏,这称为具知根。这无痴的慧,是为因;生起欲求、精勤与了知,是为等流。以这些流为因,一切诸漏灭尽时,生起尽智及无生智,这亦是等流。阿拉汉性,是为果。其中,‘我生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作’,这是尽智;‘了知不再有来生’,这是无生智。如此,这三根已由因、等流、果而说明为无痴。这便是对不共善根的说明。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave , indriyāni anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ aññindriyaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anabhisametassa dukkhassa ariyasaccassa abhisamayāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati, vīriyaṃ ārabhati , cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ kātabbaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ aññindriyaṃ? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yā ca maggo, idaṃ aññindriyaṃ. Āsavakkhayā anāsavo hoti, idaṃ vuccati aññātāvindriyaṃ. Tathāyaṃ paññā, ayaṃ hetu. Yaṃ chandaṃ janeti vāyamati, yā pajānāti, ayaṃ nissando. Yena sabbaso āsavānaṃ khayā hetu, yaṃ khaye ñāṇamuppajjati, anuppāde ñāṇañca, ayaṃ nissando. Yaṃ arahattaṃ, idaṃ phalaṃ. Tattha khīṇā me jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyanti, idaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ. Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmīti idaṃ anuppāde ñāṇaṃ. Iti imāni indriyāni amoho niddiṭṭho hetunā ca nissandena ca phalena ca. Imāni asādhāraṇāni niddiṭṭhāni.
诸比丘,我将为你们开示善与善根。其中,何为善根?无贪、无嗔、无痴即是善根。何为善?八正道,即从正见至正定,便是善。这三善根,是为因。无贪能生起三法:正思惟、正精进、正定,这是无贪的等流。无嗔是为因,能建立三法:正语、正业、正命,这是等流。无痴是为因,能建立二法:正见与不追悔,这是等流。此梵行的果,即是两种解脱:因离贪而心解脱,因离无明而慧解脱,这是果。如此,这三善根已由因、等流、果而说明。这便是共善所应通达的。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamāni kusalamūlāni sādhāraṇāni? Kusalañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi kusalamūlañceva. Tattha katamaṃ kusalamūlaṃ? Alobho adoso amoho. Tattha katamaṃ kusalaṃ? Aṭṭha sammattāni sammādiṭṭhi yāva sammāsamādhi. Tattha yāni kusalamūlāni, ayaṃ hetu. Yañca alobho tīṇi kammāni samuṭṭhāpeti saṅkappaṃ vāyāmaṃ samādhiñca, ayaṃ alobhassa nissando. Tattha yo adoso, ayaṃ hetu. Yaṃ tayo dhamme paṭṭhapeti sammāvācaṃ sammākammantaṃ sammāājīvañca, ayaṃ nissando. Tattha yo amoho hetu, yaṃ dve dhamme upaṭṭhapeti aviparītadassanampi ca anabhilāpanaṃ, ayaṃ nissando. Imassa brahmacariyassa yaṃ phalaṃ, tā dve vimuttiyo rāgavirāgā cetovimutti avijjā virāgā ca paññāvimutti, idaṃ phalaṃ. Iti imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni niddiṭṭhāni hetuto ca nissandato ca phalato ca. Evaṃ sādhāraṇāni kusalāni paṭivijjhitabbāni.
于二处、于三处,此处有偈颂。显示巴利原文
Yattha duve yattha tīṇi. Ayañcettha gāthā.
「等与不等以及生起,牟尼已舍有行;
内心乐住于定,如破甲胄,彼生已尽。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni; Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.
「等与不等及生起」:即所谓“等”与“不等”。其中,那些被称为“等”的诸行法,即衡量此二法——味与患。「诸欲中有如是味、有如是患,此为出离」,如此了知涅槃。以二因故为“不等”——不可度量。「此唯如此多,此非究竟」,故为不等。或如宝珠之譬喻,因稀有性而为不等。其中,从善现起了知与见,此为无痴。于彼处,对所知的、有行的舍离,此为无贪。「乐于内、得定」:从散乱中摄持,此为无嗔。如此,是为三善根。「等与不等及生起」显示无痴。有行的聚集——贪——是正定的味,此为因。「乐于内」:破除无明之卵壳,此为出离。那流转——这三善根即从因、从出离、从果而被开示。显示巴利原文
Tulamatulañca sambhavanti tulasaṅkhataṃ atulasaṅkhataṃ. Tattha ye saṅkhatā tulaṃ, te dve dhammā assādo ca ādīnavo ca tulitā bhavanti. Ettako kāmesu assādo. Ettako ādīnavo imassa, idaṃ nissaraṇanti iti nibbānaṃ pajānāti. Dvīhi kāraṇehi atulaṃ na ca sakkā tulayituṃ. Ettakaṃ etaṃ netaṃ paramatthīti tena atulaṃ. Atha pāpuṇā ratanaṃ karitvā acchariyabhāvena atulaṃ. Tattha kusalassa ca abhisambhavā jānanā passanā, ayaṃ amoho. Yaṃ tattha ñātā osiraṇā bhavasaṅkhārānaṃ, ayaṃ alobho. Yaṃ ajjhattarato samāhitoti vikkhepapaṭisaṃharaṇā, ayaṃ adoso. Iti imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni. Tulamatulasambhavanti ayaṃ amoho. Yo bhavasaṅkhārānaṃ samosaraṇaṃ lobho sammāsamādhīnaṃ assādo, ayaṃ hetu. Yaṃ ajjhattarato avijjaṇḍakosaṃ sambhedo, ayaṃ nissando. Sā pavatti imāni tīṇi niddiṭṭhāni kusalamūlāni hetuto ca nissandato ca phalato ca.
如是,此转起与还灭——由不善根而转起,由善根而还灭——即依此三者,一切不善根合集而去。此法或以言说宣说为‘渴爱’、或‘嗔’、或‘不正知’、或‘随眠’、或‘覆’、或‘诳’、或‘不念’、或‘嫉’、或‘悭’、或‘无智’,以及以此为事而被说示者。在这两种言说、法句中被说示的,彼非烦恼;凡是于这九句中会集、合流而去的,这才是烦恼,不是贪,不是嗔,不是痴。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā esā pavatti ca nivatti ca akusalamūlehi pavattati, kusalamūlehi nivattatīti imehi ca tīhi sabbaṃ akusalamūlaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchati. So dhamme vā vacanato niddiṭṭho taṇhāti vā kodhoti vā asampajaññanti vā anusayoti vā makkhoti vā paḷāsoti vā assatīti vā issāti vā macchariyanti vā aññāṇanti vā, tehi ye ca vatthūhi niddisitabbaṃ. Yassimāni dve vacanāni dhammapadāni niddiṭṭhāni na so atthi kilesā, yo imesu navasu padesu samodhānaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchati. Ayaṃ kileso, na ca lobho, na ca doso, na ca moho.
正如不善根那样,诸善法也应以对治而说示。显示巴利原文
Yathā akusalamūlāni, evaṃ kusalāni paṭikkhepena niddisitabbāni.
这便是无痴依止。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ amohādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
37 其中,何谓身业所依?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ kāyakammādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
当以身行善,当以身为防护;
舍离身恶行,应修身善行。
显示巴利原文 Kāyena kusalaṃ kare, assa kāyena saṃvuto; Kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvā, kāyena sucaritaṃ care.
诸比丘,这三种是善行:离杀生、离不与取、离欲邪行,这即是身业处。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, sucaritāni . Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī, idaṃ kāyakammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是语业处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vācākammādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
善士们说,善语是最上;应说法而非非法,那是第二;
应说可爱语,不说不可爱语,这是第三;应说真实语,不说虚妄语,这是第四。
显示巴利原文 Subhāsitaṃ uttamamāhu santo, dhammaṃ bhaṇe nādhammaṃ taṃ dutiyaṃ; Piyaṃ bhaṇe nāppiyaṃ taṃ tatiyaṃ, saccaṃ bhaṇe nālikaṃ taṃ catutthaṃ.
这四种语善行,便是语业处。显示巴利原文
Cattārimāni ca vacīsucaritāni idaṃ vācākammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
那么,什么是意业处呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ manokammādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
Manena kusalaṃ kammaṃ, manasā saṃvuto bhave; Manoduccaritaṃ hitvā, manasā sucaritaṃ care.
这三种意善行——无贪、无嗔、正见,即是意业处。这些是不共的经典。显示巴利原文
Tīṇimāni manosucaritāni, anabhijjhā, abyāpādo, sammādiṭṭhi, idaṃ manokammādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni asādhāraṇāni suttāni.
其中,何谓共通的经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamāni sādhāraṇāni suttāni?
守护语言,以意善加调御,身不行不善;
当净此三业道,便能证得仙人宣说之道。
显示巴利原文 Vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto, kāyena ca nākusalaṃ kayirā ; Ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ārādhaye maggamisippaveditaṃ.
诸比丘,有三种清净:身业清净、语业清净与意业清净。显示巴利原文
Tisso imā, bhikkhave, pārisuddhiyo – kāyakammapārisuddhi, vācākammapārisuddhi, manokammapārisuddhi.
什么是身业清净?远离杀生、远离不与取、远离欲邪行。什么是语业清净?远离妄语……乃至……远离杂秽语。什么是意业清净?无贪、无嗔、正见。这是共通的经文。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā kāyakammapārisuddhi? Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī. Tattha katamā vacīkammapārisuddhi? Musāvādā veramaṇī…pe… samphappalāpā veramaṇī. Tattha katamā manokammapārisuddhi? Anabhijjhā abyāpādo sammādiṭṭhi. Idaṃ sādhāraṇasuttaṃ.
如此,共通的经典与不共通的经典应当通达。通达之后,应以言语与身行来阐明经的义理。显示巴利原文
Iti sādhāraṇāni ca suttāni asādhāraṇāni ca suttāni paṭivijjhitabbāni. Paṭivijjhitvā vācāya kāyena ca suttassa attho niddisitabbo.
38 在这里,什么是信根的基础?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ saddhindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
凡对于如来的信心,坚定不移、善加确立的;
凡所持的戒是善好、是圣者所喜爱与所称叹的;
若人对僧团怀有净信,且见解正直;
他们称此人不贫穷,他的一生不会空过。
信确实能带来喜悦与成就,而他所持的信并非如此;
对世尊生起如是法上的净信:“一切皆是。”
显示巴利原文 Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā; Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ. Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ; Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ. Saddhā ve nandikā ārādhiko, no tassa saddhoti; Sabbaṃ siyāti bhagavantaṃ, tathārūpo dhammasampasādo.
这便是信根依止。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ saddhindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,何为精进根依止?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vīriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
应当精勤,应当出离,应当一心投入佛陀的教导;
应当摧破死魔的军队,犹如大象摧毁芦苇搭成的屋舍。
显示巴利原文 Ārambhatha nikkamatha, yuñjatha buddhasāsane; Dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro.
诸比丘,此四种正勤,便是精进的基础。显示巴利原文
Cattārome, bhikkhave, sammappadhānā, idaṃ vīriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,何为念根的安立?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ satindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
“具念者常有吉祥,愿具念者得吉祥;
具念者常更殊胜,具念者增长快乐。”
显示巴利原文 Satīmato sadā bhaddaṃ, bhaddamatthu satīmato; Satīmato sadā seyyo, satīmā sukhamedhati.
应当详细修习四念处,这便是念根的依处。显示巴利原文
Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā vitthārena kātabbā, idaṃ satindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是定根的依处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ samādhindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
人调御师,您所希求的,诸天与人以心思惟的……
一切有情若能了知,便会修习寂静之定与无诤之处。
显示巴利原文 Ākaṅkhato te naradammasārathi, devā manussā manasā vicintitaṃ; Sabbena jaññā kasiṇāpi pāṇino, santaṃ samādhiṃ araṇaṃ nisevato.
诸比丘,有三种定:有寻有伺、无寻唯伺、无寻无伺。这便是定根的依处。显示巴利原文
Tayome , bhikkhave, samādhī – savitakko savicāro, avitakko vicāramatto, avitakko avicāro. Idaṃ samādhindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
那么,什么是慧根的依处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ paññindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
“慧在世间为最胜”等,广为详说。显示巴利原文
Paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasminti vitthārena.
诸比丘!这三种慧——闻所成慧、思所成慧、修所成慧,是慧根依处之经;这些,则是诸根依处中的不共之经。显示巴利原文
Tisso imā, bhikkhave, paññā – sutamayī, cintāmayī, bhāvanāmayī, idaṃ paññindriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ suttaṃ, imāni indriyādhiṭṭhānāni asādhāraṇāni suttāni.
39 于此,哪些是诸根依处的共通经?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamāni sādhāraṇāni indriyādhiṭṭhānāni suttāni?
于诸欲未离贪者,纵使五根柔软,
具足信、念、精进、止与观,
若触犯如是比丘,事先便已摧毁。
显示巴利原文 Avītarāgo kāmesu, yassa pañcindriyā mudū; Saddhā sati ca vīriyaṃ, samatho ca vipassanā; Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, pubbeva upahaññati.
这是五根。信根等诸根,应如此看待。于三种不坏净,应依经详说。这些是诸根共通依处之经。凡与某一善法或不善法相应,即应以这些依处指示彼经,不应指示其他法。其中,共通的善既非善亦非不善,如同共通的善因亦是共通的不善因——已生的欲寻,应舍断……(广说)……四正勤,有善者与不善者。显示巴利原文
Pañcimāni indriyāni. Saddhindriyādiindriyaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tīsu aveccappasāde vitthārena suttaṃ kātabbaṃ. Imāni sādhāraṇāni indriyādhiṭṭhānāni suttāni. Yaṃ yassa sambandhaṃ kusalassa vā akusalassa vā tena tena adhiṭṭhānena taṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbaṃ, natthañño dhammo niddisitabbo. Tattha sādhāraṇaṃ kusalaṃ nāpi kusalaṃ akusalaṃ yathā sādhāraṇāni ca kusalamūlāni sādhāraṇāni ca akusalamūlāni uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ pajahati…pe… cattāro sammappadhānā kusalaṃ akusalañca.
此处是摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tatthimā uddānagāthā
寻归属于我,布施者则为可爱之人;
杀害生命者,具有三种愚者之相。
纵有百千人众,与沙门婆罗门;
由欲、嗔、怖畏、痴,此四非道。
安住于随观不净者,于诸相中亦观不净;
即使是一个可爱的生命,若有善友以善言相劝,
慧于世间为最胜,三根随顺于其后;
善与不善之根,以及可量与不可量的生起。
当以身行善,并修三种善行;
寂静者称善说为最上,及语善行。
当以身行善,并舍离意恶行;
恒常守护身行,成就三种清净。
若人对如来生信,对缘起之教说亦深信,
你们应当奋发,应当精进,具足正精进。
智慧确是世间最上,三种智慧已为阐明;
于诸欲未离贪者,五根亦复如是。
显示巴利原文 Vitakko hi mamatthiko , dadaṃ piyo naro iti; Yo pāṇamatipāteti, tīṇi tassa bālalakkhaṇaṃ. Satañceva sahassānaṃ, ye ca samaṇabrāhmaṇā; Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, catūhi agatīhi ca. Asubhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, nimittesu asubhā ca; Ekampi ce piyaṃ pāṇaṃ, mittā sace subhāsitā. Paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ, anuññā tīṇi indriyāni; Kusalākusalamūlāni ca, tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ. Kāyena kusalaṃ kare, tīṇi sucaritāni ca; Subhāsitaṃ uttamamāhu, santo vacīsucaritāni ca. Kāyena ca kusalaṃ kayirā, manoduccaritāni ca; Kāyānurakkhī ca sadā, tisso ca pārisuddhiyo. Yassa saddhā tathāgate, samuppāde ca desito; Ārambhatha nikkamatha, yā ca sammappadhānatā. Satīmato sadā bhaddaṃ, satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā; Ākaṅkhato ca anaññāṇaṃ, ye ca tīṇi samādhayo. Paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ, tisso paññā pakāsitā; Avītarāgo kāmesu, tatheva pañcindriyā.
如是,长老大迦旃延。显示巴利原文
Iti therassa mahākaccāyanassa
阎浮林住者之《藏释》中显示巴利原文
Jambuvanavāsino peṭakopadese
第三地:名经依止显示巴利原文
Tatiyabhūmi suttādhiṭṭhānaṃ nāma.
4. 经抉择第四地显示巴利原文
4. Suttavicayacatutthabhūmi
40 其中,什么是经的审察?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo suttavicayo?
其中,应以善法、不善法善加审察前后关联:此经是否……(中略)……与那些义理相应的经相合,或不相合?显示巴利原文
Tattha kusalehi dhammehi akusalehi dhammehi pubbāparaso sādhukaṃ upaparikkhiyati. Kiṃnu kho idaṃ suttaṃ ārabhi…pe… tehi suttehi saha adhisannaṭṭhehi yujjati udāhu na yujjatīti?
正如世尊最初便在此处开示诸烦恼。所谓开示了什么?应当审察:是否宣说了那些烦恼的断除?若世尊未开示那些烦恼的断除,便应寻求善法——在此善法中,那些不善得以断除。如果寻求却未能获得,便应排除彼处的不善法并加以审察,这就是《染污分经》所教示。如果烦恼得以排除,或者未能给出,便应审察:在这些阶地中,诸烦恼是否由圣道法而得以断除,抑或不能断除?然而,所说的烦恼有多少,所说的圣法却没有那么多。而在烦恼得以断除之处,那些不与圣法相对的烦恼应当被排除;若得以排除,便建立连结。于此处应如是审察:是否二种、三种或更多烦恼由一种圣道而得以断除?如此审察后便建立连结。于此处还应审察:依传承或依藏传承,此经的内容是义还是非义;若无法指出经证,则不应于经生疑。如此,正如最初有善法,那些烦恼应当被断除,它们应当被审察。对于在前或相较于在前的教说,应当不增不减地受持。如同第一层次,现在针对那些烦恼,以及所说的那些圣法,应当辨别这些烦恼是否由这些圣法而得以断除。若审察时发现相应,便应采纳。若不相应,对于无对治的烦恼,不应予以处理。而那些作为对治的圣法,则应提取出来。因为圣法并不导向不还果所断烦恼的断除,圣法也不能导向一切烦恼的断除。例如善的慈心与不善的贪欲,并非通过作意善慈而断除不善贪;嗔恚才由慈心得以断除。因此,这两种烦恼都应当被审察。凡是所教示的法,不论是善是不善,都应当被排除。若它们相应,排除后便不存在,则应审察:是否两种烦恼以同一圣法而应被断除?或者一种烦恼以两种圣法而被断除?显示巴利原文
Yathā bhagavā kilese ādimhi tattha deseti. Kiṃ desitaṃ? Tesaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ udāhu no desitanti upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Yadi na desitaṃ bhagavati tesaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ kusalā dhammā pariyesitabbā yattha te akusalā pahānaṃ gacchanti. Sace samannehamāno na labhati. Tattha akusalā dhammā apakaḍḍhitabbā vīmaṃsitabbā, saṃkilesabhāgiyasuttaṃ, yadi kilesā apakaḍḍhiyantā. Ye vā na denti tattha upaparikkhitabbā ariyamaggadhammā tāsu bhūmīsu kilesā pahānaṃ gacchanti, udāhu na gacchantīti. Yattakā pana kilesā desitā. Na tattakā ariyadhammā desitā. Yattha kilesā pahānaṃ gacchanti, tattha ye kilesā ariyadhammānaṃ paṭipakkhena na yujjanti, te apakaḍḍhitabbā, sace apakaḍḍhiyantā yojanaṃ deti. Tattha evaṃ vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Dve tīṇi vā taduttari vā kilesā ekena ariyamaggena pahānaṃ gacchantīti. Sace evaṃ vīmaṃsiyantā yojanaṃ deti, tattha upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Paramparāya vā piṭakasampadānena vā suttassa attho ca nattho ca. Yaṃ vā na sakkā suttaṃ niddisituṃ neva suttaṃ vicikicchitabbaṃ. Evaṃ yathā ādimhi kusalā dhammā honti. Ye kilesā te pahīneyyāti. Te upaparikkhitabbā. Puro vā kusalo paṭipakkhena vā puro desanā, anūnā anadhikā uggahetabbā. Yathā paṭhamo uttilo yesamidāni kilesānaṃ ye ariyadhammā desitā ime kilesā imehi ariyadhammehi pahīyanti, udāhu nappahīyantīti vicinitabbā. Yadi upaparikkhiyamānā yujjanti, gahetabbā. Atha na yujjanti, ye kilesā apaṭipakkhā honti, te kilesā aparipakkhitabbā. Ye ca ariyadhammā paṭipakkhā honti, te ariyadhammā apakaḍḍhitabbā . Na hi ariyadhammā anāgāmikilesappahānaṃ gacchanti, nāpi ariyadhammā sabbakilesānaṃ pahānāya saṃvattanti. Yathā kusalā mettā akusalo rāgo na tu kusalā mettāti kāretvā akusalassa rāgassa pahānāya sambhavati byāpādo mettāya pahānaṃ gacchati. Tasmā ubho kilesā upaparikkhitabbā. Yo yo ca dhammo upadisiyati kusalo vā akusalo vā so apakaḍḍhitabbo. Sace te yujjanti apakaḍḍhiyamāno natthi upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Dve vā kilesā ekena ariyadhammena pahīneyyāti dvīhi vā ariyadhammehi eko vā kileso pahīyatīti.
或者,当如此审察时是合理的,便应在此处审察;或者,依其合理之处而审察;或者,如何能指出经典?因为不应对经典生疑。对于圣法中所说的烦恼,应当从两方面审察:即所说的那些烦恼,以及所说的那些圣法——无论是以偈颂还是以解释——这些烦恼是否被这些圣法所断除?还是不被断除?或者,这些圣法是否导向这些烦恼的断除?虽然不善法可由善法断除,但并非一切不善法皆由一切圣法所断除。譬如,慈是善,贪是不善,但并非由于作意于善慈便能以慈断除贪;嗔恚才由慈而断除。像这样,作为烦恼的作意,由经典所断除。并非凡是作意为经典之法,便导向一切烦恼的断除。然而,经典中与杂染相对的圣法,那圣法才导向它的断除。显示巴利原文
Atha vā evampi upaparikkhiyamānaṃ yujjati, tattha vīmaṃsitabbaṃ vā yathā yujjati tattha vīmaṃsitabbaṃ vā, yathā nanu sakkā suttaṃ niddisituṃ, na hi sutte vicikicchitabbaṃ. Kileso maṃ ariyadhammesu desitesu ubhayato upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Kira ye vā ime kilesā desitā ye ca ariyadhammā desitā gāthāya vā byākaraṇena vā, kiṃ nu kho ime kilesā imehi ariyadhammehi pahīyanti, udāhu nappahīyanti? Ime vā ariyadhammā imesaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānāya saṃvattantīti. Kiñcāpi kusalehi dhammehi akusalā dhammā pahānaṃ gacchanti. Na tu sabbehi ariyadhammehi sabbākusalā pahānaṃ gacchanti. Yathā mettā kusalo akusalo ca rāgo na tu kusalā mettā akusalo rāgoti kāretvā mettāya rāgo pahānaṃ, byāpādo mettāya pahānaṃ gacchanti. Evaṃ kilesoti kāretvā suttena pahānaṃ gacchati. Na sutto dhammoti kāretvā sabbaṃ kilesassa pahānāya saṃvattati. Yaṃ tu suttassa ariyadhammo saṃkilesapaṭipakkho, so tena pahānaṃ gacchatīti.
41 其中,如果某善经或注释中所说的内容与烦恼或圣法不相合,便应依大教法所指示的要点来排除。其中,对于所说的烦恼与圣法,即使经由那圣法能够断除这些烦恼,也应在那里进一步审察:‘以什么因缘应当断除这些烦恼?以什么因缘宣说圣法?’以何种方式宣说圣法,烦恼便以那种方式存在。确实有一种烦恼,不能以其他方式通过圣法断除,比如见、贪、无明应当以见而断除。如果是这样,那么无明应以修习而断除,或者法应以修习而断除。那同样的上分结,为了现见无为、为了解脱,通过无相心定、通过不作意而断除。应当这样审察义理和文句。那些应以见而断除的烦恼,便以见的方式宣说圣法;应以修习而断除的烦恼,便以修习的方式宣说圣法;应以遍受而断除的烦恼,便以遍受的方式宣说圣法;同样地,应以驱除而断除的烦恼,便以驱除的方式宣说圣法;乃至七漏,也应依相应方式宣说;乃至其他方式。如果某法应以其他方式断除,却以其他方式宣说了圣法,那么便应以其他方式去寻求那圣法。在寻求此法时,圣法是以何种方式宣说的,便应寻求那样的圣法,以那样的方式烦恼得以断除。在那里应当审察。如果不适合,则应当审察那部经中所确立的教导。怎样才适合,便应那样受持。怎样不适合,便不应那样受持:‘这确实不是世尊所说,或者是具寿理解错了。’应如大教法中所指示的那样指出,世尊如实所说,无论所说之法是善或不善,都应寻求那法的缘。确实,没有缘的法不会无因而生起。在那里,寻求的方式是什么呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha kusale desite sutte byākaraṇe vā saṃkilesā na yujjanti ariyadhammā vā, te mahāpadese niddisitabbāvayavena apakaḍḍhitabbā . Tattha kilesehi ca desitehi ariyadhammesu ca yadipi tena ariyadhammena te kilesā pahānaṃ gacchanti. Tatthapi uttari upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Kena kāraṇena ete kilesā pajahitabbā, kena kāraṇena ariyadhammā desitāti? Yena yena vā ākārena ariyadhammā desitā, tena tena pakārena ayaṃ kileso ṭhito. Atthi hi eko kileso, tena vā ariyadhammā na aññathā aññathā pahātabbo, yathā diṭṭhi rāgo avijjā ca dassanena pahātabbā. Sā ce evañca avijjā bhāvanāya bhūmi vā dhammā bhāvanāya pahātabbā. Sāyeva uddhaṃbhāgiyaṃ asaṅkhatadassanāya vimuttiyā animittena cetosamādhinā amanasikārena pahīyati. Evaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Ye dassanena pahātabbā kilesā dassanākārena ariyadhammo desito, bhāvanāya pahātabbā bhāvanākārena ariyadhammo desito, patisevanā pahātabbā patisevanākārena ariyadhammo desito, evaṃ vinodanapahātabbā yāva satta āsavā kātabbā, yāvaññathā. Aññathā hesa dhammo pahātabbo aññenākārena ariyadhammo desito, so ariyadhammo aññathā pariyesitabbo. Yadi ayaṃ dhammo pariyesato yo ca deseti yena yenākārena, so ariyadhammo pariyesitabbo, tenākārena kileso pahīyati. So tattha upaparikkhitabbo. Atha na yujjati yadi hi tena suttena vihitaṃ suttaṃ vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Yathā yujjati, tathā gahetabbaṃ. Yathā na yujjati, tathā na gahetabbaṃ, addhā etaṃ bhagavatā na bhāsitaṃ, āyasmatā vā duggahitaṃ, yathā mahāpadese niddisitabbaṃ, bhagavatā yathābhūtaṃ desitaṃ, yo ca dhammo desito kusalo ca akusalo ca tassa dhammassa paccayo pariyesitabbo. Na hi paccayā vinā dhammo appaccayo uppajjati. Tattha ko ākāro pariyesanāya?
在此,应当审察:‘这一具有因、具有缘的法已被说示。’而该缘有三种:弱、中、强。对于弱缘,应取弱法;如是,此缘有二种:相续缘与无间缘。应以弱、中、强来寻求该缘。何以故?某一缘亦依其他诸缘而达到传续或圆满。对于所说之法,应以此因或此缘,寻求该法之因。正如缘依因与缘,应寻求该法之果。正如同应在所指示之处寻求主要义理,应寻求该缘。因为弱法不会有强的果,强的果也不会有弱法,而是弱者对弱者、中者对中者、强者对强者才相应,便应取此;若不相应,便不应取。世尊开始说法时,即于初、中、后说示该法;如同在经的开头所指示的法,彼亦是该经大部分之归结。因为依该法之力,该经成为偈颂或分别论、小或大;然而有二种:相应或舍置,以及说示之舍置。也应寻求法之形式。如同世尊为了调伏渴爱而说示五根的防护,这只是意欲。世尊在《牧牛者譬喻经》及中部其他诸经中亦有所说,这只是意欲;这便是世尊如此说示之相应,因此该法亦应在其他分别论中寻求。因为不应仅在一经中见之。相应者便应取。显示巴利原文
Tattha tathārūpaṃ sahetu sappaccayaṃ soyaṃ dhammo vuttoti idaṃ vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. So ca paccayo tividho – mudu majjho adhimatto. Tattha mudumhi paccaye mududhammo gahetabbo, evaṃ satyesa paccayo duvidho paraṃparāpaccayo ca samanantarapaccayo ca. So paccayo mudutena byādhimattaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Aññataropi paccayo aññehi paccayehi pariyattiṃ vā pāripūriṃ vā gacchati . Tattha yo dhammo desito, tassa dhammassa etena vā kāraṇena vā hetu pariyesitabbo. Yathā paccayo hetunā paccayena ca, so tassa dhammassa nissando pariyesitabbo. Yathā niddiṭṭho adhiṭṭhāne padhānaṃ pariyesati, so paccayo pariyesitabbo. Na hi mudussa dhammassa adhimatto nissando adhimattassa vā nissandassa mududhammo, atha mudussa mudu majjhāya majjho adhimattassa adhimatto yujjati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ, atha na yujjati na gahetabbaṃ. Yañca bhagavā ārabhati dhammaṃ desetuṃ, taṃyeva dhammaṃ majjhantapariyosānaṃ deseti, yathā suttādhiṭṭhāne dhammā ādimhi niddisati, taṃyeva bahu tassa suttassa pariyosānaṃ. Tassa hi dhammassa vasena taṃ suttaṃ hoti gāthā vā byākaraṇaṃ khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ vā, yathā pana duvidhā anurūpanti vā thapanā ca desanāthapanā. Rūpantipi dhammassa pariyesitabbā. Yathā ca bhagavatā pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ saṃvaraṇaṃ desitaṃ taṇhāya niggahaṇatthaṃ icchāva hoti. Deseti yathā gopālakopame sutte aññehipi suttehi bhagavā bhāsati icchāva hoti majjhimanikāye vitakko ayaṃ bhagavato desanānurūpanti iti so dhammo aññesupi veyyākaraṇesu pariyesitabbo. Na hi ekaṃ hi sutte daṭṭhabbo. Yujjanaṃ taṃ gahetabbaṃ.
42 在这里,什么是被认可的?凡是世尊未曾说过的经典,若能在诸经中见到,就应当这样受持。若说“由某位所说”,便应审察这部经典:此经是否得到认可、契合世尊,还是未得认可、不契合?有些形式的经典得到认可、契合世尊,有些形式则未得认可、不契合。凡是没有深入确证就宣说十力者行境的,所有那样的经典都未得认可、不契合世尊。也有的弟子,虽然有限或无限地了知十力者的行境,却完全不了知那种力,除非依靠听闻。例如,具寿舍利弗教导一位婆罗门时,这位具寿没有彻知根器胜劣的智慧,因此偏执于人,不能善知他人,在应该向上引导时,却让他停留在较低处,因此被世尊呵责。又如,具寿大迦叶教导他的外甥,那外甥已经造下无间业,具寿以神通示现点燃手指。对于一切法、业的承担,能如实地从因从处了知的智慧,这位具寿是具备的,因此他这样教导他,世尊认可这样做。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ anuññātaṃ? Yaṃ kiñci suttaṃ bhagavatā na bhāsitaṃ tañca suttesuyeva ndissati, evametaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Yathā asukena bhāsitanti, taṃ suttaṃ vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho imaṃ suttaṃ anuññātaṃ khamaṃ bhagavato udāhu nānuññātaṃ khamaṃ, kiñci rūpañca suttaṃ bhagavato anuññātaṃ khamaṃ kiñci rūpañca nānuññātaṃ khamaṃ? Yaṃ sabbaso anotāretvā dasabalo gocaraṃ deseti, taṃ sabbaṃ suttaṃ bhagavato nānuññātaṃ khamaṃ. Atthipi so sāvako dasabalānaṃ gocaraṃ jānāti odhiso anodhiso, taṃ pana balaṃ sabbaso na jānāti aññathā nāma savanena, yathā āyasmatā sāriputtena yena brāhmaṇo ovadito, tassa āyasmato natthi indriyabalavemattañāṇaṃ, tena puggalaparo parañca taṃ ajānanto sati uttarikaraṇīye uppādito, so bhagavatā apasādito. Yathāva āyasmā mahākassapo bhāgineyyaṃ ovadati anantariyasamannāgato iddhipāṭihīrena aṅguliyo adīpetvā yaṃ sabbesaṃ dhammānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tassa āyasmato saṃvijjate, tena naṃ ovadati, taṃ bhagavā karoti.
“迦叶,纵使你持着十盏灯,
他也不能见到诸色,因为他的眼并不存在。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sacepi dasa pajjote, dhārayissasi kassapa; Neva dakkhati rūpāni, cakkhu tassa na vijjatī’’ti.
然而,正如使者以国王的教令教示众人,随从者也向他人宣说未曾闻知的言语。应受持已获许可、堪可容受的经;不应受持未获许可、不堪容受的经。显示巴利原文
Api ca kho yathā dūto rājavacanena sattamanusāsati, evaṃ sesānugo aññātakaṃ ghosaṃ paresaṃ deseti. Anuññātakhamasuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Ananuññātakhamaṃ na gahetabbaṃ.
其中,什么是经的混杂?经有五种:属于杂染分的、属于习气分的、属于见分的、属于修习分的、属于无学分的。若人理应成就某一类经,却宣说另一类;或将一部经的义理在另一部经中加以解说;或以种种方式解说经的义理;或在成就圣法时阐明义理;或在属于见分的诸经中分别论说属于习气分的义理;或于上分结中分别论说下分诸结的义理;或于针对利根的经中分别论说钝根与中根之义。如此,由因、由流类、由果、由分别论说,以及依钝、中、利的差别,依义理、依文句而有的混杂,即称为经的混杂。无此混杂者,则称为经的简择。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo suttasaṅkaro? Pañcavidhaṃ suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ. Aññaṃ ārādheyya aññaṃ deseti aññassa ca suttassa atthaṃ aññamhi sutte niddisati. Suttassa vā hi anekākāraṃ atthaṃ niddisati. Ariyadhammasādhane atthaṃ vivarati. Vāsanābhāgiyassa atthaṃ dassanabhāgiyesu niddisati. Orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ atthaṃ uddhaṃbhāgiyesu niddisati. Mudumajjhānaṃ indriyānaṃ adhimattesu suttesu niddisati. Iti ayaṃ suttaṃ sambhedaṃ hetunā ca nissandena ca phalena ca niddesena ca mudumajjhādhimattatāyapi ca atthena ca byañjanena ca yo sambhedo, ayaṃ vuccati suttasaṅkaro. Yo asambhedo, ayaṃ vuccati suttavicayo.
此中,有摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ uddānagāthā
前者无有缺失,即是如实的缘;
等流与习气相伴,许可则是经的混杂。
显示巴利原文 Purimānaṃ akkhaṇḍaṃ, yathābhūtassa paccayo; Nissando vāsanāsaddhi, anuññā suttasaṅkaro.
大迦旃延长老。显示巴利原文
Therassa mahākaccāyanassa
第四地,名为“经抉择”。显示巴利原文
Suttavicayo nāma catutthabhūmi.
43 于此,什么是‘串的分别’?即是十六种串依字相而作分别的地方。其中,最初始的是‘说示串’。在此,应审察这首偈颂是善、是不善,是诸谛或是谛的一部分。所说的内容是什么?在经中对这些进行审察,便是‘说示串’。比如圣谛的分别:四谛有其共通与不共通的面向。而那十八句从苦开始,七句则简要地以身苦、心苦、与不爱的结合、与可爱的分离以及三种有为相来表述。其中,三种有为相即是三种苦性:生是有为相,行苦性的苦是有为相,坏苦性的苦——即变异——是有为相,苦苦性的苦也是有为之相。这三种有为相落在三受地中:不苦不乐受对应‘生’的有为相以及行苦性的苦,乐受则对应坏苦性的苦,苦受对应苦苦性的苦。在这九句之中,于最初的七句、十六句中应当寻求苦,十一种苦性及其相已在分别中说过。生的显现相及灭的显现相,即生的相与灭的相,详细应作十五句。如此,共通与不共通的,于七句、十句、想中,于三种教说的安立中,于十八种经的依处中,于十种经的种类中,于十六种串中,于二十一种审察的审察中,都是此中所说示的。如是如实所说示,即名为‘说示串’。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo hāravibhaṅgo? Yattha soḷasa hārā akkharaso bhedaṃ gacchanti. Tattha ādimhi desanāhāro. Tattha ayaṃ gāthā kusalā vā akusalā vā saccāni vā saccekadeso vā. Kiṃ desitanti? Sutte vīmaṃsā desanāhāro. Yathā ariyasaccāni nikkhepo cattāri saccāni sādhāraṇāni asādhāraṇāni ca. Yāni ca aṭṭhārasa padāni dukkhato satta padāni saṅkhepena kāyikena cetasikena dukkhena, appiyasampayogena piyavippayogena ca tīhi ca saṅkhatāhi. Tattha tīṇi saṅkhatalakkhaṇāni tisso dukkhatā uppādo saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, saṅkhāradukkhatāya dukkhatā ca saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, vipariṇāmadukkhatāya dukkhatāti aññathatthaṃ ca saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, dukkhadukkhatāya ca dukkhatā, imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṅkhatalakkhaṇānaṃ tīsu vedanābhūmīsu adukkhamasukhā vedanā uppādo saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, saṅkhāradukkhatāya ca dukkhatā tayo saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, sukhā vedanāya ca vipariṇāmadukkhatāya ca dukkhatāti aññathattaṃ saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, dukkhāvedanā dukkhadukkhatā ca dukkhatā imamhi imesu navapadesu paṭhamakesu sattasu padesu soḷasasu padesu dukkhā pariyesitabbā, ekādasa dukkhatāya ca lakkhaṇaṃ niddese niddiṭṭhaṃ. Pātubhāvalakkhaṇā jātiyā ca pātubhāvacutilakkhaṇo cutoti vitthārena pannarasapadāni kattabbāni, evaṃ sādhāraṇāni asādhāraṇāni ca sattasu dasasu padesu saññāsa tividhe ca sāsanappaṭṭhāne aṭṭhārasavidhesu ca suttādhiṭṭhānesu dasavidhesu ca suttavidheyyesu soḷasavidhesu ca hāresu ekavīsatividhāya ca pavicayavīmaṃsāyāti idaṃ desitaṃ. Yathābhūtañca desitanti, ayaṃ vuccati desanāhāro.
44 其中,什么是“审察”之串?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro?
句、问,以及所问,何者在前,何者在后;
随诵与此审察,已说明此串即为“审察”。
显示巴利原文 Padaṃ pañhā ca pucchā ca, kiṃ pubbaṃ kiñca pacchimaṃ; Anugīti sā ca vicayo, hāro vicayoti niddiṭṭho.
句,即最初之句。其义为何?世尊为具寿阿基多所问之法,应当领受:彼以“世间被何所覆”等譬喻之句发问,这些诸句共为四句,以此作为解答之问。世尊以若干句作答,如此依问而说,并显明诸句之义,是则名为“句”。显示巴利原文
Padanti paṭhamaṃ padaṃ. Tassa ko attho? Yaṃ bhagavā puṭṭho āyasmatā ajitena taṃ gahetabbaṃ, katipadāni puṭṭhāni yathākiṃ kenassu nivuto lokoti gāthā, imāni katipadāni cattāri iti visajjanāya pucchā. Yattakehi padehi bhagavatā visajjitāni padāni iti pucchāya ca yā padānaṃ saṅkāsanā, idaṃ vuccati padanti.
问,即此四句。问有几数?或一、或二,乃至更多。此四句可为一问,义理随文流转,多句而问一义。此四句随转,依其文字即成一问。以“世间被何所覆”乃针对世间而问,“以何而不显耀”“汝说其以何为垢”亦同此义,“其大怖畏为何”亦同此义。如是义理随文字转,即为一问。彼问共有四种:一向记问、分别记问、反诘记问、应舍置记问。于此,“眼是无常”为一向记问;“凡是无常者是苦”为分别记问,或有处虽无常而非眼,那些处亦无常,不只眼为然,此为分别记问;“凡眼是眼根耶”为反诘记问;“彼眼是如来”为应舍置记问,而“眼之外”亦为应舍置之问。此中,世尊被问以何事?乃被问世间的杂染。何以故?因为杂染有三种:渴爱杂染、见杂染与恶行杂染。于此,“为无明所覆”乃显示无明,“执着”显示渴爱,“大怖畏”则显示不善业之果报;所谓流,乐受之业而有苦受之果,此事无有可能,世尊如是解答。以“由无明故,世间被覆”等四句……乃至……如是说。显示巴利原文
Pañhāti imāni cattāri padāni. Kati pañhā? Eko vā dve vā taduttari vā imāni cattāri padāni eko pañho, atthānuparivatti byañjanaṃ hoti, sambahulānipi padāni ekamevatthaṃ pucchati. Imāni cattāri padāni anuparivattīni taṃ byañjanena eko pañhova hoti. Kenassu nivuto lokoti lokaṃ sandhāya pucchati, kenassu nappakāsati kissābhilepanaṃ brūsīti taṃyeva pucchati. Kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayanti taṃyeva pucchati. Evaṃ atthānuparivatti byañjanaṃ eko pañho hoti, so pañho catubbidho ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyo ṭhapaniyoti. Tattha cakkhu aniccanti ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo, yaṃ aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo, siyā aniccaṃ na cakkhu, yānipi āyatanāni ca na cakkhu, tānipi aniccanti na cakkhuyeva, ayaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo, yaṃ cakkhu taṃ cakkhundriyaṃ neti paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyo, taṃ cakkhu tathāgatoti ṭhapaniyo. Aññatra cakkhunāti ṭhapaniyo pañho. Idaṃ pañhaṃ bhagavā kiṃ pucchito, lokassa saṃkileso pucchito. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Tividho hi saṃkileso taṇhāsaṃkileso ca diṭṭhisaṃkileso ca duccaritasaṃkileso ca. Tattha avijjāya nivutoti avijjaṃ dasseti, jappāti taṇhaṃ dasseti, mahabbhayanti akusalassa kammassa vipākaṃ dasseti, sotaṃ nāma sukhavedanīyassa kammassa dukkhavedanīyo vipāko bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti bhagavā visajjeti, catūhi yo padehi avijjāya nivuto lokoti…pe… evaṃ vuccati.
进一步反问:在‘诸流一切处流’这首偈颂中,提出了四个问题,世尊以两句作了解答。
“世间诸流,念为防护;”
我说诸流之防护,以慧关闭之。
显示巴利原文 Taduttari paṭipucchati, savanti sabbadhi sotāti gāthā, cattāri padāni pucchati taṃ bhagavā dvīhi padehi visajjeti. Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare.
这四句由两句来解答。若被问“此句”,所问的是那染污世间的清净;诸流——六种渴爱身——以多种方式被指出,遍于一切处。当被问“以何防护诸流”时,所问的是现起烦恼的断除;当被问“以何关闭诸流”时,所问的是随眠的根除。在此,世尊以念教导于六根门:因具足正知而住,以念为门卫,其诸根便得守护。诸根得守护时,任何观察皆能导向诸流及无明——世间为它所覆——的完全断除。如是,诸流亦被关闭,随后更有所问。显示巴利原文
Imāni cattāri padāni dvīhi padehi visajjeti. Idaṃ padanti pucchito, tassa saṃkiliṭṭhassa lokassa vodānaṃ pucchito, sotāni cha taṇhākāyā bahulādhivacanena niddiṭṭhā bhavanti sabbehi āyatanehi. Tāni sotāni kena nivāriyantīti pariyuṭṭhānapahānaṃ pucchati, kena sotā pidhīyareti anusayasamugghātaṃ pucchati. Tattha bhagavā chasu dvāresu satiyā deseti, yo hi sampajāno viharati satidovārike ca tassa indriyāni guttāni sambhavanti. Tattha guttesu indriyesu yā yā vipassanā, sā sā tesaṃ tesaṃ sotānaṃ tassā ca avijjāya yo loko nivuto accantapahānāya saṃvattati. Evaṃ sotāni pihitānipi bhavanti tato uttari pucchati.
慧、念与名色——有人来到世尊面前请问:‘此于何处止息?’世尊以一句话解答了这四句。显示巴利原文
Paññā ca sati ca nāmarūpassa kho tassa bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhumāgamma katthetaṃ upasammati imāni cattāri padāni bhagavā ekena padena visajjeti.
阿基多,你所问的这个问题,我今为你解说……(中略)……
由识的灭尽,这即在此处止息。
显示巴利原文 Yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi , ajita taṃ vadāmi te…pe…; Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ upasammati.
此问所问为何?所问是无余涅槃界,世尊便以无余涅槃界作答。其中,第一问问染污,第二问问清净,第三问问有余涅槃界,第四问问无余涅槃界,之后又进一步追问。显示巴利原文
Iminā pañhena kiṃ pucchati? Anupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ pucchati, taṃ bhagavā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā visajjeti. Tattha paṭhamena pañhena saṃkilesaṃ pucchati. Dutiyena pañhena vodānaṃ pucchati. Tatiyena pañhena sopādisesanibbānadhātuṃ pucchati. Catutthena pañhena anupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ paṭipucchati tato uttari paṭipucchati.
那些已知法者,以及在此众多的有学人,
尊者,您既被问,请为我宣说他们善巧的行仪。
显示巴利原文 Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idha; Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisa.
他问了这四句。再者,那些问题中,哪些是关于已知法者、阿拉汉与有学者的?何者为前、何者为后,这便是义趣所在。其中,哪一句先问、哪一句后问呢?先问的是阿拉汉。在有学的法义里,以“已知法者”这一句来指称阿拉汉,以“众多”来指称有学者。“我对他们请问”是共通之句,他向世尊发问。对于共通与不共通的义理,应于问题中探询。世尊解答此义时,并非按照所问的先后:先问的,在那之后才解答;后问的,反而先解答。此外,他所问的“清净者与正在清净者的行仪是什么”,正是此问;而“不应贪着诸欲,心不应混乱”这一句,世尊以遍满与寻来对治,而两个寻正是令心不混乱的遍满,正如在诸盖中所说。“于一切法善巧”,则是在解答阿拉汉。显示巴利原文
Imāni cattāri padāni pucchati. Kati ca pana te pañhe saṅkhātadhammā ca arahantā sekkhā ca? Kiṃ pubbaṃ kiñca pacchimanti ayamattho. Tattha kataraṃ paṭhamaṃ pucchati, kataraṃ pacchā? Arahantaṃ paṭhamaṃ pucchati. Sekkhadhamme tattha kena padena saṅkhātadhammāti arahanto gahitā, puthūti sekkhā gahitā. Tesaṃ me nipakoti sādhāraṇaṃ padaṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchati. Tassa sādhāraṇāni ca asādhāraṇāni ca pañhesu pucchitabbāni. Taṃ bhagavā visajjeti. Na tathā puṭṭhaṃ, paṭhamaṃ puṭṭhaṃ, taṃ pacchā visajjeti. Yaṃ pacchā pucchitaṃ paṭhamaṃ visajjeti. Kiñca idaṃ pucchitaṃ visuddhānaṃ visujjhantānañca kā iriyāti idaṃ pucchi, taṃ kāmesu nābhigijjheyya. Manasānāvilo siyāti pariyuṭṭhānāni vitakkena ca bhagavā nivāreti, dve pana vitakkaanāvilatāya pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, yathā nīvaraṇesu niddiṭṭhaṃ. Kusalā sabbadhammesūti arahantaṃ visajjeti.
“以什么渡瀑流”这首偈颂,共有四句,恰好是四个问题。原因为何?因为此处不像最初阿逸多的问题那样,有义理转变的文句;对那个问题而言,并非一向有众多解答,也并非问题众多而只有单一解答。他所问的全部,正如第四阿逸多问题中先前所解答的那样——此处则以如实寻求的文句连结作为解答,如此便是如实寻求。又,对于此处如此所问的,这便是问法。“内缠结、外缠结”这首偈颂,应依所问的解答来理解。如何解答呢?世尊解答道:“住于戒的有慧之人”这首偈颂。其中,依于心而修习,便是止;依于慧而修习,便是观。从中可以这样推知:以止和以观所应断的诸法,即是这些内缠结、外缠结。在此作出解答:以止断贪,以观断无明。以内所缘为对象的贪,是内缠结;以外所缘为对象的贪,是外缠结。以内所缘为对象的有身见,这便是内缠结。六十一见处以及以外所缘为对象者,是外缠结,因为凡以内所缘为对象者,以见的一分而有,这便是缠结。同样,简要而言,任何以内所缘为对象的渴爱与见,这便是内缠结;任何以外所缘为对象的渴爱与见,这便是外缠结。显示巴利原文
Kenassu tarati oghanti gāthā, imāni cattāri padāni. Cattāroyeva pañhā. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ, na hi ettha atthānuparivatti byañjanaṃ yathā paṭhamaṃ ajitapañhesu, tassa na ekaṃsena bahūni visajjanāni, bahukā pañhā, ekova na cāpi, sabbe pucchati, pubbe visajjito, yathā catuttho ajitopañhe, yaṃ ettha yathābhūtaṃ pariyesanāpadabandhena visajjanāyo evaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pariyesati. Yo puna ettha yaṃ evaṃ pucchati tattha ayamākāro pucchanāyaṃ antojaṭā bahijaṭāti gāthā pucchitavisajjanāya maggitabbā. Kathaṃ visajjitāti bhagavāti visajjeti? Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapaññoti gāthā. Tattha cittabhāvanāya samathā, paññābhāvanāya vipassanā. Tattha evaṃ anumīyati, ye dhammā samathena ca vipassanāya ca pahīyanti, te ime antojaṭā bahijaṭā. Tattha visajjanaṃ samathena rāgo pahīyati, vipassanāya avijjā. Ajjhattavatthuko rāgo antojaṭā, bāhiravatthuko rāgo bahijaṭā. Ajjhattavatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, ayaṃ antojaṭā. Ekasaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni ca bāhiravatthukāni bahijaṭā, yā hi ajjhattavatthukā yā diṭṭhibhāgiyena bhavissati, ayaṃ jaṭā. Tathā saṃkhittena yā kāci ajjhattavatthukā taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca, ayaṃ antojaṭā. Yā kāci bāhiravatthukā taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca, ayaṃ bahijaṭā.
例如,天人以“四轮九门”的偈颂问世尊。其中,世尊以“断除绳索与缰绳”的偈颂作答,这正是世尊宣说趣向苦灭之道。世尊依此解答,指示了先前偈颂中所应指出的烦恼。因为“四轮”即四手足,“九门”即九处疮口。而“四轮”又指四取,以取为缘而有“有”,以取灭故而有“有”灭。“九门”则是九种慢类,因为以慢所生的苦——我胜、我等、我劣,这三组便成为完具的慢。与这三组相应的,是对五种欲功德的贪著。其中,“绳索”被解答为渴爱,“缰绳”被解答为慢,“欲、贪与恶”即是对五种欲功德的贪著。在这里,“不平等的贪与恶”被指明为“连根的渴爱”。“以无明为根的渴爱”即是渴爱与见的断除。再者,凡是以四轮相连结、以此因缘而相应的一切趣向轮回的诸法,都应指出。此中,这首偈颂的解答与问及解答是相合的。在随诵中,如果随流或结合解释来探究,世尊舍弃多少词句,便以那么多词句来随诵。显示巴利原文
Yathā devatā bhagavantaṃ pucchati ‘‘catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’nti gāthā . Tattha bhagavā visajjeti ‘‘chetvā naddhiṃ varattaṃ cā’’ti gāthā, idaṃ bhagavā dukkhanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ visajjeti. Imāya visajjanāya bhagavā anumīyati kilese ettha purimāya gāthāya niddisitabbena. Taṃ hi catucakkanti cattāro vā hatthapādā. Navadvāranti nava vaṇamukhāni. Yathā catucakkanti cattāro upādānā, upādānappaccayā bhavo, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho. Navadvāranti nava mānavidhā, mānajātikāya hi dukkhaṃ seyyenamhi paraso tīṇi tikāni puṇṇaṃ. Tikena saṃyuttaṃ hi pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo. Tattha naddhīti taṇhā visajjīyati. Varattanti mānaṃ visajjeti, icchā lobho ca pāpakoti pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo. Tattha visamalobho pāpakoti niddisiyati samūlataṇhanti. Aññāṇamūlakā taṇhāti aññāṇamūlakā taṇhā, taṇhāya ca diṭṭhiyā ca pahānaṃ. Ye ca puna aññepi keci catucakkayogena teneva kāraṇena ca yujjanti, saṃsāragāmino dhammā sabbe niddisitabbā. Tatthāyaṃ gāthā visajjanā pucchāya ca visajjanāya sameti . Yaṃ yadi sandena atha saha byākaraṇena anugītiyaṃ ca so vicayoti bhagavā yattakāni padāni nikkhipati, tattakehi anugāyati.
46 诸比丘,具足八支的比丘,堪任使者之行。这八句已被搁置,世尊以六句宣说。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu dūteyyaṃ gantumarahati . Imāni aṭṭha padāni nikkhittāni. Chahi padehi bhagavā anugāyati.
进入言辞粗恶的会众,他毫不动摇;
不令言语有所减损,也不覆藏所传教诫。
他言语决断,被问时亦不瞋恼;
如此比丘,堪任使者之事。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ve na byathati patvā, parisaṃ uggavādiniṃ; Na ca hāpeti vacanaṃ, na ca chādeti sāsanaṃ. ‘‘Asandiddhiṃ ca bhaṇati, pucchito na ca kuppati; Sa ve tādisako bhikkhu, dūteyyaṃ gantumarahatī’’ti.
于此,世尊给出多少语句,便以同等数量随诵。‘诸比丘,具足七支的善友是可爱的、应受尊重的……’如此广说,世尊即以七句随诵此义。如是,多闻者随诵;言词较少者是为出题,多闻者则出九句,较少的随诵以较多的语句来随诵。这称为他们的随诵与抉择,此抉择即名为‘取’。显示巴利原文
Tattha pana bhagavā yattakāni padāni nikkhipati, tattakehi anugāyati. Sattahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato kalyāṇamitto piyo garubhāvanīyoti vitthārena, idaṃ bhagavā sattahi padehi anugāyati. Iti bahussutavā anugāyati, appatarakathaṃ padaṃ vā nikkhepo, bahussutavā nava padāni nikkhepo, appatarikā anugītiyā bahutarikā anugāyati. Ayaṃ vuccati te anugīti ca vicayo, ayaṃ vicayo nāma hāro.
其中,何为理取?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo yuttihāro?
一切诸取,其地及其行境;
以合理与不合理的审察,此取说名为“理”。
显示巴利原文 Sabbesaṃ hārānaṃ, yā bhūmī yo ca gocaro tesaṃ; Yuttāyutti parikkhā, hāro yuttīti niddiṭṭho.
对于十六种取,如何教说、如何抉择,以及所指示的义理,这称为“指示”。若问“这在诸经中不相应”,对此加以审察,这称为“理”。显示巴利原文
Hārānaṃ soḷasannaṃ yathā desanā yathā vicayo yo ca niddisiyati, ayaṃ niddeso. Ayaṃ pucchā suttesu na yujjatīti yā tattha vīmaṃsā, ayaṃ yutti.
正如有因有缘,众生便杂染;确实有众生杂染的因,有众生杂染的缘。有因有缘,众生便清净;确实有众生清净的因,有众生清净的缘。阿难!持戒者不应那样记说:“愿我不生后悔”……乃至……应作不记说,这是清净之道。它的因是什么?缘是什么?戒蕴有四种因、四种缘。亲近善士、安住适当之处,这是取缘的缘。过去业的果报是缘,以此缘,自己的正确导向是因。如是,戒蕴有因有缘,这是世间戒。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi sahetū sappaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti, atthi hetu atthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya, sahetū sappaccayā sattā visujjhanti, atthi hetu atthi paccayo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā. Sīlavatā, ānanda, puggalena na veyyākaraṇiyā kinti me vippaṭisāro uppādeyya…pe… abyākaraṇaṃ kattabbaṃ, ayaṃ visuddhiyā maggo. Tassa hetu ko paccayo, sīlakkhandhassa cattāri cattāri hetu ca paccayo ca. Sappurisasaṃsevo yo ca patirūpadesavāso ca, ayaṃ upādāpaccayatā sappaccayo. Yaṃ porāṇakammaṃ assa vipāko paccayo, tāya paccayāya attasammāpaṇidhi, ayaṃ hetu. Iti sīlakkhandho sahetu sappaccayoti idaṃ lokikaṃ sīlaṃ.
而出世间戒,则以三根为缘——信根、精进根、定根——这便是它的缘。念根与慧根,则是因。以通向通达的慧,那戒便生起。入流者的戒也是如此,因此这是因,这是缘。再者,定的轻安、喜与欢悦,是缘。乐是因;如是,定蕴有因有缘。那已得定者如实了知,这便是慧。从他听闻与内如理作意,是慧的因与缘。如此,这三蕴皆有因有缘。这便是七种慧。在《七记说经》中不相应,这是理取,应于四大教法中见。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana lokuttaraṃ sīlaṃ, tassa tīṇi indriyāni paccayo – saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ – ayaṃ paccayo. Satindriyañca paññindriyañca hetu. Paññāya nibbedhagāminiyā, yaṃ sīlaṃ jāyati. Sotāpannassa ca sīlaṃ tenāyaṃ hetu ayaṃ paccayo. Yaṃ puna samādhino passaddhi ca pīti ca pāmojjaṃ paccayo. Yaṃ sukhaṃ hetu tena samādhikkhandho sahetu sappaccayo. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ paññā. Tassa paratoghoso ajjhattaṃ ca yoniso manasikāro hetu ca paccayo ca, iti ime tayo khandhā sahetū sappaccayā evaṃ satta paññā. Sattabyākaraṇīsu ca suttesu na yujjati. Ayaṃ yuttihāro. So catūsu mahāpadesesu daṭṭhabbo.
47 这其中,什么是所依处?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ?
Dhammaṃ deseti jino, tassa ca dhammassa yaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ;
如是一切法,此即所依处的摄颂。显示巴利原文
Iti yāva sabbadhammā, eso hāro padaṭṭhāno.
于此,五欲功德是欲贪的所依处。无论是谁,其欲贪已生起、正生起或将生起,欲贪除了这五种色处之外,更无余所依处。因此说,五欲功德是欲贪的所依处。五根是色贪的所依处,意根是有贪的所依处,五取蕴是身见的所依处,六十一见处是见贪的所依处。欲界是欲贪的所依处,无色界是无色贪的所依处。乐想是欲贪的所依处,嗔恨想是嗔恨的所依处,不正知是痴的所依处。九恼事是嗔恨的所依处,九种慢是慢的所依处。乐受是贪随眠的所依处,苦受是嗔随眠的所依处,不苦不乐受是无明随眠的所依处。我论取与妄语是贪的所依处。杀生、两舌与粗恶语是嗔恨的所依处。邪性与杂秽语是痴的所依处。有、财富与言说是我慢的所依处,对外物的执取是我所慢的所依处。身的结合是见的所依处,身的过失是嗔的所依处,身的垢秽是贪的所依处。又或者,任一法以任一所缘、以谛决定、以法决定或以随眠而生起,该法即是彼的所依处,该法缘彼所缘而生起。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañcakāmaguṇā kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yesaṃ kesañci kāmarāgo uppajjati uppanno vā uppajjissati vā, etesu yepi pañcasu rūpesu āyatanesu nāññatra etehi kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānanti. Vuccate, tena pañca kāmaguṇā kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañcindriyāni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manindriyaṃ bhavarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañcakkhandhā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ekasaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni diṭṭhirāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāmadhātu kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Arūpadhātu arūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sukhasaññā kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Byāpādasaññā byāpādassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Asampajaññatā sammohassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nava āghātavatthūni byāpādassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Navavidhaṃ mānaṃ mānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sukhā vedanā rāgānusayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Dukkhā vedanā paṭighānusayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Adukkhamasukhā vedanā avijjānusayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Attavādupādānañca musāvādo ca lobhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pāṇātipāto ca pisuṇavācā ca pharusavācā ca byāpādassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Micchattañca samphappalāpo ca mohassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Bhavaṃ bhogañca vokāro ahaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Bāhirānaṃ pariggaho mamaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāyassa saṅgaṃ diṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāyikadoso dosassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāyikakāsāvo lobhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yo yo vā pana dhammo yena yena ārammaṇena uppajjati saccādhiṭṭhānena vā dhammādhiṭṭhānena vā anusayanena vā, so dhammo tassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tena sārammaṇena so dhammo uppajjati.
譬如有人,若不得前足的所依处,便举起后足,随后他收回这后足;若他不得后足的所依处,便又举起另一足。这成为他的助缘。同样地,善法、不善法或无记法,若不得其所依处便不转起。正如相应之法得其处所,这便称为所依处之摄。显示巴利原文
Yathā manusso purimassa padassa padaṭṭhānaṃ alabhanto dutiyaṃ padaṃ uddharati, so pacchānupadaṃ saṃharati. Yadi pana yo na dutiyapadassa padaṭṭhānaṃ labhati, aparaṃ padaṃ uddharati. Tassa yo ceso paccayo bhavati. Evaṃ dhammo kusalo vā akusalo vā abyākato vā padaṭṭhānaṃ alabhanto na pavattati. Yathā payuttassa dhammassa yonilābho , ayaṃ vuccati padaṭṭhāno hāro.
48 于此,何为相之摄?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro?
说一法时,凡与彼法同一相的一切法;
一切皆已宣说,此即名为相摄。
显示巴利原文 Vuttamhi ekadhamme, ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā tena; Sabbe bhavanti vuttā, so hāro lakkhaṇo nāma.
当以‘凡他们善勤修,常修身至念’此偈宣说身至念时,即已宣说受至念、心至念与法至念,于四念处中,举一即摄其余。因为心并非只于一种识住中转起,而于种种趣中转起;故说身至念时,受至念、心至念与法至念亦已宣说。修习身至念时,四念处便达修习圆满。如此,宣说与此类诸法时,一切法皆已宣说。显示巴利原文
Yesañca susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatāsatīti gāthāya vuttāya kāyagatāsatiyā vuttā vedanāgatā cittagatā dhammagatā ca sati catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ ekena satipaṭṭhānena. Na hi cittaṃ ekasmiṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā pavattati, nānāsu gatīsu pavattati, kāyagatāsatiyā vuttāya vuttā vedanāgatā cittadhammagatā ca. Na hi kāyagatāsatiyā bhāvitāya satipaṭṭhānā cattāro bhāvanāpāripūriṃ na gacchanti. Evaṃ tassadisesu dhammesu vuttesu sabbadhammā vuttā ca bhavanti.
「净化自心,此是诸佛之教。」此偈中,所说之心即心所法,于心中所说之色,即为所依色。此名色即是苦圣谛。依此自心净化,所净化者即是苦;能净化者即是道;由此而离,即是灭。缘于眼及诸色,眼识生起,彼处俱生之受、想、思、触、作意——这些诸法皆以生起为相,同具一相。若于色厌离,则于受、想、行、识亦皆厌离。如是,诸同相法中,于一法开示之时,一切法皆得开示,此即名相之摄。显示巴利原文
Sacittapariyodāpanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsananti gāthā cetasikā dhammā vuttā, citte rūpaṃ vuttaṃ. Idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Tato sacittapariyodāpanā yaṃ yaṃ odapeti, taṃ dukkhaṃ. Yena odapeti, so maggo. Yato odapanā, so nirodho. Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tattha sahajātā vedanā saññā cetanā phasso manasikāro ete te dhammā ekalakkhaṇā uppādalakkhaṇena. Yo ca rūpe nibbindati, vedanāya so nibbindati, saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇesupi so nibbindati. Iti ye ekalakkhaṇā dhammā, tesaṃ ekamhi dhamme niddiṭṭhe sabbe dhammā niddiṭṭhā honti, ayaṃ vuccati lakkhaṇo hāro.
语义、义趣、文句与教说,
经义与前后之连结,这便是四种摄之组合。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Nirutti adhippāyo ca, byañjanā desanāya ca; Suttattho pubbāparasandhi, eso hāro catubyūho.
于此,什么是词?应如何寻求?如世尊所说,具足十一支的比丘,能迅速于诸法中成就广大:善巧于义、善巧于法、善巧于词、善巧于阴性词、善巧于阳性词、善巧于中性词、善巧于过去词、善巧于未来词、善巧于现在词、善巧于单一义趣、善巧于种种义趣。何时而说?于过去、未来、现在。以阴性词、阳性词、中性词,一切皆如经中所教导。他依文句、依词之善巧,观察经中善巧之词与不善巧之词,了知此应如此安立,彼则不应安立。这便称为词之善巧。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā nirutti, sā kathaṃ pariyesitabbā ? Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā ekādasahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu khippaṃ dhammesu mahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, atthakusalo ca hoti, dhammakusalo ca hoti, niruttikusalo ca hoti, itthādhivacanakusalo ca hoti, purisādhivacanakusalo ca, vipurisādhivacanakusalo ca, atītādhivacanakusalo ca, anāgatādhivacanakusalo ca, paccuppannādhivacanakusalo ca. Ekādhippāyena kusalo nānādhippāyena kusalo. Kimhi desitaṃ, atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ. Itthādhivacanena purisādhivacanena vipurisādhivacanena sabbaṃ yathāsuttaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ. Taṃ byañjanato niruttikosallato yo yaṃ suttassa suniruttidunniruttitaṃ avekkhati, idaṃ evaṃ niropayitabbaṃ. Idampi na niropayitabbaṃ. Idaṃ vuccate niruttikosallaṃ.
49 于此,什么是义趣之善巧?对于所教导的经典,能依“此是世尊所应教导的”而通达它的每一句。譬如“不放逸是不死之路,放逸是死亡之路”这一偈颂。于此,世尊的义趣是什么?凡是希求不死者,他们将安住于不放逸。这就是义趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ adhippāyakosallaṃ? Yathādesitassa suttassa sabbassa vāraṃ gacchati imena bhagavatā desitabbanti. Yathā kiṃ appamādo amataṃ padaṃ, pamādo maccuno padanti gāthā. Ettha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye asītimeva ākaṅkhanti te appamattā viharissanti, ayaṃ adhippāyo.
瑜伽之时不退转,亦不应于彼处引入;
受与道,由仙人宣说,已除尘垢诸漏,从苦解脱。
显示巴利原文 Yogassa kālaṃ na nivattati yā ca, so na tattha pāpintave bhavanti; Vedanāmaggaisinā paveditaṃ, dhutarajāsavā dukkhā pamokkhātā.
世尊于此的意趣为何?凡于苦而不味著者,他们将发起精进,为灭尽苦。这便是世尊于此的意趣。如此,无论是以偈颂还是以分别论开示,借此经即可成立:如此法随法行者,即是其意趣,是名“说示意趣”。显示巴利原文
Ettha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye dukkhe nāssādakā , te vīriyamārabhissanti dukkhakkhayāyāti. Ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Iti gāthāya vā byākaraṇena vā desite iminā suttena sādhakā, yo evaṃ dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjatīti so adhippāyo, ayaṃ vuccati desanādhippāyo.
其中,什么是前后连结?在偈颂或经典中,有些词句如此说,或那样说——对于该偈颂或经典,前面的词句与后面的词句,应当贯通连结。他由此以前后贯通而知连结。当一首偈颂已说出二句或三句时,在其未说之处,以未说的偈颂、未指示的义理,应当理解其义。又或对于一切寻求者的寻求与疑惑,应当为那人寻求其他的施设。这称为前后连结。巧智:即事巧智、因缘巧智。就文字而言,即词巧智。说示意趣巧智、前后连结巧智。在此,若寻求那偈颂的因缘而未能获得,应指示义理,这便是事因缘巧智、义巧智。以此四种方法寻求义理,如实地寻求。然而,一切从事或从因缘而来的意趣、文字、词与连结,此为无上的前后贯通,应如此以经义解说。这是四支的摄取。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo pubbāparasandhi? Yaṃ gāthāyaṃ vā suttesu vā padāni asīti tāni bhavanti evaṃ vā evameti tassā gāthāya suttassa vā yāni purimāni padāni yāni ca pacchimakāni , tāni samosāretabbāni. Evaṃ so pubbāparena sandhi ñāyati. Yā ekā samāraddhā gāthā dve tīṇi vā tassa mekadese bhāsitānaṃ abhāsitāhi gāthāhi aniddiṭṭho attho bhavati tadupadhāritabbaṃ. Yaṃva sabbā itissa pariyesamānassa pariyesanā kaṅkhā, tassa vā puggalassa paññattīnaṃ apare pariyesitabbaṃ. Idaṃ vuccate pubbāparena sandhi. Kosallanti vatthuto nidānakosallaṃ. Byañjanato niruttikosallaṃ. Desanādhippāyakosallaṃ. Pubbāparena sandhikosallaṃ. Tattha tassa gāthā pariyesitā nidānaṃ vā. Upalabbhituṃ na attho niddisitabbo vatthuto nidānakosallaṃ atthakosallaṃ imehi catūhi padehi attho pariyesiyanto yathābhūtaṃ pariyiṭṭho hoti. Atha ca sabbo vatthuto vā nidānena vā yo adhippāyo byañjano nirutti sandhi ca anuttaro eso pubbāparena evaṃ suttatthena desitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
50 其中,什么是转回摄取?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro?
于一处立足,寻求其余诸句的立足之处;
转向对治而回转,即名为转回摄取。
显示巴利原文 Ekamhi padaṭṭhāne, pariyesati sesakaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ; Āvaṭṭati paṭipakkhe, āvaṭṭo nāma so hāro.
如「骄慢者、放逸者」的偈颂。什么是放逸?它是何者的立足处?是诸善法的舍弃。善法的舍弃又是何者的立足处?是不善法的修习。那是什么的立足处?是善法的修习。又是什么的立足处?是烦恼事的修习。如是,以放逸而有痴分的见、无明和欲贪分。于此,渴爱与见,四漏:渴爱即欲漏、有漏,见即见漏,无明即无明漏。于此,「心中有」即是见,「心所中常」,在五欲功德中,以执取为欲漏;在诸有中的执著为有漏。于此,色身是欲漏与有漏的立足处,名身是见漏与无明漏的立足处。显示巴利原文
Yathā kiṃ unnaḷānaṃ pamattānanti gāthāyo. Yaṃ pamādo, idaṃ kissa padaṭṭhānaṃ? Kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ osaggassa. Kusaladhammosaggo pana kissa padaṭṭhānaṃ ? Akusaladhammapaṭisevanāya. Kissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, kusaladhammapaṭisevanāya? Kissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, kilesavatthupaṭisevanāya? Iti pamādena mohapakkhiyā diṭṭhi avijjā chandarāgapakkhiyā. Tattha taṇhā ca diṭṭhi cattāro āsavā taṇhā kāmāsavo ca bhavāsavo ca diṭṭhāsavo ca avijjāsavo ca. Tattha citte atthīti diṭṭhi cetasikesu niccanti pañcasu kāmaguṇesu ajjhāvahanena kāmāsavo, upapattīsu āsatti bhavāsavo. Tattha rūpakāyo kāmāsavassa bhavāsavassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmakāyo diṭṭhāsavassa avijjāsavassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,以执著、内执取为欲漏之特相;愿求、结缚、有行、身行,为有漏之特相;执著与执取,为见漏之特相;于诸法不通达、不正知,为无明漏之特相。此四漏即是四取:欲漏为欲取,有漏为有取,见漏为见取,无明漏为我语取。依此四取而有五蕴。其中,无明漏应于心断除——对于随观心者,它于心便被断除;见漏应于诸法断除——对于随观法者,它于诸法便被断除;有漏应于执著断除——对于随观受者,它于诸受便被断除;欲漏应于五欲功德断除——对于随观身者,它于身便被断除。于此,身随观趋向苦圣谛;受随观——即乐根、苦根、喜根、忧根、舍根,是七烦恼的近行,因此趋向集;心随观趋向灭;法随观趋向道。因此,依这四者之见,一切被断除,所以最初指出:'放逸者、放逸者,他们的诸漏增长。'因为知者、见者有诸漏的灭尽,而苦、集、灭、道,这些是不善法。应如此寻求,直到那不善的趣向;然后以对治寻求不善法,以诸烦恼的摄取而转回,这称为转回摄取。如此,善法也应当寻求。这便来到了不善法。显示巴利原文
Tattha alliyanāya ajjhattavāhanaṃ kāmāsavassa lakkhaṇaṃ. Patthanaganthanaabhisaṅkhārakāyasaṅkhāraṇaṃ bhavāsavassa lakkhaṇaṃ, abhiniveso ca parāmāso ca diṭṭhāsavassa lakkhaṇaṃ. Appaṭivedho dhammesu asampajaññā ca avijjāsavassa lakkhaṇaṃ. Ime cattāro āsavā cattāri upādānāni. Kāmāsavo kāmupādānaṃ, bhavāsavo bhavupādānaṃ, diṭṭhāsavo diṭṭhupādānaṃ, avijjāsavo attavādupādānaṃ, imehi catūhi upādānehi pañcakkhandhā. Tattha avijjāsavo citte pahātabbo, so citte cittānupassissa pahīyati. Diṭṭhāsavo dhammesu pahātabbo, so dhammesu dhammānupassissa pahīyati. Bhavāsavo āsattiyā pahātabbo, so vedanāsu vedanānupassissa pahīyati. Kāmāsavo pañcasu kāmaguṇesu pahātabbo, so kāye kāyānupassissa pahīyati. Tattha kāyānupassanā dukkhamariyasaccaṃ bhajati. Vedanānupassanā pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ paccayo sukhindriyassa dukkhindriyassa somanassindriyassa domanassindriyassa upekkhindriyassa, sattakilesopacāro tena samudayaṃ bhajati. Citte cittānupassanā nirodhaṃ bhajati. Dhammesu dhammānupassanā maggaṃ bhajati. Tenassa catūsu ca dassanena tasseva sabbe pahīyanti, yena niddiṭṭhā paṭhamaṃ unnaḷānaṃ pamattānaṃ tesaṃ vaḍḍhanti āsavā. Jānato hi passato āsavānaṃ khayo dukkhaṃ samudayo nirodho maggo hi akusalā dhammā. Evaṃ pariyesitabbā. Yāva tassa akusalassa gati tato paṭipakkhena akusale dhamme pariyesati tesaṃ kilesānaṃ hārena āvaṭṭati. Ayaṃ vuccate āvaṭṭo hāro. Evaṃ sukkāpi dhammā pariyesitabbā. Akusaladhamme āgamissa.
在此,转回摄取的基础为:念住、颠倒、四智、导向身见集起之道,以及导向身见灭之道。显示巴利原文
Tattha āvaṭṭassa hārassa ayaṃ bhūmi sati upaṭṭhānā ca vipallāsā ca cattāri ñāṇāni sakkāyasamuppādāyagāminī ca paṭipadā sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā.
51 于此,何为分别论法?凡应当分别而解说的,即称为分别论法。譬如说:“来后又成为人,或不呵责已来者,于所问的问题,超越某一事物”——这便称为分别论法。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? Yaṃ kiñci vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ vuccati vibhatti hāro. Yathā kiṃ āgantvā ca puna puggalo hoti, no vāgataṃ na paribhāsati paripucchatāya pañhāya atiyanaṃ ekassa kiñci – ayaṃ vuccate vibhatti hāro.
于此,何为转变法?凡是对治的阐明,即称为转变法。正如世尊所说:“于具正见之人,邪见已断”,广说则含摄一切道支。这便称为转变法。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro. Yaṃ kiñci paṭipakkhaniddeso, ayaṃ vuccati parivattano hāro. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā sammādiṭṭhikassa purisapuggalassa micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā hotīti vitthārena sabbāni maggaṅgāni. Ayaṃ vuccate parivattano hāro.
那么,什么是同义语法?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro?
以种种同义语,开显一法;
通达经义者,于经中了知,此即名为同义语法。
显示巴利原文 Vevacanehi anekehi, ekaṃ dhammaṃ pakāsitaṃ; Sutte yo jānāti suttavidū, vevacano nāma so hāro.
例如,具寿舍利弗曾在某个事例中被世尊以种种同义语称赞:“舍利弗是大慧者、速慧者、捷慧者”,这便是慧的同义语。又如《道分别论》中,以同义语阐明了每一道支的出离义。同样地,无明也有同义语。同一个不善根,虽是同一存在,却在不同处随不同名称而被了知;并不是以此称呼彼,却称为另一个。如“舍断一切欲的比丘”中,被称为“欲”;“他已超越渴”中,那些欲被称为“渴”;“听闻者先前染着”中,那些欲被称为“染着”。如此,对于经中所教导的法,应这样寻求:“这是何法的名称?这是什么的同义语?”一切知者随种种言说,如其所应而教导,应当寻求其同义语。这便是同义语法。显示巴利原文
Yathā āyasmā sāriputto ekamhi vatthumhi vevacanena nānāvuttena bhagavatā pasaṃsito ‘‘mahāpañño sāriputto hāsapañño javanapañño’’ti idaṃ paññāya vevacanaṃ. Yathā ca maggavibhaṅge niyyānattho ekamekaṃ maggaṅgaṃ vevacanehi niddiṭṭhaṃ. Evaṃ avijjāya vevacanā. Ekaṃ akusalamūlaṃ tadeva santaṃ tesu tesu janapadesu tena tena pajānanti. Na hi anena tadevapi ālapiyanti aññaṃ bhajati. Sabbakāmajahassa bhikkhunoti kāmā ālapitā. Yassa nitthiṇṇo saṅkoti teyeva kāme saṅkāti ālapati. Suṇamānassa puretaraṃ rajjanti teyeva kāme rajjanti ālapati. Evaṃ suttamhi yo dhammo desiyati tassa pariyeṭṭhi ‘‘katamassa dhammassa idaṃ nāmaṃ katamassa idaṃ vevacana’’nti. Sabbaññū hi yesaṃ yesaṃ yā nirutti hoti, yathāgāmi tena tena desetīti tassa vevacanaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ vevacano hāro.
52 于此,什么是施设法?“四圣谛”——经中施设,这是安立施设。集的施设:“于段食中,有欲、有贪,乃至安住;于此,识施设了生起之施设。于段食中,无欲……[略]……根除施设。”显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo paññatti hāro? Cattāri ariyasaccānīti suttaṃ niddisati, nikkhepapaññatti. Yā samudayapaññatti. Kabaḷīkāre āhāre atthi chando atthi rāgo yāva patiṭṭhitaṃ. Tattha viññāṇaṃ pabhavapaññattiṃ paññapeti. Kabaḷīkāre āhāre natthi chando…pe… samugghāti paññatti.
“他的心从欲漏解脱,心从有漏解脱,心从无明漏解脱”——这施设了舍断施设。“渴爱在前,慧转起”——这一偈颂施设了可意施设。如此,可意施设即是世尊所施设的一法。不是仅仅作“渴爱是苦之集”这样的结论,而应处处分别论究渴爱之集。例如“对已生起的欲寻,不容忍、除去、舍断”,这便是对抗施设。如此,一切善与不善法,凡其法所行之处,彼法即于彼处转起;其余诸法则随顺于彼。那施设有两种:依他施设与自依施设。什么是自依施设?“诸比丘,应修习定。诸比丘,得定的比丘如实了知。”“如实了知色是无常”——这便是自依施设与依他施设。那施设关乎慧与戒,譬如应修习四禅那。(他)有定根,四根柔软,那些依于四种他缘;“三不坏净”依他缘,定根与四根依他缘;于四圣谛则不依他缘;慧根于须跋与正勤中,即是精进根。如此,在自己立足处、自己领域中自依的那一法,应即于彼处施设。对于彼法,应分别论究其能对治的破除。于此种种施设中,以何因由而施设此法?这便称为施设法。显示巴利原文
Tassa kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccatīti pahānapaññattiṃ paññapeti. Taṇhā yassa purakkhatā paññā parivattati gāthā manāpapaññattiṃ paññapeti. Evaṃ pana manāpapaññattīti ekadhammaṃ bhagavā paññapeti. Na hi taṇhā dukkhasamudayoti kāretvā sabbattha taṇhāsamudayo niddisitabbo. Yathā uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti vinodeti pajahatīti paṭikkhepapaññatti. Evaṃ sabbesaṃ dhammānaṃ kusalānañca akusalānañca yañcassa dhammakkhettaṃ bhavati, so ceva dhammo tattha pavattati. Tadavasiṭṭhā dhammā tassānuvattakā honti. Sā duvidhā paññatti – parādhīnapaññatti ca sādhīnapaññatti ca. Katamā sādhīnapaññatti? Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave , bhāvetha, samāhito, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Rūpaṃ anicca’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ sādhīnapaññatti parādhīnapaññatti ca, sā paññatti paññāya ca sīlassa ca, yathā cattāri jhānāni bhāvetha. Tassa atthi samādhindriyaṃ mudūni cattāri indriyāni tāni catuparādhīnāni, tīṇi aveccappasādeti parādhīnaṃ samādhindriyaṃ cattāri indriyāni parādhīnāti catūsu ariyasaccesu aparādhīnaṃ paññindriyaṃ satipaṭṭhānesu sammappadhānesu vīriyindriyaṃ. Iti sake padaṭṭhāne sake khettasādhīno so dhammo, so ca tattha paññāpetabbo. Tassa paṭipakkhā nighāto niddisitabbo. Etthāyaṃ anekākārapaññatti kena kāraṇena ayaṃ dhammo paññattoti. Ayaṃ vuccate paññatti.
53 什么是下降之串?即应下降于六法。哪六法?诸蕴、诸界、诸处、诸根、诸谛、缘起。没有任何一部经、偈或分别论,不在这六法中的某一法里显现。这整个教说的范畴,便是那些蕴、界、处、谛或缘起。在五蕴中,受蕴是贪嗔痴的立足处。受有三种:对于乐受,有喜与寻;对于苦受,有忧与寻;对于不苦不乐受,有舍与寻。而且,凡是所感受的,这便是苦谛。在诸蕴中,行蕴,身放逸地随转。那行有两种:有分越度之业,以及三种行——福行、非福行或不动行。这是一切有贪者的因,并非离贪者的因。嗔者的诸行,未离贪者既思又作意;而离贪者虽思,却不造作行。犹如炽热的金刚石落在木头、树或其他地方,既破坏又燃烧;有贪之思也是如此,既思又造作行。犹如清凉的金刚石,既不破坏也不燃烧;离贪之思也是如此,虽思却不造作行。在五蕴中,有一蕴不是根所依身,即想蕴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo hāro? Chasu dhammesu otāretabbaṃ. Katamesu chasu? Khandhesu dhātūsu āyatanesu indriyesu saccesu paṭiccasamuppādesu. Natthi taṃ suttaṃ vā gāthā vā byākaraṇaṃ vā. Imesu channaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ na sandissati. Ettāvatā esa sabbā desanā yā tā khandhā vā dhātuyo vā āyatanāni vā saccāni vā paṭiccasamuppādo vā, tattha pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ vedanākkhandho rāgadosamohānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha tisso vedanāyo tassa sukhāya vedanāya somanasso savicāro, dukkhāya vedanāya domanasso savicāro, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya upekkho savicāro. Yaṃ puna tattha vedayitaṃ idaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho tattha kāyo pamattaṃ saupavattati, tañca saṅkhāragato dvidhā ca bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ kammaṃ tīṇi ca saṅkhārāni puññābhisaṅkhārā vā apuññā vā āneñjā vā hetu sabbasarāgassa no vītarāgassa, dosassa abhisaṅkhārāni ca avītarāgo ceteti ca pakappeti ca, vītarāgo pana ceteti ca no abhisaṅkharoti, yaṃ uṇhaṃ vajiraṃ kaṭṭhe vā rukkhe vā aññattha vā patantaṃ bhindati ca ḍahati ca, evaṃ sarāgacetanā ceteti ca abhisaṅkharoti ca. Yathā sataṃ vajiraṃ na bhindati na ca ḍahati, evaṃ vītarāgacetanā ceteti na ca abhisaṅkharoti. Tattha pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ eko khandho anindriyasarīraṃ saññākkhandho.
在诸界中,有十八界。其中,凡是色的十界,在说示它们时,应说示色蕴,即苦圣谛。又凡是六识身与作为第七的意界,在此应说示识蕴,即苦圣谛。然而,法界是诸法的集合。那法以因、以流出、以果、以作用、以同义语,以任何方式获得,都应以那种方式说示。那法或是善,或是不善,或是无记,或是无为。在十二处中,十处是色,那应说示为苦圣谛。色蕴与意处,应以识蕴说示,为苦圣谛。法处是种种法的集合。其中,凡是属于根的诸法,应在诸根中说示;凡是非根的,应在非根中说示。应以方便下降。如同法界,应如此寻求法处。凡是法界,那即是法处,不减不增。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhātūnaṃ aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo. Tattha yā rūpī dasa dhātuyo, tāsu desiyamānāsu rūpakkhandho niddisitabbo, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Yepi ca cha viññāṇakāyā manodhātusattamā, tattha viññāṇakkhandho ca niddisitabbo, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Dhammadhātu pana dhammasamosaraṇā, so dhammo hetunā ca nissandena ca phalena ca kiccena ca vevacanena ca yena yena upalabbhati, tena tena niddisitabbo. Yadi vā kusalā yadi vā akusalā yadi vā abyākatā yadi vā asaṅkhatā. Dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ dasa āyatanāni rūpāni taṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ niddisitabbaṃ. Rūpakkhandho ca manāyatanañca viññāṇakkhandhena niddisitabbaṃ, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Dhammāyatanaṃ nānādhammasamosaraṇaṃ. Tattha ye dhammā indriyānaṃ indriyesu niddisitabbā, ye anindriyānaṃ anindriyesu niddisitabbā. Pariyāyato ca otāretabbā. Yathā sā dhammadhātu tathā dhammāyatanaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Yāyeva hi dhammadhātu tadeva dhammāyatanaṃ anūnaṃ anadhikaṃ.
缘起有三种、四种和二种的分判。其中,三种缘起为因、果、流出。无明、行、渴爱、取,这是因。识、名色、六处、触、受,这是缘。凡是有,这是异熟。凡是生与死,这是流出。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭiccasamuppādo atthi tividho, atthi catubbidho, atthi duvidho. Tattha tividho paṭiccasamuppādo hetuphalanissando. Avijjā saṅkhārā taṇhā upādānaṃ ca ayaṃ hetu, viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ phasso vedanā ca ayaṃ paccayo, yo bhavo ayaṃ vipāko, yā jāti maraṇaṃ ayaṃ nissando.
云何有四种?因、缘、异熟与流出。无明、渴爱、行、取,这是因。识是名色的缘。名色生起,于如是生起者,六处、触与受,这是缘。所谓有,即是异熟。生与老死,即是流出。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ catubbidho hetu paccayo vipāko nissando ca? Avijjā ca taṇhāsaṅkhārā ca upādānaṃ ca – ayaṃ hetu. Viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo. Nāmarūpaṃ upapajjati, tathā upapannassa saḷāyatanaṃ phasso vedanā ca – ayaṃ paccayo. Yo bhavo ayaṃ vipāko. Yā jāti yā ca jarāmaraṇaṃ – ayaṃ nissando.
缘起如何为二种?无明、行、渴爱、取,这是集。识、名色、六处、触、受、有、生、死,这是苦。再者,无明灭而行灭,以此相反而为二谛。因此,缘起无论以何等相状被开示,便应以彼相状去说明。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ duvidho paṭiccasamuppādo? Avijjā saṅkhārā taṇhā upādānaṃ – ayaṃ samudayo. Viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ phasso vedanā bhavo jāti maraṇañca – idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ pana avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho imāni tappaṭipakkhena dve saccāni. Tasmā paṭiccasamuppādo yena ākārena niddiṭṭho, tena tena niddisitabbo.
如是二十二根。十二根——眼根等,从眼根至忧根,这是苦。男根与见是渴爱的立足处。当男子于男子之事应如是作时,便内在地生起贪著,这是我慢;由此名声而生贪染,向外寻求,这是我所慢;女子亦然。于此,乐根与喜根是男根的随顺者。若他意欲得成圆满,贪法增长善根;若他的意欲未达圆满,苦根与忧根便转起,嗔恚与不善根增长。然而,若他修习舍,便成为舍根的随顺者,无痴与善根增长。如此,七根依于烦恼之事而不超越、不减损,即一切受、女根、男根。于此,八根——从信根至具最上智根——这是导向苦灭之道。十慧根是欲贪的立足处,意根是有贪的立足处,慧根是色贪的立足处。女根与男根是七施设的立足处。于此,与任何根相应而能入于偈颂者,便当以此方式宣说。如是,于蕴、界、处、谛、缘起之中,这便是入偈的连缀。显示巴利原文
Tathā bāvīsati indriyāni. Dvādasa indriyāni cakkhundriyāni cakkhundriyaṃ yena domanassindriyaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Purisindriyaṃ ca diṭṭhiyā ca taṇhāpadaṭṭhānaṃ. Yato puriso purisakānaṃ taṃ evaṃ kātabbatā. Atha ajjhattaṃ sārajjati. Ayaṃ ahaṃkāro taṃ yasā sāratto bahiddhā pariyesati, ayaṃ mamaṃkāro evaṃ itthī, tattha sukhindriyaṃ ca somanassindriyaṃ ca purisindriyassānuvattakā honti. Tassa adhippāyaparipuṇṇā lobhadhammā kusalamūle pavaḍḍhenti. Tassa ce ayamadhippāyo na pāripūriṃ gacchati. Tassa dukkhindriyaṃ ca domanassindriyaṃ ca vattati. Doso ca akusalamūlaṃ pavaḍḍhati. Sace pana upekkhā bhāveti upekkhindriyassa anuvattakāmā bhavati. Amoho ca kusalamūlaṃ pavaḍḍhati. Iti satta indriyāni kilesavatthumupādāya ananvemāni avamāni sabbassa vedanā itthindriyaṃ purisindriyaṃ. Tattha aṭṭha indriyāni saddhindriyaṃ yāva aññātāvino indriyaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā. Dasannaṃ paññindriyānaṃ kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manindriyaṃ bhavarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññindriyāni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Itthindriyaṃ ca purisindriyaṃ ca satta paññattiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha yena yena indriyena yuttaṃ vā gāthāya otāretuṃ sakkoti, tena tena niddisitabbo. Evaṃ khandhesu dhātūsu āyatanesu saccesu paṭiccasamuppādesu ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
54 于此,什么是“净化之串”?凡诸偈颂以某一开端而说,当其中一偈已被说出,而其余偈颂仍在说时,此义便不应指示。什么原因?因为彼义尚未被说,尚未说者即无法指示。譬如“什么是不放逸不死之句”这一偈,此偈应当被指示。什么原因?此开端所说的义,难道尚未被说吗?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yo gāthā ekena ārambho bhāsissanti. Tattha ekissā bhāsitāya avasiṭṭhāsu bhāsitāsu so attho na niddisitabbo. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Na hi tāva so attho bhāsito, so abhāsito na sakkā niddisituṃ. Yathā kiṃ appamādo amataṃ padanti gāthā ayamekā gāthā niddisitabbā. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ, atthikkhātāva imassa ārambhassa anabhāsitaṃ?
“如此以殊胜的方式了知后,诸贤智之人于不放逸”
“他们于不放逸中欢喜,乐在诸圣者之行境。”
显示巴利原文 Evaṃ visesato ñatvā, appamādamhi paṇḍitā; Appamāde pamodanti, ariyānaṃ gocare ratāti.
此为未宣说之语。于所说之偈,其义理应阐明。是何缘故?彼处尚有未尽之义吗?“他们禅修者、常修习者、常精进者”——此偈,当诸偈如此被执持时,其义即当阐明。同样地,于未曾听闻的诸经或诸分别论中,若有一总说被宣说,那么,那个审察与衡量——“此是应作,此经已说,其解释已阐明抑或未阐明?”——于彼处,那种审察即名为净化的方法。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ abhāsitaṃ. Imissāpi gāthāya bhāsitāya attho niddisitabbo. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ, atthi tattha avasiṭṭhaṃ? Te jhāyino sātatikā, niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamāti gāthā, evaṃ imā gāthāyo upadhāritā yadā bhavanti, tadā attho niddisitabbo. Evaṃ assutapubbesu suttesu byākaraṇesu vā ekuddeso bhāsito. Yā vīmaṃsā tulanā idaṃ atthi kiccaṃ, idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsitaṃ tassa vevacanaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ vā na vāti. Tattha yā vīmaṃsā, ayaṃ vuccate sodhano hāro.
55 其中,什么是“确立的方法”?即一性与多性。其中,有已作的施设与应作的施设。那一性与多性,如同以一语词了知多性的慧之施设,那慧以主导义而被施设,以无等义而被施设。以无等义而为慧力。以其微细行境之力,他修习三宝随念:佛随念、法随念、僧随念,依不颠倒的忆念性而修。正见由简择诸法而成择法觉支,由决意而成证智。简言之,诸道依不破坏事物而为了一性,譬如热水与热水相合,冷水与冷水相合,碱水与碱水相合,糖水与糖水相合,这就是一性与多性。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? Ekattatā ca vemattatā ca. Tattha kitapaññatti ca kiccapaññatti ca. Sā ekattatā ca vemattatā ca yathā paññatti ekavevacanena vemattatā pajānātīti paññā, sā ca ādhipateyyaṭṭhena paññatti. Yaṃ anomattiyaṭṭhena paññattanti. Taṃ anomattiyaṭṭhena paññābalaṃ. Tanubhūtā gocarattavasā sevasati tīsu ratanesu anussati buddhānussati dhammānussati saṅghānussati aviparītānussaraṇatāya. Sammādiṭṭhi dhammānaṃ pavicayena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo abhinīhārato abhiññāti. Saṅkhepena maggā kā vatthu avikopanatāya ekattā, yathā uṇhena saṃsaṭṭhaṃ uṇhodakaṃ, sītena saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sītodakaṃ khārodakaṃ guḷhodakanti, idaṃ ekattatā vemattatā ca.
又有法由种种法聚集而合为一,犹如四大种应被防护,而色为一性。地界、水界、火界、风界为多性。如此,一切四界合为色即是一性,地界、水界、火界、风界即是多性。地界以特相为一性,以杂多之事物为多性。凡任何坚硬之相,彼一切皆为地界,此即一性;发、毛、爪、齿、皮、革,此即多性。如此,一切四界合为色即是一性;声、香、味、触即为多性。显示巴利原文
Atthi puna dhammo nānādhammasaṅghato ekato yathārūpaṃ cattāro vāretabbā, tañca rūpanti ekattatā. Pathavīdhātu āpo tejo vāyodhātūti vemattatā. Evaṃ sabbā catasso dhātuyo rūpanti ekattatā, pathavīdhātu āpo tejo vāyodhātūti vemattatā. Pathavīdhātūti lakkhaṇato ekattatā, saṃkiṇṇavatthuto vemattatā. Yaṃ kiñci kakkhaḷalakkhaṇaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ pathavīdhātūti ekattatā. Kesā lomā nakhā dantā chavi cammanti vemattatā. Evaṃ sabbaṃ catasso dhātuyo rūpanti ekattaṃ. Saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbāti vemattatā.
又有法因差异而得另一名称。如身随观中之九想——青瘀想、膨胀想等,这些是不净想。那一性以所缘而成为多性;同样地,随观想、受中的过患而如此确立定根,于诸法中,彼处想之修习为精进根,于诸法中法随观,于心中舍断我想为慧根,于心中有心随观。如此,凡是智所行境,皆是慧所行境的慧,此即多性;如欲贪、有贪、见贪即为渴爱的多性。如是,那一性与多性的智、审察、比较,即是确立的方法。显示巴利原文
Atthi puna dhammo vemattatā añño nāmaṃ labhati. Yathā kāyānupassanāya navasaññā vinīlakasaññā uddhumātakasaññā, ayaṃ asubhasaññā, yā ekattatā ārammaṇato vemattato, sā evaṃ saññāvedanāsu ādīnavaṃ samanupassato tathādhiṭṭhānaṃ samādhindriyaṃ ca sāyeva dhammesu tattha saññābhāvanā vīriyindriyaṃ ca dhammesu dhammānupassanā citte attasaññaṃ pajahato paññindriyaṃ ca citte cittānupassanā. (Iti) yo koci ñāṇapacāro sabbaso paññāya gocaro paññā, ayaṃ vemattatā, yathā kāmarāgo bhavarāgo diṭṭhirāgoti vemattatā taṇhāya. Iti yaṃ ekattatāya ca vemattatāya ca ñāṇaṃ vīmaṃsanā tulanā. Ayaṃ adhiṭṭhāno hāro.
56 于此,什么是资具的方法?有因、有缘的清净与杂染,对这两者的寻求,即是资具的方法。因此,对于有因的诸法,应寻求其因;对于有缘的诸法,应寻求其缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro hāro? Sahetu sappaccayaṃ vodānañca saṃkileso ca, yaṃ tadubhayaṃ pariyeṭṭhi, sa parikkhāro hāro. Iti dhammānaṃ sahetukānaṃ hetu pariyesitabbo, sappaccayānaṃ paccayo pariyesitabbo.
于此,因与缘有何差别?自性是因,他性是缘。他性的缘也可成为因;自性的因,对于某些他性则不称为因,而称为缘。内在者是因,外在者是缘。自性是因,他性是缘。能生起者是因,能接受者是缘。安住者是因,前来者是缘。不共者是因,共者是缘。唯一者是因,相续者是缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ, hetussa ca paccayassa ca? Sabhāvo hetu, parabhāvo paccayo. Parabhāvassa paccayo hetupi, sabhāvassa hetuyā parabhāvassa kassaci paccayo avutto hetu, vutto paccayo. Ajjhattiko hetu, bāhiro paccayo. Sabhāvo hetu, parabhāvo paccayo. Nibbattako hetu, paṭiggāhako paccayo. Nevāsiko hetu, āgantuko paccayo. Asādhāraṇo hetu, sādhāraṇo paccayo. Ekoyeva hetu, aparāparo paccayo.
应集起因的助缘。集起即是因,此中因有两种。缘有两种:无间缘与辗转缘。因也有两种:无间因与辗转因。其中,什么是辗转缘?无明是名色的辗转缘,识则以无间缘性为缘。若最初的无明灭,名色也随之而灭。其中,如何是无间?辗转缘与无间缘被集起,这是从缘的角度说。什么是辗转因?了知者以辗转因性为因,另一种行相则以无间因性为因。对某一法,当其无间生起时,那便是它的因。从生灭故,外行相灭;从行相灭故,杖灭;从杖灭故,片段灭。如此,因也有两种,应以此来了知。显示巴利原文
Hetussa upakaraṇaṃ samudānetabbo. Samudānaṃ hetu, tattha duvidho hetu. Duvidho paccayo – samanantarapaccayo ca paramparapaccayo ca. Hetupi duvidho – samanantarahetu ca paramparahetu ca. Tattha katamo paramparapaccayo? Avijjā nāmarūpassa paramparapaccayo, viññāṇaṃ samanantarapaccayatāya paccayo. Yadi ādimhi avijjānirodho bhavati nāmarūpassa nirodhopi. Tattha samanantaraṃ kiṃ kāraṇaṃ paramparapaccayo samanantarapaccayo samuddānito, ayaṃ paccayato. Tattha katamo paramparahetu? Vijānantassa paramparahetutāya hetu, aññākāro samanantarahetutāya hetu. Yassa hi yaṃ samanantaraṃ nibbattati, so tassa hetupi jātinirodhā bahi ākāranirodho, ākāranirodhā daṇḍanirodho, daṇḍanirodhā khaṇḍanirodho. Evaṃ hetupi dvidhā so tāhi passitabbo.
缘起是怎样的?无明是它的缘,那么无明又以什么为缘?非如理作意。非如理作意是什么的缘?是诸行的缘。如此,这缘与所生法,其因是什么?正是无明。因此,前际不可知。于此,无明随眠是无明缠的因——前者是因,后者是缘——而这无明也是诸行的缘,以四种方式:俱生缘性、无间缘性、流注缘性、所依缘性。显示巴利原文
Paṭiccasamuppādo yathā avijjāpaccayo tassa puna kiṃpaccayo, ayoniso manasikāro. So kassa paccayo saṅkhārānaṃ, iti paccayo ca samuppannaṃ ca tassa ko hetu avijjāyeva . Tathā hi purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Tattha avijjānusayo avijjāpariyuṭṭhānassa hetu purimā hetu pacchā paccayo, sāpi avijjāsaṅkhārānaṃ paccayo catūhi kāraṇehi sahajātapaccayatāya samanantarapaccayatāya abhisandanapaccayatāya patiṭṭhānapaccayatāya.
57 如何以俱生缘性,无明为诸行之缘?凡心被贪所缠,于彼处,由无明缠破坏一切慧的行境。于彼处,诸行以三缘而住,因时分、地、行相、大性,此与无明俱生者达到增长、增盛、广大,以四种方式慧被舍弃。以何四种?随眠、缠、结、取。于彼处,随眠、缠、生,被缠者结合,已结合者执取,以取为缘而有。如是,那些诸行以三种方式生起,已到达地,非想非非想处,此以道调伏之义,他们已到达力,未被调伏,也称为诸行。如是,以与因俱生之义,确实有诸行之缘,已说明缘;除去善、不善,应包括善与不善;除去异熟法,应说可说、不可说,应包括可说与不可说;不厌离有,应遍察一切经。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ sahajātapaccayatāya avijjāsaṅkhārānaṃ paccayo? Yaṃ cittaṃ rāgapariyuṭṭhaṃ, tattha avijjāpariyuṭṭhānena sabbaṃ paññāya gocaraṃ hanti. Tattha saṅkhārā tipaccayaṭṭhikā addhābhūmikāramahattassa ayaṃ avijjāsahasamuppannaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullatamāpajjantī catūhi kāraṇehi paññā pahīyati. Katamehi catūhi? Anusayo pariyuṭṭhānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ upādānaṃ. Tattha anusayo pariyuṭṭhānaṃ jāti pariyuṭṭhitā saṃyujjati saṃyuttā upādiyati upādānapaccayā bhavo. Evaṃ te saṅkhārā tividhā uppannā bhūmigatā nāsaññattha ayaṃ maggena vinītattāyāti te thāmagatā apativinītātipi te saṅkhārāti vuccati, evaṃ sahetusamuppannaṭṭhena atthi meva paccayā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo niddiṭṭhaṃ apanetvā kusalaṃ akusalaṃ kusalo ca akusalo ca pakkhipitabbo, vipākadhammā apanetvā vacanīyaṃ avacanīyaṃ vacanīyañca avacanīyañca pakkhipitabbaṃ, bhavaapevirittā, sabbasuttaṃ parikkhipitabbaṃ.
如来十力、四无畏、诸福德、无他作。无明以无间缘性为诸行之缘。与心俱生之无明,彼心之无间心生起;彼无间心生起时,于彼后心,前心以因缘性为缘,因此无明为因。因彼心故,无执取之机,智则不生。彼不放逸界为贪欲所流注。于彼处生起颠倒:“于不净为净”、“于苦为乐”。由此,诸行生起:染思、嗔思、根思,为贪所缠、为嗔所缠、为无明所缠。见颠倒应于“事说明”中阐明。凡以颠倒心而了知,此为心颠倒;凡以颠倒想而执取,此为想颠倒;凡以颠倒见而执著,此为见颠倒。八邪性增长,三不善法增长;由不如理作意,生起识与明作。如是,于前后际中,不善诸行增长、广大。而这些便是以广大、未遍知、能引再生之诸行而有。因此,无明以俱生缘性为诸行之缘,也以无间缘性为缘。显示巴利原文
Dasa tathāgatabalāni cattāri vesārajjāni puññāni anaññākataṃ avijjā samanantarapaccayatāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo yena cittena saha samuppannā avijjā tassa cittassa samanantaracittaṃ samuppannanti, tassa yaṃ samanantaracittaṃ samuppannanti, tassa pacchimassa cittassa purimacittaṃ hetupaccayatāya paccayo, tena avijjā hetu tena cittena upādānaṃ anokāsakatā ñāṇaṃ na uppajjanti. Yā tassa appamādā dhātu abhijjhābhisanditā tahiṃ vipallāsā uppajjanti ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti, tattha saṅkhārā uppajjanti rattā duṭṭhā mūlassa cetanā rāgapariyuṭṭhānena byāpādapariyuṭṭhānena avijjāpariyuṭṭhānena diṭṭhivipallāso vatthuniddese niddisitabbo , yaṃ viparītacitto vijānāti ayaṃ cittavipallāso, yā viparītasaññā upaggaṇhāti ayaṃ saññāvipallāso. Yaṃ viparītadiṭṭhi abhinivisati ayaṃ diṭṭhivipallāso. Aṭṭha micchattāni vaḍḍhanti, tīṇi akusalāni ayoniso manasikāre uppannaṃ viññāṇañca vijjañca karonti. Iti pubbāparante akusalānātaritaro saṅkhārā vuddhiṃ vepullataṃ gacchanti. Te ca mahatā ca appaṭividitā ponobhavikā saṅkhārā bhavanti. Iti evaṃ avijjā sahajātapaccayatāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo samanantarapaccayatāya ca.
58 以流注相而言,无明如何成为诸行之缘?无明流注彼诸行,遍满其中。犹如青莲或红莲,在水中生长,为冷水所流注、遍灌,而得增长、增盛、广大。同样地,以流注义,无明为诸行之缘。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ abhisandanākārena avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo? Sā avijjā te saṅkhāre abhisanneti parippharati. Seyyathāpi nāma uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā taṃ udake vaḍḍhaṃ assa, sītena vārinā abhisannaṃ parisandanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ abhisandanaṭṭhena avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo.
以安住义而言,无明如何成为诸行之缘?这些诸行依止无明,而得增长、增盛、广大。犹如青莲或红莲,依止大地,安住于大地,而得增长、增盛、广大。同样地,这些诸行安住于无明,依止无明,而得增长、增盛、广大。因此,以安住义,无明为诸行之缘。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ patiṭṭhahanaṭṭhena avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo? Te saṅkhārā avijjāyaṃ nissāya vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ āpajjanti. Seyyathāpi nāma uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviṃ patiṭṭhāya vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ āpajjati. Ete saṅkhārā avijjāyaṃ patiṭṭhitā avijjāyaṃ nissāya vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ gacchanti. Evaṃ patiṭṭhahanaṭṭhena avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo.
再者,由贪相应的业之果报而在结生时产生“有”,那业的一切执取,依无智之力,称为“再生之行”。如是,也有“无明为缘而生行”。再者,对五种有学人、入无想定者、已到达有者、在-{}-中者、湿生者,或任何其他不来者,他们无思、无愿,对他们而言,何为行的缘?再者,从贪,对他们有行、有取,心随念,异熟之蕴尚未成熟,缘尚未断,对他们便有再生而去。如此,无明为缘而生行。再者,那些既非取,也非行;再者,对他们,七随眠未断、未灭,成为他们的所缘。识安住,以识为缘而有名色。如此,也有无明为缘而生行。再者,凡是积集之业,一切皆依无明之力而造作,依渴爱之力而执取,依无智之力,于彼处不见过患。那正是识的种子,那正是渴爱的润泽,那正是无明的痴暗。如此也当说“无明为缘而生行”。如是,由这些方式,无明成为诸行之缘。显示巴利原文
Puna rāgasahagatassa kammassa vipākena paṭisandhimhi bhavo nibbattati, taṃ kammassa sabbaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ aññāṇavasena ponobhavikā saṅkhārāti vuccanti, evampi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā atthi. Puna pañcasu ye ca sekkhā puggalā, ye ca asaññisamāpattiṃ samāpannā, ye ca bhavagatā, ye ca antogatāyeva saṃsedajā, ye ca vā pana añño hi koci anāgāmibhūtā na cetenti na ca patthenti, tesaṃ kiṃ paccayā saṅkhārā. Puna rāgā atthi tesaṃ saṅkhārāni upādānāni cittamanussarantiyeva avipakkavipākasamūhatā asamucchinnapaccayā tesaṃ puna ca gato bhavati. Evampi hi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Puna sā te na upādānā napi saṅkhārā atthi, puna tesaṃ satta anusayā asamūhatā asamucchinnā tadārammaṇaṃ bhavati. Viññāṇassa patiṭṭhāya viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ. Evampi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Puna sā yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ ācayagāmi sabbaṃ taṃ avijjāvasena abhisaṅkhariyati taṇhāvasena ca allīyati aññāṇavasena ca tattha ādīnavampi na jānāti. Tadeva viññāṇabījaṃ bhavati, sāyeva taṇhāsineho bhavati. Sāyeva avijjā sammohoti. Evampi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā vattabbā. Iti imehi ākārehi avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo.
这其中,非如理作意是无明的因、是缘。于此,第三力还灭是断绝,这是结生。于此,不断、不拔除之义为再生,这是随眠。譬如旗或布,由两人或一人用力拧,又在避风处放置,却不是在拧的地方变干。于其湿润、水界未干时,应令干燥。到达火界,若再置空中,它因蒸发而大部分仍得润泽,实不至火界,亦不去他处。同样地,乃至有顶之定,也非导向相应的断除。他们若执取、思量,便不能从渴爱中断舍渴爱。此处,它不被断除。无明的随眠与心的障碍,即是缠。不能如实通达识,即是无明漏、无明识种子。凡为种子,其因不断,因不断故结生,结生故不断除,不断除故心被缠缚,心被缠缚故,不真正了知。如是,便有识的有漏义、无明义、因义、不断义、不还灭义、果义、结生义、再有义、不根除义、随眠义、缠义、不通达义。至此,已说明无明之田。此称为周遍摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha avijjāya hetu ayoniso manasikāro paccayo hoti. Tattha abhicchedo ayaṃ tattha tatiyaṃ balaṃ nivatti, ayaṃ paṭisandhi. Tattha punabbhavo yo avecchedo asamugghātanaṭṭhena ayaṃ anusayo. Yathā paṭākaṃ vā sāṭakaṃ vā dve janā pīḷesu ca ekā vā balaṃ vā assa nivāṭassesu, na pana pīḷesu soseyya. Tattha yaṃ sinehā āpodhātu anupullanā sosetabbā. Uṇhadhātumāgamma sace puna taṃ ākāse nikkhipeyya taṃ ussāvena yebhuyyataraṃ sinehamāpajjeyya, na hi anāgamma tejodhātuṃ parisesaṃ gaccheyya. Evameva bhavaggaparamāpi samāpatti na anurūpassa samugghātāya saṃvattati. Te hi ālayanti sammasanti, na ca taṇhāya taṇhāpahānaṃ gacchanti. Tattha so asamugghāto. Avijjāya anusayo ca cittassa sampalibodho, idaṃ pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ viññāṇassa appaṭivedho ayaṃ avijjāāsavo avijjāviññāṇabījaṃ bhavati. Yaṃ bījaṃ so hetu na samucchijjati, asamucchijjanto paṭisandehati. Paṭisandahanto na samugghātaṃ gacchati. Asamugghātaṃ cittaṃ pariyonahati, pariyonaddhacitto yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, iti saññāṇassa sāsavattho, avijjattho, hetuattho, avacchedattho, anivattiattho, phalattho paṭisandhiattho, punabbhavattho, asamugghātattho, anusayattho, pariyuṭṭhānattho, apaṭivedhanattho. Ettāvatā avijjāya khettaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ bhavati. Ayaṃ vuccate parikkhāro nāma hāro.
59 什么是增益摄?于已开显之处,它虽是寂静的,但仍应作详尽解说。详尽分别的心智,便是增益摄。其中,名目的解说为“引入”,事由的解说为“同义语”,依事由展开的说明为“详说”。如何?诸比丘所应断除的诸行,即为引入。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? Ugghaṭitamhi tamhi santañceva ca naṃ vitthāraṃ pana vattabbaṃ. Vitthāravidhaṃ cittaññā ayaṃ samāropano hāro. Tattha nāmaniddeso upaghaṭakā vatthuniddeso vevacanaṃ vatthubhūto vitthāro. Yathā kiṃ, yā bhikkhūnaṃ vattato pahātabbo, ayaṃ upaghaṭanā.
其中,什么是增益?凡不应有所言说的,应舍断色贪,或应舍断有名者。应以“乃至识”详细说明。应以譬喻阐明无明,这便是增益。依止于心的所依,是渴爱与见。其中,见为无明,渴爱为行。其中,以见为缘的渴爱——这些是以无明为缘的行。其中,所依止的识,是以行为缘的识,乃至老死。这是在简略说中增益所剩余的部分。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Kiñci na vattabbaṃ, rūparāgaṃ vā nāmavantapahātabbaṃ . Yāva viññāṇanti vitthārena kātabbāni. Avijjā tā opammena paññāpetabbā, ayaṃ samāropano. Nissitacittassa ca mattiko ca nissayo taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca. Tattha diṭṭhi avijjā taṇhā saṅkhārā. Tattha diṭṭhipaccayā taṇhā ime avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Tattha nissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ idaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ, idaṃ saṃkhittena bhāsite avasiṭṭhaṃ paropayati.
“无所依者无动摇”:对于他而言,如此见与渴爱得以舍断。于此,为灭除见与无明,已生之识在有贪住处的诸法中,依止此法而奔向彼法,犹如猴子的譬喻。然而,对于他来说,在少分有贪住处的诸法中,欲贪已不存在,又从何处而有动摇?在贪染强烈的有情中,心则安住;那无住的识,无食而灭。由识灭故,名色灭。显示巴利原文
Anissitassa calitaṃ natthīti tassa evaṃ diṭṭhiyā taṇhāya ca pahānaṃ tattha diṭṭhiavijjānirodhāya bhūtaṃ viññāṇaṃ sarāgaṭṭhāniyesu dhammesu taṃ taṃ dhammaṃ upecca aññaṃ dhammaṃ dhāvati makkaṭopamatāya, atha khvassa parittesu dhammesu sarāgaṭṭhāniyesu chandarāgo natthi kuto tato calanā, adhimattesu sattesu cittaṃ nivessayati taṃ apatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ anāhāraṃ nirujjhati viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho. Ayaṃ samāropano.
于此,以贪为因的识的动摇是有执取的,当那动摇不存在时,三种杂染随行的火便归寂静。因此说:“动摇不存在时,则有寂静。”于此,依增益而言,身寂静者感受乐,乐者心得定,乃至“解脱”的智见生起。他以诸漏尽而解脱,不再受生。由于他的再生、来去已不存在,不在此处,不在彼处,亦不在两者之间。“这是苦的边际”,此即无余涅槃界。这是在此经中间增益的部分,是缘起与解脱中的连结,他们不依详细分别来解释这简略所说的义理。这称为增益论。不应以杂染分的经来增益杂染分的诸法,而非其他。同样,在随眠分、通达分中,这也是增益论。这些是十六论。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgavasena viññāṇassa calitaṃ sapariggaho, tasmiṃ calite asati yo parikilesopacāro tividho aggi paṭippassaddho bhavati. Tenāha calite asante passaddhi hoti. Tattha yaṃ samāropanā passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Yāva vimuttitamiti ñāṇadassanaṃ bhavati. So āsavānaṃ khayā ca vimutti no upapajjati. Tassa upapattissa āgatigatiyā asantiyā nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena. Esevanto dukkhassāti anupādisesā nibbānadhātu. Idamassa suttassa majjhe samāropitaṃ paṭiccasamuppāde ca vimuttiyaṃ ca yogo na ca etaṃ tassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajjanti. Ayaṃ vuccate samāropano hāro. Na ca saṃkilesabhāgiyena suttena saṃkilesabhāgiyo ye ca dhammā samāropayitabbā nāññe. Evaṃ vāsanābhāgiye nibbedhabhāgiye, ayaṃ samāropano hāro. Ime soḷasa hārā.
苏维拉的《住阎浮林者大迦旃延藏释》显示巴利原文
Suvīrassa mahākaccāyanassa jambuvanavāsino peṭakopadese
六、经义集成地显示巴利原文
6. Suttatthasamuccayabhūmi
60 诸佛世尊的教法由三种方式总摄:蕴、界、处。其中,五蕴为色蕴、受蕴、想蕴、行蕴、识蕴。十色处,即眼与色、耳与声、鼻与香、舌与味、身与触,这便是色蕴。其中,六受身是受蕴:眼触所生受、耳触所生受、鼻触所生受、舌触所生受、身触所生受、意触所生受,这便是受蕴。其中,六想身是想蕴:色想、声想、香想、味想、触想、法想,这六种想身便是想蕴。其中,六思身是行蕴:色思、声思、香思、味思、触思、法思,这六种思身便是行蕴。其中,六识身是识蕴:眼识、耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识、意识,这六种识身便是识蕴。这便是五蕴。显示巴利原文
Buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sāsanaṃ tividhena saṅgahaṃ gacchati, khandhesu dhātūsu āyatanesu ca. Tattha pañcakkhandhā rūpakkhandho yāva viññāṇakkhandho. Dasa rūpaāyatanāni cakkhu rūpā ca yāva kāyo phoṭṭhabbā ca, ayaṃ rūpakkhandho. Tattha cha vedanākāyā vedanākkhandho cakkhusamphassajā vedanā yāva manosamphassajā vedanā, ayaṃ vedanākkhandho. Tattha cha saññākāyā saññākkhandho, rūpasaññā yāva dhammasaññā ime cha saññākāyā, ayaṃ saññākkhandho. Tattha cha cetanākāyā saṅkhārakkhandho, rūpasañcetanā yāva dhammasañcetanā ime cha cetanākāyā, ayaṃ saṅkhārakkhandho. Tattha cha viññāṇakāyā viññāṇakkhandho, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ yāva manoviññāṇaṃ ime cha viññāṇakāyā, ayaṃ viññāṇakkhandho. Ime pañcakkhandhā.
它们的遍知是什么?无常、苦、想、无我,这便是它们的遍知。那么,什么是蕴的含义?蕴的含义是聚集,是堆积,是积聚。犹如薪蕴、林蕴、木蕴、火蕴、水蕴、风蕴,于诸蕴中,一切总集,这便是蕴的含义。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ kā pariññā? Aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ saññā anattāti esā etesaṃ pariññā. Tattha katamo khandhattho? Samūhattho khandhattho, puñjattho khandhattho, rāsattho khandhattho. Taṃ yathā dabbakkhandho vanakkhandho dārukkhandho aggikkhandho udakakkhandho vāyukkhandho iti evaṃ khandhesu sabbasaṅgahova evaṃ khandhattho.
其中,十八界为:眼界、色界、眼识界……乃至意界、法界、意识界。这便是十八界。它们的遍知是:无常、苦、想、无我,这便是它们的遍知。那么,什么是界的含义?所谓界的含义,就是部分义。所谓部分,眼并非净色,这便是眼界。如此,于五界中,又依贪的分离义而说为界义,因为眼界是分离的。如此,于五界中,也依自性义而说为界义。譬如,依自性,此人是胆汁质、痰质、风质或混合质;同样,依自性,眼界等为十种所喜爱者……乃至一切诸根……差别义即是界义。显示巴利原文
Tattha aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu…pe… manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu. Etāyo aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo. Tāsaṃ pariññā aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ saññā anattāti esā etāsaṃ pariññā. Tattha ko dhātuattho? Vuccate avayavattho dhātuattho. Avayavoti cakkhu no pasādo cakkhudhātu. Evaṃ pañcasu dhātūsu puna rāgavavacchedattho dhātuattho. Vavacchinnā hi cakkhudhātu. Evaṃ pañcasu punarāha ekantipakatyatthena dhātuatthoti vuccate. Taṃ yathā, pakatiyā ayaṃ puriso pittiko semhiko vātiko sannipātikoti evaṃ pakaticakkhudhātu dasannaṃ piyā ca sabbesu indriyesu…pe… visabhāgattho dhātuattho.
其中,何等为十二处?六内处、六外处:眼处乃至意处为内,色处乃至法处为外。这便称为十二处。什么是它们的遍知?无常、苦、无我想,这便是它们的遍知。又,遍知有两种:知遍知与断遍知。其中,知遍知即无常、苦、无我想,这称为知遍知;而断遍知则是欲贪的断除,这称为断遍知。其中,什么是“处”的含义?所谓“行相”义便是处义。犹如金矿与劣矿,犹如牛以二三种行相而生起,同样,依这些心心所法,生起业、烦恼与诸苦法。又,收入与给予之义即是处义。犹如国王由收入来源而有收入,同样,收入与给予之义正是处义。显示巴利原文
Tattha dvādasāyatanāni katamāni? Cha ajjhattikāni cha bāhirāni. Cakkhāyatanaṃ yāva manāyatananti ajjhattikaṃ, rūpāyatanaṃ yāva dhammāyatananti bāhiraṃ. Etāni dvādasa āyatanāni. Etesaṃ kā pariññā? Aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ saññā anattāti, esā etesaṃ pariññā. Api ca dvidhā pariññā ñātapariññā ca pahānapariññā ca. Tattha ñātapariññā nāma aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ saññā anattāti, esā ñātapariññā. Pahānapariññā pana chandarāgappahānā, esā pahānapariññā. Tattha katamo āyatanattho? Vuccate ākārattho āyatanattho. Yathā suvaṇṇākaro dubbaṇṇākaro, yathā dvīhi tehi ākārehi te te gāvā uttiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ etehi cittacetasikā gāvā uttiṭṭhanti kammakilesā dukkhadhammā ca. Punarāha āyadānattho āyatanattho. Yathā rañño āyadānehi āyo bhavati, evaṃ āyadānattho āyatanattho.
61 四圣谛是苦、集、灭、道。略说苦,即是法行与慢想;略说集,即是无明与渴爱;略说灭,即是明与解脱;略说道,即是止与观。显示巴利原文
Cattāri ariyasaccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo nirodho maggo ca. Dukkhaṃ yathā samāsena dhammācariyaṃ mānasañca, samudayo samāsena avijjā ca taṇhā ca, nirodho samāsena vijjā ca vimutti ca, maggo samāsena samatho ca vipassanā ca.
其中,何等为三十七菩提分法?即四念处乃至圣八支道,这些便是三十七菩提分法。那些为过去、未来、现在诸佛世尊、诸独觉佛及诸声闻所修、能导向涅槃的法,就是此道——四念处。哪四种?于此,比丘于身随观身而住……四正勤……四神足……五根……五力……其中,什么是根义?主宰义是根义,增上义是根义,净信义是根义,各各自不共作用义是根义。不被超越义是力义,强力义是力义,依止义是力义,支持义是力义。显示巴利原文
Tattha sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhikā dhammā katame? Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā yāva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, evamete sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhikā dhammā. Ye dhammā atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ ca nibbānāya saṃvattantīti, so maggo cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro? Idha bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati, sammappadhānaṃ…pe… iddhipādaṃ…pe… indriyāni…pe… balāni…pe… tattha ko indriyattho? Indattho indriyattho, ādhipateyyattho indriyattho, pasādattho indriyattho, asādhāraṇaṃ kassa kiriyattho indriyattho anavapariyattho balattho, thāmattho balattho, upādāyattho balattho, upatthambhanattho balattho.
于此,何为七觉支?即念觉支乃至舍觉支。于此,何为八支道?即正见乃至正定。于此,八支道即是三蕴:戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴。于此,正语、正业、正命属于戒蕴;正念、正精进、正定属于定蕴;正思惟、正见属于慧蕴。如此便是三学。如此,以三种方式说明十句。显示巴利原文
Tattha katame satta bojjhaṅgā? Satisambojjhaṅgo yāva upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo. Tattha katamo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Sammādiṭṭhi yāva sammāsamādhi. Tattha aṭṭhaṅgiko maggoti khandho sīlakkhandho ca samādhikkhandho ca paññākkhandho ca. Tattha yā ca sammāvācā yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāājīvo, ayaṃ sīlakkhandho. Yā ca sammāsati yo ca sammāvāyāmo yo ca sammāsamādhi, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho. Yo ca sammāsaṅkappo yā ca sammādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ paññākkhandho. Evaṃ tāyo tisso sikkhā. Evaṃ tīhākārehi dasa padāni…pe….
于此,修习者安住于戒蕴中,便不执取瞋恚这一不善法,根除瞋随眠,拔除瞋刺,遍知苦受,超越欲界。安住于定蕴中,便不执取贪欲这一不善法,根除贪随眠,拔除贪刺,遍知乐受,超越色界。安住于慧蕴中,便不执取愚痴这一不善法,根除无明随眠,拔除痴刺与见刺,遍知不苦不乐受,超越无色界。如此依三蕴,不执取三种不善根,拔除四刺,遍知三受,超越三界。显示巴利原文
Tattha yogāvacaro sīlakkhandhe ṭhito dosaṃ akusalaṃ na upādiyati, dosānusayaṃ samūhanati, dosasallaṃ uddharati, dukkhavedanaṃ parijānāti, kāmadhātuṃ samatikkamati. Samādhikkhandhe ṭhito lobhaṃ akusalaṃ na upādiyati, rāgānusayaṃ samūhanati, lobhasallaṃ uddharati, sukhavedanaṃ parijānāti, rūpadhātuṃ samatikkamati. Paññākkhandhe ṭhito mohaṃ akusalaṃ na upādiyati, avijjānusayaṃ samūhanati, mohasallaṃ diṭṭhisallañca uddharati, adukkhamasukhavedanaṃ parijānāti, arūpadhātuṃ samatikkamati. Iti tīhi khandhehi tīṇi akusalamūlāni na upādiyati, cattāri sallāni uddharati, tisso vedanā parijānāti, tedhātukaṃ samatikkamati.
62 于此,什么是无明?即于四圣谛的无知,其详如对生命生疑时所应说。于此,什么是识?六识身、受、想、思、触、作意,此名为名。于此,什么是色?即四大种及依四大种所造色的施设。如是,先前的名与此色,此二合称为名色。于此,六处即六内处:眼内处乃至意内处。触即六触身:眼触乃至意触,此即触。受即六受身。渴爱即六渴爱身。取即四取:欲取、见取、戒禁取、我论取,此即取。有即三有:欲有、色有、无色有。于此,什么是生?即诸蕴的初现起、诸界的初现起、诸处的初现起,出生、诞生、显现、生起、诸蕴的显现,此名为生。于此,什么是老?即衰坏、斑白、皱纹,四大种的衰变、衰败,老化、衰退、寿命的损减、诸根的成熟、衰老,此名为老。于此,什么是死?即于各各有情部类中,彼彼有情的灭没、死、命终、身体弃舍、命根断绝,此名为死。如是,老与此死,此二即为老死。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā avijjā? Yaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu aññāṇanti vitthārena yathā so pāṇasajjesu kathaṃkathā kātabbaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ? Cha viññāṇakāyā vedanā saññā cetanā phasso manasikāro, idaṃ nāmaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ rūpaṃ? Cātumahābhūtikaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpassa paññattiṃ. Iti purimakañca nāmaṃ idañca rūpaṃ tadubhayaṃ nāmarūpanti vuccati. Tattha chaḷāyatananti cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, cakkhu ajjhattikaṃ āyatanaṃ yāva mano ajjhattikaṃ āyatanaṃ. Phassoti cha phassakāyā cakkhusamphasso yāva manosamphassoti phasso. Cha vedanākāyā vedanā. Taṇhāti cha taṇhākāyā taṇhā. Upādānanti cattāri upādānāni kāmupādānaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ attavādupādānanti upādānaṃ. Bhavoti tayo bhavā kāmabhavo rūpabhavo arūpabhavo. Tattha katamā jāti? Yā paṭhamaṃ khandhānaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhātūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ āyatanānaṃ uppatti jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo, ayaṃ jāti. Tattha katamā jarā? Jarā nāma yaṃ taṃ khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā pavivittaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ vivaṇṇataṃ bhaggo taṃ jarā hīyanā pahīyanā āyuno hāni saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paribhedo upanāho paripāko, ayaṃ jarā. Tattha katamaṃ maraṇaṃ? Maraṇaṃ nāma yaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sattanikāye tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ cuti cavanatā maraṇaṃ kālaṅkiriyā uddhumātakānaṃ bhedo kāyassa jīvitindriyassa upacchedo, idaṃ maraṇaṃ. Iti purimikā ca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ tadubhayaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ.
其中,无明以黑暗、愚蒙、不如实知为特相,是诸行的近因。诸行以造作为特相,以积聚、再生、栽种而现起,它们是识的近因。识以所依和了别为特相,是名色的近因。名色以多种所依为特相,是六处的近因。六处以诸根的确定为特相,是触的近因。触以会合为特相,是受的近因。受以感受为特相,是渴爱的近因。渴爱以贪著为特相,是取的近因。取以执取、执持为特相,是有的近因。有以散布诸趣为特相,是生的近因。生以诸蕴显现为特相,是老的近因。老以衰败、成熟为特相,是死的近因。死以寿命灭尽、命根断绝为特相,是苦的近因。苦以身逼迫为特相,是忧的近因。忧以心逼迫为特相,是愁的近因。愁以悲泣为特相,是悲的近因。悲以语言表达为特相,是恼的近因。那些苦恼即是恼。显示巴利原文
Tattha andhakāratimisā yathābhūtaṃ appajānanalakkhaṇā avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ ha. Abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇā saṅkhārā, upacayapunabbhavābhiropanapaccupaṭṭhānā. Te viññāṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vatthu saviññattilakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ, taṃ nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Anekasannissayalakkhaṇaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, taṃ saḷāyatanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Indriyavavatthāpanalakkhaṇaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ, taṃ phassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ . Sannipātalakkhaṇo phasso, so vedanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Anubhavanalakkhaṇā vedanā, sā taṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ajjhosānalakkhaṇā taṇhā, sā upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ādānaparihananalakkhaṇaṃ upādānaṃ, taṃ bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ . Nānāgativikkhepalakkhaṇo bhavo, so jātiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Khandhānaṃ pātubhāvalakkhaṇā jāti, sā jarāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Upanayaparipākalakkhaṇā jarā, sā maraṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Āyukkhayajīvitauparodhalakkhaṇaṃ maraṇaṃ, taṃ dukkhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāyasampīḷanalakkhaṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, taṃ domanassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cittasampīḷanalakkhaṇaṃ domanassaṃ, taṃ sokassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Socanalakkhaṇo soko, so paridevassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vacīnicchāraṇalakkhaṇo paridevo, so upāyāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ye āyāsā te upāyāsā.
九处,一切不善法皆摄集于此、会归于此。哪九处?二根本烦恼、三不善根、四颠倒。其中,二根本烦恼是无明与有爱;三不善根是贪、嗔、痴。四颠倒:于无常起常想的想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒;于苦起乐想的想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒;于无我起我想的想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒;于不净起净想的想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒。显示巴利原文
Nava padāni yattha sabbo akusalapakkho saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchati. Katamāni nava padāni? Dve mūlakilesā, tīṇi akusalamūlāni, cattāro vipallāsā. Tattha dve mūlakilesā avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca, tīṇi akusalamūlāni lobho doso moho ca. Cattāro vipallāsā – ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso, ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso, ‘‘anattani attā’’ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso, ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso.
63 其中,无明就是对四圣谛不能如实了知的无智,这就是无明。有爱就是对诸有的贪、染着、欲、迷恋、希愿、喜乐、执取、不舍,这就是有爱。显示巴利原文
Tattha avijjā nāma catūsu ariyasaccesu yathābhūtaṃ aññāṇaṃ, ayaṃ avijjā. Bhavataṇhā nāma yo bhavesu rāgo sārāgo icchā mucchā patthanā nandī ajjhosānaṃ apariccāgo, ayaṃ bhavataṇhā.
其中,什么是贪不善根?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lobho akusalamūlaṃ?
贪,就是对于种种他人之物、他人之财物、他人之地位、他人之所有、他人之所属,生起贪、贪求、欲求、迷恋、希求、喜爱、执着、不舍弃,这就是贪不善根。它是何者之根?贪是依贪而生起的不善身业、语业、意业之根,也是与它相应的心、心所法之根。显示巴利原文
Lobho nāma so tesu tesu paravatthūsu paradabbesu paraṭṭhānesu parasāpateyyesu parapariggahitesu lobho lubbhanā icchā mucchā patthanā nandī ajjhosānaṃ apariccāgo, ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Kassetaṃ mūlaṃ? Lobho lobhajassa akusalassa kāyakammassa vacīkammassa manokammassa ca, tathā yathā taṃsampayuttānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ.
其中,什么是嗔不善根?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo doso akusalamūlaṃ?
即对有情众生心怀恼害、不忍、不悦、嗔恨、憎恶、欲加损害,乃至心的对抗——这便是嗔不善根。显示巴利原文
So sattesu āghāto akkhanti appaccayo byāpādo padoso anatthakāmatā cetaso paṭighāto, ayaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ.
此为何者之根?显示巴利原文
Kassetaṃ mūlaṃ?
它是嗔所生的身业、语业、意业,以及与嗔相应的心心所法之根。显示巴利原文
Dosajassa kāyakammassa vacīkammassa manokammassa sampayuttānañca cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ.
这里,什么是痴不善根?显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo moho akusalamūlaṃ?
对四圣谛未现观、未通达、未证知;痴、迷痴、迷蒙、昏昧、无明、黑暗、盲冥、障碍、盖、遮蔽、覆藏;对诸善法未能现前——这就是痴不善根。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu anabhisamayo asampajjaggāho appaṭivedho moho muyhanā sammoho sammuyhanā avijjā tamo andhakāro āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ acchadanaṃ apasacchāgamanaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ayaṃ moho akusalamūlaṃ.
这又是何者的根?显示巴利原文
Kassetaṃ mūlaṃ?
此是从痴所生的不善身业、语业、意业,以及与这些相应的心、心所法之根。显示巴利原文
Mohajassa akusalassa kāyakammassa vacīkammassa manokammassa ca taṃsampayuttakānañca cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ.
于此,应知颠倒,应知颠倒之事,应知彼为颠倒。于此,有一颠倒、三颠倒、四颠倒事。什么是一颠倒?以何为反面而执取为颠倒?显示巴利原文
Tattha vipallāsā jānitabbā, vipallāsānaṃ vatthu jānitabbaṃ. Yaṃ vipallāsaṃ siyā, taṃ jānitabbaṃ. Tattha eko vipallāso tīṇi vipallāsāni cattāri vipallāsavatthūni. Katamo eko vipallāso ca, yena paṭipakkhena vipallāsitaṃ gaṇhāti?
“以无常为常”、“以苦为乐”、“以无我为我”、“以不净为净”,这是一种颠倒。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anicce nicca’’nti, ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti, ‘‘anattani attā’’ti, ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti, ayaṃ eko vipallāso.
何谓四颠倒事?显示巴利原文
Katamāni cattāri vipallāsavatthūni?
即身、受、心、法,这些即是四颠倒事。显示巴利原文
Kāyo vedanā cittaṃ dhammā ca. Imāni cattāri vipallāsavatthūni.
何谓三颠倒?显示巴利原文
Katamāni tīṇi vipallāsāni?
想、心、见,这便是三种颠倒。显示巴利原文
Saññā cittaṃ diṭṭhi ca. Imāni tīṇi vipallāsāni.
于此,在可意的基础、根的对象、色处中,对相的执取,这是想颠倒。于此,当基础存在时,颠倒心的表示,这是心颠倒。于此,颠倒心对那色「于不净为净」的忍可、喜好、舍置、决定、见、显示、思量,这是见颠倒。于此,依基础的差别,在诸身有十二种颠倒。三种在身,三种在受,三种在心,三种在法,四种想颠倒、四种心颠倒、四种见颠倒,依处的累积,从具眼识想者对诸色的十二种颠倒,乃至具意想者,对诸法的十二种颠倒,六个十二,有四种颠倒。确实,依所缘的种种性,对无量数的众生,有无量无数的颠倒,依下劣、殊胜、中等。显示巴利原文
Tattha manāpike vatthumhi indriyavatthe vaṇṇāyatane vā yo nimittassa uggāho, ayaṃ saññāvipallāso. Tattha viparītacittassa vatthumhi sati viññatti, ayaṃ cittavipallāso. Tattha viparītacittassa tamhi rūpe ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti yā khanti ruci upekkhanā nicchayo diṭṭhi nidassanaṃ santīraṇā, ayaṃ diṭṭhivipallāso. Tattha vatthubhedena kāyesu dvādasa vipallāsā bhavanti. Tayo kāye tayo vedanāya tayo citte tayo dhamme, cattāro saññāvipallāsā cattāro cittavipallāsā cattāro diṭṭhivipallāsā, āyatanūpacayato cakkhuviññāṇasaññāsamaṅgissa rūpesu dvādasa vipallāsā yāva mano saññāsamaṅgissa, dhammesu dvādasa vipallāsā cha dvādasakā cattāri vipallāsā bhavanti. Ārammaṇanānattato hi aparimitasaṅkheyyānaṃ sattānaṃ aparimitamasaṅkheyyā vipallāsā bhavanti hīnukkaṭṭhamajjhimatāya.
64 于此,五蕴成为四种自体的基础。色蕴是身自体基础。受蕴是受自体基础。想蕴和行蕴是法自体基础。识蕴是心自体基础。如此,五蕴是四种自体的基础。于此,在身「于不净为净」有颠倒。如是在诸受……在心……在诸法也有我颠倒。于此,为了根除四种颠倒,世尊教导、施设四念处,于身随观身而住者根除「于不净为净」的颠倒,对于受、心、法也应当如此造作。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañcakkhandhā cattāri attabhāvavatthūni bhavanti. Yo rūpakkhandho, so kāyo attabhāvavatthu. Yo vedanākkhandho, so vedanā attabhāvavatthu. Yo saññākkhandho ca saṅkhārakkhandho ca, te dhammā attabhāvavatthu. Yo viññāṇakkhandho, so cittaṃ attabhāvavatthu. Iti pañcakkhandhā cattāri attabhāvavatthūni. Tattha kāye ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāso bhavati. Evaṃ vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu ca attavipallāso bhavati. Tattha catunnaṃ vipallāsānaṃ samugghātanatthaṃ bhagavā cattāro satipaṭṭhāne deseti paññapeti kāye kāyānupassī viharato ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāsaṃ samugghāteti, evaṃ vedanāsu, citte, dhammesu ca kātabbaṃ.
其中,无明以黑暗昏昧、不通达为相,颠倒是其近因。渴爱以执著为相,可爱相、可意相是其近因。贪以自见欺诳为相,不与取是其近因。瞋以现前诤论为相,杀生是其近因。痴以事理颠倒为相,邪行是其近因。常想以执取诸行不灭为相,一切诸行是其近因。乐想以触对有漏触为相,我所作是其近因。我想以触对诸法为相,我作是其近因。净想以执取美相为相,诸根不律仪是其近因。由此九句总摄一切不善品,实唯多闻者能了知,非少闻者;有慧者能了知,非劣慧者;相应者能了知,非不相应者。显示巴利原文
Tattha andhakāratimisā appaṭivedhalakkhaṇā avijjā, tassā vipallāsapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Ajjhosānalakkhaṇā taṇhā, tassā piyarūpasātarūpaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Attāsayavañcanālakkhaṇo lobho, tassa adinnādānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Idha vivādalakkhaṇo doso, tassa pāṇātipāto padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vatthuvippaṭipattilakkhaṇo moho, tassa micchāpaṭipatti padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ avināsaggahaṇalakkhaṇā niccasaññā, tassā sabbasaṅkhārā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sāsavaphassopagamanalakkhaṇā sukhasaññā, tassā mamaṅkāro padaṭṭhānaṃ. Dhammesu upagamanalakkhaṇā attasaññā , tassā ahaṅkāro padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vaṇṇasaṅgahaṇalakkhaṇā subhasaññā, tassā indriyaasaṃvaro padaṭṭhānaṃ. Etehi navahi padehi uddiṭṭhehi sabbo akusalapakkho niddiṭṭho bhavati, so ca kho bahussutena sakkā jānituṃ no appassutena, paññavatā no duppaññena, yuttena no ayuttena.
有九句善法,一切善品皆摄集、会归于其中。哪九句?即:止、观、无贪、无瞋、无痴、无常想、苦想、无我想、不净想。显示巴利原文
Nava padāni kusalāni yattha sabbo kusalapakkho saṅgaho samosaraṇaṃ gacchanti. Katamāni nava padāni? Samatho vipassanā alobho adoso amoho aniccasaññā dukkhasaññā anattasaññā asubhasaññā ca.
其中,何为止?凡心的住立、确立、安住、住处、基础、现起、定、等持、不散乱、不散动、寂静、心一境性,这就是止。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samatho? Yā cittassa ṭhiti saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhiti ṭhānaṃ paṭṭhānaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ samādhi samādhānaṃ avikkhepo avippaṭisāro vūpasamo mānaso ekaggaṃ cittassa, ayaṃ samatho.
其中,什么是观?于诸蕴,或诸界,或诸处,或名色,或缘起,或缘所生法,或苦,或集,或灭,或道,或善与不善法,或有罪与无罪,或黑与白,或应亲近与不应亲近,如实简择、遍简择、审察、遍审察、把握、执持、遍执持、以心遍知、思量、观察,这些都是智、明、眼、觉、慧、光明、光、辉、光辉、利剑、箭、择法觉支、正见道支,这就是观。因此称为观;或说种种观故,称为观。此观有两种,名为法观,依此两种见净与不净、黑与白、应亲近与不应亲近、业与果报、系缚与解脱、积集与损减、流转与还灭、杂染与清净,如此名为观。又,‘vi’是前缀,‘见’是意义,故称为观,这是观。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vipassanā? Khandhesu vā dhātūsu vā āyatanesu vā nāmarūpesu vā paṭiccasamuppādesu vā paṭiccasamuppannesu vā dhammesu dukkhesu vā samudayesu vā nirodhe vā magge vā kusalākusalesu vā dhammesu sāvajjaanavajjesu vā kaṇhasukkesu vā sevitabbaasevitabbesu vā so yathābhūtaṃ vicayo pavicayo vīmaṃsā paravīmaṃsā gāhanā aggāhanā pariggāhanā cittena paricitanā tulanā upaparikkhā ñāṇaṃ vijjā vā cakkhu buddhi medhā paññā obhāso āloko ābhā pabhā khaggo nārāco dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo sammādiṭṭhi maggaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ vipassanā. Tenesā vipassanā iti vuccati vividhā vā esā vipassanāti, tasmā esā vipassanāti vuccati. Dvidhā cesā hi vipassanā dhammavipassanāti vuccati, dvidhā imāya passati subhañca asubhañca kaṇhañca sukkañca sevitabbañca asevitabbañca kammañca vipākañca bandhañca vimokkhañca ācayañca apacayañca pavattiñca nivattiñca saṃkilesañca vodānañca, evaṃ vipassanāti vuccati. Atha vā viiti upasaggo passanāti attho tasmā vipassanāti vuccate, ayaṃ vipassanā.
65 其中,众生有两种病:无明与有渴爱。为灭除这两种病,世尊说了两种药:止与观。服此二药,证得两种无病:离贪的心解脱与离无明的慧解脱。其中,对渴爱病,止是药,由离贪的心解脱是无病;对无明病,观是药,由离无明的慧解脱是无病。因此世尊说:‘二法应遍知:名与色。二法应断:无明与有渴爱。二法应修习:止与观。二法应作证:明与解脱。’其中,修习止者遍知色;遍知色者断渴爱;断渴爱者由离贪而作证心解脱。修习观者遍知名;遍知名者断无明;断无明者由离无明而作证慧解脱。当比丘已遍知二法——名与色,他便已断二法——无明与有渴爱,已修习二法——止与观,已作证二法——明与解脱。至此,比丘成为所作已办者。这是有余涅槃界。由于他寿命终尽、命根止息,此苦灭尽,其他苦不再生起。其中,那些蕴、界、处的灭尽、寂静,以及不再有其他的蕴、界、处结生、显现,这就是无余依涅槃界。显示巴利原文
Tattha dve rogā sattānaṃ avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca, etesaṃ dvinnaṃ rogānaṃ nighātāya bhagavatā dve bhesajjāni vuttāni samatho ca vipassanā ca. Imāni dve bhesajjāni paṭisevento dve aroge sacchikaroti rāgavirāgaṃ cetovimuttiṃ avijjāvirāgañca paññāvimuttiṃ. Tattha taṇhārogassa samatho bhesajjaṃ, rāgavirāgā cetovimutti arogaṃ. Avijjārogassa vipassanābhesajjaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti arogaṃ. Evañhi bhagavā cāha, ‘‘dve dhammā pariññeyyā nāmañca rūpañca, dve dhammā pahātabbā avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca, dve dhammā bhāvetabbā samatho ca vipassanā ca, dve dhammā sacchikātabbā vijjā ca vimutti cā’’ti. Tattha samathaṃ bhāvento rūpaṃ parijānāti, rūpaṃ parijānanto taṇhaṃ pajahati, taṇhaṃ pajahanto rāgavirāgā cetovimuttiṃ sacchikaroti, vipassanaṃ bhāvento nāmaṃ parijānāti, nāmaṃ parijānanto avijjaṃ pajahati, avijjaṃ pajahanto avijjāvirāgā paññāvimuttiṃ sacchikaroti. Yadā bhikkhuno dve dhammā pariññātā bhavanti nāmañca rūpañca, tathāssa dve dhammā pahīnā bhavanti avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca. Dve dhammā bhāvitā bhavanti samatho ca vipassanā ca, dve dhammā sacchikātabbā bhavanti vijjā ca vimutti ca. Ettāvatā bhikkhu katakicco bhavati. Esā sopādisesā nibbānadhātu. Tassa āyupariyādānā jīvitindriyassa uparodhā idañca dukkhaṃ nirujjhati, aññañca dukkhaṃ na uppajjati. Tattha yo imesaṃ khandhānaṃ dhātuāyatanānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo aññesañca khandhadhātuāyatanānaṃ appaṭisandhi apātubhāvo, ayaṃ anupādisesā nibbānadhātu.
其中,什么是无贪善根?即那界性上的无贪、不贪、不贪婪性、不欲求、不希求、不喜爱、不执著,这就是无贪善根。它是何者的根?是无贪所生的善身业、语业、意业,以及与这些相应的诸心心所法的根。又,圣八支道即是善,它为其中三支道支的根。哪三支?正思惟、正精进、正定,是这三支道支的根,因此称为善根。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ alobho kusalamūlaṃ? Yaṃdhātuko alobho alubbhanā alubbhitattaṃ anicchā apatthanā akantā anajjhosānaṃ. Ayaṃ alobho kusalamūlaṃ. Kassetaṃ mūlaṃ? Alobhajassa kusalassa kāyakammassa vacīkammassa manokammassa taṃsampayuttānañca cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ. Atha vā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo kusalanti vuccati, so tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ mūlaṃ. Katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ, sammāsaṅkappassa sammāvāyāmassa sammāsamādhissa ca imesaṃ mūlanti, tasmā kusalamūlanti vuccati.
于此,什么是无嗔善根?即于众生或诸行,不恼害、不瞋恚、不恶意、不嗔恨,无嗔、慈爱、行慈、欲饶益、欲利乐、心清净,这便是无嗔善根。此是何种善法之根?即是依无嗔所生善的身业、语业、意业,及其相应心、心所法之根;复为三道支之根。哪三道支?正语、正业、正命,即此三道支之根,故说为善根。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ adoso kusalamūlaṃ? Yā sattesu vā saṅkhāresu vā anaghāto appaṭighāto abyāpatti abyāpādo adoso mettā mettāyanā atthakāmatā hitakāmatā cetaso pasādo, ayaṃ adoso kusalamūlaṃ. Kassetaṃ mūlaṃ? Adosajassa kusalassa kāyakammassa vacīkammassa manokammassa taṃsampayuttānañca cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ. Atha vā tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ mūlaṃ. Katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? Sammāvācāya sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa ca imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ mūlaṃ, tasmā kusalamūlanti vuccati.
于此,什么是无痴善根?即于四圣谛如实知见、现观、正通达、通达,无痴、不迷惘、不愚痴,是明、光照、无障,此为有学善法,这便是无痴善根。此是何种善法之根?即是依无痴所生善的身业、语业、意业,及其相应心、心所法之根;复为二道支之根。哪二道支?正见与正念,即此二道支之根,故说为善根。如是,应以此三善根配合八支道。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ amoho kusalamūlaṃ? Yaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ abhisamayo sammā ca paccāgamo paṭivedho amoho asammuyhanā asammoho vijjāpakāso āloko anāvaraṇaṃ sekkhānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ayaṃ amoho kusalamūlaṃ. Kassetaṃ mūlaṃ? Amohajassa kusalassa kāyakammassa vacīkammassa manokammassa taṃsampayuttānañca cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ. Atha vā dvinnaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ etaṃ mūlaṃ. Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? Sammādiṭṭhiyā ca sammāsatiyā ca imesaṃ dvinnaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ mūlaṃ, tasmā kusalamūlanti vuccati. Evaṃ imesaṃ tīhi kusalamūlehi aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo yojetabbo.
66 于此,什么是无常想?即依“一切行是生灭法”而生起的想、认知、安立、执取,这便是无常想。它的果报是什么?当无常想已修习、已多修习时,心于八世间法不随逐、不连结、不住著,或住于舍,或住于厌逆,这便是它的果报。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā aniccasaññā? ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā uppādavayadhammino’’ti ca yā saññā sañjānanā vavatthapanā uggāho, ayaṃ aniccasaññā. Tassā ko nissando? Aniccasaññāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya aṭṭhasu lokadhammesu cittaṃ nānusandhati na sandhati na saṇṭhahati, upekkhā vā paṭikkūlatā vā saṇṭhahati, ayamassā nissando.
此中,什么是苦想?“一切行是苦”——凡是对此的想、了知、确定与执持,即是苦想。它带来什么果报呢?当苦想已修习、已多修习后,面对懈怠、放逸、惊愕时,心不随之而行,不与之结合,不安住其中;唯舍或厌逆得以住立,这就是它的果报。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā dukkhasaññā? ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti yā saññā sañjānanā vavatthapanā uggāho, ayaṃ dukkhasaññā. Tassā ko nissando? Dukkhasaññāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya ālasse saṃpamāde vimhaye ca cittaṃ nānusandhati na sandhati na saṇṭhahati, upekkhā vā paṭikkūlatā vā saṇṭhahati, ayamassā nissando.
此中,什么是无我想?“一切法无我”——凡是对此的想、了知、确定与执持,即是无我想。它带来什么果报呢?当无我想已修习、已多修习后,我慢便不随行于心、不与之结合,我所慢也不再安住;唯舍或厌逆得以住立,这就是它的果报。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā anattasaññā? ‘‘Sabbesu dhammesu anattā’’ti yā saññā sañjānanā vavatthapanā uggāho, ayaṃ anattasaññā. Tassā ko nissando, anattasaññāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya ahaṅkāro cittaṃ nānusandhati na sandhati, mamaṅkāro na saṇṭhahati, upekkhā vā paṭikkūlatā vā saṇṭhahati, ayamassā nissando.
此中,什么是不净想?“诸行不净”——凡是对此的想、了知、确定与执持,即是不净想。它带来什么果报呢?当不净想已修习、已多修习后,面对净相时,心不随之而行,不与之结合,不安住其中;唯舍或厌逆得以住立,这就是它的果报。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā asubhasaññā? ‘‘Satta saṅkhārā asubhā’’ti yā saññā sañjānanā vavatthapanā uggāho, ayaṃ asubhasaññā. Tassā ko nissando? Asubhasaññāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya subhanimitte cittaṃ nānusandhati na sandhati na saṇṭhahati, upekkhā vā paṭikkūlatā vā saṇṭhahati, ayamassā nissando.
于此,世尊教导了五蕴的遍知:其中,色蕴的遍知性即不净想,受蕴的遍知性即苦想,想蕴与行蕴的遍知性即无我想,识蕴的遍知性即无常想。在此,以止根除渴爱,以观根除无明,以无嗔根除嗔,以无痴根除痴,以无常想根除常想,以苦想根除乐想,以无我想根除我想,以不净想根除净想。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ pariññā bhagavatā desitā, yo tattha asubhasaññā rūpakkhandhassa pariññattaṃ, dukkhasaññā vedanākkhandhassa pariññattaṃ, anattasaññā saññākkhandhassa saṅkhārakkhandhassa pariññattaṃ, aniccasaññā viññāṇakkhandhassa pariññattaṃ. Tattha samathena taṇhaṃ samugghāteti, vipassanā avijjaṃ samugghāteti, adosena dosaṃ samugghāteti, amohena mohaṃ samugghāteti, aniccasaññāya niccasaññaṃ samugghāteti, dukkhasaññāya sukhasaññaṃ samugghāteti, anattasaññāya attasaññaṃ samugghāteti, asubhasaññāya subhasaññaṃ samugghāteti.
止以收摄心的散乱为特相,诸禅那是它的足处。观以如实通达一切法为特相,一切所应知是它的足处。无贪以收摄欲求为特相,离不与取是它的足处。无嗔以无恼害为特相,离杀生是它的足处。无痴以不违逆事物为特相,正行道是它的足处。无常想以把握诸有为法的灭尽为特相,生灭是它的足处。苦想以了知有漏触为特相,受是它的足处。无我想以不进入一切法为特相,法想是它的足处。不净想以总摄青瘀、脓烂、膨胀为特相,厌离是它的足处。当这九句被教导时,一切善品即被教导。多闻者能了知它,而非少闻者;有慧者能了知它,而非劣慧者;相应者能了知它,而非不相应者。显示巴利原文
Cittavikkhepapaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo samatho, tassa jhānāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbadhammaṃ yathābhūtaṃ paṭivedhalakkhaṇā vipassanā, tassā sabbaneyyaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Icchāpaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo alobho, tassa adinnādānā veramaṇī padaṭṭhānaṃ. Abyāpādalakkhaṇo adoso, tassa pāṇātipātā veramaṇī padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vatthuappaṭihatalakkhaṇo amoho, tassa sammāpaṭipatti padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ vināsaggahaṇalakkhaṇā aniccasaññā, tassā udayabbayo padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sāsavaphassasañjānanalakkhaṇā dukkhasaññā, tassā vedanā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbadhammaanupagamanalakkhaṇā anattasaññā, tassā dhammasaññā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vinīlakavipubbakauddhumātakasamuggahaṇalakkhaṇā asubhasaññā, tassā nibbidā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imesu navasu padesu upadiṭṭhesu sabbo kusalapakkho upadiṭṭho bhavati, so ca bahussutena sakkā jānituṃ no appassutena, paññavatā no duppaññena, yuttena no ayuttenāti.
67 于此,对于倾向常想者,即使以正念观察心一再倾向,无常想亦不现起;对于倾向五欲功德中乐味者,当观察威仪路的无出离时,苦想不现起;对于倾向蕴、界、处中有我者,当观察种种界、多界的分别论时,无我想不现起;对于喜乐色相形状者、倾向身净者,不净想被遮蔽而不现起。显示巴利原文
Tattha niccasaññādhimuttassa aparāparaṃ cittaṃ paṇāmento satimapaccavekkhato aniccasaññā na upaṭṭhāti, pañcasu kāmaguṇesu sukhassādādhimuttassa iriyāpathassa agatimapaccavekkhato dukkhasaññā na upaṭṭhāti, khandhadhātuāyatanesu attādhimuttassa nānādhātuanekadhātuvinibbhogamapaccavekkhato anattasaññā na upaṭṭhāti, vaṇṇasaṇṭhānābhiratassa kāye subhādhimuttassa ca vippaṭicchannā asubhasaññā na upaṭṭhāti.
信的特相是无悔,现起是信解。四入流支是它的足处。正如世尊所说:「诸比丘,信根应于何处见?应于四入流支、诸善法中见。」显示巴利原文
Avippaṭisāralakkhaṇā saddhā, saddahanā paccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Tassa cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Evañhi vuttaṃ bhagavatā saddhindriyaṃ bhikkhave, kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu kusalesu dhammesu.
精进根的特相是勇猛、不退却,现起是策励。它的足处是过去的四正勤。如世尊所说:「诸比丘,精进根应于何处见?应于四正勤中见。」显示巴利原文
Sūrāapaṭikkhepanalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyārambho paccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Tassa atītā cattāro sammappadhānā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā vīriyindriyaṃ, bhikkhave, kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, catūsu sammappadhānesu.
念的特相是忆念,现起是不痴。它的足处是过去的四念处。如世尊所说:「诸比丘,念根应于何处见?应于四念处中见。」显示巴利原文
Sati saraṇalakkhaṇā, asammohapaccupaṭṭhānā. Tassa atītā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā satindriyaṃ bhikkhave, kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu.
定以心一境性为相,以不散乱为现起,以四智为足处。如世尊所说:“诸比丘,定根应在何处见?应在四禅那中见。”显示巴利原文
Ekaggalakkhaṇo samādhi, avikkhepapaccupaṭṭhāno, tassa cattāri ñāṇāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā samādhindriyaṃ, bhikkhave, kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, catūsu jhānesu.
慧以了知为相,以如实义的省察为现起,以四圣谛为足处。如世尊所说:“诸比丘,慧根应在何处见?应在四圣谛中见。”显示巴利原文
Pajānanalakkhaṇā paññā, bhūtatthasantīraṇā paccupaṭṭhānā, tassa cattāri ariyasaccāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā paññindriyaṃ, bhikkhave, kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, catūsu ariyasaccesu.
四轮者:住于适宜处为一轮,亲近善士为一轮,自身正愿为一轮,过去所作福德为一轮。其中,住于适宜处以亲近圣者为相,此为亲近善士的足处。亲近善士以亲近圣者为相,此为自身正愿的足处。自身正愿以正行道为相,此为诸福德的足处。福德以善法积集为相,此为一切成就的足处。显示巴利原文
Cattāri cakkāni patirūpadesavāso cakkaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo cakkaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ cakkaṃ, pubbe katapuññatā cakkaṃ. Tattha ariyasannissayalakkhaṇo patirūpadesavāso, so sappurisūpanissayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ariyasannissayalakkhaṇo sappurissūpanissayo, so attasammāpaṇidhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sammāpaṭipattilakkhaṇaṃ attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ, taṃ puññānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kusaladhammopacayalakkhaṇaṃ puññaṃ, taṃ sabbasampattīnaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
十一种以戒为根本的法:持戒者得无后悔……乃至……他了知解脱智见:‘不再有此存在。’其中,戒以远离为相,是无后悔的足处;无后悔以不自责为相,是欣悦的足处;欣悦以欢喜为相,是喜的足处;喜以心喜悦为相,是轻安的足处;轻安以堪任性为相,是乐的足处;乐以无瞋为相,是定的足处;定以不散乱为相,是如实智见的足处;慧以不颠倒省察为相,是厌离的足处;厌离以不执著为相,是离贪的足处;离贪以不染污为相,是解脱的足处;解脱以远离不善法为相,是解脱者清净的足处。显示巴利原文
Ekādasasīlamūlakā dhammā sīlavato avippaṭisāro bhavati…pe… so vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ ‘‘nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti pajānanā. Tattha veramaṇilakkhaṇaṃ sīlaṃ, taṃ avippaṭisārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Na attānuvādalakkhaṇo avippaṭisāro, so pāmojjassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Abhippamodanalakkhaṇaṃ pāmojjaṃ, taṃ pītiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Attamanalakkhaṇā pīti , sā passaddhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kammaniyalakkhaṇā passaddhi, sā sukhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Abyāpādalakkhaṇaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃ samādhino padaṭṭhānaṃ. Avikkhepanalakkhaṇo samādhi, so yathābhūtañāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Aviparītasantīraṇalakkhaṇā paññā, sā nibbidāya padaṭṭhānaṃ anālayanalakkhaṇā nibbidā, sā virāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Asaṃkilesalakkhaṇo virāgo, so vimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Akusaladhammavivekalakkhaṇā vimutti, sā vimuttino vodānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
68 四圣地,即四沙门果。其中,如实了知者,为见地。证得入流果后,如实了知而厌离,这是薄欲贪与嗔恚的足处。证得一来果后,微细离贪,此为由离贪而心解脱。证得不来果后,由离无明而解脱,这是已作地。阿拉汉果是沙门果,这是什么意思呢?圣八支道称为沙门,这些是它的果,因此名为沙门果。为什么称为梵行果呢?圣八支道是梵行,这些是它的果,因此名为梵行果。显示巴利原文
Catasso ariyabhūmiyo cattāri sāmaññaphalāni. Tattha yo yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, esā dassanabhūmi. Sotāpattiphalañca so yathābhūtaṃ pajānitvā nibbindati, idaṃ tanukāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ byāpādānaṃ. Sakadāgāmiphalañca saṇhaṃ virajjati, ayaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti. Anāgāmiphalañca yaṃ avijjāvirāgā vimuccati, ayaṃ katābhūmi. Arahattañca sāmaññaphalānīti ko vacanattho, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sāmaññaṃ, tassetāni phalāni sāmaññaphalānīti vuccati. Kissa brahmaññaphalānīti vuccante? Brahmaññaariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, tassa tāni phalānīti brahmaññaphalānīti vuccante.
其中,怎样是入流者呢?在谛现观的同时,圣弟子便舍断了三种结:身见、疑、戒禁取。由于舍断、遍尽这三种结,圣弟子成为入流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向苦的究竟终止。显示巴利原文
Tattha sotāpanno kathaṃ hoti? Saha saccābhisamayā ariyasāvakassa tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso ca, imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānā parikkhayā ariyasāvako hoti sotāpanno avinipātadhammo yāva dukkhassantaṃ karoti.
其中,何为身见?无闻的愚夫凡夫,乃至不善巧圣法者,随观色是我,乃至随观识是我。他于这五蕴中执取我或执取我所:‘这便是自我,我于此一处而得自在’,于是投入、执取、随眠,逐肢逐体地加以计度。凡如是者的忍可、意乐、观察、思惟行相、见的寻思、净信,即称为身见。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā sakkāyadiṭṭhi? Assutavā bālo puthujjano yāva ariyadhamme akovido, so rūpaṃ attato samanupassati yāva viññāṇasmiṃ attānaṃ, so imesu pañcasu khandhesu attaggāho vā attaniyaggāho vā esohamasmi ekasmiṃ vasavattiko pakkhitto anuggaho anusayanto aṅgamaṅganti parati. Yā tathābhūtassa khanti ruci pekkhanā ākāraparivitakko diṭṭhinijjhāyanā abhippasannā, ayaṃ vuccate sakkāyadiṭṭhīti.
其中,有五见趣向断灭。哪五种?随观色是我,乃至随观识是我。这五见趣向断灭,其余十五见趣向常住。如是,由舍断身见,六十二见处便得舍断。由舍断故,不再趣向断灭与常住。如是,由于舍断了断灭与常住,圣弟子便无任何见处,唯有出世间的正见。然而,身见如何不生?于此,圣弟子为有闻者,行一切净白之法,乃至善巧圣法者,随观色为无我,随观受、想、行、识为无我。如是随观者,身见便不生。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañca diṭṭhiyo ucchedaṃ bhajanti. Katamāyo pañca? Rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, yāva viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, imāyo pañca ucchedaṃ bhajanti, avasesāyo pannarasa sassataṃ bhajanti. Iti sakkāyadiṭṭhipahānā dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni pahīyanti. Pahānā ucchedaṃ sassatañca na bhajati. Iti ucchedasassatappahānā ariyasāvakassa na kiñci diṭṭhigataṃ bhavati, aññā vā lokuttarāya sammādiṭṭhiyā. Kathaṃ pana sakkāyadiṭṭhi na bhavati? Idha ariyasāvako sutavā hoti, sabbo sukkapakkho kātabbo, yāva ariyadhammesu kovido rūpaṃ anattato samanupassati, yāva viññāṇaṃ…pe… evamassa samanupassantassa sakkāyadiṭṭhi na bhavati.
如何疑惑得无?于此,圣弟子于佛陀不疑惑、不犹豫,净信‘彼世尊乃是……’于一切功德。于法不疑惑、不犹豫,净信‘渴爱之灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃’,他便具足此第二所期望之法。于僧团不疑惑、不犹豫,净信‘……是为诸天与人之所应供养’,他便具足此第三所期望之法。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ vicikicchā na bhavati? Idha ariyasāvako buddhe na kaṅkhati, na vicikicchati abhippasīdati, itipi so bhagavāti sabbaṃ. Dhamme na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati sabbaṃ. Yāva taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānanti, iminā dutiyena ākaṅkhiyena dhammena samannāgato hoti. Saṅghe na kaṅkhati…pe… yāva pūjā devānañca manussānañcāti, iminā tatiyena ākaṅkhiyena dhammena samannāgato hoti.
“一切行是苦”,他不疑惑、不犹豫,胜解净信。“渴爱是苦之集”,他不疑惑、不犹豫。“渴爱灭则苦灭”,他不疑惑、不犹豫。“圣八支道是趣向苦灭之道”,他不疑惑、不犹豫,胜解净信。凡是对于佛、法、僧、苦、集、灭、道的疑惑、犹豫、疑、歧路、徘徊不定、不确定、不确信、多见、多见性,这些都已由他舍断、根除,如截断多罗树顶,成为不复生起之法。显示巴利原文
Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhāti na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati adhimuccati abhippasīdati. Taṇhā dukkhasamudayoti na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati. Taṇhānirodhā dukkhanirodhoti na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati. Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati adhimuccati abhippasīdati. Yāva buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā dukkhe vā samudaye vā nirodhe vā magge vā kaṅkhāyanā vimati vicikicchā dvedhāpathā āsappanā parisappanā anavaṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhāgamanaṃ anekaṃso anekaṃsikatā, te tassa pahīnā bhavanti paṇunnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā.
69 在此,戒禁取有两种——于戒之执取,或于清净之执取。其中,于戒的戒禁取,即思惟:“我藉由此戒、或禁制、或苦行、或梵行,将成为某一天神,或某一类天众,在那里与鸽足天女一同游戏、享乐、侍奉。”“如实见”,即喜解脱、贪、贪之转变、见的形成、见,此为不满足者之戒禁取。于此,什么是于清净的戒禁取呢?有人执取于戒,而认为:“依戒则清净,依戒得导引,依戒得解脱,超越乐,超越苦,超越苦乐,由彼上方而抵达。”又有人执取此二种戒禁,而认为:“依此二种戒禁而得清净、得解脱、得导引,超越乐,超越苦,超越苦乐,得以抵达。”于从清净、解脱退转,而转向不清净法、不解脱法者,凡彼之忍可、喜爱、解脱、观察、行相思惟、见之审察、见,这便是于清净的戒禁取。于多闻圣弟子而言,这两种执取已得舍断,直至于未来不再生起之法;他具戒,具足圣者所喜之戒,无缺……乃至导向寂止。由于断此三结,多闻圣弟子成为须陀洹,得不退堕法……一切。显示巴利原文
Tattha sīlabbataparāmāso dvidhā – sīlassa vā suddhassa vā. Tattha sīlassa sīlabbataparāmāso imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā tattha kapotapādāhi accharāhi saddhiṃ kīḷissāmi ramissāmi paricarissāmīti. Yathābhūtadassananti rucivimutti rāgo rāgaparivattakā diṭṭhirūpanā passanā asantussitassa sīlabbataparāmāso. Tattha katamo suddhassa sīlabbataparāmāso? Idhekacco sīlaṃ parāmasati, sīlena sujjhati, sīlena nīyati, sīlena muccati, sukhaṃ vītikkamati, dukkhaṃ vītikkamati, sukhadukkhaṃ vītikkamati anupāpuṇāti uparimena. Tadubhayaṃ sīlavataṃ parāmasati tadubhayena sīlavatena sujjhanti muccanti nīyanti, sukhaṃ vītikkamanti, dukkhaṃ vītikkamanti, sukhadukkhaṃ vītikkamanti, anupāpuṇantīti avisucikaraṃ dhammaṃ avimuttikaraṃ dhammaṃ visucito vimuttito paccāgacchantassa yā tathābhūtassa khanti ruci mutti pekkhanā ākāraparivitakko diṭṭhinijjhāyanā passanā, ayaṃ suddhassa sīlabbataparāmāso. Ete ubho parāmāsā ariyasāvakassa pahīnā bhavanti yāva āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, so sīlavā bhavati ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato akkhaṇḍehi yāva upasamasaṃvattanikehi. Imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānā sutavā ariyasāvako bhavati sotāpanno avinipātadhammo, sabbaṃ.
“以诸谛之现观”,此句义云何?有四现观:遍知现观、断舍现观、作证现观、修习现观。显示巴利原文
Sahasaccābhisamayā, iti ko vacanattho? Cattāro abhisamayā, pariññābhisamayo pahānābhisamayo sacchikiriyābhisamayo bhāvanābhisamayo.
于此,圣弟子以遍知现观而现观苦,以舍断现观而现观集,以作证现观而现观灭,以修习现观而现观道。什么原因呢?这即是苦的遍知现观、集的舍断现观、灭的作证现观、道的修习现观。如何以止观而现观呢?将心系于所缘之后,观见五蕴是苦。其中,那能系缚的即是止,那能遍求的即是观。见五蕴为苦者,便舍断对五蕴的执着、喜爱、趋向、耽着、欲、痴迷、意向、愿望。于此,五蕴是苦;对它的执着、喜爱、趋向、耽着、欲、痴迷、意向、愿望,即是集;舍断这些,即是灭;止与观即是道。如此,对这四圣谛,于一时、一刹那、一心之中,无前无后地生起现观。因此世尊这样说:‘由现观诸谛,圣弟子的三种结便得舍断。’显示巴利原文
Tattha ariyasāvako dukkhaṃ pariññābhisamayena abhisameti, samudayaṃ pahānābhisamayena abhisameti, nirodhaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayena abhisameti, maggaṃ bhāvanābhisamayena abhisameti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Dukkhassa pariññābhisamayo, samudayassa pahānābhisamayo, nirodhassa sacchikiriyābhisamayo, maggassa bhāvanābhisamayo. Samathavipassanāya kathaṃ abhisameti? Ārammaṇe cittaṃ upanibandhetvā pañcakkhandhe dukkhato passati. Tattha yo upanibandho, ayaṃ samatho. Yā pariyogāhanā, ayaṃ vipassanā. Pañcakkhandhe dukkhāti passato yo pañcakkhandhesu ālayo nikanti upagamanaṃ ajjhosānā icchā mucchā paṇidhi patthanā pahīyati. Tattha pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ. Yo tattha ālayo nikanti upagamanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ icchā mucchā paṇidhi patthanā, ayaṃ samudayo. Yaṃ tassa pahānaṃ, so nirodho samatho vipassanā ca maggo, evaṃ tesaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ ekakāle ekakkhaṇe ekacitte apubbaṃ acarimaṃ abhisamayo bhavati. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sahasaccābhisamayā ariyasāvakassa tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyantī’’ti.
70 于此,止观双运而行,于一时、一刹那、一心之中,完成四种作用:以遍知现观而现观苦,乃至以修习现观而现观道。什么原因呢?这即是苦的遍知现观、乃至道的修习现观。如同船行于水,完成四种作用:趣向彼岸,舍离此岸,承载重担,截断水流;同样地,止观双运而行,于一时、一刹那、一心之中,完成四种作用:以遍知现观而现观苦,乃至以修习现观而现观道。又如同太阳升起时,于一时、无前无后地完成四种作用:驱散黑暗,显现光明,显示色,消除寒冷;同样地,止观双运而行,于一时……乃至……。又如同灯火燃烧时,于一时、无前无后地完成四种作用:驱散黑暗,显现光明,显示色,耗尽灯油;同样地,止观双运而行,于一时……乃至……。显示巴利原文
Tattha samathavipassanā yuganaddhā vattamānā ekakāle ekakkhaṇe ekacitte cattāri kiccāni karoti, dukkhaṃ pariññābhisamayena abhisameti, yāva maggaṃ bhāvanābhisamayena abhisameti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Dukkhaṃ pariññābhisamayo, yāva maggaṃ bhāvanābhisamayo. Evaṃ diṭṭhanto yathā nāvā jalaṃ gacchantī cattāri kiccāni karoti, pārimaṃ tīraṃ pāpeti, orimaṃ tīraṃ jahati, bhāraṃ vahati, sotaṃ chindati; evameva samathavipassanā yuganaddhā vattamānā ekakāle ekakkhaṇe ekacitte cattāri kiccāni karoti , dukkhaṃ pariññābhisamayena abhisameti, yāva maggaṃ bhāvanābhisamayena abhisameti. Yathā vā sūriyo udayanto ekakāle apubbaṃ acarimaṃ cattāri kiccāni karoti, andhakāraṃ vidhamati, ālokaṃ pātukaroti, rūpaṃ nidassīyati, sītaṃ pariyādiyati; evameva samathavipassanā yuganaddhā vattamānā ekakāle…pe… yathā padīpo jalanto ekakāle apubbaṃ acarimaṃ cattāri kiccāni karoti, andhakāraṃ vidhamati, ālokaṃ pātukaroti, rūpaṃ nidassīyati, upādānaṃ pariyādiyati; evameva samathavipassanā yuganaddhā vattamānā ekakāle…pe….
当圣弟子成为入流者、不退堕法、决定,直至作苦之终结,此是见地。入流果,住于入流果者,更进一步修习止观,双运而行,由于欲贪嗔恚的大部分舍断,圣弟子成为一来者,由于完成,只来此世一次而作苦之终结,此是薄地。显示巴利原文
Yadā ariyasāvako sotāpanno bhavati avinipātadhammo niyato yāva dukkhassantaṃ karoti, ayaṃ dassanabhūmi. Sotāpattiphalañca sotāpattiphale ṭhito uttari samathavipassanaṃ bhāvento yuganaddhā vattamānā kāmarāgabyāpādānaṃ yebhuyyena pahānā ariyasāvako hoti. Sakadāgāmi pariniṭṭhitattā sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti, ayaṃ tanubhūmi.
安住于一来果者,修习观,能彻底舍断欲贪、嗔恚及其随眠。当欲贪与嗔恚被彻底舍断时,五下分结便得舍断,即:有身见、戒禁取、疑、欲贪、嗔恚。由舍断此五下分结,圣弟子成为不来者,于彼处般涅槃,不再从此世返回。此为离贪地。显示巴利原文
Sakadāgāmiphalañca yo sakadāgāmiphale ṭhito vipassanaṃ bhāvento kāmarāgabyāpāde sānusaye anavasesaṃ pajahati, kāmarāgabyāpādesu anavasesaṃ pahīnesu pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti sakkāyadiṭṭhi sīlabbataparāmāso vicikicchā kāmacchando byāpādo ca, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānā ariyasāvako hoti anāgāmī tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā, ayaṃ vītarāgabhūmi.
安住于不来果者,进一步修习止与观,便能舍断五上分结,即:色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明。由舍断此五上分结,圣弟子成为阿拉汉——漏尽者、梵行已立者、以正智解脱者、耗尽有结者、已达究竟者。此为已作地。显示巴利原文
Anāgāmiphalañca anāgāmiphale ṭhito uttari samathavipassanaṃ bhāvento pañca uddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pajahati rūparāgaarūparāgamānauddhaccaavijjañca. Imesaṃ pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānā ariyasāvako arahā bhavati, khīṇāsavo vusitavā sammadaññā vimutto parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano anuppattasadattho, ayaṃ katābhūmi.
阿拉汉本身,即是有余涅槃界。待他寿尽、命根断绝之时,此一聚苦便灭尽,其他苦不再生起。此苦之灭尽与寂止,以及他苦之不生,即是无余依涅槃界。这便是两种涅槃界。如此,诸谛已阐明,谛的现观已阐明,诸烦恼已阐明,舍断已阐明,诸地已阐明,诸果已阐明,诸涅槃界已阐明。当这样说时,一切菩提分法都已尽说。对此,应当精勤努力。显示巴利原文
Arahantova ayaṃ sopādisesā nibbānadhātu. Tassa āyukkhayā jīvitindriyāparodhā idañca dukkhaṃ nirujjhati, aññañca dukkhaṃ na uppajjati. Yo imassa dukkhassa nirodho vūpasamo, aññassa ca apātubhāvo, ayaṃ anupādisesā nibbānadhātu. Imā dve nibbānadhātuyo. Iti saccāni vuttāni. Saccābhisamayo vutto, kilesavavatthānaṃ vuttaṃ, pahānaṃ vuttaṃ, bhūmiyo vuttā, phalāni vuttāni, nibbānadhātuyo vuttā. Evamimesu vuttesu sabbabodhi vuttā bhavati. Ettha yogo karaṇīyo.
71 其中,何为九次第定?即四禅那、四无色定与灭尽定。其中,何为四禅那?诸比丘,于此,比丘“离诸欲”等,当广说其义。其中,何为四无色定?“应对离贪者说”,乃至灭尽定,亦当广说。此为九次第定。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamāyo nava anupubbasamāpattiyo? Cattāri jhānāni catasso ca arūpasamāpattiyo nirodhasamāpatti ca. Tattha cattāri jhānāni katamāni? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehīti vitthārena kātabbāni. Tattha katamā cattāro arūpasamāpattiyo? Virāgino vata vattabbo, yāva nirodhasamāpatti vitthārena kātabbā. Imāyo nava anupubbasamāpattiyo.
其中,何为初禅那?离五支,具足五支。离何五支?离五盖。何等为五盖?即欲贪盖等,应广说。何为欲贪盖?对五种妙欲所生起的欲贪、爱、喜、耽著、渴望、迷恋、希求、不舍、随眠、缠缚,此即欲贪盖。何为嗔恚盖?对有情、对诸行的恼害……如于嗔中所说,此即嗔恚盖。何为昏沉?心的迟钝、心的沉重、心的不适业性、心的沉没、瞌睡、打盹、昏昏欲睡,此即昏沉。何为睡眠?身的僵硬、迟钝、沉重、不轻安,此即睡眠。如是,此睡眠与前述昏沉,合称昏沉睡眠盖。何为掉举?心的不寂止,此即掉举。何为追悔?心的忧虑、烦恼、困扰、内心的忧虑与懊悔,此即追悔。如是,此追悔与前述掉举,合称掉举追悔盖。何为疑盖?于佛、于法、于僧……此即疑。然有五种疑:障碍近依之疑、障碍教导之疑、障碍等至之疑、障碍道之疑、障碍天界之疑,是为五疑。此处所指者,即障碍等至之疑。此为五盖。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ? Pañcaṅgavippayuttaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ. Katamehi pañcahi aṅgehi vippayuttaṃ? Pañcahi nīvaraṇehi. Tattha katamāni pañca nīvaraṇāni? Kāmacchandoti vitthāretabbo. Tattha katamo kāmacchando? Yo pañcasu kāmaguṇesu chandarāgo pemaṃ nikanti ajjhosānaṃ icchā mucchā patthanā apariccāgo anusayo pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, ayaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ? Yo sattesu saṅkhāresu ca āghāto…pe… yathā dose tathā nioṭṭhānā, ayaṃ byāpādo nīvaraṇaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ middhaṃ? Yā cittassa jaḷatā cittassa garuttaṃ cittassa akammanīyatā cittassa nikkhepo niddāyanā pacalikatā pacalāyanā pacalāyanaṃ, idaṃ middhaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ thinaṃ ? Yā kāyassa thinatā jaḷatā kāyassa garuttā kāyassa appassaddhi, idaṃ thinaṃ. Iti idañca thinaṃ purimakañca middhaṃ tadubhayaṃ thinamiddhanīvaraṇanti vuccati. Tattha katamaṃ uddhaccaṃ? Yo avūpasamo cittassa, idaṃ uddhaccaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ kukkuccaṃ? Yo cetaso vilekho alañcanā vilañcanā hadayalekho vippaṭisāro, idaṃ kukkuccaṃ. Iti idañca kukkuccaṃ purimakañca uddhaccaṃ tadubhayaṃ uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇanti vuccati. Tattha katamaṃ vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ? Yo buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā…pe… ayaṃ vicikicchā. Api ca kho pana pañca vicikicchāyo samanantarāyikā desantarāyikā samāpattantarāyikā maggantarāyikā saggantarāyikā, imāyo pañca vicikicchāyo . Idha pana samāpattantarāyikā vicikicchā adhippetā. Ime pañca nīvaraṇā.
其中,“盖”之义云何?它们从何处造成障碍?从一切善法方面造成障碍。如何障碍?欲贪盖于不净观上造成障碍,嗔恚盖于慈上造成障碍,昏沉盖于轻安上造成障碍,睡眠盖于精进策励上造成障碍,掉举盖于止上造成障碍,追悔盖于不后悔上造成障碍,疑盖于慧与缘起上造成障碍。显示巴利原文
Tattha nīvaraṇānīti ko vacanattho, kuto nivārayantīti? Sabbato kusalapakkhikā nivārayanti. Kathaṃ nivārayanti? Kāmacchando asubhato nivārayati, byāpādo mettāya nivārayati, thinaṃ passaddhito nivārayati, middhaṃ vīriyārambhato nivārayati, uddhaccaṃ samathato nivārayati, kukkuccaṃ avippaṭisārato nivārayati, vicikicchā paññāto paṭiccasamuppādato nivārayati.
又有一种解说:以无贪善根遮止欲贪,以无嗔遮止嗔恚,以定遮止昏沉睡眠,以诸念处遮止掉举追悔,以无痴善根遮止疑。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Kāmacchando alobhato kusalamūlato nivārayati, byāpādo adosato nivārayati, thinamiddhaṃ samādhito nivārayati, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ satipaṭṭhānehi nivārayati, vicikicchā amohato kusalamūlato nivārayati.
又有一种解说:三种住——天住、梵住、圣住。天住即四禅那,梵住即四无量,圣住即三十七菩提分法。其中,欲贪、掉举、追悔障碍天住;嗔恚障碍梵住;昏沉睡眠与疑障碍圣住。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Tayo vihārā dibbavihāro brahmavihāro ariyavihāro. Dibbavihāro cattāri jhānāni, brahmavihāro cattāri appamāṇāni, ariyavihāro sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiyā dhammā. Tattha kāmacchando uddhaccaṃ kukkuccañca dibbavihāraṃ nivārayati, byāpādo brahmavihāraṃ nivārayati, thinamiddhaṃ vicikicchā ca ariyavihāraṃ nivārayati.
又有一种解说:欲贪、嗔恚、掉举追悔,这些障碍止;昏沉睡眠与疑,障碍观;因此,它们被称为“盖”。初禅则是远离此五支的。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Kāmacchando byāpādo uddhaccakukkuccañca samathaṃ nivārayanti, thinamiddhaṃ vicikicchā ca vipassanaṃ nivārayanti, ato nīvaraṇanti vuccante. Imehi pañcahi aṅgehi vippayuttaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ.
初禅与哪五支相应?寻、伺、喜、乐、心一境性。此五支的生起、获得、具足、作证,即称为“证得初禅”。生起此五支而安住,故说“进入初禅而住”,此为天住。显示巴利原文
Katamehi pañcahi aṅgehi sampayuttaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ? Vitakkavicārehi pītiyā sukhena ca cittekaggatāya ca. Imesaṃ pañcannaṃ aṅgānaṃ uppādapaṭilābhasamannāgamo sacchikiriyaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭiladdhanti vuccati. Imāni pañca aṅgāni uppādetvā viharatīti, tena vuccate paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti dibbena vihārena.
于此,第二禅具足四支:喜、乐、心一境性、内净。生起、成就此四支而安住,故说“证得第二禅而住”。显示巴利原文
Tattha dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ pītisukhena cittekaggatāya ajjhattaṃ sampasādanena imāni cattāri aṅgāni uppādetvā sampādetvā viharati, tena vuccati dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti.
于此,第三禅具足五支:念、正知、乐、心一境性、舍。生起、成就此五支而安住,故说“证得第三禅而住”。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ satiyā sampajaññe sukhena cittekaggatāya upekkhāya imāni pañcaṅgāni uppādetvā sampādetvā viharati, tena vuccati tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti.
其中,第四禅那具足四支:舍、念清净、不苦不乐受、心一境性。具足这四支,即是第四禅那。因此,这四支的生起、获得、具备、作证,便称为证得第四禅那。如此,这四种禅那生起、成就,证得而住,故说“以天住而住”。显示巴利原文
Tattha catutthaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ upekkhāya satipārisuddhiyā adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya cittekaggatā ca, imehi catūhaṅgehi samannāgataṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Iti imesaṃ catunnaṃ aṅgānaṃ uppādo paṭilābho samannāgamo sacchikiriyā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ paṭiladdhanti vuccati. Imāni cattāri jhānāni uppādetvā sampādetvā upasampajja viharati, tena vuccati dibbena vihārena viharatīti.
其中,什么是无常义?逼迫义即是无常义,坏灭义即是无常义,导致义即是无常义,远离义即是无常义。这就是无常义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo aniccaṭṭho? Pīḷanaṭṭho aniccaṭṭho pabhaṅgaṭṭho sampāpanaṭṭho vivekaṭṭho aniccaṭṭho, ayaṃ aniccaṭṭho.
其中,什么是苦义?逼迫义即是苦义,压迫义即是苦义,惊惧义即是苦义,病义即是苦义。这就是苦义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo dukkhaṭṭho? Pīḷanaṭṭho dukkhaṭṭho sampīḷanaṭṭho saṃvegaṭṭho byādhinaṭṭho, ayaṃ dukkhaṭṭho.
其中,何为空义?不染著即是空义,无结合义、已去义、离转义,这就是空义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo suññaṭṭho? Anupalitto suññaṭṭho, asambhājanaṭṭho gatapaṭṭho vivaṭṭaṭṭho, ayaṃ suññaṭṭho.
其中,何为无我义?无主宰义即是无我义,不自在义、不能随意行义、遍知义,这就是无我义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo anattaṭṭho? Anissariyaṭṭho anattaṭṭho, avasavattanaṭṭho, akāmakāriṭṭho parividaṭṭho, ayaṃ anattaṭṭhoti.
名为《经义集成》的“转向寂静藏地”,至此圆满。显示巴利原文
Suttatthasamuccayo nāma saṃvattisantikā peṭakabhūmi samattā.
七、鬘降临地显示巴利原文
7. Hārasampātabhūmi
72 禅那是离染。四种禅那应详加解说。它们有两种:与觉支不相应的和与觉支相应的。其中,与觉支不相应的是外凡所行,与觉支相应的是圣者所证。于此,除六种人根不论,贪行者、嗔行者、痴行者、贪嗔行者、贪痴行者、嗔痴行者、等分行者——这些人证入禅那时,五盖作为所对治而被断除,却未能抑制三不善根。由贪不善根所生的贪欲和掉举,以无贪善根来抑制;追悔与疑属于痴的一类,以无痴来抑制;嗔恚与昏沉睡眠属于嗔的一类,以无嗔来抑制。显示巴利原文
Jhānaṃ virāgo. Cattāri jhānāni vitthārena kātabbāni. Tāni duvidhāni; bojjhaṅgavippayuttāni ca bojjhaṅgasampayuttāni ca. Tattha bojjhaṅgavippayuttāni bāhirakāni, bojjhaṅgasampayuttāni ariyapuggalāni. Tattha yena cha puggalamūlāni tesaṃ nikkhipetvā rāgacarito, dosacarito, mohacarito, rāgadosacarito, rāgamohacarito, dosamohacarito, samabhāgacarito, iti imesaṃ puggalānaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitānaṃ pañca nīvaraṇāni paṭipakkho tesaṃ paṭighātāya yathā asamattho tīṇi akusalamūlāni niggaṇhāti. Lobhena akusalamūlena abhijjhā ca uddhaccañca uppilavataṃ alobhena kusalamūlena niggaṇhāti, kukkuccañca vicikicchā ca mohapakkho, taṃ amohena niggaṇhāti. Doso ca thinamiddhañca dosapakkho, taṃ adosena niggaṇhāti.
于此,由无贪的圆满,他寻思出离寻;由无嗔的圆满,他寻思无嗔恚寻;由无痴的圆满,他寻思无害寻。由无贪的圆满,他远离诸欲。由无嗔及无痴的圆满,他远离诸恶不善法,有寻有伺,离生喜乐,进入并安住于初禅。显示巴利原文
Tattha alobhassa pāripūriyā nekkhammavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha adosassa pāripūriyā abyāpādavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha amohassa pāripūriyā avihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha alobhassa pāripūriyā vivitto hoti kāmehi. Tattha adosassa pāripūriyā amohassa pāripūriyā ca vivitto hoti pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
寻有三种:出离寻、无恚寻、无害寻。其中,最初的投向是寻,对所获得的对象反复审察是伺。譬如有人远远看见一个人走来,起初并不知道那是女人还是男人,等辨知这是女人或男人,是这样的颜色、这样的形相后,便进一步寻思:此人是持戒者还是破戒者?是富有还是贫穷?同样地,伺随寻而行,遍行、随行。又如鸟先鼓动双翼,随后滑翔而不鼓动;鼓动好比寻,展翼好比伺——那是随顺、寻思、运行、伺察。寻思即是寻,随伺即是伺。寻对治欲想,伺对治恚想与害想。寻的作用是不作意于不善,伺的作用是守护诸根。犹如守护者默诵,此即是寻;犹如他随观彼境,此即是伺。犹如未遍知,是为寻;犹如已遍知,是为伺。在词无碍解与辩无碍解中为寻,在法无碍解与义无碍解中为伺。心于准备善巧是寻,心于导向善巧是伺。“这是善、这是不善、这应修习、这应舍断、这应作证”是寻;如何舍断、如何修习、如何作证是伺。安住于这些寻伺中,两种苦便不生起——身苦和心苦;两种乐生起——身乐和心乐。如此,由寻所生的心乐是喜,身乐即是身乐。其中心的一境性,这是定。如此,初禅舍断五支,具足五支。显示巴利原文
Vitakkāti tayo vitakkā – nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko avihiṃsāvitakko. Tattha paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko, paṭiladdhassa vicaraṇaṃ vicāro. Yathā puriso dūrato purisaṃ passati āgacchantaṃ, na ca tāva jānāti eso itthīti vā purisoti vā yadā tu paṭilabhati itthīti vā purisoti vā evaṃ vaṇṇoti vā evaṃ saṇṭhānoti vā ime vitakkayanto uttari upaparikkhanti kiṃ nu kho ayaṃ sīlavā udāhu dussīlo aḍḍho vā duggatoti vā. Evaṃ vicāro vitakke appeti, vicāro cariyati ca anuvattati ca. Yathā pakkhī pubbaṃ āyūhati pacchā nāyūhati yathā āyūhanā evaṃ vitakko, yathā pakkhānaṃ pasāraṇaṃ evaṃ vicāro anupālati vitakketi vicarati vicāreti. Vitakkayati vitakketi, anuvicarati vicāreti. Kāmasaññāya paṭipakkho vitakko, byāpādasaññāya vihiṃsasaññāya ca paṭipakkho vicāro. Vitakkānaṃ kammaṃ akusalassa amanasikāro, vicārānaṃ kammaṃ jeṭṭhānaṃ saṃvāraṇā. Yathā paliko tuṇhiko sajjhāyaṃ karoti evaṃ vitakko, yathā taṃyeva anupassati evaṃ vicāro. Yathā apariññā evaṃ vitakko. Yathā pariññā evaṃ vicāro. Niruttipaṭisambhidāyañca paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāyañca vitakko, dhammapaṭisambhidāyañca atthapaṭisambhidāyañca vicāro. Kallitā kosallattaṃ cittassa vitakko, abhinīhārakosallaṃ cittassa vicāro . Idaṃ kusalaṃ idaṃ akusalaṃ idaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ idaṃ pahātabbaṃ idaṃ sacchikātabbanti vitakko, yathā pahānañca bhāvanā ca sacchikiriyā ca evaṃ vicāro. Imesu vitakkavicāresu ṭhitassa duvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ na uppajjati kāyikañca cetasikañca; duvidhaṃ sukhaṃ uppajjati kāyikañca cetasikañca. Iti vitakkajanitaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ pīti kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ kāyikoyeva. Yā tattha cittassa ekaggatā, ayaṃ samādhi. Iti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
由于对那些寻伺的反复修习,他的心倾向于此。那些寻伺对他来说显得粗重。那喜、乐与出离也变得粗重。然而,由定生起的喜与悦生起。对他来说,伺是所缘。由于它们的止息,内心清净。那两种法——寻与伺——应当被忆念。现前之法应当被观察。由于它们的止息,心成为统一、心一境性。由于他的一境性,喜达到圆满。那喜是悦根,那乐是乐根。那心一境性,这是定。这第二禅具足四支。他从喜的离染,舍断伴随欢喜的。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃyeva vitakkavicārānaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ āsevanāya tassa tappoṇamānasaṃ hoti. Tassa vitakkavicārā oḷārikā khāyanti. Yañca pītisukhañca nekkhammañca oḷārikaṃ bhavati. Api ca samādhijā pīti rati ca jāyati. Tassa vicārārammaṇaṃ. Tesaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ ceto sampasīdati. Ye vitakkavicārā dve dhammānussaritabbā. Paccuppannā daraṇitabbaṃ. Tesaṃ vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ cittekaggataṃ hoti. Tassa ekodibhāvena pīti pāripūriṃ gacchati. Yā pīti, taṃ somanassindriyaṃ, yaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃ sukhindriyaṃ. Yā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ samādhi. Taṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ. So pītiyā virāgā yāti ojahi jallasahagataṃ.
73 其中,「执取悦意心」,他考察那个,只作意舍。他从喜的离染,住于舍。如同由喜所认知的乐,他以身体验,具念而住。以那念与正知,舍达到圆满。这第三禅具足四支。显示巴利原文
Tattha somanassacittamupādānanti ca so taṃ vicinanto upekkhameva manasikaroti. So pītiyā virāgā upekkhako viharati. Yathā ca pītiyā sukhamānitaṃ, taṃ kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti sampajāno viharati. Yena satisampajaññena upekkhāpāripūriṃ gacchati. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
同样地,为了舍断身乐,于初禅中悦根灭尽。于第二禅中,苦根灭尽。他由乐的舍断与苦的舍断,以及先前喜与忧的灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,证入第四禅而安住。其中,依此四根而有舍的清净,即:苦根、忧根、乐根、悦根。由于这些根的灭尽,而有舍与正知。其中,乐根与悦根已不存在,由它们的灭尽而得念;苦根与忧根无有正知,由它们的灭尽而得正知。如此,舍、想、念、正知与心一境性,这便称为第四禅。显示巴利原文
Tathā kāyikassa sukhassa pahānāya paṭhame jhāne somanassindriyaṃ nirujjhati. Dutiye jhāne dukkhindriyaṃ nirujjhati. So sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati . Tattha catūhi indriyehi upekkhā pasādā hoti, dukkhindriyena domanassindriyena sukhindriyena somanassindriyena ca. Tesaṃ nirodhā upekkhāsampajaññaṃ hoti, tattha sukhindriyena somanassindriyena ca asati hoti, tesaṃ nirodhā satimā hoti, dukkhindriyena domanassindriyena ca asampajaññaṃ, tesaṃ nirodhā sampajaññaṃ hoti, iti upekkhāya ca saññā, sato sampajāno cittekaggatā ca idaṃ vuccate ca catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
其中,贪行者具有乐根与悦根;嗔行者具有苦根与忧根;痴行者具有失念与无正知。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo rāgacarito puggalo tassa sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca; yo dosacarito puggalo tassa dukkhindriyañca domanassindriyañca; yo mohacarito puggalo tassa asati ca asampajaññañca.
其中,贪行者的随眠在第三禅与第四禅灭尽,嗔行者的嗔恚在初禅与第二禅灭尽,痴行者的无正知在初禅与第二禅灭尽,失念在第三禅与第四禅灭尽。如此,这三类人的四种禅那便得清净。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgacaritassa puggalassa tatiye jhāne catutthe ca anunayo nirujjhati, dosacaritassa paṭhame jhāne dutiye ca paṭighaṃ nirujjhati, mohacaritassa puggalassa paṭhame jhāne dutiye ca asampajaññaṃ nirujjhati. Tatiye jhāne catutthe ca asati nirujjhati, evameva tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ cattāri jhānāni vodānaṃ gamissanti.
对于贪嗔行者,由无正知、随眠与嗔恚,便成为退分禅那。对于贪痴行者,随眠性与过患已显露,这便成为他的退分禅那。对于嗔痴行者,嗔恚、失念与无正知,其过患已显露,由此便成为退分禅那。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgadosacaritassa puggalassa asampajaññañca anunayo ca paṭighañca, tena hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Tattha rāgamohacaritassa puggalassa anunayattaṃ ca ādīnavaṃ dassitā, taṃ tassa hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Tattha dosamohacaritassa puggalassa paṭigho ca asati ca asampajaññañca ādīnavaṃ dassitā tena tassa hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti.
对于贪嗔痴等分行者,则成为殊胜分禅那。这四种禅那应在七种人之中解说。四种定中:欲定为初禅,精进定为第二禅,心定为第三禅,观察定为第四禅。又,无愿为初禅,空性为第二禅,无相为第三禅,入出息念为第四禅。以欲寻、嗔恚等各自的止息为初禅,以寻伺的止息为第二禅,以乐根与喜根的止息为第三禅,以身行的止息为第四禅。以舍为依止是初禅,以谛为依止是第二禅,以慧为依止是第三禅,以寂止为依止是第四禅。这四种禅那已以总说方式说明,于此定根得以圆满。有四种随顺:凡依初禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、钝通行,对治忧根而行。凡依第二禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、速通行,对治苦根而行。凡依第三禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、钝通行,对治喜根而行。凡依第四禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、速通行,对治乐根而行。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgadosamohasamabhāgacaritassa puggalassa visesabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, imāni cattāri jhānāni sattasu puggalesu niddisitabbāni. Catūsu ca samādhīsu chandasamādhinā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, vīriyasamādhinā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, cittasamādhinā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, vīmaṃsāsamādhinā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Appaṇihitena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, suññatāya dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, animittena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, ānāpānassatiyā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Kāmavitakkabyāpādānañca taṃ taṃ vūpasamena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamena dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, sukhindriyasomanassindriyānaṃ vūpasamena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, kāyasaṅkhārānaṃ vūpasamena catutthaṃ jhānañca. Cāgādhiṭṭhānena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, saccādhiṭṭhānena dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, paññādhiṭṭhānena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, upasamādhiṭṭhānena catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Imāni cattāri jhānāni saṅkhepaniddesena niddiṭṭhāni, tattha samādhindriyaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchati. Anuvattanakāni cattāri, tattha yo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya domanassindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya dukkhindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya somanassindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo catutthaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya sukhindriyapaṭipakkhena gato.
杂分别显示巴利原文
Pakiṇṇakaniddeso.
74 对于这四种禅那,每一禅那有其诸支;这些支的聚合即是该禅那的支——这称为禅那地。什么是差别?此即差别。这些是资粮;由此而有这(禅那的)生起;那生起以之为近依;由那近依而有这修习。这修习有其过患。由此而有退失。是谁的退失?即那依止该禅那者的退失。如所说的省察,这是差别。由那差别而有此味。那味是谁的?非禅那者与禅那者。那非禅那者,这适于善巧;住于禅那达到无上,是禅那力;住于禅那力者,即此到达彼岸者。在这些禅那支中,无浊的寻在初禅中为禅那支的修习。喜随顺,在初禅中为禅那支;与该支相应的诸法与之相应。喜在第二禅中是禅那支的法性;然而,如此进展者的俱生禅那支法,以乐性而内心净信在第二禅中为禅那支,以心净信性与其相应。喜在第二禅中为禅那支,内心净信……定性,喜在第二禅中为禅那支;心一境性在第二禅中为禅那支。舍触性在第三禅中为禅那支,乐为其支。心一境性在第四禅中为禅那支;舍、不苦不乐在第四禅中为禅那支;胜解地中的舍念清净在第四禅中为禅那支。念清净与多禅那地中的禅那支相应,喜与心一境性在第四禅中为禅那支。显示巴利原文
Yāni cattāri jhānāni, tesaṃ jhānānaṃ imāni aṅgāni, tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ samūho assa aṅgā, ayaṃ jhānabhūmi ko visesoti assa viseso. Ime sambhārā tehi ayaṃ samudāgamo, tassa samudāgamassa ayaṃ upanisā, tāya upanisāya ayaṃ bhāvanā. Tassā bhāvanāya ayaṃ ādīnavo. Tena ayaṃ parihāni. Kassa parihānīti tadupagajjhāyino . Taṃ yathā bhaṇitaṃ paccavekkhanto ayaṃ viseso. Tena visesena ayaṃ assādo, so kassa assādo ajhāniyā jhāyino, tassā ajhāniyā jhāyino, idaṃ kallitā kosalle ṭhitajjhānaṃ anomaddiyataṃ gacchati jhānabalaṃ, jhānabale ṭhitassa ayaṃ pāramippattassa imāni jhānaṅgāni anāvilasaṅkappo paṭhame jhāne jhānaṅgāni bhāvī. So pīti tadanusārittāva paṭhame jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ tassaṅguno ca dhammā tadabhisannitāya ca. Pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgadhammatā kho pana tathā pavattassa sahagataṃ jhānaṅgadhammaṃ sasukhatāya ajjhattaṃ sampasādo dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ manosampasādanatāya tadabhisannitāya ca. Pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ samādhitā pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, cetaso ekodibhāvo dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, upekkhā phassatā tatiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, sukhaṃ tassa aṅganti ca. Cetaso ekodibhāvo catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, upekkhā adukkhamasukhā catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, abhinisābhūmi upekkhāsatipārisuddhi catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ. Satipārisuddhi ca anekajjhābhūmīsu jhānaṅgasamāyuttā pīti cetaso ekodibhāvo catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ.
其中,什么是禅那地?有寻有伺,随顺于远离,这是初禅的禅那地。无寻无伺,内生净信,随顺于喜,这是第二禅的禅那地。与乐相应,有喜,这是第三禅的禅那地。舍苦乐,与胜解俱行,这是第四禅的禅那地。与无量俱,以有情为所缘,这是初禅的(另一种)禅那地。与胜处俱,在色想中,这是第二禅的(另一种)禅那地。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā jhānabhūmi? Savitakke savicāre vivekā anugatā paṭhame jhāne jhānabhūmi. Avitakke avicāre ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ janitaṃ pītimanugatā dutiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Sukhasātasamohitā sappītikā tatiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Tassa sukhadukkhasahagatā abhinīhārasahagatā catutthe jhāne jhānabhūmi. Appamāṇasahagatā sattārammaṇā paṭhame jhāne jhānabhūmi. Abhibhūmiāyatanasahagatā rūpasaññīsu dutiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Vimokkhasahagatānaṃ vimokkhesu tatiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Anupassanāsahagatā kāyasaṅkhārā sammā catutthassa jhānassa bhūmi.
75 于此,什么是禅那差别?远离诸欲,远离诸恶不善法,心心所俱,超越欲界性,这是禅那差别。无寻且无伺,有喜,念俱,喜俱,想作意生起。这是禅那差别。在无寻地,无伺,念随顺,舍俱,作意生起。随顺于法性,念结合。达到那地而住,这是禅那差别。念清净俱,想作意生起,达到那地而住,这是禅那差别。在识无边处俱地,无所有处俱,想作意生起,达到那地而住,这是禅那差别。显示巴利原文
Tattha katame jhānavisesā? Vivicceva kāmehi vivicca pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi cittacetasikasahagatā kāmadhātusamatikkamanatāpi, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Avitakkā ceva avicārā ca sappītikāya satisahagatāya pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Avitakkāya bhūmiyā avicāreyeva sati anugatā upekkhāsahagatā manasikārā samudācaranti. Tadanudhammatāya ca sati saṇḍahati . Tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Satipārisuddhisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatāya bhūmiyaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso.
什么是禅那的资粮?出离寻是资粮,意在驱除欲寻。无恚寻是资粮,意在驱除恚寻。无害寻是资粮,意在驱除害寻。守护根门、少欲知足是资粮,清净活命是四种等至的资粮,无作的安住。道的资粮,是等至的获得。果的资粮,是禅那的生起——禅那生起。善因:凡诸禅那得以生起,非从任何处而生起,乃于获得出离者中生起。所缘灭定,于寂静者中生起。于未超越者中生起。为舍断乐根、喜根,他们且以无恼害性而生起。那即是就此而生起。为不烧恼而生起。这是智的生起。显示巴利原文
Jhānasambhārā nekkhammavitakko sambhāro kāmavitakkavinodanādhippāyatā. Abyāpādavitakko sambhāro byāpādavitakkapaṭivinodanādhippāyatā. Avihiṃsāvitakko sambhāro vihiṃsāvitakkapaṭivinodanādhippāyatā. Indriyesu guttadvāratā appicchatā sambhāro parisuddhājīvo catunnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ sambhāro akammassa vihāritā. Maggasambhāro samāpattipajjanatā. Phalasambhāro jhānanibbattitāya jhānasamudāgamo. Kusalahetu yaṃ jhānaṃ samudayaṃ gacchanti ko ca na kutoci nekkhammappattā samudāgacchanti. Ālambanirodhasamādhi santo samudāgacchanti. Avītikkantā samudāgacchanti. Sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ pahānāya te ca abyāpajjatāya samudāgacchanti. Taṃ pana sandhāya samudāgacchanti. Aparidāhanāya samudāgacchanti. Ayaṃ ñāṇasamudāgamo.
76 于此,什么是近依?善友性是禅那的近依。善伴同住是禅那的近依。守护根门是禅那的近依。于善法不知满足是禅那的近依。听闻正法是禅那的近依。于可敬畏处心怀敬畏者,如理精勤。这便是禅那的近依。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā upanisā? Kalyāṇamittatā jhānassa upanisā. Kalyāṇasampavaṅkatā jhānassa upanisā. Indriyesu guttadvāratā jhānassa upanisā. Asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu jhānassa upanisā. Saddhammassavanaṃ jhānassa upanisā. Saṃvejaniye ṭhāne saṃviggassa yoniso padhānaṃ. Ayaṃ jhānopanisā.
于此,什么是修习?修习慈,即是修习无恚寻。修习悲,即是修习无害寻。修习喜,成就喜乐与正知。修习舍——有见者的舍修习,无见者的舍与中舍。修习不净想,是苦行道与钝通达智,是有结的通达智,是有结的联结。此六种修习,已修习、已多作、已建立、已奠定基础、已作为乘、已熟习、已善加策动。这便是修习。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā bhāvanā? Mettāsevanā abyāpādavitakkabhāvanā. Karuṇāsevanā avihiṃsāvitakkabhāvanā. Muditābhāvanā pītisukhasampajaññā kāritā. Upekkhābhāvanā passavatā upekkhābhāvanā apassavatā upekkhā ca ajjhupekkhā ca, asubhasaññābhāvanā dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhābhiññā bhavasandhābhiññā bhavasandhānaṃ, sā chabbidhā bhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā anuṭṭhitā vatthukatā yānīkatā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ayaṃ bhāvanā.
如此修习者,其过患如下:在初禅中,此法与行相应,是未闻的、有漏的。如果此法是戒,是近对治,即是欲寻、欲伺;在诸等至中,此法即是最粗的寻与伺。在那里,它们扰动心,并令身疲劳;身疲劳时,心便受到损害。仅仅为了守护神通而不退失,这些便是初禅的过患。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhāvayantassa ayaṃ ādīnavo. Paṭhame jhāne saṅkhārasamannāgato eso dhammo assuto sāsavo. Sace esa dhammo ayaṃ sīlo āsannapaṭipakkho ca esa dhammo kāmo paticāro pativicāro samāpattīnaṃ ca sabboḷāriko esa dhammo vitakkavicāro ca. Tattha cittaṃ khobhenti, kāyo cettha kilamati, kāyamhi cettha kilante cittaṃ vihaññati. Anabhinīhārakkhamova abhiññānaṃ ime ādīnavā paṭhame jhāne.
第二禅那的过患如下:此法与喜的遍满相应,心不能完全清净;此法是不净的靠近,是接近的危险;此法是忧的敌对者。在那里,喜由种种结合而败坏;此法难以达成,需避开不退转的怖畏境地。在四种苦中,此法伴随着随信行苦、障碍苦、神通苦与疾病苦。这些便是第二禅那的过患。显示巴利原文
Dutiye jhāne ime ādīnavā pītipharaṇasahagato ca eso dhammo, na samudācārasseti cittaṃ. Asodhayaṃ upagamo cesa dhammo upagamiparissayo domanassapaccatthiko cesa dhammo. Tattha tattha yuttīnaṃ pīti parajjato cesa dhammo dukkaraṃ hoti, avattasantāsabhūmiparivajjayanto catūsu dukkhatāsu esa dhammo anuviddhāpanasaddhāya dukkhatāya ca na palibodhadukkhatāya ca abhiññādukkhatāya ca rogadukkhatāya ca, ime ādīnavā dutiye jhāne.
第三禅那的过患是什么?在与舍乐相应的状态中,对于五种有乐者,舍乐转变了此法,由此,执持常想者便生起‘一切存在皆如此’的想法。乐能引生苦,因心受扰乱而执取于苦乐,从而流转。又因随逐于苦乐,心不堪任引导。在神通等至中,所有这些法在第三禅那等至时,皆被四种苦所贯穿,即怖畏苦、障碍苦、神通苦。这些便是第三禅那的过患。显示巴利原文
Tattha katame ādīnavā tatiye jhāne? Upekkhāsukhasahagatāya tattha sātāvīnaṃ pañcannaṃ upekkhāsukhaṃ parivattito esa dhammo tena niccasaññitānañca yaṃ hoti. Dukkhopaniyaṃ sukhaṃ cittassa saṅkhobhataṃ upādāya sukhadukkhāya gato savati. Sukhadukkhānukatañca upādāya anabhihārakkhamaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Abhiññāya sacchikiriyāsu sabbepi cete dhammā tīsu jhānasamāpattīsu catūhi ca dukkhatāhi anuviddhānaṃ sā bhayā dukkhatāya palibodhadukkhatāya ca abhiññāya dukkhatāya ca ime ādīnavā tatiye jhāne.
什么是第四禅那的过患?于无所有处等至、诸法与随等至中,于此地执乐之愚痴凡夫,生起种种邪见。这些禅那,随粗色想与细色想而转,常与慈心禅那等善巧共通,甚为难修……诸法于此聚集而不圆满;未得相者,彼法退失;彼法灭尽,不取灭尽支;彼法之禅那相,非禅那相之想散乱。未曾得前,依于修习者而有。以这些过患,是为禅那之退失。显示巴利原文
Tattha katame ādīnavā catutthe jhāne? Ākiñcaññāsamāpattikā te dhammānusamāpattikā etissā ca bhūmiyaṃ sātānaṃ bālaputhujjanānaṃ anekavidhāni diṭṭhigatāni uppajjanti. Oḷārikā sukhumehi ca rūpasaññāhi anuvidhāni etāni jhānāni sadā anudayamettājhānakalānudanukalāya sādhāraṇā, dukkarā ca sabbe cattāro mahāsambhārā samudāgatāni ca etāni jhānāni aññamaññaṃ nissāya samudāgacchanti. Ettha samudāgatā ca ete dhammā na samattā honti. Asamuggahitanimittā ca ete dhammā parihāyanti. Nirujjhanti ca ete dhammā na upādiyanti nirujjhaṅgāni ca, etesaṃ dhammānaṃ jhānāni nimittāni na jhānanimittasaññā vokirati. Appaṭiladdhapubbā ca jhāyīvasena ca bhavati . Imehi ādīnavehi ayaṃ jhānaparihāni.
77 不思择灭尽定,有余想者,生起与无所有处相应之想作意,即从灭尽定退失。有不动想者入无想处等至,生起与无所有处相应之作意,而不晓了彼地,即从彼退失。入无所有处等至者,生起与识无边处相应之想作意,而不晓了彼地,即从彼退失。入识无边处等至者,则与色想相应。广说……乃至初禅,应与欲想相应。退失者,或于染污禅那中修染污,或遍修、破坏而修、不正而修、积集而修、于未圆满处而修;或过度策励而修、轻慢而修、身行未备而修、未了知缠缚之出离而修、为盖所覆而修、不念于息。禅那之味,乃是断除欲贪缠;禅那之味,亦为以欲贪为因之诸法生起。这些法之禅那灭尽支、上妙之舍、断除欲业烦恼,乃是味。如此,禅那之味复如是。于大众逼迫之间,世间住处,无觉悟处,彼从禅那断除而去。是谓障碍与无碍之世间住处。求此禅那者,为无始轮回等至之有情,从轮回断除之利益故。此是禅那之味,于非禅修之修习者而言。非禅修之修习者,不执取非禅修之修习而修;他们染污修习者之足迹,于对治中随而被破……显示巴利原文
Nirodhasamāpattiyā apaṭisaṅkhāya avasesasaññino ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, so nirodhasamāpattito parihāyati. Āneñjasaññino asaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā manasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ na pajānāti, so tato parihāyati. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā manasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ na pajānāti, so tato parihāyati. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññāsahagatā. Vitthārena…pe… yāva paṭhame jhāne kāmasaññāsahagatā kātabbā. Sakassa parihāyati, kalaṅkajjhāne kalaṅkaṃ jhāyati, parisamantato jhāyati, bhindanto jhāyati, na sajjhāyati, āyūhanto jhāyati, kiñci ca niparicito jhāyati. Atividhāvanto jhāyati, atimaññanto jhāyati, kāyasaṅkhāre appaṭisambhāre jhāyati, pariyuṭṭhānassa nissaraṇaṃ ajānanto jhāyati, nīvaraṇābhibhūto jhāyati, assāpattimanasikaronto jhānassa assādo kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ pahānaṃ jhānassa assādo kāmarāgahetūnaṃ dhammānaṃ udayanti, nirujjhaṅgāni etesaṃ dhammānaṃ jhānāni uparimā sukhupekkhā kāmakammakilesānaṃ pahānaṃ assādo, evaṃ kho puna jhānassa assādo mahāsaṃvāsamappīḷite lokasaṃnivāse asambodhokāsā vigamessamidaṃ jhānappahānā. Ayaṃ palirodhamappalirodhalokasannivāse esanidhamidaṃ jhānaṃ anamataggasaṃsārasamāpannānaṃ sattānaṃ saṃsārappahānanā ānisaṃso, yamidaṃ jhānassa assādo kāyassa ajhāniyajhāyino bhavati. Ajhāniyajhāniyajhāyīhi aparāmasanto ajhāniyajhāyitaṃ jhāyati, yāni kalaṅkajjhāyino padāni, tāni anudhitāni paṭipakkhe.
78 于此,何等为禅那善巧?入定善巧是禅那善巧,禅那差别善巧是禅那善巧,禅那中间善巧是禅那善巧,出定善巧是禅那善巧,于禅那自性之善巧是禅那善巧,于禅那过患之善巧是禅那善巧,于禅那出离之善巧是禅那善巧,缘禅那果之善巧亦是禅那善巧。由禅那果而于省察之果,得不退失之法性;纵于所生之禅那游戏自在,亦能得殊胜分之禅那。此即其余义:持相、执取所缘而不倾注之力,与相俱之心一境性于诸相中,依止之力而无沉没,于禅那中道与果、止之现起,定之舍、前后相之依处,策励之念力,及已现起之诸观于通称力中。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ jhānakosallaṃ? Samāpattikosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānavisesakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānantarikakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, samāpattivuṭṭhānakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne sabhāvakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne ādīnavakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne nissaraṇakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānaphalena upādāya kosallaṃ, jhānaphalena paṭisaṅkhānaphale aparihānadhammatā nibbattijhāne ca kīḷitāpi visesabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabbhati. Idaṃ panassāti bhavahāritā ca ārammaṇānimittaggāho anabhinīhārabalaṃ, cittekaggatā nimittāsu gatisahitā samathabalena asaṃsīdanañca jhāne maggaphalaṃ samathaṃ pavatte samādhino upekkhāpalipubbāparanimittāsayo paggāhino satibalaṃ taṃ pavattitānañca vipassanānaṃ samaññābale.
在那里,什么是禅那波罗蜜?最上波罗蜜是慈。在欲中,有情被欲结缚;在那经中,以教说的表诠,开示了二谛——苦与集。以简择的方式,那些在结缚法中不见过患的人,他们能度越瀑流,这是不可能的。他们不得度越,于此便有道与简择。什么是它的足处?在欲中,有情以五欲功德为足处,那是欲渴爱的足处。于结缚中不见过患,这是无明的足处;确实,永被结缚所捆缚的有情能度越瀑流,这是不可能的,而广大的执取则是足处。在欲中,有情的欲有两种:事欲与烦恼欲。其中,烦恼欲是欲渴爱,与欲渴爱相应,有色爱、有爱,以相的执取。于结缚中不见过患,那便是结缚。在那里,欲贪是什么的足处?是乐受与二根——乐根与喜根的足处。如此,执取乐受,也就执取了三受。执取受蕴,便执取所有五蕴。执取色、声、香、味、触,在事欲中执取,执取一切六外处。于内、外处中,有念者,这便称为相的执取。在那儿,住著于粗的烦恼中,在一切烦恼中,不能从更微细的烦恼离贪。在那儿,外结缚是我所,内结缚是我。在那儿,世尊的密意是什么?那些想要度越瀑流的人,他们会随观结缚法中的过患而安住,这便是世尊在此的密意。在欲中,有情在那儿。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā jhānapāramitā? Supāramitā mettā kāmesu sattā kāmasaṅgasattāti yamhi sutte desanāya vohārena dve saccāni niddiṭṭhāni, dukkhañca samudayo ca, vicayena hārena ye saṃyojanīyesu dhammesu vajjaṃ na passanti, te oghaṃ tarissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Na tarissantīti atthi esā yutti ca vicayo ca idaṃ nu kissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, kāmesu sattāti pañca kāmaguṇā, taṃ kāmataṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṃyojane vajjamapassamānāti avijjāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, na hi jātu saṃyojanasaṅgasattā oghaṃ tareyyuṃ vipulaṃ mahantanti upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāmesu sattāti kāmā dvidhā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca, tattha kilesakāmā kāmataṇhā kāmataṇhāya yuttā bhavanti rūpataṇhā bhavataṇhā lakkhaṇena hārena, saṃyojane vajjamapassamānāti saṃyojanassa. Yo tattha chandarāgo tassa kiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Sukhā vedanā dve ca indriyāni – sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca. Iti sukhāya vedanāya gahitāya tayopi vedanā gahitā honti. Vedanākkhandhe gahite sabbe pañcakkhandhā gahitā honti. Rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbā gahitā, vatthukāmesu gahitesu sabbāni cha bāhirāni āyatanāni gahitāni honti. Ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu yo sato, ayaṃ vuccate lakkhaṇo hāro, tattha yo oḷārikamhi kilese ajjhāvasito sabbakilesesu yo na tato sukhumataresu na vītarāgo bhavati. Tattha bāhirasaṃyojanaṃ mamanti ajjhattasaṃyojanaṃ ahanti. Tattha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye oghaṃ taritukāmā te saṃyojanīyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharissantīti ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Kāmesu sattāti yesu ca sattā yena ca sattā yesañca sattā ayaṃ catubbidho ākāro sabbesaṃ hārabhāgiyo.
79 在那里,什么是三颠倒的足处?心颠倒、见颠倒、想颠倒——这三种颠倒以三不善根为足处。三不善根是作劣胜业的足处。在四取中,嗔不善根现起。作劣胜业的足处,例如对母亲或父亲,或对某位大比丘给予无畏。在那儿,另一人以身行邪行,或以语行邪行。在那儿,他执取嗔恚,对那些尊者的守护、防护、保护而随护,给予尊者无畏。给予他们无畏时,却又在那儿行邪行。在那儿,他执取嗔恚,造作由嗔所生的业。在这儿,不善根所覆蔽,那些无畏的布施想,这是殊胜的因;我又在那邪行,这是嗔恚,是趣向劣处的业,也是贪与痴。这些盖的言说,那些四取,以那四取,那执取者,或女或男,对那些五蕴,在那儿执取那集起——这便是苦与集,那本身即是所说的取。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamāni tīṇi vipallāsāni padaṭṭhānāni ca? Cittavipallāsassa diṭṭhivipallāsassa saññāvipallāsassa tayo vipallāsā tīṇi akusalamūlāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tīṇi akusalamūlāni hīnappaṇītakāriyakammassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Catunnañca upādānānaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ dissati. Hīnappaṇītakāriyakammassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā mātuyā vā pituno vā aññatarassa vā puna uḷārassa bhikkhuno abhayaṃ deti. Tattha añño micchā paṭipajjeyya kāyena vā vācāya vā. Tattha so byāpādamupādāya tesaṃ uḷārānaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiyā anupālayanto yo uḷārānaṃ abhayaṃ deti. Tesaṃ abhaye dinne yo tattha micchā paṭipajjeyya. Tattha so byāpādaṃ upādāyanto dosajaṃ kammaṃ karoti. Yo tattha asādhu indriyā nīvaraṇaṃ yaṃ tesaṃ abhayaṃ dakkhiṇato saññaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ kāraṇaṃ mayā puna tattha micchāpaṭipatti ayaṃ byāpādo hīnagamivakammaṃ lobho moho ca imāni nīvaraṇāni vacanāni tāni cattāri upādānāni tehi catūhi upādānehi yo so upādāno itthī vā puriso vā tesaṃ pañcakkhandhānaṃ teyeva upādāno samudayo idaṃ dukkhañca samudayo ca soyeva desanāhāro.
于此,那些不耽著于诸欲的人,他们以随观过患而不耽著。如此,对欲界有想要出离的意愿,这便称为出离欲。凡于此不造作任何有害的净化者,无论是流转还是其他,这是无嗔欲。任何不伤害,这是无害欲。如此,这三种倾向出离的欲——出离欲、无嗔欲、无害欲。其中,出离欲是无贪;无嗔欲是无嗔;无害欲是无痴。这三善根在八种成就中利益他人,它们导向那四种取的灭尽。或者,若再有造作之业,无论是黑业或白业,它们便导向其果报的舍断。此业非黑非白,导向业的灭尽。于此,三不善根的灭,这便是灭。那即是道,于此是道支;这二谛,这四谛,便是轮回的执取。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmesu ye na pajjanti, te ādīnavānupassanāya pajjanti. Itissā kāmadhātuyā nikkhamitukāmatā, ayaṃ vuccati nekkhammacchando. Yo tattha anabhisaṅkhārānaṃ kiñci visodheti tassa dhāvarā vā, ayaṃ abyāpādacchando. Kiñci vihiṃsati, ayaṃ vihiṃsāchando. Iti nekkhammābhinīhatā tayo chandā – nekkhammacchando abyāpādacchando avihiṃsāchando. Tattha nekkhammacchando alobho; abyāpādacchando adoso; avihiṃsāchando amoho. Imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni aṭṭhasu sampattesu parahitāni, tesaṃyeva catunnaṃ upādānānaṃ nirodhāya saṃvattanti. Sace vā puna kammaṃ kareyya kaṇhaṃ vā sukkaṃ vā tassa vipākahānāya saṃvattanti. Idaṃ kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. Tattha yo tiṇṇaṃ akusalamūlānaṃ nirodho, ayaṃ nirodho. Soyeva maggo tattha paṭipadāni imāni dve saccāni imāni cattāri saccāni āvaṭṭo hāro.
“于诸欲执着的有情”:有学者以一种方式执着,凡夫者以二种方式执着。对此问题,应以分别论答释。须陀洹虽以受用而有所执着,却不依执取而执着,因为他致力于减损,而非增长。有学依烦恼之力受用诸欲,凡夫则因烦恼生起而受用诸欲。因此,“于诸欲执着的有情将渡四暴流”应以分别论解答,这便是分别论。显示巴利原文
Kāmesu sattāti ye sekkhā, te ekenevākārena sattā. Ye puthujjanā, te dvīhākārehi sattā, tassāyaṃ pañho vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo vattabbo. Kiñcāpi sotāpanno paṭisevanāya, no ca kho abhinivese satto yo hi apacayāya padahati, na upacayāya. Sekkho hi kilesavasena kāme paṭisevati. Puthujjano pana kilesasamuṭṭhānāya kāme paṭisevati. Tattha kāmesu sattānaṃ catuoghaṃ tarissatīti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo, ayaṃ vibhatti.
80 “转离”:那些既不执着于诸欲,也不与诸结相应者,他们将渡过广大、巨大的暴流。这是经中所说的对治法。显示巴利原文
Parivattanoti kāme ye neva sajjanti na ca saṃyojanehi saṃyuttā, te oghaṃ tarissanti vipulaṃ mahantanti. Ayaṃ suttassa paṭipakkho.
“异名”:凡执着于诸欲者,及依止诸欲功德者,于此即依异名说为执着;凡诸欲之食、诸法,于此亦依异名说为执着。其中,诸欲的这些异名是:成熟、尘、箭、疮、灾患。又或者有其他异名,也同样依此异名说为执着。执着、束缚、迷醉、贪着、耽溺,耽着于诸欲、沉溺其中、多所安住——这些或其他,都称为异名。以欲寻思施设、烦恼行境施设所施设的心,即是异名;执着、多所安住——或其他。这些以欲寻思施设、烦恼行境施设而施设,以种子施设而施设,诸行以结施设而施设,取以因施设而施设,补特伽罗以各别施设而施设。显示巴利原文
Vevacananti yo kāmesu satto yo ca tattha kāmānaṃ guṇo, tattha viso satto. Yepi kāmānaṃ āhārā dhammā, tattha viso satto. Tatthimaṃ kāmānaṃ vevacanaṃ pāko rajo sallaṃ gaṇḍo īti upaddavoti. Yāni vā pana aññāni vevacanāni tattha viso sattoti vevacanaṃ. Satto bandho mucchito gadhito ajjhosito kāme ajjhāpannā parimutto tabbahulavihārīti. Yāni vā pana aññāni vevacanāni, ayaṃ vevacano nāma. Kāmappacārapaññattiyā kilesagocarapaññattiyā paññattā cittanti vevacanaṃ. Satto tabbahulavihārīti yāni vā pana aññāni. Ime kāmappacārapaññattiyā kilesagocara paññattiyā paññattā, bījapaññattiyā paññattā, saṅkhārā saṃyojanapaññattiyā paññattā, upādānaṃ hetupaññattiyā paññattaṃ, puggalo puthupaññattiyā paññatto.
「下降」——以此缘起,故有苦与集。凡是烦恼、诸行、诸结,以及于五蕴中的行蕴、于法处中的不善法处、于根中的乐根与喜根,这便是根的下降。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti imāya paṭiccasamuppādo dukkhañca samudayo ca. Ye kilesā ye saṅkhārā saṃyojanāni ca pañcasu khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho dhammāyatanesu akusalā dhammāyatanāni indriyesu sukhindriyañca, somanassindriyañca, ayaṃ indriyotaraṇo.
「净化」——即此量。应知此精勤所指,正是经义。显示巴利原文
Sodhanoti ettako. Eseva ārambho niddisitabbo suttattho.
「确立」——这些法,有的依统一性而施设,有的依差异性而施设。那些外在的想与欲,是依差异性而施设的。「于五欲功德中执着的众生」——缠缚与颠倒依差异性而施设;「应渡彼暴流,广大而巨大」——无明则依统一性而施设。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti ime dhammā atthi ekattatāya paññattā atthi vemattatāya. Ye saññā bāhiro kāme, te vemattatāya paññattā. Pañcasu kāmaguṇesu sattāti pariyuṭṭhānavipallāsā vemattatāya paññattā oghaṃ tareyyuṃ. Vipulaṃ mahantanti avijjā ekattatāya paññattā.
“资具”——何为其因,何为其缘?以所缘缘性为缘;非如理作意,以所依缘性为缘;无明,以无间缘性为缘;贪随眠,以因缘性为缘。这是因,这是缘。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti tassa ko hetu ko paccayo? Ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Ayoniso ca manasikāro sannissayassa paccayatāya paccayo. Avijjā samanantarapaccayatāya paccayo. Rāgānusayo hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Ayaṃ hetu, ayaṃ paccayo.
“假立为缘”:凡于诸欲中的有情——善趣者、美貌者,此即欲界的欲与贪,这些是非福行。它们以何为缘?以无明为缘。它们是何者的缘?是识的缘。如是,无明缘行,行缘识,乃至老死,如此而有这整个大苦蕴的集起。显示巴利原文
Samāropano paccayoti ye kāmesu sattā sugatā surūpāti ayaṃ kāmadhātuyā chando rāgo te apuññamayā saṅkhārā. Te kiṃ paccayā? Avijjā paccayā. Te kissa paccayā? Viññāṇassa paccayā. Iti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ evametassa kevalassa mahato dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ekaṃ suttaṃ gataṃ. Pañcanīvaraṇikaṃ suttaṃ kātabbaṃ.
81 其中,何谓教示之取?凡贪欲、嗔恚、掉举,此是渴爱;凡昏沉睡眠、追悔、疑,此是见。然而,身的不适业性,虽属睡眠,却非自性烦恼;是故,心的沉滞与身的不适业性,此为分支随烦恼,而非自性烦恼。其中,与无我想随行的疲倦,即是与追悔随行的昏沉,乃心的沉滞。如是,此五盖中,四盖为自性烦恼,昏沉睡眠盖则属盖的随烦恼。犹如四漏以自性漏性而为漏,非以心漏性而为漏——以自性为漏,以随分为漏性而为漏。然而经中说:凡与彼相应或不相应的诸漏,应说为有漏或无漏。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo desanāhāro nāma? Yā ca abhijjhā yo ca byāpādo yañca uddhaccaṃ, ayaṃ taṇhā. Yañca thinamiddhaṃ, yañca kukkuccaṃ yā ca vicikicchā, ayaṃ diṭṭhi. Yā pana kāyassa akammaniyatā kiñcāpi taṃ middhaṃ no tu sabhāvakilesatāya kileso, iti yā ca cittasallīyanā yā ca kāyākammaniyatā, ayaṃ pakkhopakileso na tu sabhāvakileso. Tattha attasaññānupacittaṃ kilamatho kukkuccānupacittaṃ thinaṃ yā cittassa līyanā, iti ime pañca nīvaraṇā cattāri nīvaraṇāni sabhāvakilesā thinamiddhaṃ nīvaraṇapakkhopakileso. Yathā cattāro āsavā sabhāvaāsavatāya āsavā no tu cittasāsavatāya āsavā. Sabhāvatāya āsavā. Pakkhe āsavatāya āsavā. Atha panāha suttantaṃ yena te sampayuttā vā vippayuttā vā āsavā, teyeva ete vattabbā sāsavā vā anāsavā vā.
其中,什么是简择?贪欲即是欲爱、色爱、有爱;但凡有任何执取、有漏的贪欲者,以慈随观而行于不利。其中,凡生起嗔恚者,于“已行、将行”等事应作九种恼事;如此嗔恚随观者的烦恼即是热恼、身疲倦、不适业性及睡眠。心随观者以恼害而衰损,这便是昏沉睡眠。其中,事未止息,这是掉举。于“什么、如何、为何”的追想,这是追悔。如何于“如何”过度思量,这是疑。其中,有无明与渴爱,这是缠。有障碍、盖、覆蔽、随烦恼的欲贪,是欲贪缠的足处。嗔恚是嗔恚缠的足处。昏沉睡眠是昏沉睡眠缠的足处。掉举追悔是无明缠的足处。疑是疑缠的足处。欲贪缠是随眠结的足处。嗔恚缠是恼害结的足处。昏沉睡眠缠是慢结的足处。无明缠与疑缠是见结的足处。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo. Abhijjhā kāmataṇhā rūpataṇhā bhavataṇhā. Yaṃ vā pana kiñci ajjhosānagataṃ sāsavā abhijjhitassa mettānupassiya yo anatthaṃ carati. Tattha yo byāpādaṃ uppādeti, acari carissatīti. Evaṃ nava āghātavatthūni kattabbāni, tassevaṃ byāpādānupassissa kileso yo paridāho kāyakilamatho akammaniyatā middhaṃ. Cittānupassissa paṭighātena khiyanā, idaṃ thinamiddhaṃ. Tattha adhikaraṇaavūpasamo, idaṃ uddhaccaṃ. Yaṃ kiṃ kasathamīti idaṃ kukkuccaṃ. Yaṃ yathā idaṃ santīraṇaṃ, ayaṃ vicikicchā. Tattha avijjā ca taṇhā ca atthi, idaṃ pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ upakkileso ca atthi, idaṃ kāmacchando kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Byāpādo byāpādapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Thinamiddhaṃ thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ avijjāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vicikicchā vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ anusayasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṃ paṭighasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānaṃ mānasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Avijjāpariyuṭṭhānañca vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānañca diṭṭhisaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相之摄取?宣说欲贪缠时,一切缠便已被宣说。宣说诸结时,一切结便已被宣说。这便是特相之摄取。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhāne vutte sabbāni pariyuṭṭhānāni vuttāni hontīti. Saṃyojanesu vuttesu sabbasaṃyojanāni vuttāni honti. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
82 其中,什么是四重串珠?这五盖是禅那的对治,即是苦集。其所结的果报,即是苦。其中,对治欲贪的是出离思惟;对治嗔恨的是无嗔恚思惟;对治其余三盖的是无害思惟。如是这三种思惟:出离思惟属于定蕴,无嗔恚思惟属于戒蕴,无害思惟属于慧蕴。这便是三种蕴。圣八支道导向诸盖的舍断。诸盖的舍断,即是灭。这四种谛,便是四重串珠。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Ye ime pañca nīvaraṇā jhānapaṭipakkho so dukkhasamudayo. Yaṃ phalaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Tattha kāmacchandassa nekkhammavitakko paṭipakkho; byāpādassa abyāpādavitakko paṭipakkho; tiṇṇaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ avihiṃsāvitakko paṭipakkho. Iti ime tayo vitakkā. Nekkhammavitakko samādhikkhandhaṃ bhajati. Abyāpādavitakko sīlakkhandhaṃ bhajati. Avihiṃsāvitakko paññākkhandhaṃ bhajati. Ime tayo khandhā. Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo nīvaraṇappahānāya saṃvattati. Yaṃ nīvaraṇappahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
其中,什么是转回之取?五盖成为十种。凡是于内有染着,那也是盖;凡是于外有染着,那也是盖。如是乃至疑,这十种盖。内外的烦恼,即是内结与外结这两种结。其中,“我”是内,“我所”是外。有身见是内,六十二见处是外。凡于内对诸色的欲未离贪、未离欲者,如是至于识,这是内渴爱。凡于六外处与三有中的执取,这是外渴爱。这两谛是诸结与所应结之法。其中,于所应结法中,凡是厌离随观,这是道;诸结的断除是灭。这是转回之取。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Pañca nīvaraṇāni dasa bhavanti. Yadapi ajjhattaṃ sārajjati , tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ. Yadapi bahiddhā sārajjati, tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ, evaṃ yāva vicikicchā ime dasa nīvaraṇā. Ajjhattabahiddhā kilesā imāni dve saṃyojanāni ajjhattasaṃyojanañca bahiddhāsaṃyojanañca. Tattha ahanti ajjhattaṃ, mamanti bahiddhā. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi ajjhattaṃ, ekasaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni bahiddhā. Yo ajjhattaṃ chandarāgo rūpesu avītarāgo bhavati avītacchando. Evaṃ yāva viññāṇe, ayaṃ ajjhattā taṇhā. Yaṃ chasu bāhiresu āyatanesu tīsu ca bhavesu ajjhosānaṃ, ayaṃ bahiddhā taṇhā. Imāni dve saccāni saṃyojanāni saṃyojanīyā ca dhammā. Tattha saṃyojanesu dhammesu yā nibbidānupassanā ca, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ saṃyojanappahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
其中,什么是分别论之取?“结”并非一向如此。慢结属于见的部分,并非一向如此,若未见慢而依止于慢,则不能断除。凡是五上分结中的慢,虽然它或许属于见的一分,但并非为了断除它而导向断除下分结。凡是未断除我慢者,他这样想:“我何时将现证那寂静处,具足而住,如同诸圣者具足寂静处而住。”这是贪欲,但那并非盖。然而,阿拉汉有身受苦,睡眠也会侵入,但那并非盖,他的昏沉睡眠不是盖。并非一向如此。这是分别论之取。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhattihāro? Saṃyojananti na etaṃ ekaṃsena. Mānasaṃyojanaṃ diṭṭhibhāgiyanti na taṃ ekaṃsena adiṭṭhamānaṃ nissāyamānaṃ na pajahati. Yo pañca uddhambhāgiyo māno kiñcāpi so diṭṭhipakkhe siyā. Na tu orambhāgiyaṃ saṃyojanaṃ tassa pahānāya saṃvattatīti. Yo ca ahaṃkāro na paviddhoyaṃ panassa evaṃ hoti. Kadāsu nāmāhaṃ taṃ santaṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissāmi, yaṃ ariyā santaṃ āyatanaṃ upasampajja viharissantīti, ayaṃ abhijjhā na ca taṃ nīvaraṇaṃ. Atthi pana arahato kāyakilesamiddhañca okkamati na ca taṃ nīvaraṇaṃ tassa thinamiddhaṃ nīvaraṇanti. Na ekaṃsena. Ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
“转变”:五盖以五支禅那而得断除。这是它们的对治法,“某盖已断”不应凭其他来推度,胜义上处于中舍,这是转变。显示巴利原文
Parivattanoti pañca nīvaraṇā pañcaṅgikena jhānena pahānaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ tesaṃ paṭipakkho nīvaraṇo asukassa pahīnāti na aññānuminitabbaṃ, paramatthamajjhattaṃ, ayaṃ parivattanā.
于此,哪些是同义词?‘欲贪’、‘欲染’、‘爱’、‘欣求’是同义词;‘盖’、‘障碍’、‘随烦恼’、‘缠缚’是同义词。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Kāmacchando chandarāgo pemaṃ nikantīti vevacanaṃ. Nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ upakkileso pariyuṭṭhānanti vevacanaṃ.
所谓施设:以无明为缘,是作用施设的施设;嗔恚,是散乱施设的施设;昏沉睡眠,是不断除施设的施设。如此,本经中这五种盖,全都属于散乱施设的施设。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti avijjāpaccayā kiccapaññattiyā paññatti, byāpādo vikkhepapaññattiyā paññatti, thinamiddhaṃ asamugghātapaññattiyā paññatti. Evaṃ sabbepi ete pañca nīvaraṇā imamhi sutte vikkhepapaññattiyā paññatti.
于此,何为下陷?即这五盖、无明与渴爱。其中,诸盖以无明为根;那渴爱与这些行,皆以无明为缘。此二法在五蕴中属于行蕴,在诸处中属于法处,在诸界中属于法界;在诸根中,这些法的立足处是乐根、喜根、女根、男根。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Ime pañca nīvaraṇā avijjā ca taṇhā ca tattha avijjāmūlā nīvaraṇā. Yā taṇhā ime saṅkhārā, te avijjāpaccayā ime dve dhammā pañcasu khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ, dhātūsu dhammadhātu, indriyesu imesaṃ dhammānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ sukhindriyassa ca somanassindriyassa ca itthindriyassa ca purisindriyassa ca.
于此,何为净化的方式?此经是依其所缘而施设,其义便以此五句而说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Idaṃ suttaṃ yathā ārabbha nikkhittaṃ so attho bhāsito imehi pañcahi padehi.
于此,欲贪、嗔恚与疑并非依一性而施设,诸欲亦非依一性而施设,而是依种种性而施设。此为决定的方式。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmacchando ca byāpādo ca vicikicchā ca na ekattatāya paññattā, kāmāti na ekattatāya paññattā, atha khalu vemattatāya paññattā. Ayaṃ adhiṭṭhāno hāro.
于此,什么是资具?欲贪——不如理作意为净相所缘的缘,净相为因。嗔恚——不如理作意为诸嗔恚事的缘,嗔随眠为因。昏沉睡眠——懈怠为缘;起时的疲倦与动摇为其因。掉举与追悔——可染著所缘、可贪所缘、耽著诸根、智未圆满为缘;欲想与见随眠为因。疑——以九种慢类为所缘,慢随眠为缘;疑随眠为因。此五法皆与因俱、与缘俱而生起。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Kāmacchandassa ayoniso manasikāro subhārammaṇapaccayo; subhanimittañca hetu. Byāpādassa ayoniso manasikāro āghātavatthūni ca paccayo; paṭighānusayo hetu. Thinamiddhassa paṭisaṃhāro paccayo; pavattiyā kilamathā calanā tañca hetu. Uddhaccakukkuccassa rajanīyaṃ ārammaṇiyaṃ assādiyākindriyaṃ tāva aparipuṇṇañca ñāṇaṃ paccayo; kāmasaññā ca diṭṭhianusayo ca hetu. Vicikicchāya nava mānavidhā ārammaṇaṃ mānānusayo, sova paccayo; vicikicchānusayo hetu. Ete pañca dhammā sahetu sappaccayā uppajjanti.
于此,如何是增上之方式?这些五盖,亦即彼四漏,亦即彼疮,亦即彼箭,亦即彼诸取。在那些外法中,此经被施设为杂染分。这是增上之方式。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? Ime pañca nīvaraṇā cattāropi ete āsavā gaṇḍāpi ete sallāpi ete upādānāni ete. Tesu eva bāhiresu dhammesu saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttanti paññattiṃ gacchati. Ayaṃ samāropano hāro.
已说杂染分之经。显示巴利原文
Niddiṭṭhaṃ saṃkilesikabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti gāthā.
其中,什么是教导的方式?在此经中,以蕴的分别来教导识蕴,以界的分别来教导意识界,以处的分别来教导意处,以根的分别来教导意根。这些法以什么为前导?简要而言,六法为前导——善根、不善根与无相。此经中即教导了善根。其中,什么是“意前导法”?意是这些法的前导,犹如国王是军队的前导,同样地,意是诸法的前导。其中,三种前导是:以出离欲为前导、以无嗔欲为前导、以不害欲为前导。无贪以出离欲为前导,无嗔以无嗔欲为前导,无痴以不害欲为前导。其中,“意”——这些法由意所生起,或由意所造作。或者,意在这些法中是最胜的,意是这些法中的最胜、最上者,或者意对这些法行使主导权,故称“意最胜”。“意”——指意所去之处。这些法亦去往那里,故称“意速”。犹如风快速行进,或其他任何快速行进者被称为“风速”、“鸟速”,同样地,这些法随顺意而生起、行进,因此这些法行进,故称“意速”。它们有三种:欲所生起的、清净的与寻。七种为身善行、语善行,这些是十善业道。其中,“意”是意业,“语”是语业,“身”是身业。在此经中,这些十善业道是最上的,也是戒行者的最上。它导向转起,不导向世间出离,成为习气部分的经。这是教导。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo desanā hāro? Imamhi sutte ko attho khandhavavatthānena viññāṇakkhandhaṃ deseti, dhātuvavatthānena manoviññāṇadhātuṃ, āyatanavavatthānena manāyatanaṃ, indriyavavatthānena manindriyaṃ. Tassa kiṃ pubbaṅgamā dhammā? Saṃkhittena cha dhammā pubbaṅgamā dhammā kusalamūlāni ca akusalamūlāni ca animittaṃ imamhi sutte kusalamūlaṃ desitaṃ. Tattha katamā manopubbaṅgamā dhammā? Mano tesaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ, yathāpi balassa rājā pubbaṅgamo, evameva dhammānaṃ manopubbaṅgamā. Tattha tividhānaṃ pubbaṅgamānaṃ nekkhammacchandena abyāpādacchandena avihiṃsāchandena. Alobhassa nekkhammacchandena pubbaṅgamā. Adosassa abyāpādacchandena pubbaṅgamā. Amohassa avihiṃsāchandena pubbaṅgamā. Tattha ti manasā ime dhammā ussaṭā manena vā nimmitā. Manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ seṭṭhoti manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ seṭṭhajeṭṭhoti manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ ādhipaccaṃ karotīti manoseṭṭhā. ti yattha mano gacchati. Tattha ime dhammā gacchantīti manojavā. Yathā vāto sīghaṃ gacchati añño vā koci sīghaṃ gāmako vuccate vātajavoti pakkhigāmikoti, evameva ime dhammā manena sampajāyamānā gacchanti, tattha ime dhammā gacchantīti manojavāti. Te tividhā chandasamudānitā anāvilatā ca saṅkappo. Sattavidhā ca kāyikaṃ sucaritaṃ vācasikaṃ sucaritaṃ, te dasa kusalakammapathā. Tattha ti manokammaṃ. ti vacīkammaṃ. ti kāyakammaṃ. Imehi imasmiṃ sutte dasa kusalakammapathā paramāpi santā sīlavatā paramā. So bhavati vivattiyaṃ na lokaniyyānāya vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ bhavati. Ayaṃ desanā.
其中,什么是抉择的方法?“意前导法”即是善根与八支正道。这便是此经。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti kusalamūlāni ca aṭṭhaṅgasammattāni. Idaṃ suttaṃ.
“理趣”——十善业道的果报,是应受乐受、与无嗔相应的。“意”随行,有此理趣。显示巴利原文
Yuttīti dasannaṃ kusalakammapathānaṃ yo vipāko, so sukhavedanīyo abyāpādassaṅgamāno. ti anugacchati atthi esā yutti.
「足处」:即十八意行的足处。「意前导之法」:这些法是一切善分的足处。「意」:心的净信,这是信根的足处。「语」:这是正语的足处。「身」:这是正业与正精进的足处。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānanti aṭṭhārasannaṃ manopavicārānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti sabbakusalapakkhassa ime dhammā padaṭṭhānaṃ. ti yo cetaso pasādo, idaṃ saddhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ti sammāvācāya. ti sammākammantassa ca sammāvāyāmassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
「相」:所谓“前导法”——这些也可以是受前导的,这些也可以是想前导的,这些也可以是行前导的。凡是俱生的诸法,这些法都是它们的前导。「意」:喜悦也随逐它;当它带有极乐之影时,那时乐也随逐它。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇoti iti pubbaṅgamā dhammāti vedanāpubbaṅgamāpi ete, saññāpubbaṅgamāpi ete, saṅkhārapubbaṅgamāpi ete. Ye keci dhammā sahajātā sabbe pubbaṅgamā etesaṃ dhammānaṃ. ti somanassamapi naṃ anveti yaṃ susukhacchāyā tadāpi naṃ sukhaṃ tadapi anveti.
84 于此,什么是四种分别论的方式?「意前导」——这不是单数词。什么原因呢?因为涉及一切六识身。在此,世尊的意趣是什么?那些希求安乐的人,他们令心清净——这就是此经中世尊的意趣。其义理已在前文阐明。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Manopubbaṅgamāti na idaṃ ekādivacanaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Sabbe yeva ime chaviññāṇakāyā, imamhi bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sukhena atthikā, te manaṃ pasādentīti ayaṃ imamhi sutte bhagavato adhippāyo. Attho pubbeyeva niddiṭṭho.
凡是善根,它们是八种利益的因,这便是八正道。十处是教说的因、教说的缘与教说。于此,我认为与苦俱的名色即是识谛,以某支分而舍断善根,这是未舍断地的集。由断除它们,这是灭。此即四谛。显示巴利原文
Yāni hi kusalamūlāni, tāni aṭṭhānisaṃsamattā hetu, ayaṃ aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Dasa ṭhānāni desanāhetūni desanāpaccayā niddesanā ca. Tattha yaṃ maññe dukkhena saha nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasaccanti aṅgena kusalamūlaṃ pahīyati, ayaṃ appahīnabhūmiyaṃ samudayo. Yaṃ tesaṃ pahānā, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
《分别论》——显示巴利原文
Vibhattīti –
诸法以意为前导,以意为最胜,由意所成;
若以清净之心,或语或行;
则乐便随逐此人,如影常不相离。
显示巴利原文 Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinīti.
此非于沙门或婆罗门一向皆然。若彼邪见之人,于自宗义心生净信,以此净心发言作答,快乐却并不随逐此人,不能如影常随,唯有痛苦紧随不舍。犹如运转之车轮,紧随牛迹而行。于此义理,应当分别解说。若以清净之心造作身业、语业,当其因缘正合之时,便感乐受;当因缘乖谬之时,便感苦受。此即是分别之说。显示巴利原文
Taṃ na ekaṃsena samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā pana hoti. Tassa vā micchādiṭṭhikassa sakasatthe cittaṃ pasādeti, tena ca pasannena cittena bhāsati byākaroti na taṃ sukhamanveti na chāyāva anugāminī, dukkhameva taṃ anveti. Yathā vahantaṃ cakkaṃ padamanveti, idaṃ taṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ. Manasā ce pasannena kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ sukhavedanīyanti samaggate sukhavedanīyaṃ micchaggate dukkhavedanīyaṃ, ayaṃ vibhatti.
其中,什么是转换的项目?‘诸法以意为前导’——若以染污的心说话或行动,苦便随逐于他。这两则经文已被宣说,此即其对立面。同义词者,即此意、心、识、意根、意识界。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti yaṃ manasā paduṭṭhena bhāsati vā karoti vā dukkhamassānugāminī, etāniyeva dve suttāni bhāsitāni esa eva ca paṭipakkho. Vevacananti yadidaṃ manocittaṃ viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu.
施设——‘诸法以意为前导’:此意是由某种施设而施设的。‘诸法’是由善业道的施设而施设的。‘以意为最胜’是由殊胜的施设而施设的。‘意速’是由俱生的施设而施设的。‘心’是由出离的施设而施设的。‘若以清净的心’是由信根的施设而施设的。‘若以清净的心’是由无混浊寻的第二禅的施设而施设的。‘若以清净的心’是由不信的对治的施设而施设的。‘说话’是由正语的施设而施设的。‘行动’是由正业的施设而施设的。‘那么快乐随着他’是诸禅那的定。在诸根中是意根。在缘起中是识。‘诸法以意为前导’是慈与柔软,于诸禅那中是第二禅与第三禅。在诸蕴中,摄属于行蕴。在诸界中是法界,在诸处中是法处。凡是善的,在诸根中是乐根与喜根的基础。这些缘起所生的诸法,以触为缘即是乐受的触、乐受,在意寻思中是喜寻思,在三十六句的第一句中,是六种依于出离的喜。如此,这是下降的项目。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti ayaṃ mano kiñci paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Dhammāti kusalakammapathapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manoseṭṭhāti visiṭṭhapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manojavāti sahapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Cittanti nekkhammapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti saddhindriyapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti anāvilasaṅkappadutiyajjhānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ . Manasā ce pasannenāti assaddhānaṃ paṭipakkhapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Bhāsati vāti sammāvācāpaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Karoti vāti sammākammantapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti jhānasamādhānaṃ. Indriyesu manindriyaṃ. Paṭiccasamuppāde viññāṇaṃ. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti mettā ca mudutā ca jhānesu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyañca. Khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpanno. Dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ. Yaṃ kusalaṃ indriyesu sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭiccasamuppannānaṃ phassapaccayā sukhavedanīyo phasso sukhavedanā manopavicāresu somanassavicāro chattiṃsesu paṭhamapadesu cha somanassanekkhammassitā. Iti ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
其中,什么是净化的项目?为某一义理而宣说此经。此义已然决定,此经即为此义而说。这是净化的项目。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yaṃ atthaṃ ārabbha idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsitaṃ. So attho niyutto etamatthaṃ ārabbha suttaṃ. Ayaṃ sodhano hāro.
85 其中,什么是“确立”的项目? “诸法以意为前导”是同义词施设,非一性施设。“诸法”是一性,非同义词施设。“若以清净的心”——那种清净有两种:内在是无嗔恨的镇伏,外在是依信。内在的清净又分两种:根除的清净与镇伏的清净;被嗔恨遍满的破坏,并非根本的清净,亦非已生的清净,清净伴随嗔恨与破坏。“那么快乐便跟随他”:快乐有身乐与心乐,如不爱的别离、爱的会合、出离之乐、凡夫之乐、喜觉支——这些是心的快乐。身轻安者所感受的快乐,也属于身的快乐;诸觉支是心的快乐。身轻安者所感受的快乐,也是那种快乐的基础,依施设如所说,那是诸善法的无执取。“跟随”意指安止、显现,然而这已达到的状态并不随之而行。此经应以两种行相来确立:以因——谁是清净心者;以果报——谁是领受苦者。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti vevacanapaññatti, na ekattapaññatti. Dhammāti ekato na vevacanapaññatti. Manasā ce pasannenāti so pasādo dvidho ajjhattañca abyāpādāvikkhambhanabahiddhā ca okappanato. So ajjhattapasādo dvidho. Samugghātapasādo ca vikkhambhanapasādo ca byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Vighāto na mūlapasādo jātamūlampi vā. Pasādo sabyāpādaṃ vighātena. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti sukhaṃ kāyikañca cetasikañca appiyavippayogopi piyasampayogopi nekkhammasukhampi puthujjanasukhampi pītisambojjhaṅgampi cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ . Yampi passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, tampi kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ bojjhaṅgā ca cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ. Yampi passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedesi, tampi tañca sukhapadaṭṭhānaṃ paññattiyā yathāvuttaṃ taṃ aparāmaṭṭhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Anvetīti appanā sandissati na cāyaṃ vā pattabhūto anveti. Tadidaṃ suttaṃ dvīhi ākārehi adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Hetunā ca yo pasannamānaso vipākena ca yo dukkhavedanīyo.
“装备”:世尊与五百比丘僧团一同进入王舍城。在那里,有一个人供养侍奉世尊,生起了净信,也修习善根的前行。他又向他人宣说,说出这样的话:“那些世尊进入其舍宅的人,实得利益;如果我们能有,我们也能获得对世尊的净信。”他朝着世尊所在的方向合掌礼敬,口中说“礼敬世尊,礼敬世尊”,以无嗔恨心立于一旁。随后,世尊便宣说了这部经:“诸法以意为前导”等等。整部经的缘起便是如此:他向他人所说,这是语业;他合掌礼敬,这是身业;意的净信,这是意业。在那里,他向他人显示、称赞功德:“那些世尊前往其住所者……”这一切属于他的无贪善根。他对世尊怀有慈心,这是他的无嗔善根。他合掌礼敬并折伏骄慢,其中他的无痴善根得以显现。他获得广大的慧,这是舍断见颠倒;他如此防护,这是舍断想颠倒;意的净化,这是舍断心颠倒——这是镇伏不善颠倒、作为舍断的缘。三善根、无混浊心的思惟,这称为他的作意。镇伏烦恼:如此,颠倒与所缘依有缘性为缘,善根依显现性为缘,那作意依因为缘,由此为缘,心生起。在此,以导师为所缘的心转起,这是佛随念。他作意世尊的功德,这是他的法随念。在那里,念与正知是因,这也是缘。语以慧为因,寻与伺为缘。身行是业的造作,名为因或非缘,是乐受业之积集,有因之业以此为缘。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti bhagavā pañcasatena bhikkhusaṅghena nagaraṃ pavisati rājagahaṃ. Tattha manusso puggalo bhagavantaṃ parivisati, tassa pasādo uppanno kusalamūlapubbayogāvacaropi. So aññesañca akkhāti, idaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati lābhā tesaṃ, yesaṃ nivesanaṃ bhagavā pavisati, amhākampi yadi bhaveyya mayampi bhagavato saṃpasādaṃ lacchamhāti. Yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ‘‘namo bhagavato namo bhagavato’’ti abyāpādamāno ekamante aṭṭhāsi. Tadanantare bhagavā imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsittha ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti. Sabbaṃ suttaṃ tathā yaṃ paresaṃ bhāsati idaṃ vācākammaṃ. Yaṃ añjaliṃ paṇāmeti, idaṃ kāyakammaṃ. Yo manopasādo, idaṃ manokammaṃ. Tattha yaṃ paresaṃ pakāseti bhāsati vaṇṇaṃ. Yesaṃ bhagavā nivesanaṃ gacchatīti. Sabbaṃ tassa alobho kusalamūlaṃ. Yaṃ bhagavati mettacitto, tassa adoso kusalamūlaṃ . Yaṃ añjaliṃ paṇāmeti mānañca niggaṇhāti, tatthassa amoho kusalamūlaṃ pātubhavati. Yaṃ uḷārapaññaṃ paṭilabhati, idamassa diṭṭhivipallāsappahānaṃ. Yaṃ tathāyeva saṃvaro hoti, idamassa saññāvipallāsappahānaṃ. Yaṃ manassa pasādanaṃ, idamassa cittavipallāsappahānanti akusalavipallāsānaṃ vikkhambhanaṃ pahānaṃ paccayo. Tīṇi kusalamūlāni yo anāvilacittasaṅkappo, so tassa manasikāroti vuccati. Yaṃ kilesehi vikkhambhanaṃ iti vipallāsā ca ārammaṇā sappaccayatāya paccayo kusalamūlāni ca sandissayatāya paccayo, so ca manasikāro hetunā iminā paccayena cittaṃ uppannaṃ. Tattha yaṃ sasatthārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattaṃ ayaṃ buddhānussati. Yampi bhagavato guṇe manasi karoti, ayamassa dhammānussati. Tattha satisampajaññaṃ hetu, ayañca paccayo. Vācā paññā hetu vitakkavicārā paccayo. Kāyasaṅkhārā kammassa abhisaṅkhāro nāma hetu vā appaccayo sukhavedanīyassa kammassa upacayo hetukā kammassa paccayo.
86 其中,什么是“增益”的论述?仅凭意之净信——在此确是净信,且由心的清净,众生得以解脱。因此,众生以心为先导,以净信心,思也于彼成为心的性质;这是对思之净信的障碍。其身亦为净信;他以净信发动,以净信而净信,其想不颠倒,此乃五种镇伏。仅由身轻安的净信,心所依止,然而心先前已净信。这便是增益。如此五种净信。“而后乐随着他而来”——世尊指示了什么?确实,既非自我真实,亦非彼业之果报随他而来。他的方便随行:当依止寂静而生起喜悦时,无追悔也随之而来。这便是增益的论述。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? Manasāyeva pasannena satoyevettha pasanno api ca cittavodānā sattā vimuccantīti tena sattā cittapubbaṅgamā cittena pasannena cetanāpi tattha cittabhūtā bhavantīti paṭighā ayaṃ cetanānaṃ pasādena kāyo cassa pasādo , so ca ārabhati pasādena pasanno saññānanti cassa aviparītā, so pañcavidho vikkhambhanā, kāyapassambhanāyevā pasādo cittasito cittaṃ pana pubbaṃyeva pasannaṃ. Ayaṃ samāropanā. Evaṃ pañcannampi pasādo. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti katamaṃ bhagavā niddisati? Na hi attasaccaṃ tassa kammassa vipāko anveti. Tassa upāyo anugacchati yadā sitapaccayā uppajjate somanassaṃ avippaṭisāropi anveti. Ayaṃ samāropano hāro.
大名释氏的经中说:“若在那时,无念、无正知而命终,便会生于欲界。”对于无念者,应当作意摄持:“大名,莫要害怕!那颗心长久以来以信修习、以戒修习、以闻与舍修习……”对此应详细说明。以舍和慧,是要显示什么?信是心的净信。无混浊的思择,即是信。为何如此?信的性相是无混浊。也有人说,信的特相是看清功德、心得决定;又有人说,信的特相是领受言教。另有方式:若自己这样确定——“我于此确无所知,这是我在那里被容许的、不为他所知的”,这便是信。又一种方式:观察六十二种邪见的过患,了知无常、苦、无我。由此而见,犹如在深井中以眼看见水,但身体尚未触到。这样,他有了圣者的忍,可称为见,而尚未现证。这便名为信,是属于世间的。另有方式:凡夫接受二十种见解等,但凡依止有身见者,并非执取;这还不是决定。以如实见而有法想,然而确实是依五种软根、以见道而舍断。能见一处烦恼,这是信。显示巴利原文
Mahānāma sakkassa suttaṃ . Tasmiṃ ce samaye assato asampajāno kālaṃ kareyya kāme bhavati. Assato abhisamāhāro yo mā bhāyi, mahānāma, yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ sīlaparibhāvitaṃ sutacāgaparibhāvitanti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Cāgena ca paññāya ca kiṃ dasseti? Yā saddhā, sā cetaso pasādo. Yā anāvilasaṅkappitā, sā saddhā. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Anāvilalakkhaṇā. Anāvilalakkhaṇā hi saddhā. Apare āhu guṇaparisuddhiniṭṭhāgamanalakkhaṇā, yañca apare vā vacanapaṭiggahalakkhaṇā saddhā. Aparo pariyāyo attānaṃ yadi evaṃ okappeti ‘‘nāhaṃ kiñci jānāmīti esā ahaṃ tattha anuññattā anaññatā’’ti. Ayaṃ saddhāti. Aparo pariyāyo ekasaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ ādīnavānupassanā aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti. Tena ca padiṭṭhaṃ bhavati yathā gambhīre udapāne udakaṃ cakkhunā passati na ca kāyena abhisambhunāti. Evamassa ariyā nijjhānakkhantiyā diṭṭhi bhavati, na ca sacchikatā. Ayaṃ vuccati saddhā. Sā ca lokikā. Aparo pariyāyo khamati puthujjanabhūtassa vīsati cāti ko sakkāyādhīnā na niveso. Na etaṃ ekanti nayasaññā yathābhūtaṃ diṭṭhiyā tu khalu mudūhi pañcahi indriyehi dassanamaggena pahīnā bhavanti. Diṭṭhekaṭṭhā ca kilesā, ayaṃ saddhā.
在入流道支的苦地中,这才称为圆满。在那地中,有学戒被称为“圣者所持守”。在那地中,柔软之慧被称为慧根。在那地中,对诸蕴无所贪求,这便是舍。因此,信应当以舍的住立来说明。以过度的思量,那是他颠倒的见与不信,于眼等依处放逸而执取。在这里,信根(欲的遍满等)是断恶,而非舍的住立;以慧根为慧的住立,以戒为寂止的住立。这四种法应修习:信、戒、舍、慧。其中,以信渡过暴流,戒是不放逸,舍是慧的业用,慧即慧根。其中,信根在三证净中;戒在信根中;舍在四禅那中;慧在诸谛中;念则遍行一切处。那有学者具备善的现生,善的来世。当他失念时,由戒而作,故不因身失念,那些根或那善根便成为业与果报。这是三义分别。其中,信、戒、舍、慧四法,信与慧是意善行;戒是身善行、语善行;舍是心所的无贪善行。当如此把握心时,便把握了五蕴。以这些法的善行,此苦圣谛是道的足处。显示巴利原文
Sotāpattaṅgamadukkhāyaṃ bhūmiyaṃ paripuṇṇā vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ sekkhasīlaṃ ariyā dhāranti vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ mudupaññā paññindriyanti vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ khandhehi anatthikatā, ayaṃ cāgo. Tasmā saddhā cāgādhiṭṭhānena niddisitabbā. Yatikena bhiyyo manena sā hissa viparītā diṭṭhikā assaddhā, sā nayanaupadhīsu pamattā samādinnā. Tattha saddhindriyaṃ yo kāmaṃ parivissanti iti santapāpapaṭinissaggā na cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paññindriyena paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ, sīlena upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Ime cattāro dhammā sīlaṃ paribhāvayanti saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo ca paññāti. Tattha saddhāya oghaṃ tarati. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, ayaṃ appamādo. Yo cāgo, idaṃ paññāya kammaṃ. Yā paññā, idaṃ paññindriyaṃ, tattha yaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Taṃ tīsu aveccappasādesu. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, taṃ saddhindriyesu. Yo cāgo, so catūsu jhānesu. Yā paññā, sā saccesu, sati sabbatthagāminī. Tassa sekkhassa bhaddikā bhati, bhaddiko abhisamparāyo. Tassa sammuṭṭhassatikassa sīlaṃ karontassa na kāyasammuṭṭhassatitāya tāni vā indriyāni taṃ vā kusalamūlaṃ kammavipākaṃ bhavati. Tassa tikassa atthaniddeso. Tattha saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo paññā cattāro dhammā. Yā saddhā yā ca paññā, idaṃ manosucaritaṃ. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, idaṃ kāyikaṃ vācasikaṃ sucaritaṃ. Yo cāgo, idaṃ cetasikaṃ alobho sucaritaṃ. Iti citte gahite pañcakkhandhā gahitā bhavanti. Imehi dhammehi sucaritaṃ idaṃ dukkhañca ariyasaccaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ maggassa.
87 其中,什么是“简择的论述”?信与戒。它们有何作用?以信随念世尊;即使遇到醉象,或遇野狗等,也不以身、不以语违犯任何戒行,处于无畏,成为无有追悔者;慧则为他安立所施设的道理。对于他那无缺的戒,若不随后而在那愚痴中生起不善心,或生起与邪见相应之心,这便是“简择的论述”。说法者将拥有善的现生,这便是此中道理。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Yā ca saddhā yañca sīlaṃ. Taṃ kissa karoti? Yā saddhā tāya bhagavantaṃ anussarati mattenapi hatthinā samāgatā, assa bho kukkurā sabbaṃ sīlena nappaṭipajjati kāyena vā vācāya vā ṭhānaṃ visārado bhavatīti avippaṭisārī paññā yassa paññattaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Tassa akhaṇḍassa sīlaṃ yaṃ na pacchi tassaṃ mohassa akusalacittaṃ uppajjati micchādiṭṭhisahagataṃ vā, ayaṃ vicayo hāro. Dhammavādino bhaddikārāti bhavissati atthi esā yutti.
其中,什么是足处之论?那心经久以来以信、戒、舍、慧、定所修习,即是初禅的足处。他有信而无浊的思惟,则是第二禅的足处。三种证净与戒,是圣者所爱,那是戒蕴的足处。慧是慧蕴的足处。这些法与此心,是定心一境性的足处。信是信根的足处。舍是精进根的足处。慧是慧根的足处。信与慧是观的足处。戒与舍是止的足处。信与慧是无明离染、慧解脱的足处。戒与舍是贪离染、心解脱的足处。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Yamidaṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ saddhāya sīlena cāgena paññāya samādhinā paṭhamajjhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā saddhā assa anāvilasaṅkappo, taṃ dutiyajjhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tīṇi ca aveccappasādā yaṃ sīlaṃ, taṃ ariyakantaṃ, taṃ sīlakkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā paññā, sā paññākkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ime ca dhammā idañca cittaṃ ekodibhūtasamādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā saddhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cāgo samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā ca paññā ca vipassanā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sīlañca cāgo ca samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā ca paññā ca avijjā virāgāya paññāvimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sīlañca cāgo ca rāgavirāgāya cetovimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相之论?当说到识时,凡以信、念所修习者,一切五蕴即已被说。当说到信时,一切七财即已被说:信财、戒财、惭财、愧财、闻财、舍财、慧财。当说到戒蕴时,定蕴与慧蕴即已被说。那经久修习的心,于最后时刻不会随转——这是不可能的。在那里,想也会随转,那些同类的法也会随转。色想、色思、随观作意,如是于六处的识身——这是特相之论。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Viññāṇe vutte saddhāsatibhāvite sabbe pañcakkhandhā vuttā bhavanti. Saddhāya bhaṇitāya sabbāni satta dhanāni bhaṇitāni honti saddhādhanaṃ…pe… sīlakkhandhe vutte samādhikkhandho ca paññākkhandho ca vuttā bhavanti. Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ pacchimake kāle na tadanuparivatti bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Tattha saññāpi tadanuparivattinī bhavati. Yepi tajjātikā dhammā, tepi tadanuparivattino bhavanti. Rūpasaññā rūpasañcetanānupassanamanasikāro evaṃ channaṃ āyatanānaṃ viññāṇakāye, ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,什么是四布列之论?在这部经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些希求善的今生与善的来生者,他们将作意信、戒、舍、慧——这是意趣。那些其他众生也不在如来面前抵触,他们闻此法后,无有追悔而命终——这即是意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye bhaddikaṃ bhatiṃ ākaṅkheyya bhaddikañca abhisamparāyaṃ, te saddhaṃ sīlaṃ cāgaṃ paññañca manasi karissanti, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Ye caññepi sattā tathāgatassa sammukhaṃ na paṭiyujjhante, imaṃ dhammaṃ sotā avippaṭisārato kālaṃ karissantīti, ayaṃ adhippāyo.
88 于此,什么是轮转项?此四法中,信与慧断除不信及无明;戒与舍断除渴爱与嗔恨。他的两根被舍断,苦便转回。在未舍断地,则有以彼二根为本的五蕴。两圣谛即是止与观。而两根的舍断,即是此二谛:灭谛与道谛。这便是轮转项。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Idampi cattāro dhammā saddhā ca paññā ca assaddhiyañca avijjañca hananti. Sīlañca cāgo ca taṇhā ca dosañca hananti. Tassa dve mūlāni pahīyanti. Dukkhaṃ nivatteti appahīnabhūmiyañca dvimūlāni pañcakkhandhā. Dve ariyasaccāni samatho ca vipassanā ca. Dvinnaṃ mūlānaṃ pahānaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni nirodho ca maggo ca. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
于此,什么是分别论?彼心由信修习……(中略)……若为凡夫,他亦将有善趣,但其业并非一向在现法受报,或于后世受报。又或者过去已经现起的果报,以此为缘,正如《大业分别经》所说:“因此,这正是应分别论的说法:法行者的善趣。”显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… sace puthujjanassa tassapi bhaddikā bhati bhavissatīti na ekaṃsena tassa kammaṃ diṭṭheyeva dhamme vipākanti paccessati, aparamhi vā pariyāye bhavissati. Yaṃ vā atītaṃ vipākāya paccupaṭṭhitaṃ, tappaccayāni cetāni, ye yathā mahākammavibhaṅge ‘‘tenāyaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇiyo niddeso dhammacārino yā bhaddikā bhatī’’ti.
于此,什么是转变?不信、恶戒、悭吝、劣慧,以及一切由对治而舍断的,这便是转变。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Assaddhiyaṃ dussīlyaṃ yaṃ maccheraṃ duppaññaṃ ca yañca paṭipakkhena pahīnā bhavanti, ayaṃ parivattanā.
在此,什么是同义语?那长夜修习的心、意识……信力、信根;戒,即善行、律仪、制御、调伏、蕴性——这些是它的同义语。舍,即施舍、无贪、放舍、舍弃所施之物。慧,即施设、慧光、慧根、慧力。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vevacanaṃ? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ manoviññāṇaṃ…pe… yaṃ saddhābalaṃ saddhindriyaṃ, yaṃ sīlaṃ taṃ sucaritaṃ, saṃyamo niyamo damo khandhatā imāni tassa vevacanāni. Yo cāgo so paṭinissaggo alobho vosaggo cāgoyiṭṭhānaṃ. Yā paññā sā paññattā paññappabhā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ.
在此,什么是施设?那心作为种子,由施设而安立;修习、熏习,由施设而安立。信,由净信施设而安立;戒,由善行施设而安立;舍,由福业施设而安立;慧,由思择施设而安立。此三法——信、戒、舍——有慧者依此而得清净。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ bījaṃ paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Paribhāvanā vāsanā paññattiyā paññatti. Saddhā pasādapaññattiyā paññattā. Sīlaṃ sucaritapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Cāgo puññakiriyapaññattiyā paññatto. Paññā vīmaṃsapaññattiyā paññattā. Ime tayo dhammā saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo paññavato pārisuddhiṃ gacchanti.
在此,什么是下降?心,于诸蕴中为识蕴,于诸界中为意识界,于诸处中为意处。那四法,于诸蕴中摄于行蕴……于诸界、诸处中亦然。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Yaṃ cittaṃ, taṃ khandhesu viññāṇakkhandho, dhātūsu manoviññāṇadhātu, āyatanesu manāyatanaṃ. Ye cattāro dhammā, te khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhe pariyāpannā…pe… dhātūsu āyatanesu.
于此,何谓净化项?世尊在回答释迦族大名的请问时所说,这一切皆是相应的。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Idaṃ bhagavato bhāsitaṃ mahānāmena sakkena pucchitena sabbaṃ taṃ niyuttaṃ.
于此,何谓确立?即此心依差别性而施设:由不善心、未修习心,乃至已修习心而施设;那些再修习者,也依其他心而施设。所有这些四法,皆以一性而施设。所谓“善趣”,即欲乐者、色界、无色界、人——这一切善趣,仅为言说而施设,这便是施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Idaṃ cittaṃ vemattatāya paññattaṃ akusalehi cittehi aparibhāvitehi paribhāvitanti yāni puna paribhāvitāni aññesampi tattha upādāya paññattaṃ sabbepime cattāro dhammā ekattatāya paññattā. Bhaddikā bhatīti kāmabhogino teva rūpadhātu arūpadhātu manussāti sabbā bhaddikā bhati tadeva kathāya paññattaṃ, ayaṃ paññatti.
于此,何谓资具?诸根是心的缘,属增上缘;作意是缘,属因缘。对于信,世间慧是缘,属因缘;如理作意亦是缘。对于戒,适当的住处是缘;自正志向是因。对于施,无贪是因;无悔亦为因缘。对于慧,从他人听闻及内在的如理作意,是为因缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Cittassa indriyāni paccayo ādhipateyyapaccayatāya manasikāro. Hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Saddhāya lokikā paññā hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Yoniso ca manasikāro paccayo. Sīlassa patirūpadesavāso paccayo. Attasammāpaṇidhānañca hetu. Cāgassa alobho hetu. Avippaṭisāro ca hetupaccayo. Paññā parato ca ghoso ajjhattañca yoniso manasikāro hetupaccayo ca.
其中,何谓增上?所谓长夜修习之心,及其心所法。于此,一切所修习的法皆是善法,于未来世亦是善法,得善的再生与来世。如是,凡诸人类所受用、所享用的一切,皆唯是善法,是名增上。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitanti cetasikāpi. Ettha sabbe dhammā paribhāvitā bhaddikā te bhati bhavissati, bhaddikā upapattiko abhisamparāyo. Iti ye keci manussakā upabhogaparibhogā sabbe bhaddikā bhatiyeva, ayaṃ samāropano.
89 “于上下一切处离贪”是偈颂。其中,何谓上?凡从此以上,将成为不来者,是为上。何谓下?已超越过去者,是为下,此即所说的无依处。此即是上。于此,有些人以过去为常见论者、前际论者,有些人以后际为见论者,有些人依所说为断见论者,这些见即是断见与常见。其中,常见即此执取常住的十五句身见:“我有色”“我中有色”“色是我”等,如此为慧所围绕。而断见,则是那执取断灭的五百种见,他们见“命即是身”“色是我”,如是四种身见以断与常。如是,于五蕴中,有二十事见,其中十五句执取前际,属于常见;五句执取后际,属于断见。其中,见“这是我”者,若随观色为我,即为断灭论者;若见“有色的我”“我中有色”或“色中有我”,他如是见,即如是断见。又以“我”忆念常见,从前际忆念。若不随观“这是我”,他的见漏便趋向舍断。凡于三时、前际与后际,依如上所说,于上下一切处离贪,不随观“我是”,依此门、依此方便、以此方法,即得见地与入流果。此圣方便,以无有而至于轮回尽,不再有再生。凡任何圣方便,于再生,无论是软、中、强等五根,一切皆导向无再生的舍断。而‘我’,依差别说,即是见暴流、欲暴流、有暴流与无明暴流。于此,依教导方式:依五根与入流果,四谛中的道与灭二谛;以身之集起,苦与集二谛——这是教导的方式。显示巴利原文
Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vītarāgoti gāthā . Tattha kiṃ uddhaṃ nāma? Yaṃ ito uddhaṃ bhavissati anāgāmī, idaṃ uddhaṃ. Adho nāma yamatikkantamatītaṃ, idamavoca apadānatanti uddhaṃ. Tattha atītena sassatadiṭṭhi pubbantākappikānaṃ aparantadiṭṭhi kesañci, ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ yaṃ vuttakappikānaṃ imā ceva diṭṭhiyo ucchedadiṭṭhi ca sassatadiṭṭhi ca. Tatthāyaṃ sassatadiṭṭhi imāni pannarasa padāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi sassataṃ bhajanti. Rūpavantaṃ me attā, attani me rūpaṃ, rūpaṃ me attāti yaduccate paññaṃ paridahanti. Yā ucchedadiṭṭhi sā pañcasatāni ucchedaṃ bhajanti. Te ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti passanti, rūpaṃ me attāti tathārūpā catubbidhā sakkāyadiṭṭhi ucchedena ca sassatena ca. Evaṃ pañcasu khandhesu vīsativatthukāya diṭṭhiyā pannarasa padāni pubbantaṃ bhajanti. Sassatadiṭṭhiyā pañca padāni aparantaṃ bhajanti ucchedadiṭṭhiyā. Tattha ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti passantā rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, so ucchedavādī rūpavantañca attānaṃ, attani ca rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attāti so passati cāti iti ucchedadiṭṭhi ca, attato paṭissarati sassatadiṭṭhi pubbantato ca paṭissarati. ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti na samanupassati. Tassa diṭṭhāsavā pahānaṃ gacchanti. Yo tīsu addhāsu pubbante ca aparante ca tena tena niddiṭṭhānena uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vītarāgo ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti na anupassatīti iminā dvārena iminā payogena iminā upāyena idaṃ dassanabhūmi ca sotāpattiphalañca so ariyo payogo anabhāvaṃgatena saṃsārena apunabbhavāti yo koci ariyo payogo punabbhavāya mudūni vā pañcindriyāni majjhāni adhimattāni vā sabbaṃ apunabbhavappahānāya saṃvattanti. Ahanti diṭṭhogho kāmogho bhavogho avijjogho ca odhiso. Tattha desanāhārena cattāri saccāni pañcahi indriyehi sotāpattiphalena ca dve saccāni maggo ca nirodho ca. Sakkāyasamudayena dve saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca, ayaṃ desanā hāro.
其中,什么是分别?不随观“这是我”者,即断除三种为见所应断的结缚。这即是分别。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassanto tīṇi dassanappahātabbāni saṃyojanāni pajahati. Ayaṃ vicayo.
在此,什么是方法?有三种人:利慧者、广慧者与所引导者。利慧者即利根者;与之相比,广慧者为钝根者;与钝根者相比,所引导者则更为钝根。其中,利慧者以利根而达见地,证得入流果,成为“一种子”者。这是第一类入流者。广慧者以钝根而达见地,证得入流果,成为“家家”者。这是第二类入流者。所引导者依循引导而达见地,证得入流果,成为“七有”者。这是第三类入流者。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā yutti? Tividhā puggalā koci ugghaṭitaññū koci vipañcitaññū koci neyyo. Ugghaṭitaññū tikkhindriyo ca tato vipañcitaññū mudindriyo tato mudindriyehi neyyo. Tattha ugghaṭitaññū tikkhindriyatāya dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, ekabījako bhavati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sotāpanno. Vipañcitaññū mudūhi indriyehi dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, kolaṃkolo ca hoti. Ayaṃ dutiyo sotāpanno. Tattha neyyo dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, sattakkhattuparamo ca bhavati. Ayaṃ tatiyo sotāpanno.
有这样的方法:以软、中、强三种根,应证得软、中、强之地,也就是由舍断身见而舍断诸见。这就是方法。显示巴利原文
Atthi esā yutti mudumajjhādhimattehi indriyehi mudumajjhādhimattaṃ bhūmiṃ sacchikareyya sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānena vā diṭṭhigatāni pajahati. Ayaṃ yutti.
在此,什么是足处?身见是一切邪见的足处。身是名色的足处。名色是身见的足处。五种色根是色贪的足处。六处是我慢的足处。在此,什么是特相?当二见被舍断时,依此一见,诸见便走向舍断。于上于下离贪者,即于一切染污法离贪。那于他地结生者,这是缘,如此如实而见。他触证一切缘起。这就是特相的方式。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Tattha sakkāyadiṭṭhi sabbamicchādiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sakkāyo nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmarūpaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañca indriyāni rūpīni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saḷāyatanaṃ ahaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Dvīsu diṭṭhīsu pahīnāsu tattha ekā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahānaṃ gacchanti. Uddhaṃ ca adho ca vītarāgo sabbarajanīyesu vītarāgo hoti. Tajjā parabhūmiyaṃ, idaṃ paccayanti yathābhūtaṃ passati. So sabbapaṭiccasamuppādaṃ āmasati. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
90 于此,什么是四种方式?在这部经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些不欢喜的有情,他们将为舍断见而精勤。这便是世尊在这里的意趣。这就是四种方式。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sattā ye nābhiramissanti, te diṭṭhippahānāya vāyamissanti. Ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
于此,什么是回转之摄?那些柔软的五根,即是下分的五根。它们以一切方式完全断除贪欲与瞋恚;以修习的方式,对于有学解脱,信成为力量;对于上分,信以见的方式成为力量;精进根因已发勤,念根因已执持,而达到究竟终点。在这里,于诸根,此道即是杂染的舍断;此灭即是未来不生的法,这便是苦。这就是回转之摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Yānimāni mudūni pañcindriyāni tāni orambhāgiyāni pañcindriyāni. Sabbena sabbaṃ samūhananti abhijjhābyāpādo ca bhāvanākārena sekkhāya vimuttiyā balaṃ saddhā, uddhambhāgiyāni diṭṭhivasena balaṃ saddhā, vīriyindriyaṃ ārabhitattā satindriyaṃ paggahitattā accantaṃ niṭṭhaṃ gacchanti. Tattha yāni indriyāni, ayaṃ maggo saṃkilesappahānaṃ. Ayaṃ nirodho āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
于此,什么是分别论之摄?凡随观“这就是我”的人,他在世间层面以过度的方式——并非以圣者的方便——舍断身见。这便称为在相应地的过度。在这里,于相应地,通过五种方式成就过度:戒、行、多闻、定与出离乐。在此,于未得而生起已得之想的人,执取增上慢。正是为了这件事的生起,世尊说了此经:“仅凭戒与行……” 这里,对未得而以为已得者,他的定是有味著的,为恶人所习。那些恶人即称为凡夫。什么是味著?即依于圣道而仍属世间、非圣者;以此定,便成为非圣、为恶人所习。然而,不以圣者的方式如实知见的人,舍断了对证得的执取,便为圣者的定所引导,那种定非恶人所习、无有味著。这里,非恶人即是圣者补特伽罗。他们所习的定,便是非恶人所习。因此,应以分别论解答:不随观“这就是我”者,便不会如此退堕。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti yo samanupassati, so ca kho adhimattena lokikā yaṃ bhūmiyaṃ na tu ariyena payogena so sakkāyadiṭṭhi pajahati. Yaṃ vuccati tajjāya bhūmiyā adhimattāya. Tattha tajjāya bhūmiyaṃ pañcahi ākārehi adhimattataṃ paṭilabhati sīlena vatena bāhussaccena samādhinā nekkhammasukhena. Tattha appatte pattasaññī adhimānaṃ gaṇhāti. Etasmiṃyeva vatthuppattiyaṃ bhagavā idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsati. Sīlavā vatamattenāti. Tattha yo appatte pattasaññī tassa yo samādhi, so sāmiso kāpurisasevito pana so kāpurisā vuccanti puthujjanā. Āmisaṃ yañca ariyamaggamāgamma lokikā anariyaṃ tena samādhi hoti anariyo kāpurisasevito. Yo pana ariyākārena yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati , so adhigamanaṃ pajahati yo ariyena samādhinā akāpurisasevitena nirāmisena nīyati, tattha akāpurisā vuccanti ariyapuggalā. Yo tehi sevito samādhi, so akāpurisasevito. Tasmā ekaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassanto tathā pāteti.
于此,什么是转变?依于此见地,那些应被舍断的杂染,便因它们而被舍断;纵然世尊未曾指示,也应当被指示。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Imāya dassanabhūmiyā kilesā pahātabbā, tehi pahīyanti aniddiṭṭhāpi bhagavatā niddisitabbā yo.
于此,什么是同义语?身见与我见——这是地。那些应被舍断的杂染,它们并未被舍断。世尊未予指示的常见与断见,即是边见。其中,无边见即是常见,断见即是无因见,常见即是无作见。这便是同义语。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vevacanaṃ? Yā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā attadiṭṭhiyā. Ayaṃ bhūmi. Ye kilesā pahātabbā. Te appahīyanti aniddiṭṭhāpi bhagavatā sassatadiṭṭhi ca ucchedadiṭṭhi ca, sā pariyantadiṭṭhi ca. Yā apariyantadiṭṭhi ca, sā sassatadiṭṭhi ca. Yā ucchedadiṭṭhi, sā natthikā diṭṭhi. Yā sassatadiṭṭhi, sā akiriyadiṭṭhi. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
于此,什么是施设?渴爱依结的施设而被施设;道依获得的施设而被施设;诸根依获得的施设而被施设。于此,什么是下降?身是苦,应以见而舍断;集是道;诸根,则于蕴、界、处中被指示。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Taṇhā saṃyojanapaññattiyā paññattā. Maggo paṭilābhapaññattiyā paññatto. Indriyā paṭilābhapaññattiyā paññattāti. Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Sakkāyo dukkhaṃ dassanappahātabbo. Samudayo maggo. Indriyāni tāni ca niddiṭṭhāni khandhadhātuāyatanesu.
其中,什么是净化之摄?即世尊依何事而说此经,便依何事加以教导。其中,什么是资具?名色的因缘,亦是识的因与种子。依此,无明与行为缘。还灭之道并非其他的方式;一切有及一切有之因,乃以他人财物为缘。如是,正见以他人音声及如理作意为缘。凡有慧生起,此是正见之因;正思惟生起,凡有正定,此是资具。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yañhi ārabbha bhagavatā idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsitaṃ, so ārabbha niddiṭṭho. Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Nāmarūpassa hetupaccayopi viññāṇaṃ hetu bījaṃ. Tena avijjā ca saṅkhārā ca paccayo. Nivattinayo na aparo pariyāyo sabbabhavo, ye ca sabbabhavassa hetu parabhaṇḍapaccayo iti sammādiṭṭhi parato ca ghoso yoniso ca manasikāro paccayo . Yā paññā uppādeti, esā hetu sammādiṭṭhiyā sammāsaṅkappo bhavati, yā sammāsamādhi , ayaṃ parikkhāro.
其中,什么是建立?“此我是”之不随观者,从苦、从病……乃至十五句。“世尊,诸戒为了什么义、有何功德?”“阿难,诸戒以无悔为义,乃至以解脱为义。”此中,义有两种:人义与文义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassī dukkhato rogato…pe… pannarasa padāni. Sīlāni bhagavā kimatthiyāni kimānisaṃsāni. Sīlāni, ānanda, avippaṭisāratthāni yāva vimutti. Tattha duvidho attho – purisattho ca vacanattho ca.
91 其中,什么是人义?凡不追悔,即是无悔,此是人义。犹如有人增长此义、修习此义,他会说:“在此,有些事是属于我的,我为了此义而着手此业。”此即是人义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo purisattho? Yāyaṃ na pacchānutāpitā ayaṃ avippaṭisāro, ayaṃ purisattho. Yathā koci brūhayati imatthamāsevati so bhaṇeyya, kiñci mamettha adhīnaṃ tassatthāya idaṃ kiriyaṃ ārabhāmīti. Ayaṃ purisattho.
其中,什么是文义?诸戒是身或语的善行,即无悔。其中,“戒”与“行仪”仅是言说而已。并无其他,善逝的善行即是这善行——无悔。如此,直至解脱,每一文句都具有两种义:人义与文义。如同此经,一切经中都具有这两种义。这确实是胜义,是最上的义。依靠证得涅槃而自身应证得的,被称为“所作的目的”。这又是同义语“正知”。以此而获得的确定义,便是文义。其中,弟子所希求的义,获得那种义,即是人义。世尊所宣说的法,对那法义的表达,即是义。其中,诸戒的无悔既是义也是利益。这种利益即是不堕恶趣。如世尊所说:“此是利益:善行于法者不堕恶趣”,行法者得此,这就是义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vacanattho? Sīlāni kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā sucaritaṃ avippaṭisāroti. Tattha sīlassa vatassa ca bhāsoyeva. Anaññā sugatakammatā sucaritaṃ ayaṃ avippaṭisāro. Evaṃ yāva vimuttīti ekamekasmiṃ pade dve atthā – purisattho ca vacanattho ca, yathā imamhi sutte evaṃ sabbesu suttesu dve dve atthā. Ayaṃ hi paramattho uttamattho ca. Yaṃ nibbānasacchikaṃ nissāya yaṃ sakaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ bhavati, so vuccati katassa katthoti. Ayaṃ puna vevacanaṃ sampajānāti. Iminā niyuttatthamabhilabbhanti vacanattho. Tattha yaṃ atthaṃ sāvako abhikaṅkhati. Tassa yo paṭilābho, ayaṃ purisattho. Yaṃ yaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti, tassa tassa dhammassa yā atthaviññatti. Ayaṃ attho, tattha sīlānaṃ avippaṭisāro atthopi ānisaṃsopi. Eso ca ānisaṃso yaṃ duggatiṃ na gacchati. Yathā taṃ bhagavatā esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī, ayaṃ attho.
当人于修习之地以戒为起始,与戒相应,如是乃至解脱,此即戒蕴。其中,依随眠而说之无悔,以及彼戒,此即戒蕴。欢悦、喜、轻安等与定根相应,此即定蕴。得定者如实了知,此即慧蕴。此三蕴——戒、定、慧——如是依精进根之因而得圆满。他以此圆满戒故,为令未生之不善法不生而精进,为令已生之不善法断除而精进,为令未生之善法生起而精进,为令已生之善法增长而精进,这便说为精进根。于此,定蕴即是定根,慧蕴即是慧根,此当于四正勤中见。如是,为令未生之不善法不生而精进,此是第一正勤;为断已生者而精进,此是第二;四正勤当于四禅那中得见。如是,以戒蕴、出离界等,以及三种寻——出离寻、无嗔恚寻、无害寻,此是共通的。当喜悦者以欢悦引生此身之乐,若以爱取而未能确定,此即是苦;其中无有散乱,此即是定。这便是初禅的五支。心的轻安与有寻有伺相违,烦恼与热恼于初禅中止息。如是,烦恼之轻安与寻伺之轻安,此二法皆是轻安。其中,身之乐与心之乐即为乐之引导,此是喜乐者的轻安。心的专一性,以此专一性而有心的内净,此即第四禅支。如是,内净、心一境性、喜与乐,此即四支的第二禅那。身得轻安者感受乐,以此殊胜之乐遍满全身;心乐者离于喜贪,以此离喜贪而获得舍。他由离喜而获得舍,感受乐,以慧获得正念;当念与一境性俱起,此即五支的第三禅那。乐者之心得定,此即心一境性的殊胜部分;初禅中有心一境性,非依眼等之受,一切皆得圆满。犹如在第四禅那中,如是舍、轻安、念正知与心一境性俱起,此即第四禅那。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ puriso bhāvanābhūmiyaṃ sīlāni ārabbha sīlena saṃyutto hoti evaṃ yāva vimutti tathā sīlakkhandho. Tattha yo ca avippaṭisāro anusayavasena niddiṭṭho, tañca sīlaṃ ayaṃ sīlakkhandho. Pāmojjapītipassaddhīti ca samādhindriyena, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ paññākkhandho. Ime tayo khandhā sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca tathā sīlaṃ paripūreti yaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ tena kāraṇena so sīlaṃ paripūreti, anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya vāyamati, uppannassa ca pahānāya anuppannassa ca kusalassa uppādāya, uppannassa ca kusalassa bhiyyobhāvāya iti vīriyindriyaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ. Tattha yo samādhikkhandho , idaṃ samādhindriyaṃ. Paññākkhandho paññindriyaṃ, taṃ catūsu sammappadhānesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā yo anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya vāyamati, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ. Yaṃ uppannassa, idaṃ dutiyaṃ. Cattāri sammappadhānāni catūsu jhānesu passitabbāni. Tathā sīlakkhandhena nekkhammadhātu ca adhikā , tayo ca vitakkā nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko avihiṃsāvitakko ca. Sādhāraṇabhūtā. Yā piyāyamānassa pāmojjena idaṃ kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ ānitaṃ aniyamītipemena, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yo tattha avikkhepo, ayaṃ samādhi. Idaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ. Yā cetasikā passaddhi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ virodhanaṃ, yo kileso ca paridāho, so paṭhame jhāne niruddho. Tathā yā ca kilesapassaddhi yā ca vitakkavicārānaṃ passaddhi, ubhayepi ete dhamme passaddhāyaṃ. Tattha kāyassa cittassa ca sukhaṃ sukhāyanā, idaṃ pītisukhino passaddhi. Yopi ekodibhāvo cittassa, tena ekodibhāvena yaṃ cittassa ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ, idaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṅgaṃ. Iti ajjhattañca sampasādo cetaso ca ekodibhāvo pīti ca sukhañca, idaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ. Yo passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, tena adhimattena sukhena pharitvā sukhaṃ cetasikaṃ yaṃ, so pītivītarāgo evaṃ tassa pītivītarāgatāya upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. So pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. Sukhañca paṭisaṃvedeti. Sati ca sammā paññāya paṭilabhati. Sace sati ekaggatā idaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ. Yaṃ sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, ayaṃ ekaggatāya parāvidhānabhāgiyā, paṭhame jhāne atthi cittekaggatā no cakkhussa vedanā sabbaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchati. Yathā catutthe jhāne, tathā yā upekkhā passambhayaṃ satisampajaññaṃ cittekaggatā ca, idaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
92 如应显示定,慧根应于四圣谛中见。当已得定者如实了知,该了知有四种:不净、苦、无我,以彼为所缘即是苦圣谛。了知彼而厌离、解脱,如是欲漏之断、有漏、见漏、无明漏之断,此是灭。于未断地即是漏集。此四圣谛应如慧根而见。如是已得定者如实了知,此是见地。如实了知入流果而厌离,此是薄地。欲贪嗔恚与一来果,厌离、离染,此是初禅那修习地。由离贪而心解脱与不来果。解脱、得解脱,此是由离无明而慧解脱与阿拉汉果。此无悔与精进根及四正勤无悔,彼向上直至定,如是彼四禅与定根,已得定者如实了知。此须跋依戒圆满与具舍及诸决择相之不混乱心,此是念根须跋。又于此法教中,于三处见趣行根,由断烦恼而有学戒,此是信根。四入流支与诸果。定根应于一切经中详说其近依食。获得禅那由精进所持之智忆念,此是闻所成慧。定之前后相光明由无异行而随欲,此是思所成慧。如是已得定者如实了知,此是修所成慧。此是经之分别论。显示巴利原文
Yathā samādhi dassayitabbaṃ, tathā paññindriyaṃ taṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu passitabbaṃ. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, sā pajānanā catubbidhā asubhato dukkhato anattato ca, yadārammaṇaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, yaṃ pajānanto nibbindati vimuccati tathā yaṃ kāmāsavassa pahānaṃ bhavāsavassa diṭṭhāsavassa avijjāsavassa, ayaṃ nirodho appahīnabhūmiyaṃ āsavasamudayo. Imāni cattāri ariyasaccāni yathā paññindriyaṃ passitabbaṃ. Yathāyaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dassanabhūmi. Sotāpattiphalañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindatīti, idaṃ tanukañca. Kāmarāgabyāpādaṃ sakadāgāmiphalañca yaṃ nibbindati virajjati, ayaṃ paṭhamajjhānabhāvanābhūmi ca rāgavirāgā cetovimutti anāgāmiphalañca. Yaṃ vimutti vimuccati, ayaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti arahattañca. Ime avippaṭisārā ca vīriyindriyañca cattāro sammappadhānā avippaṭisārā tañca upari yāva samādhi, evaṃ te cattāri jhānāni samādhindriyañca yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā sīlapāripūrimupādāya cāgasaṃhitena ca nibbedhikānañca nimittānaṃ anāvilamanā, idaṃ satindriyaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Yaṃ puna imāya dhammadesanāya tīsu ṭhānesu diṭṭhogamanakindriyaṃ kilesapahānena ca sekkhasīlaṃ, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Cattāri ca sotāpattiyaṅgāni phalāni. Samādhindriyāni sopaniyāhārīni sabbasuttesu niddisitabbāni. Yaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabhanaṃ vīriyagahitaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ paṭissarato, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Yo samādhi pubbāparanimittābhāso anomagatitāya yathākāmo, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā, yaṃ tathāsamāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
这部经属于通达分,具有觉支,是应当被觉知的。具足这些支分的人,将会觉知此法,并觉知它的支分,因此称为觉支。同样地,从最初乃至戒、行与思皆应修习,为圆满诸戒故。为令未生之不善不生、已生之不善断除、未生之善生起、已生之善增长,此精进即是觉知的支分,是名精进觉支。依此精进,最初有两法:无悔与欢悦;复有喜,以无悔为缘、以欢悦为缘,是名喜觉支。有喜者身得轻安,是名轻安觉支。以身乐为导,乐者心得定,是名定觉支。得定者能如实了知,是名择法觉支。依于戒而取,依五觉支而取,随顺性、作相、喜分与殊胜分不混乱、相应、无间断,是名念觉支。当如实了知时,若精进过度而行于掉举地,则遣其所愿;若处懈怠地,则呵责之,并以远离支分而觉知眼平静之道,此即是舍。因此,彼舍即是彼觉支的支分,故称舍觉支。以上为经的解释。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ bujjhakāradhikaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ. Yehi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ taṃ bujjhissanti tassa aṅgāni bujjhissanti, tena bojjhaṅgā. Tathā ādito yāva sīlaṃ vataṃ cetanā karaṇīyā, kissa sīlāni pāripūreti. Anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya uppannassa ca akusalassa pahānāya anuppannassa kusalassa uppādāya uppannassa ca kusalassa bhiyyobhāvāya, idaṃ vīriyaṃ tassa tassa bujjhitassa aṅganti. Ayaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo. Iminā vīriyena dve dhammā ādito avippaṭisāro pāmojjañca yā puna pīti avippaṭisārapaccayā pāmojjapaccayā, ayaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Ayaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgo. Tena kāyikasukhamānitaṃ yaṃ sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, ayaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo. Yā sīlamupādāya pañcannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ upādāyānulomatā nimittāyanā pītibhāgiyānañca visesabhāgiyānañca apilāpanatā sahagatā hoti anavamaggo, ayaṃ satisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, accāraddhavīriyaṃ karoti. Uddhaccabhūmīti katā abhipatthitaṃ peseti. Kosajjabhūmīti garahito rahitehi aṅgehi bujjhati yaṃ cakkhusamathapathaṃ, sā upekkhāti. Tena sā upekkhā tassa bojjhaṅgassa aṅganti karitvā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgoti vuccate. Eso suttaniddeso.
93 于此,何谓说示?此经中宣说了四圣谛。何谓抉择?“持戒者无悔”乃至“解脱”,对于“何为目的”这一问题,有两句问、两句答;以两句了知两者,以两句作答。所问为何?问以涅槃为最上的身地与业。如此,在无学法中生起立足处。何谓理趣?“持戒者无悔”为何?“有‘无欲与离贪’”,此为理趣。何谓足处?精进是精进根的足处,定是定根的足处,慧是慧根的足处。精进是无嗔的足处,定是无贪的足处,慧是无痴的足处。精进根是正语、正业、正命三道支的足处;定根是正思惟、正语、正定三道支的足处;慧根是正念与正见二道支的足处。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā desanā? Asmiṃ sutte cattāri ariyasaccāni desitāni. Tattha katamo vicayo? Sīlavato avippaṭisāro yāva vimutti imissāya pucchāya minikimatthassamīti dve padāni pucchā dve padāni visajjanāni dvīhi padehi dve abhiññaṃ dvīhi ceva padehi visajjanā kiṃ pucchati nibbādhikaṃ kāyabhūmiṃ kammassa tathā hi patiṭṭhā ca asekkhe dhamme uppādeti. Tattha katamā yutti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāro bhavati kiṃ nicchandassa ca virāgo atthi esā yutti. Tattha katamaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Vīriyaṃ vīriyindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Samādhi samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vīriyaṃ adosassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Samādhi alobhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā amohassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vīriyindriyaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāvācāya sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa. Samādhindriyaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāsaṅkappassa sammāvācāya sammāsamādhino. Paññindriyaṃ dvinnaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāsatiyā sammādiṭṭhiyā ca.
何谓特相?当说到戒蕴时,实则三蕴都已说到,因为戒如同山岩:正如岩山不为一切外敌所动摇,此心亦不为一切烦恼所动摇,此即无痴;于可染之法而离染,此即无贪;于可怒之法而不怒,此即无嗔。于此,慧是无痴善根,无贪即是无贪,无嗔即是无嗔。以此三善根住于有学地,生起无学道。于有学地生起成就业法,即正解脱与解脱智见,此十法即是无学者的阿拉汉性。于此,以八支道亦成就四种修习:戒修习、身修习、心修习、慧修习。其中,以正业与正命修习身,以正语与正精进修习戒,以正思惟与正定修习心,以正见与正念修习慧。以此四种修习,令心与慧二法达至修习圆满。心修习即是止,慧修习即是观。于此,慧以断无明而令心不与随烦恼混杂;慧之修习即圆满心之修习。如是,善修习心者,苦从何生?再者,彼具寿倾向于无嗔界,未入灭尽定而予诸行以打击,于被视为诸行聚集之身中,不感受苦,是为经义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Sīlakkhandhe vutte sabbe tayo khandhā vuttā bhavanti, sīlameva hi selopamatā yathā selo sabbapaccatthikehi akaraṇīyo evaṃ taṃ cittaṃ sabbakilesehi na kampatīti, ayaṃ amoho. Virattaṃ rajanīyesūti ayaṃ alobho. Kopaneyye na kuppatīti ayaṃ adoso. Tattha paññā amoho kusalamūlaṃ, alobho alobhoyeva, adoso adosoyeva. Imehi tīhi kusalamūlehi sekkhabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito asekkhamaggaṃ uppādeti. Sekkhabhūmi sampattikammadhamme uppādeti, sā ca sammāvimutti, yañca vimuttirasañāṇadassanaṃ ime dasa asekkhānaṃ arahattaṃ dhammā. Tattha aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena catubbidhā bhāvanāpi labbhati. Sīlabhāvanā kāyabhāvanā cittabhāvanā paññābhāvanā ca. Tattha sammākammantena sammāājīvena ca kāyo bhāvito. Sammāvācāya sammāvāyāmena ca sīlaṃ bhāvitaṃ. Sammāsaṅkappena sammāsamādhinā ca cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhiyā sammāsatiyā ca paññā bhāvitā. Imāya catubbidhāya bhāvanāya dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti cittaṃ paññañca. Cittaṃ bhāvanāya samatho, paññā bhāvanāya vipassanā. Tattha paññā avijjāpahānena cittaṃ upakkilesehi amissīkatanti. Paññā bhāvanāya cittabhāvanaṃyeva paripūreti. Evaṃ yassa subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti. Api ca kho pana tassa āyasmato abyāpādadhātu adhimuttā, na so petaṃ samāpanno tassa saṅkhāpahāraṃ deti, saṅkhāvitakkite sarīre dukkhaṃ na vediyati, ayaṃ suttattho.
94 其中,什么是教说?在此经中,教说了十种无学阿拉汉法,以及无量的正确阐释。其中,什么是思择?犹如山喻,凡是那些伴随苦乐感受的法,对于观无相者,皆已止息;由于依身而起的感受资具不再转起,便不感受苦。其中,什么是理趣?对于如此修习心的人,那苦又从何而来呢?在三种修习中,由于心的修习,苦不能侵入其心。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā desanā? Imamhi sutte dasa asekkhā arahattadhammā desitā appamāṇā ca sammā vibhāvanā. Tattha katamo vicayo? Selopamatā ye ye dhammā vedanīyasukhadukkhopagatā, te sabbe nirūpaṃ vānupassantānaṃ vūpagatā kāyato vedayitaparikkhāro appavattito dukkhaṃ na vediyati. Tattha katamā yutti, yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti. Tīsu bhāvanāsu dukkhaṃ nakkhamati cittaṃ cittabhāvanāya ca. Nirodhabhāvanāya ca ānantarikā samādhibhāvanāya ca. Iti yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittanti samādhi phalassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
在此,什么是特相?“凡是如此修习心的人”——诸心已修习,即如最初所说的慧、戒、身、心;戒亦善修,由于身与心稳固而不为所动,受也是如此,想也是如此,诸行也是如此。“苦又从何处来到我呢?”乐不随逐,不苦不乐亦不到来。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittanti cittāni bhāvitāni yathā paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhāni paññā sīlaṃ kāyo cittaṃ, sīlampi subhāvitaṃ kāyikacetasikañca ṭhitattā nānupakampatīti vedanāpi tathā saññāpi saṅkhārāpi. Kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti sukhampi nānugacchati, adukkhamasukhampi nāgatanti.
于此,什么是四种串连?在此,世尊的意趣是什么?那些将为苦所迫的人,将会远离这些等至。这是世尊在此的意趣。那些无信者,将生起信心;已有信者,将生起喜悦。这是世尊在此的意趣。转起,即是无有转起之基础。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye dukkhena adhikā bhavissanti, te evarūpāhi samāpattīhi virahissanti. Ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ye ca appasannā, te hi bhavissanti, pasannānañca pītipāmojjaṃ bhavissati, ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Āvaṭṭoti natthi āvaṭṭanassa bhūmi.
“对于已这样修习心者,苦又从何而来?”这含两种分别论——苦因分别论与对治分别论。什么是苦因?苦从何而来?在说对治时,戒是其余诸法的因与缘,那一切法便都已被说。在说一菩提分法时,一切趣向觉悟的法也都被说。显示巴利原文
Vibhattīti yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti duvidho niddeso – dukkhahetuniddeso ca paṭipakkhaniddeso ca. Ko so dukkhahetu? Yato dukkhaṃ āgacchati paṭipakkhe vutte sesadhammānaṃ sīlaṃ hetu ca paccayo ca, te sabbe dhammā vuttā honti. Ekabodhipakkhiye dhamme vutte sabbe bodhagamanīyā dhammā vuttā bhavanti.
于此,什么是四摄持?在此经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些以无悔为欲求的人,便成就戒的圆满;以喜悦为欲求的人,即成就无悔的圆满。这是世尊在此的意趣……乃至……这就是四摄持。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye avippaṭisārena chandikā, te sīlapāripūrī bhavanti pāmojjachandikā avippaṭisārīpāripūrī, ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo…pe… ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
于此,什么是转起?此经属通达分。所谓通达,即是灭。通达的方法,即是道。所通达的,即是苦。依通达之道所舍断的,即说为集。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ. Yo nibbedho, ayaṃ nirodho. Yena nibbijjhati, so maggo. Yaṃ nibbijjhati, taṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ nibbedhagāminā maggena pahīyati, samudayoyaṃ vutto.
于此,什么是分别论?“持戒者无悔”——对此应作分别论答。只要执取者仍以身或语造作由过失所生的不善,他便没有无悔。纵使他思惟“这是善作,这是善行”,若不能由此无悔而生起喜悦,乃至解脱,则“彼持戒者之无悔”应分别论之。这便是分别论。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ, parāmasantassa natthi avippaṭisāro yāva dosakataṃ kāyena vā vācāya vā akusalaṃ ārabhati. Kiñcipissa evaṃ hoti ‘‘sukatametaṃ sucaritametaṃ no cassa tena avippaṭisārena pāmojjaṃ jāyati yāva vimutti, tassa sīlavato avippaṭisāro’’ti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ, ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
于此,什么是转变?依这七种近依成就,在分别论中舍断十一种近依所应舍断的,这便是转变。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Imehi sattahi upanisāsampattīhi ekādasa upanisā vibhattiyaṃ pajahānaṃ pajahanti, ayaṃ parivattanā.
于此,什么是同义语?即是这些圣法——力、觉支、解脱、定、等至的同义语。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vevacanā? Imesaṃ ariyadhammānaṃ balabojjhaṅgavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ imāni vevacanāni.
于此,什么是施设?“持戒者无悔”:于戒蕴中,依出离施设而施设;坐施设……如是十支,皆以两支为一组而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti sīlakkhandhe nekkhammapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, nisajjapaññatti ca evaṃ dasa aṅgāni dvīhi dvīhi aṅgehi paññattāni.
于此,什么是渡越?此《通达分经》入于五种,如最初所指示的那样,应于根、蕴、界、处等中解说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyasuttaṃ pañcasu otiṇṇaṃ yathā yaṃ paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ evamindriyādikhandhadhātuāyatanesu niddisitabbāni.
于此,什么是净化的去除?“有戒者无悔”——此尚非清净之开端;“无悔者欢悦”——此尚非清净之开端;当宣说十一句时,彼时方为清净之开端,此即净化之去除。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti na tāva suddho ārambho avippaṭisārino pāmojjanti na tāva suddho ārambho yāni ekādasa padāni desitāni yadā tadā suddho ārambho, ayaṃ sodhano.
在此,什么是确立?依戒的差别而安立,这十句皆是戒蕴的功德。住于适宜之处是缘,自正愿是因;乐是定蕴的因,轻安是缘。由乐等与禅那俱生,以及所谓‘住处’——即禅支——是另一种方式。随观诸欲的过患是定的缘,见出离的利益是因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Sīlavemattatāya paññattaṃ evaṃ dasa padāni sabbāni sīlakkhandhassa ānisaṃso, te ca patirūpadesavāso ca paccayo attasammāpaṇidhānañca hetu, samādhikkhandhassa sukhaṃ hetu passaddhi paccayo, yena jhānasahajāti ca ṭhānanti jhānaṅgā aparo pariyāyo kāmesu ādīnavānupassanā samādhino paccayo nekkhamme ānisaṃsadassāvitā hetu.
在此,什么是建立?精进根即是戒蕴;戒即是四种正勤;法随法行即是别解脱律仪。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā samāropanā? Yaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ, so sīlakkhandho. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, te cattāro dhammā padhānā. Yaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipatti, so pātimokkhasaṃvaro.
95 “其心如山”这首偈颂,“如山”是一种譬喻:如同山不被风所动摇,不被热所震动,不被冷所震动。如同许多无情的物体,它们因热而枯萎,因冷而干枯,因风而破碎。山则不是这样。于可染者已离染,于可嗔者不嗔恚——这便是原因,是对可嗔者忧恼的终结。它不因已嗔者或因热而动摇,也不因冷而枯萎或干枯。同样地,为何心不被贪所随逐,却被冷所动摇呢?什么原因?于可染者已离染,于可嗔者不嗔恚。什么原因?“于可嗔者不嗔恚”,不嗔恚,那无嗔者不生愤怒,因此于可恼者亦不恼怒。其心既已如是修习,苦于何处可说?这样的人又怎会有苦来临?如此即为说明。显示巴利原文
Yassa selopamaṃ cittanti gāthā , selopamanti upamā yathā selo vātena na kampati na uṇhena na sītena saṃkampati. Yathā anekā acetanā, te uṇhena milāyanti, sītena avasussanti, vātena bhajanti. Na evaṃ selo virattaṃ rajanīyesu dosanīye na dussatīti kāraṇaṃ dosanīye domanassantaṃ, na duṭṭhena vā kampati uṇhena vā, so milāyati sītena vā avasussati, evaṃ cittaṃ rāgena nānussati sītena kampatīti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Virattaṃ rajanīyesu dosanīye na dussati. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Dosanīye panassanti na dussati, aduṭṭhaṃ taṃ na kosissanti, tena kuppanīye na kuppati, yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhaniddeso ca kuto evarūpassa dukkhaṃ āgamissatīti niddiṭṭhaṃ.
转变,「从何处有苦」:凡是心所生的乐,无余依的乐是不存在的,有余依的乐是存在的。然而他们又这样说:在那刹那、那须臾之间,两者都未被感受——有余依的乐与无余依的乐;在那刹那、那须臾之间,无余依的乐与有余依的乐皆未被感受。「已证得乐者不再回转」,这便是此处转变的差别。显示巴利原文
Parivattanāti kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti yaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ anupādisesā ayaṃ natthi sopādisesā ayaṃ atthi. Puna evamāhaṃsu taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ ubhayameva avedayitaṃ sopādisesaṃ yañca anupādisesaṃ yañca taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ anupādisesaṃ yañca sopādisesaṃ ca avedayitaṃ. Sukhamāpannassa anāvattikanti ayamettha viseso parivattanā.
于此,什么是同义语?「其心已如是修习」,或说已修习、善修习、已确立、已植为根基、已妥善精勤。心,即是意、识、意根、意识界。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ vā bhāvitaṃ subhāvitaṃ anuṭṭhitaṃ vatthukataṃ susamāraddhaṃ. Cittanti mano viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu.
于此,什么是施设?心、意、诸行,是依寂止施设而施设的。定,是依无学施设而施设的。苦,是依断除施设而施设的。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Cittaṃ mano saṅkhārā vūpasamapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Samādhi asekkhapaññattiyā paññatto. Dukkhaṃ ucchinnapaññattiyā paññattaṃ.
在此,什么是下降?当指出心时,五蕴即被指出,这是于诸蕴中的下降;当指出意识界时,十八界即被指出,这是于诸界中的下降;当指出意处时,一切处即被指出。其中,意处是名色的近因。缘于名色而有六处。如此在缘起中,这便是下降。在此,什么是净化?即清净的开端。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Citte niddiṭṭhe pañcakkhandhā niddiṭṭhā honti, ayaṃ khandhesu otaraṇo, manoviññāṇadhātuyā niddiṭṭhāya aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo niddiṭṭhā honti, ayaṃ dhātūsu otaraṇo. Manāyatane niddiṭṭhe sabbāni āyatanāni niddiṭṭhāni honti. Tattha manāyatanaṃ nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ. Tathā paṭiccasamuppāde. Ayaṃ otaraṇo. Tattha katamo sodhano suddhoyeva ārambho.
在此,什么是确立?六根的修习于统一性中被施设,依于第六根,身亦于统一性中被施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Chaḷindriyaṃ bhāvanā ekattāyaṃ paññatti chaṭṭhitena kāyo ekattāya paññatto.
在此,什么是资具?为了引发心的前因,所起的作意与倾向;以及因在未得定地中殊胜法未修,心恒常流散。若已得定者,则以乐为因,以无悔为缘——这就是因,这就是缘,这便是资具。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Cittassa pubbahetu samuppādāya manasikāro ca tappoṇatā ca yaṃ asamāhitabhūmiyaṃ ca visesadhammānaṃ abhāvitattā cittasatataṃ gacchati, sace samādhino sukhaṃ hetu avippaṭisāro paccayo, ayaṃ hetu ayaṃ paccayo parikkhāro.
其中,什么是“安立”?对于“如是已修习者”——那些法应当被安立。身、戒、慧与已修习的心,不喜、不离、非一、非多、不执著于有,这是共许之处。对于那有学,正定并非如此;一切无学的十种阿拉汉法则被指明。此即属于无学分的诸经。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā samāropanā? Yassevaṃ bhāvitanti tassa dhammā samāropayitabbā. Kāyo sīlaṃ paññā bhāvitacittanti anabhirataṃ anapaṇataṃ anekaṃ anutaṃ anāpajjāsattaṃ ayaṃ samaññāyatanā na tassa sekkhassa sammāsamādhi sabbe asekkhā dasa arahantadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Asekkhabhāgiyāni suttāni.
96 尊者,若身至念未修习,此人便会在接触某位同梵行者后,不告而别,出发游行乡间。那位具寿于此否认两种,而承认:以心的修习舍断见,以身的修习舍断见,以身的修习舍断渴爱。这是他所作的第一个譬喻。无论是不净或是净,大地既不厌恶也不嫌忌,也不因此获得喜与悦。同样地,他以如同大地的心——随顺、少欲、无怨、无害——而安住。如是,那位具寿承认什么呢?他承认以身的修习舍断乐根,以心的修习舍断喜根。身的受,舍断伴随贪随眠的乐根。非受蕴——凡是心所的乐受,在此是以获得为缘而生起的乐与喜。他舍断流,而非意触所生的受。在此,于四大种中,他说色蕴的随眠与能对治的舍断。欲界、色界,以及那在无学地。于身随观身,以及现法乐住。以力与精勤,一切作意的舍断,乃至以脂肪、骨锁、人和装饰生类的譬喻,以这些对父母所生身的观察,他以身随观身、以心随观心,执持两种。身的杂染事,以心与心的所依,以善修习的心,他承认安住于七种等至。显示巴利原文
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāyagatāsati abhāvitā, ayaṃ so aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja samāpajja appaṭinisajja janapadacārikaṃ pakkameyya, so āyasmā imasmiṃ vippaṭijānāti dve pajāni paṭijānāti cittabhāvanāyañca diṭṭhiyā pahānaṃ, kāyabhāvanāyañca diṭṭhippahānaṃ, kāyabhāvanāyañca taṇhāpahānaṃ, yaṃ paṭhamaṃ upamaṃ karoti. Asucināpi sucināpi pathavī neva aṭṭiyati na jigucchati na pītipāmojjaṃ paṭilabhati, evameva hi pathavīsamena so cetasā anvayena appakena averena abyāpajjena viharāmīti. Iti so āyasmā kiṃ paṭijānāti, kāyabhāvanāya sukhindriyapahānaṃ paṭijānāti, cittabhāvanāya somanassindriyapahānaṃ paṭijānāti. Kāyikā vedanā rāgānusayamanugatānaṃ sukhindriyaṃ paṭikkhipati. Na hi vedanākkhandhaṃ yā cetasikā sukhavedanā tattha ayaṃ paṭilābhapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ. Sotaṃ paṭikkhipati, na hi manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ. Tattha catūsu mahābhūtesu rūpakkhandhassa anusayapaṭighapahānaṃ bhaṇati. Kāme rūpañca tañca asekkhabhūmiyaṃ. Kāye kāyānupassanā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārañca. Balena ca ussāhena ca sabbaṃ manasi katattānaṃ pahānaṃ medaṃ katālikāya ca purisena ca maṇḍanakajātikena ca, etehi imassa mātāpitusambhūtaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ, so kāyena ca kāyānupassanāya ca cittena ca cittānupassanāya ca dve dhamme dhāreti. Kāyakilesavatthuṃ cittena ca cittasannissaye cittena subhāvitena sattannaṃ ca samāpattīnaṃ viharituṃ paṭijānāti.
又如长者子的譬喻:犹如长者子拥有一个盛满各色衣服的衣箱,在早晨想要哪一套衣服,早晨便取出;中午、傍晚也是如此。同样地,那位具寿由于心善修习,无论想在早晨以何种方式安住,便在早晨那样安住;中午、傍晚也是如此。因此,那位具寿以我所依的譬喻,以大地或无上根的修习,修习其心。因此,那位具寿承认这八种修习:于四大种中,是身的修习;于屠夫、死尸、泥沼中,是心的修习。以这些修习,成就修习与奢摩他的圆满;以此四种,成就慧的圆满。显示巴利原文
Gahapatiputtopamatāya ca yathā gahapatiputtassa nānāraṅgānaṃ vatthakaraṇḍako puṇṇo bhaveyya, so yaṃ yadeva vatthayugaṃ pubbaṇhasamaye ākaṅkhati, pubbaṇhasamaye nibbāpeti, evaṃ majjhanhikasamaye, sāyanhasamaye, evameva so āyasmā cittassa subhāvitattā yathārūpena vihārena ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tathārūpena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati, majjhanhikasamaye, sāyanhasamaye. Tena vesa āyasmatā upamāya me āsitāya pathavī vā anuttarā indriyabhāvanā bhāvitacittena. Tena so āyasmā idaṃ aṭṭhavidhaṃ bhāvanaṃ paṭijānāti catūsu mahābhūtesu, kāyabhāvanaṃ upakacaṇḍālaṃ purisametakaṃ bhavatalākāsu cittabhāvanaṃ, imāhi bhāvanāhi tāya bhāvanāya ca samathā pāripūrimantehi. Imehi catūhi paññāpāripūrimantehi.
97 如何于厌恶法而住于无厌恶想?身本性并无厌恶,于身取膨胀想——简言之,这九想本是可厌之法;但这位具寿不因厌恶而起厌弃,随行身至念的修习而住,心不为舍离嫌厌而厌恶。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ upakacaṇḍālaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Kāyo pakatiyā appaṭikūlaṃ kāye uddhumātakasaññā saṃkhittena nava saññā ime paṭikūlā dhammā ceso āyasmā paṭikūlato ajigucchito kāyagatāsatiyā bhāvanānuyogamanuyutto viharati, na hi tassa jigucchappahāya cittaṃ paṭikūlati.
如何于无厌恶法而住于厌恶想?身对一切世间本无厌恶,而那位具寿依不净想而住。如此,于无厌恶法而住于厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharatīti? Kāyo sabbalokassa appaṭikūlo taṃ so āyasmā asubhasaññāya viharati. Evaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于厌恶与无厌恶法而住于无厌恶想?即如此世间所见:剃除须发、手持钵盂,于诸家乞食;这位具寿依此,对所见胜色、劣色皆不抱厌恶想,以厌离相伴的心与身,安住于无厌恶想。如此,于厌恶与无厌恶法而住于无厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlasaññī viharatīti api sabboyaṃ lokassa yamidaṃ muṇḍo pattapāṇī kulesu piṇḍāya vicarati, tena ca so āyasmā suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇena appaṭikūlasaññī cittena ca kāyena nibbidāsahagatena appaṭikūlasaññī, evaṃ paṭikūlesu appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法中住于不厌想呢?那位具寿,于可厌法持净想,于女色之可厌持厌弃想,于青瘀脓烂持厌弃想——即在此处住于厌想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu subhasaññino itthirūpe paṭikūlesu ca jigucchino vinīlakavipubbake tattha so āyasmā paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法中,舍离此二者,以平等、具念、正知而住?于不可厌法持净想,于女色之可厌持厌弃想,于青瘀脓烂持厌弃想,舍离此二者之后,住于“此非我所,此非我,此非我之我”。就这样,舍离此二者,以平等、具念、正知而住。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati sato ca sampajāno ca? Appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu subhasaññino itthirūpe paṭikūlesu ca jigucchino vinīlakavipubbake tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā ‘netaṃ mama’‘nesohamasmi’‘neso me’ attāti viharati. Evaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.
另有方式:三界世间之共住,乃一切愚痴凡夫的不厌想。然而,具寿舍利弗于此却住于不厌想。如此,他于不厌法中住于厌想。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Tedhātuko lokasannivāso sabbabālaputhujjanānaṃ appaṭikūlasaññā. Tattha ca āyasmā sāriputto appaṭikūlasaññī viharati. Evaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法而住不厌恶想?于此三界一切世间,有厌恶想者,即一切有学。其中,谁是已至道地、已现证定果而住于不厌恶想者?何以故?实无有一世间,为断除故,而应生起厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Paṭikūlasaññino sabbasekkhā idha kā tedhātuke sabbaloke. Tattha katamo bhūmippatto samādhiphale sacchikato appaṭikūlasaññī viharati ? Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Na hi taṃ atthi yassa lokassa pahānāya paṭikūlasaññī uppādeyya.
如何于可厌与不可厌法中,住于厌恶想?于三界世间之住处,乃至欲界地,离贪者于彼具厌恶之平等性;于色界、无色界,则具不厌恶之平等性。于此,具寿舍利弗住于厌恶想。如是于可厌与不可厌法中,住于厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati? Tedhātuke lokasannivāse yāva kāmalokabhūmatā hi rāgānaṃ vītarāgānaṃ paṭikūlasamatā rūpārūpadhātuṃ appaṭikūlasamatā. Tattha ca āyasmā sāriputto paṭikūlasaññī viharati. Evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌与不可厌法中,住于不厌恶想?凡他人之恶说、恶来之言,于彼言语起不厌恶想;乃至言语非宜,其人亦如是而不厌恶。于此,具寿舍利弗以证智、现证而住于不厌恶想。如是,于可厌与不可厌法中,住于不厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Yaṃ kiñci parato duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ taṃ vacanaṃ appaṭikūlaṃ yāvatā vācaso appatirūpā tathā janassa appaṭikūlasaññā. Tattha āyasmā sāriputto abhiññāya sacchikato appaṭikūlasaññī viharati, evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
98 如何于厌恶与不厌恶之法,舍弃此二者而安住于平等、具念、正知?他随观那些恶行之法时,于他们法不厌恶。于此,具寿舍利弗这样思择:恶行之法,其果报不可意;善行之法,则导向积集。既然造作善行导向积集,造作恶行感得不可意果报,他便舍弃此二者,而安住于平等。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno? Yañca nesaṃ samanupassati ye dhammā duccaritā, te dhammā appaṭikūlā. Tattha āyasmā sāriputto iti paṭisañcikkhati ye dhammā duccaritā, te dhammā aniṭṭhavipākā. Ye dhammā sucaritā, te ācayagāmino. So ca sucaritaṃ ācayagāminiṃ karitvā duccaritaṃ aniṭṭhavipākaṃ karitvā tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati.
再者,于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于厌恶想。渴爱即是厌恶法,何以故?因为依于渴爱,众生被二法所系缚:被对段食的味渴爱所缚,被对触的乐想所缚。在此,具寿舍利弗对于段食安住于厌恶想,对于触安住于苦想。如是,于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Atha paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlesu ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati. Taṇhā paṭikūladhammā kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Taṇhāvasena hi sattā dvīhi dhammehi sattā, kabaḷīkāre āhāre rasataṇhāya sattā, phasse sukhasaññāya sattā. Tatthāyasmā sāriputto kabaḷīkāre ca āhāre paṭikūlasaññī viharati, phasse ca dukkhasaññī viharati. Evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于不厌恶想?渴爱的灭尽——无上涅槃,在愚痴凡夫看来是厌恶想、被击败之想。在此,具寿舍利弗以自己的智慧亲自证见之后,安住于不厌恶想、无嗔想。如是,于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于不厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Taṇhākkhayaṃ anuttaraṃ nibbānaṃ tathā bālaputhujjanānaṃ paṭikūlasaññā pahatasaññā ca. Tatthāyasmato sāriputtassa appaṭikūlasaññā abyāpādasaññā ca sāmaṃ paññāya passitvā evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌与不可厌诸法中住于不可厌想?即于第三涅槃起可厌想,于名声与称誉起不可厌想。于此,具寿舍利弗以正慧如实了知味、过患与出离后,舍离可厌与不可厌这二者之法,而住于不可厌想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Tatiye ca nibbāne paṭikūlasaññino yasena ca kittini ca appaṭikūlasaññino. Tatthāyasmā sāriputto assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ sammāpaññāya paṭijānanto paṭikūlañca appaṭikūlañca dhammaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何舍离可厌与不可厌这二者之法后,住于舍,具念、正知?他随观:随顺为不可厌法,排斥为可厌法。于此,具寿舍利弗因已舍断随顺与排斥,住于舍,具念、正知。他所随观的,即是五种无上的根修习。这是经的分别论。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlaṃ appaṭikūlañca dhammaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati? Sato ca sampajāno ca, yañca samanupassati anunayo appaṭikūlo dhammo paṭigho ca paṭikūlo dhammo, tatthāyasmā sāriputto anunayassa paṭighappahīnattā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno ca. Yañcassa samanupassati ayaṃ pañcavidhā anuttarā indriyabhāvanā. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
99 何为教说的要义?此经中应当教说什么?于此说:此经教示现法乐住、解脱心的省察,以及增上慧法。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo desanāhāro? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitabbaṃ? Tattha vuccate, imamhi sutte diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro desito, tathā vimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhaṇā ca adhipaññādhammaṃ desitaṃ.
在此,什么是思择?凡安住于身随观身者,其心不随顺与排斥而住;而对于以随顺与排斥为乐者,凭借修习之力,其心将归于统一。这即是思择要义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? Ye kāye kāyānupassino viharanti, tesaṃ cittaṃ anunayappaṭighena na viharati anunayappaṭighena cābhiramamānassa cittaṃ samaggataṃ bhavissatīti bhāvanāya balametaṃ, ayaṃ vicayo hāro.
在此,什么是理趣要义?通过身修习与心修习,便不会轻视任何梵行者。有此理趣,这即是理趣要义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo yuttihāro? Kāyabhāvanāya ca cittabhāvanāya ca na kiñci sabrahmacārī atimaññissatīti. Atthi esā yutti, ayaṃ yuttihāro.
在此,什么是足处要义?念是身修习、第一念处的足处。如大地般平等的心,则是无常随观的足处。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Kāyabhāvanāya paṭhamassa sati upaṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā pathavīsamacittatā, sā aniccānupassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,什么是特相?有在家人以地平等之心安住,并以地平等观察自身而住——此即特相。‘地平等’是何义?正如那些如山般不适合作业者,同样,此平等者依惭而成就如此。这便是特相。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yaṃ pathavīsamena cetasā viharati attānupassī pathavīsamena gihī viharati. Ko attho pathavīsamenāti? Yathā ye ca selopamatāya akammayuttā evameva pathavīsamo ayaṃ hiriyatāya. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo.
于此,什么是四庄严?在所述分别中,那位具寿的意趣是什么?凡是渴望修习诸根的阿拉汉,他们都将生起地平等性。这便是其意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi byākaraṇe ko tassa āyasmato adhippāyo? Ye keci arahantā indriyabhāvanaṃ ākaṅkhiyanti, te pathavīsamataṃ uppādayissantīti. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.
于此,什么是转?转即是无所依、无有基础。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭoti? Natthi āvaṭṭassa bhūmi.
于此,什么是分别论?修习身随观者,是否将获得地平等心性?这并非决定之说。何以故?那些仅以片段、零散方式修习的人,不会获得地平等心性。一切身至念乃是有学的修习,涅槃为其果。这便是分别论。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti? Yo kāyānupassī viharati, so pathavīsamacittataṃ paṭilabhissatīti na ekaṃsena. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Ye khaṇḍakādichinnakādino, na te pathavīsamacittataṃ paṭilabhanti. Sabbā kāyagatāsati sekkhabhāvanāya nibbānaṃ phalaṃ, ayaṃ vibhatti.
于此,什么是转变庄严?那些将修习身随观的人,正因以身为缘,对他们而言,会生起诸漏、逼恼与热恼。这便是转变庄严。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Ye kāyānupassino viharissanti, tesaṃyeva kāyapaccayā uppajjeyya āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, ayaṃ parivattano hāro.
于此,什么是下降庄严?当五蕴未被超越时,有二十二根。其中,意根即意界与意处,定根即法界与法处。这便是下降庄严。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Pañcakkhandhā avitiṇṇā bāvīsatindriyāni, tathā yaṃ manindriyaṃ, taṃ manodhātu manāyatanañca. Yaṃ samādhindriyaṃ, taṃ dhammadhātu dhammāyatanañca. Ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
于此,什么是净化庄严?凡是应以心修习的四法,皆已修习;凡是于应断中应以心证得者,为达此义,于一切处策励精进,此义即是清净。这便是净化庄严。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Ye ca manasā cattāro bhāvetabbā, te sabbe bhāvitā yaṃ taṃ manena pahīne pattabbataṃ sabbattha etassa ca atthāya ārambho, so attho suddho. Ayaṃ sodhano hāro.
于此,什么是确立?此定以同一性而施设,六身亦以同一性而施设。五色根为色身,六受身为受身,六想身为想身,六思身为思身,六识身为识身。所有这一切法,皆总称为法身。这便是确立。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Ayaṃ samādhi ekattatāya paññatto, cha kāyā ekattatāya paññattā. Pañcindriyāni rūpīni rūpakāyo. Cha vedanākāyā vedanākāyo. Cha saññākāyā saññākāyo. Cha cetanākāyā cetanākāyo. Cha viññāṇakāyā viññāṇakāyo. Sabbepi ete dhammā dhammakāyotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ adhiṭṭhāno.
“准备”:入定善巧与心路善巧为因;所缘善巧与适当的善巧为缘。清净善巧为因,适当为缘。乐为因,无恼害为缘。这便是准备。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti samāpattikosallañca vīthikosallañca hetu. Yañca gocarakosallaṃ yañca kallaṃ taṃ kosallaṃ paccayo. Vodānakosallaṃ hetu, kallaṃ paccayo. Sukhaṃ hetu, abyāpajjaṃ paccayo. Ayaṃ parikkhāro.
其中,什么是“安立”?犹如大地,无论人们放下净物还是不净物,它都保持那样;同样地,身体对于可意的触和不可意的触,也是如此;心无论面对排斥性的触还是乐受,也都保持那样。这段经文以譬喻作了详细的分别,是为利根者开演的法义。在这当中,实无安立的余地。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropanoti? Yathā pathavī sucimpi nikkhīpante asucimpi nikkhitte tādiseyeva evaṃ kāyo manāpikehipi phassehi amanāpikehipi phassehi tādisoyeva paṭighasamphassena vā sukhāya vedanāya tādisaṃ yo cittaṃ. Idaṃ suttaṃ vibhattaṃ saopammaṃ ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa vibhāgena. Tattha samāropanāya avakāso natthi.
100 其中,哪类经文属于杂染分?当不与善法相违、也不增长时,世尊便宣说其中的过患。因此,应当揭开那覆盖之物;揭开之后便不会被雨水所淋。所以,从过患的角度应加以揭开。如此,他便不被三法所压伏:修习不净想则不被贪所压伏,修习慈心则不被嗔所压伏,修习观智则不被痴所压伏。如是,在种种法中,那对治法便会圆满。与某一法相应的不善法,便无法侵袭他。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ? Yato ca kusalehi dhammehi na virodhati, na vaḍḍhati, imaṃ ādīnavaṃ bhagavā deseti, tasmā channaṃ vivareyya, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati, tato ādīnavato vivareyyāti taṃ tīhi dhammehi nābhidhaṃsitāti asubhasaññāya rāgena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Mettāya dosena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Vipassanā mohena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Evañcassa yo yo dhammo paṭipakkho tamhi tamhi dhamme paripūrissati. Yo tassa dhammassa akusalo dhammo paṭipakkho, tena nādhivāsiyati.
又一种方式。那些自己无法生起的法,正是被教导的内容。“被覆盖的将被雨淋”:借着那些寻,便得以再次引导心,令其明净、清净;那倾向于远离、趣向远离、倾注于出离的心,于善法中便会得到增长、增广与广大,犹如青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中,在白分月里,日日夜夜唯应期待其增长,而非衰退。同样地,那心便不被压伏。再者,于此,不虚伪、不狡诈、不欺诳、正直之人,会如实地显露自己。其中,有所覆藏的人,不善法便追随他的心。“被覆盖的将被雨淋”:然而,不狡诈、不虚伪、不欺诳、正直之人,如实显露自己,其心便不被不善法所破坏。这便是经文的意旨。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Ye ime dhammā attanā na sakkoti vuṭṭhānaṃ, te ete dhammā desitā. Channamativassatīti tehi vitakkaṃ yena ca sakkā puna desitaṃ cittaṃ vibhāvetuṃ pariyodāpetuṃ vivekaninnassa vivekapoṇassa vivekapabbhārassa vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ āpajjati kusalesu dhammesu, seyyathāpi nāma uppalaṃ vā kumudaṃ vā padumaṃ vā udake sukkapakkhe cando yāvaratti yāvadivaso āgacchati, tassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhitabbā, na parihāni, evaṃvidhaṃ taṃ cittaṃ nābhidhaṃsiyati. Aparopettha yo akūṭo asaṭho amāyāvī uju puriso yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti. Tattha yo chādeti tassa akusalā dhammā cittaṃ anudhāvanti. Channamativassatīti yo pana hoti asaṭho akūṭo amāyāvī uju puriso yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti. Tassa cittaṃ akusalehi dhammehi na viddhaṃsiyati, ayaṃ suttattho.
101 其中,什么是教示?在此,教示十不善业道为具有侵扰性,十善业道为无侵扰性,不因不善而得清净。正如世尊所说:“诸比丘,众生因心杂染而杂染。”显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā desanā? Idha desitā dasa akusalakammapathā adhivassanatāya dasa kusalakammapathā anadhivassanatāya akusalehi na visujjhati. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘cittasaṃkilesā, bhikkhave, sattā saṃkilissantī’’ti.
其中,什么是推度?若人心如此随顺,当他觉悟时,若有欺诳——即使与无间业相关,或是出于对导师功德的感念——这便是推度。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassevaṃ cittaṃ adhivāsiyati, tassa bujjhitassa yaṃ bhaveyya kūṭeyya, taṃ ānantariyenapi satthari vā guṇānukampanatāya, ayaṃ vicayo.
其中,什么是理趣?如此不随顺的心便出起;出起之后,安立于善法——这便是其中的理趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā yuttīti? Evaṃ anadhivasiyantaṃ cittaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Vuṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhahati kusalesu dhammesūti atthi esā yutti.
“词的基础”:所谓“覆盖者被雨所淋”,即未加防护的覆盖者是词的基础;“显露者不为雨所淋”,即不加覆盖而有防护者是词的基础。因此,“应揭开覆盖者,显露者不为雨淋”正是这段教导的词的基础。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānanti channamativassatīti channaṃ asaṃvarānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti achannaṃ saṃvaraṇānaṃ. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyya vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti desanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
相之分别论:所谓“覆盖者被雨淋”,是指凡是依种种覆盖而具有同一相的诸法,它们都会被穿透,因此应当揭开覆盖。“显露者不为雨淋”,是指凡是不依那种覆盖而具有同一相的诸法,它们全都不被雨淋。这便是相之分别论。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇoti channamativassatīti ye keci vicittena channena ekalakkhaṇā dhammā sabbe te aviddhaṃsiyanti. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyya. Vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti ye keci tena acchannena ekalakkhaṇā dhammā sabbe te nātivassantīti lakkhaṇo hāro.
于此,什么是四布置之分别论?在这部经中,世尊的意趣是什么?凡是心被不善法所侵占的人,他们都将如法对治。这便是世尊在此的意趣。这是四布置之分别论。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Yesaṃ kesañci cittaṃ akusalā dhammā adhipaṭidesitā te yathādhammaṃ paṭikarissantīti ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
转动之分别论:那种覆盖物有两种,应当将其中动摇的完全去除。对于无间定。在此,由轻安而生起慢,反令诸漏增长;由不信而趣向放逸;由放逸而低沉迷没,却又现出高举之态。正如世尊所说:“高举之人、放逸之人,他们的诸漏便得增长。”那四种取,即是四取,它们成为五取蕴。这些就是圣谛——苦与集。因此,应当揭开那覆盖物——由于那种因缘,诸漏便得增长。而通过断除它们,诸漏则被断除。在此,以不放逸而断除不信;以断除掉举与追悔,而断除粗重性,他的那两种法——止与修习——便不能达到圆满。那些漏的灭尽,这就是灭。这四种圣谛,即是转动之分别论。显示巴利原文
Āvaṭṭoti yaṃ channaṃ taṃ duvidhaṃ kampamānaṃ samucchitabbo. Ānantariyasamādhīnaṃ. Tattha passaddhiyañca māno āsave vaḍḍheti, assaddhiyena ca pamādaṃ gacchati, pamādena onamati, unnaḷabhāvaṃ gacchati. Vuttaṃ cetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘unnaḷānaṃ pamattānaṃ tesaṃ vaḍḍhanti āsavā’’ti cattāri tāni upādānāni, yāni cattāri upādānāni, te pañcupādānakkhandhā bhavanti. Imāni saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyyāti yena hetunā, te āsavā vaḍḍhanti. Tesaṃ pahīnattā āsavā pahīyante. Tattha appamādena assaddhiyaṃ pahīyati uddhaccakukkuccappahānena oḷārikatā tassa dve dhammā na samatho ca bhāvanā ca pāripūriṃ gacchanti. Yo tesaṃ āsavānaṃ khayo, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni, ayaṃ āvaṭṭo.
于此,什么是分别论之分别论?“雨水穿透覆盖物”——这并非一向说。是什么缘故呢?对于有还灭者而言,就如同有学。如世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? Channamativassatīti na ekaṃso. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yassa assā nivattanā yathāpi sekkhānaṃ. Yathāvuttaṃ bhagavatā –
“即使有学之人造作恶行,或以身、或以语、或以意;
他无法将此事隐藏,对见道者而言,这是不可能的。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiñcāpi sekkho pakareyya pāpaṃ, kāyena vācāya uda cetasā vā; Abhabbo hi tassa pariguhanāya, abhabbatā diṭṭhapadassa hotī’’ti.
虽然他们的心有盖覆,但因无缘之故,在合宜之时仍应指出他们。这便是分别论。显示巴利原文
Kiñcāpi tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Api tu appaccayā samāye ca te niddisitabbā, ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
于此,什么是回转论?「覆盖物被雨水所穿透」——对于那人,一切未显露的法会被穿透;已显露的法则不被穿透;无过失的法也不被穿透。这便是回转论。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro. Channamativassatīti yassa ye dhammā sabbaṃ anavivaṭaṃ ativassiyati, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati, avaguṇantaṃ nātivassati. Ayaṃ parivattano hāro.
于此,什么是同义语的串?‘覆盖’即遮蔽、盖覆、隐藏、掩蔽、遮盖、障碍;‘开放不被雨淋’即那些法已出离、已去除、不被烦恼之雨所淋、已呕出。这是同义语的串。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro. Channanti āvutaṃ nivutaṃ pihitaṃ paṭikujjitaṃ sañchannaṃ parodhaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti yassa te dhammā pabbajjitā vinodaṃ nādhivassitā vantikatāti, ayaṃ vevacano hāro.
于此,什么是施设的串?‘覆盖被雨淋’是烦恼分的施设;‘开放不被雨淋’是正法的作用,此道依施设而施设;因此,‘应开启覆盖’依教诫施设而施设;‘开放不被雨淋’依解脱施设而施设。这是施设的串。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo paññatti hāro. Channamativassatīti kilesabhāgiyapaññattaṃ vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti sadhammakiccaṃ yaṃ paṭipadā paññattiyā paññattaṃ, tasmā hi channaṃ vivareyyāti anusāsanapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti niddhānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, ayaṃ paññatti hāro.
于此,什么是下降的串?‘覆盖被雨淋’即三种烦恼——贪、嗔、痴。它们在诸蕴中属于行蕴……(中略)……如前所述,在蕴、界、处中。这是下降的串。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo hāro? Channamativassatīti tayo kilesā rāgo doso moho, te khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho…pe… te purā yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ khandhadhātuāyatanesu, ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
那么,什么是“净化之串”?若依某种因缘而宣说此经,那个因缘便是相应的。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsati so ārambho niyutto.
“确立”即“覆盖被雨淋”,这是依一性而施设的。何故?因为“此被雨淋”“此也被雨淋”“如此被雨淋”等,是依差异性、依不共的特相而施设的;而这正是那一性的施设。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti channamativassatīti ekattatāya paññattaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇaṃ? Idaṃ hi ativassatīti imassa ca ativassati evañca ativassatīti ayaṃ vemattatāya yā suṇasādhāraṇehi lakkhaṇehi paññāpiyati, sā ekattapaññatti.
在此,什么是“资具”?那被称为“被雨淋”者,有二因、二缘:不善的言说与乐着言说。这二者,即非如理作意与对善法的损害——这便是二种缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Yañca taṃ ativassiyanti, tassa dve hetū dve paccayā akusalapasuteva vācakattābhirati ca. Ime dve ayonisomanasikāro ca kusalā dhammā vopasaggā ca, ime dve paccayā.
于此,什么是增上?“覆盖为雨所漏”即见其差异,“覆盖”即执取与指示;少闻者即生疑惑,以显著的不善根,由渴爱增长那些过失,以少损减而有诸行。以行为缘而有识,乃至老死,这就是增上。又,如那种说法:那些不善法增长、增大、达到广大,以那些行的灭,这也是增上。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Channamativassatīti vemati passatīti channaṃ yaṃ pariggahituṃ yaṃ adesituṃ appassutaṃ yaṃ kathaṃkathā vibhūtena akusalamūlena yaṃ taṇhāya ca te vaḍḍhati dosāti sannitvā te appasakkhayena saṅkhārā. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ, ayaṃ samāropano . Yaṃ puna tathā desanā, tasseva akusalā dhammā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullatamāpajjati tassa saṅkhārā nirodhā, ayaṃ samāropano.
102 “四种人:黑暗趣向黑暗”……其中,什么被称为黑暗?就是那黑暗、黑暗。如世尊所说:“如同在那可怖的黑暗之中,自界动摇之人无法看见;同样,由于无智、黑暗、暗冥,他不信恶业及其果报。”因此,以这样的特征,无智就是黑暗、无明、痴,由此众生不能如实了知,便称为黑暗。那是三眼的黑暗:肉眼、天眼、慧眼的黑暗,此处所说这些眼的黑暗就是无智。那么,什么是无智、不见?就是依于前际的无智、后际的无智、前际后际的无智、因的无智、缘的无智。那无智者会得到定的异熟,他不知道“此应亲近”、“此不应作意”。他以那黑暗被表明,黑暗也就如此被言说。“愚痴”即是这样的思。因为那黑暗,此人被称为黑暗者。由于那黑暗,他未破除、未断除,而以黑暗为终极、为归趣,这便称为“黑暗趣向黑暗的人”。归趣就是应作意的法,那黑暗被烧尽,就现起其余的心。那些法对他来说是堪能思惟的,他以闻所成慧来观察。显示巴利原文
Cattāro puggalā tamo tamaparāyanoti…pe… tattha katamo vuccate tamo nāma? Yo tamo andhakāro, yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘yathā andhakāre tasmiṃ bhayānake sakampidhātupuriso na passati, evameva aññāṇato tamopanandhakāro pāpakasakammasavipākaṃ na saddho hoti. Iti evaṃ lakkhaṇatā aññāṇaṃ tamo avijjā moho, yena sattā yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, iti vuccati tamoti. So tiṇṇaṃ cakkhūnaṃ tamo maṃsacakkhuno dibbacakkhuno paññācakkhuno, imesaṃ cakkhūnaṃ idha tamo niddisiyati aññāṇanti. Tattha katamaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ? Atha nissaye yaṃ pubbante aññāṇaṃ aparante aññāṇaṃ pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ hetumhi aññāṇaṃ paccayamhi aññāṇaṃ tassa aññāṇino samādhibhūtassa eso nissando. Yaṃ na jānāti idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na manasikātabbanti. So tena tamena niddisiyati tamopi yathā vuccati. Mūḷhoti evaṃ cetanā. Tena tamena so puggalo vuccati. Tamoti so tena tamena asamūhatena asamucchinnena tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo tamo tamaparāyanoti. Parāyanoyeva dhammo manasikātabbo so tamo dahati aññacittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Te cassa dhammā nijjhānakkhamanti. So sutamayāya paññāya samanupassati.
于此,什么是黑暗趣向光明者?他以那慧力而行,如此行持便以此为归趣。这便称为黑暗趣向光明的人。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo tamo jotiparāyano? So tena paññāvasena iriyati evaṃ tasseva iriyantassa parāyano bhavati. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo jotiparāyano.
那么,什么是光以光为归趣的人?这里所说的“光”,就是那些对治黑暗的法,乃至包括智慧之光。他是一个闻法者,虽在暗中,却以光为归趋。如果这样的人得遇善知识,这位善知识会使他远离不善,令他于已修习的善法上继续修习,并为他说正法:“这些法是善,这些法是不善;这些法有罪过,这些法无罪过;这些法应亲近,这些法不应亲近;这些法应交往,这些法不应交往;这些法应具足而住,这些法不应具足而住;这些法应作意,这些法不应作意。”他以想为想,依念根而住,如此了知:“这些法是善,这些法是不善;这些法有罪过,这些法无罪过;这些法应亲近,这些法不应亲近;这些法应修习,这些法不应修习;这些法应具足而住,这些法不应具足而住;这些法应作意,这些法不应作意。”他善听诸法,倾耳谛听,心中现起了知,那些法适合他思惟。他具足闻所成慧,依此力量而行,以此为正行,以此为最上,以此为归趣。这样的人便名为光以光为归趣的人。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo puggalo joti jotiparāyano ? Tattha vuccati joti nāma yaṃ tassa ce tamassa paṭipakkhena ye ca dhamme antamaso ñāṇāloko, so suṇadhammo puggalo tamo jotiparāyano, tattha vuccate, yoyaṃ puggalo tamo jotiparāyano, so yadi tathārūpaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ paṭilabhati, yo naṃ akusalato ca nivāreti bhāvitakusalatāva bhāvī niyojetīti . Evañca saddhammaṃ deseti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhajitabbā, ime dhammā na bhajitabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbāti. Paccate saññāya yathā saññāyati satindriyāni, so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhāvetabbā, ime dhammā na bhāvetabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbāti. So te dhamme susuyyati, sotaṃ odahati, aññaṃ cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, te cassa dhammā nijjhānakkhamanti, so sutamayāya paññāya samannāgato so tena paccayavasena iriyati evaṃ tasseva iriyanti tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo tamaparāyano.
那么,什么是光以暗为归趣的人?所谓“光”,就是那些对治黑暗的法,乃至包括智慧之光。那么,怎样被称为“以暗为归趣”呢?因为有智慧,他才被称为贤智者。他如此了知:“这些法是善,这些法是不善;这些法有罪过,这些法无罪过;这些法应亲近,这些法不应亲近;这些法应修习,这些法不应修习;这些法应具足而住,这些法不应具足而住;这些法应作意,这些法不应作意。”然而,他却亲近恶友,追随恶友,增长不善法,舍弃善法。他因放逸、依于诸想、不正作意,而修习失念与不正知。就这样,在与善法对治的黑暗中,他增长了暗;他被暗所征服,以暗为归趣,以暗为最上。这样的人便名为光以暗为归趣的人。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo puggalo joti tamaparāyano? Joti nāma yā tasseva tamassa paṭipakkhena ye dhammā antamaso ñāṇāloko, so puna dhammo. Katamā uccate? Paññāyato paṇḍitoti vuccate, so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhāvitabbā, ime dhammā na bhāvitabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbā. Idha pana pāpamittasaṃsevano pāpamittavasānugo akusale dhamme abhivaḍḍheti, kusale dhamme pajahati. So tena pamādena paccayasaññā amanasikatvā assatiasampajaññaṃ āsevati. Tayā yo paṭipakkho tamo, so pavaḍḍheti. So tamābhibhūto parāyano tamaparamo ceva bhavati. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo joti tamaparāyano.
103 那么,什么是光以光为归趣的人?这里所说的这种人,亲近善知识,善于结交善友,并探寻善法。他到善知识那里,询问、请问:“什么是善,什么是不善?什么是有罪过,什么是无罪过?什么应亲近,什么不应亲近?什么应修习,什么不应修习?什么应具足而住,什么不应具足而住?什么应作意,什么不应作意?如何有杂染,如何有清净?如何有流转,如何有还灭?如何有系缚,如何有解脱?如何有身见集,如何有身见灭?”他依照所教导、所显现的行持,如此了知:“这些法是善,这些法是不善。”这样,以至“如何有身见集,如何有身见灭”,他都详加了解。他于这些法心怀渴仰,如此,他的相、智、明与光明便得以增长。他以那为最上,以那为归趣。这样的人便名为光以光为归趣的人。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo puggalo joti jotiparāyano? Tattha vuccate soyaṃ puggalo kalyāṇamittassa sannissito bhavati sakkā saṃyogī kusalaṃ gavesī, so kalyāṇamitte upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati, paripañhayati? Kiṃ kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ? Kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajjaṃ? Kiṃ sevitabbaṃ, kiṃ na sevitabbaṃ? Kiṃ bhāvitabbaṃ, kiṃ na bhāvitabbaṃ? Kiṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, kiṃ na upasampajja vihātabbaṃ? Kiṃ manasikātabbaṃ, kiṃ na manasikātabbaṃ? Kathaṃ saṃkileso hoti, kathaṃ vodānaṃ hoti? Kathaṃ pavatti hoti, kathaṃ nivatti hoti? Kathaṃ bandho hoti, kathaṃ mokkho hoti? Kathaṃ sakkāyasamudayo hoti, kathaṃ sakkāyanirodho hoti? So ettha desitaṃ yathā upaṭṭhitaṃ tathā sampaṭipajjanto so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Evaṃ…pe… yāva kathaṃ sakkāyasamudayo hoti, kathaṃ sakkāyanirodho hotīti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. So te dhamme adhipāṭikaṅkhāti evaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ vijjā ālokaṃ vaḍḍheti. So puggalo tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano, ayaṃ vuccate puggalo joti jotiparāyano.
于此,什么是暗而以暗为归趣的补特伽罗?他宣说不善法,并以其修习指示投生于恶趣,以此不善法为至上、为归宿。这样的补特伽罗,便称为暗而以暗为归趣者。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo puggalo tamo tamaparāyano? Yo akusalaṃ dhammaṃ dīpeti. Taṃ bhāvanāya hīnāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti, tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo tamaparāyano.
于此,谁是暗却以光为归趣的补特伽罗?他以暗来显示不善业的果报。这暗,便是善知识的眼睛;依此眼睛,他得以舍弃不善法,增长善法。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo puggalo tamo jotiparāyano? So tamena akusalassa kammassa vipākaṃ dasseti. Tameti yaṃ cakkhu kalyāṇamittassa yena akusale dhamme pajahati, kusale dhamme abhivaḍḍhati.
于此,凡是显示将投生于胜妙之趣,并以此为至上者,由此便被称为暗却以光为归趣者。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo ca paṇītāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti, tapparamo tena vuccate tamo jotiparāyano.
于此,那称为“光以暗为归趣”的补特伽罗,是为显示善业的果报。那因与恶友交往、亲近恶友、随顺恶友而增长不善法之眼,以此修习,显示了在卑劣生趣中的投生。以此为最上,故说为“光以暗为归趣者”。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo puggalo joti tamaparāyano? Kusalassa kammavipākaṃ dasseti. Yaṃ cakkhu pāpamittasaṃsaggena pāpamittupasevena pāpamittavasānugo akusalaṃ dhammaṃ abhivaḍḍhati, taṃ bhāvanāya hīnāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti. Tapparamo tena vuccate joti tamaparāyano.
于此,那称为“光明、以光明为归趣”的补特伽罗,他以光明、以光辉,显示直至殊胜生趣的投生。以此为最上,故说为“光明、以光明为归趣者”。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo puggalo joti jotiparāyano so jotitā pabhātā yāva paṇītāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti. Tapparamo tenāha joti jotiparāyano.
“光明、以黑暗为归趣”,显示十不善业的生起。借着此补特伽罗,显示不善业的果报,而不显示不善法的果报。以此显示八邪性。以光明显示八正性。“光明、以黑暗为归趣”,显示十不善业道。以光明显示殊胜性。以此、以光明为归趣,显示不应热恼之法。“光明、以黑暗为归趣”,显示应热恼之法。显示巴利原文
Jotitamaparāyanena dasa akusalānaṃ kammānaṃ udayaṃ dasseti. Tamena puggalena akusalānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ dasseti. Na akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipākaṃ dasseti. Tamena aṭṭha micchattāni dasseti. Jotinā aṭṭha sammattāni dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena dasa akusalakammapathe dasseti. Jotinā paṇītattaṃ dasseti. Tamena jotiparāyanena atapanīyaṃ dhammaṃ dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena tapanīyaṃ dhammaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ suttattho.
104 什么是教说之要?本经中开示了什么?即:于此经中,开示了善与不善法,开示了善与不善法的果报,开示了下劣与殊胜有情各趣向的种种差别因缘。这便是教说之要。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo desanā hāro? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitaṃ? Tattha vuccate imamhi sutte kusalākusalā dhammā desitā. Kusalākusalānañca dhammānaṃ vipāko desito. Hīnappaṇītānañca sattānaṃ gati nānākāraṇaṃ desitaṃ. Ayaṃ desanā hāro.
什么是简择之要?若有人领受不善业的果报,安住其中而生起不善法,此时加以简择是适当的;若有人领受善业的果报,安住其中而生起善法,此时加以简择也是适当的。这便是简择与适当。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Akusalassa kammassa yo vipākaṃ paccanubhoti. Tattha ṭhito akusale dhamme uppādiyati vicayantaṃ yujjati. Kusalassa kammassa yo vipākaṃ paccanubhoti. Tattha ṭhito kusale dhamme uppādiyati vicayantaṃ yujjati. Ayaṃ vicayo yutti ca.
什么是立足处之要?凡光明的补特伽罗,是省察的立足处;凡黑暗的补特伽罗,则被示为黑暗等,即随观的立足处。依此,以光明为归趣者,开示不放逸的立足处;黑暗则开示无明与邪见的立足处。以光明而趣向黑暗者,则开示放逸与邪见的立足处。这便是立足处。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Yo puggalo joti, so paccavekkhaṇāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yo puggalo tamo, so tamādinnaṃ vānupassanāya padaṭṭhānanti dasseti. Tamena jotiparāyanena appamādassa padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti, tamo avijjāya ca diṭṭhiyā ca padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena pamādassa ca diṭṭhiyā ca padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno.
什么是特相之要?当以黑暗为依处时,“黑暗”即指无明,一切烦恼法亦随之被指出;当以光明为依处时,“光明”即指明,一切菩提分法亦随之被指出。又,以黑暗与光明为依处,即指示放逸;以光明为依处,即指示不放逸。这便是特相之要。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Tamena tamaparāyanena tamoti avijjāya niddiṭṭhāya sabbakilesadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Tamena jotiparāyanena jotivijjāya niddiṭṭhāya sabbe bodhipakkhiyadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Jotitamaparāyanena pamādo niddiṭṭho hoti. Tamena jotiparāyanena appamādo niddiṭṭho hoti. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
什么是四种布列之要?此经中世尊的意趣为何?那些出身卑贱的众生,听闻此法后,不会受持善法、依之而行;那些出身高贵的众生,听闻此法教后,会更加精勤地受持善法、依之而行。这便是四种布列之要,是关于地的教示。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sattā nīcakulino, na te imaṃ sutvā kusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. Ye sattā uccakulino, te imaṃ dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bhiyyoso mattāya kusale dhamme samādāya vattissantīti. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro. Bhūmiyaṃ upadeso.
什么是转起之要?从无明生起的渴爱,即是集;黑暗及以黑暗为依处,即是苦。这二谛——苦与集——借由光明,通过此经、此法而得以施设,此法即是慧根的立足处。依此无痴,三善根得以圆满,成为天界的立足处。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Yā avijjāto pabhūti taṇhā, ayaṃ samudayo. Yo tamo tamaparāyano, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca joti yena suttena dhammena paññāpiyati, so dhammo paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tena amohena tīṇi kusalamūlāni pāripūriṃ gacchanti saggassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,什么是分别?“黑暗导向黑暗”并非一向如此。什么缘故呢?因为有黑暗的有,与不再受后有的善业光明之人同时生起;也有光明的有,与不再受后的不善业黑暗之人同时生起。由转变故,彼于诸黑暗中为对治,以光明而导向黑暗。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Tamo tamaparāyanoti na ekaṃsena. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Atthi tamo ca bhavo aparāpariyavedanīyena ca kusalena jotinā puggalena sahopattibhāve. Atthi joti ca bhavo aparāpariyavedanīyena ca akusalena tamena puggalena sahopattibhāve parivattanā tamesu paṭipakkhoti jotinā tamaparāyano.
于此,什么是差别?那黑暗之人,如此行道自损,他是无信的愚者,不善巧,不聪慧,不见过患。那光明之人,则行道自利,他是贤智者,善巧,聪慧,见过患。这就是差别。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Yo tamo, so evaṃ attabyāpādāya paṭipanno, so assaddhāya bālo akusalo abyatto anādīnavadassī. Yo joti, so attahitāya paṭipanno paṇḍito kusalo byatto ādīnavadassī. Ayaṃ vevacano.
于此,什么是施设?那人以果报施设而被施设,以不善法所摄取而被施设。以光明善法投生施设而被施设,也以善法果报施设而被施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? So puggalo vipākapaññattiyā paññāpiyati, akusale pariyādinnatā paññāpiyati. Jotikusaladhammupapattipaññattiyā paññāpiyati kusaladhammavipākapaññattiyā cāti.
「下降」:凡是依无明为缘的诸行、凡是老死、以及无明本身,此是足处;以解说而言,明的生起、无明的灭尽,乃至老死的灭尽,此二法摄属行蕴。以足处而言,指法界与法处;以解说而言,则指诸界。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti ye avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā yañca jarāmaraṇaṃ yā ca avijjā, taṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, niddesena vijjuppādo avijjānirodho yo yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho, ime dve dhammā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā. Dhammadhātu dhammāyatanañca padaṭṭhānaṃ niddesena dhātūsu.
于此,什么是「净化」?即此经所诠的开端。「决意」:世尊说「黑暗」,并非针对某一众生而说。在一切有情诸趣中,凡依恶行法而投生者,世尊以广说之义将其指示为「黑暗」。凡一切有情中依善法而投生者,彼一切称为「光明」。这是一种统一性,以如理作意的施设为缘,针对由四大种所成之人。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano? Imassa suttassa desitassa ārambho. Adhiṭṭhānoti tamoti bhagavā bravīti, na ekaṃ puggalaṃ deseti. Yāvatā sattānaṃ gati, tattha ye duccaritadhammena upapannā, te bahulādhivacanena tamo niddisati. Yā joti sabbasattesu kusaladhammopapatti sabbaṃ taṃ jotīti abhilapati ayamekatā paccayo yonisomanasikārapaññatti catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ puggalānaṃ.
于此,什么是「资具」?不善法的恶友性是缘,非如理作意是因。善法的善友性是缘,如理作意是因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Akusalassa pāpamittatā paccayo, ayoniso manasikāro hetu. Kusalassa kalyāṇamittatā paccayo, yoniso manasikāro hetu.
于此,什么是增上?有一类人,生在卑贱家族,即所谓“生卑贱家”者,却能于色、声、香、味、触之中,受生于世间人的一切受用。光明则受生于殊胜的善法,也受生于世间人的一切受用。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā samāropanāti? Idhekacco nīce kule paccājāto hotīti nīce kule paccājāto rūpesu saddesu gandhesu rasesu phassesu, so upapanno sabbamhi mānussake upabhogaparibhoge. Joti paṇītesu kusalesu upapanno sabbamhi mānussake upabhogaparibhoge upapannoti.
105 于此,什么是杂染分与通达分的经?即“诸智者不说那是坚固的束缚”这一偈颂。何以说那束缚并非坚固?因为有四种途径可以解脱:凭势力、凭财富、凭乞求,或凭依怙。然而,对于宝珠耳环、儿女、妻子的贪爱,才是这心的束缚。它既不能凭势力解脱,也不能凭财富、乞求或依怙解脱;于此中,没有任何对价可作交换。“从此束缚解脱”——无论是天或人,这束缚都是依贪随眠与六外处而系缚的。于色,是色渴爱的束缚;乃至于法,是法渴爱的束缚。凡在此世的束缚,就会被带往他世。那束缚即生,束缚即死。束缚从此世去往他世,除了以圣道,便无可解脱。他如实了知此束缚与死、生的可怖之后,便舍断欲贪。由舍断欲贪而得超越,他超越了此世,也超越了由此而来的第二他世。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ ca suttaṃ? Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrāti gāthā. Kena kāraṇena taṃ bandhanaṃ daḷhaṃ? Catūhi kāraṇehi issariyena sakkā mocetuṃ dhanena vā aññena vā yācanāya vā parāyanena vā. Yesu ca ayaṃ rāgo maṇikuṇḍalesu puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, idamassa cetasikabandhanaṃ. Taṃ na sakkā issariyena vā dhanena vā aññena vā yācanāya vā parāyanena vā mocetuṃ. Na ca tattha koci atthi pāṭibhogo. Iminā bandhanato mocayitthāti devo vā manusso vā tadidaṃ bandhanaṃ rāgānusayena ca chasu bāhiresu ca āyatanesu bandhati. Rūpesu rūpataṇhā bandhati, yāva dhammesu dhammataṇhā. Yo idha loke bandho paralokasmiṃ bandho nīyati. So bandho jāyati, bandho mīyati. Bandho asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati. Na sakkā mocetuṃ aññatra ariyamaggena imañca bandhanaṃ. Maraṇabhāvañca upapattibhāvañca bhayato viditvā chandarāgaṃ pajahati. So imaṃ chandarāgaṃ pajahitvā atikkamati. Ayañca loko ito paraṃ dutiyo.
于此,舍断结缚与诸行,这便称为于两处精进,正如牟尼不被香气所染。同样,于所取、于儿女和妻子,不被忧箭所中,这便显示了舍断那渴爱。这是从渴爱之根的舍断而言的:胜者不放逸,而欲正是放逸所行之处;为了予以舍断,他便乐于出离,住于不放逸。为了舍断对它们的意向,他既不希求此世间,也不希求他世间。他不依止此世而希求可爱、可意之色,也不依止他世而希求可爱、可意之色,因此说“不希求此世与他世间”。他的舍断即是断除,正如在八颂中所说的牟尼。在八颂中,与此相对的是不希求,而此处则是无依。如此,这一偈便显示了那渴爱、那所取及一切欲境。因此,世尊教导:“断除此后,无期待地游行,舍断一切欲。”此偈有两种解释:随系释与会时释,故而此偈兼具染污分与通达分。这便是以该偈分别阐明杂染分与通达分的方法。如此,即是一切偈颂或诸解释中所说的经。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ bandhanāsaṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ idaṃ vuccati ubhayesu ṭhānesu vīriyaṃ, gandhaparivāto sumuni nopalimpati. Tatheva pariggahesu puttesu dāresu ca avūḷho salloti tasseva taṇhāya pahānaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ taṇhāmūlassa pahānā vare appamattoti kāmo pamādavattati pahānāya nekkhammābhirato appamādavihārī bhavati. Tassa āsayaṃ pahānāya neva imaṃ lokaṃ āsīsati na paralokaṃ. Na idhalokaṃ nissitaṃ, piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ākaṅkhati. Nāpi paralokaṃ nissitaṃ piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ākaṅkhati, tena vuccate ‘‘nāsīsate lokamimaṃ paraṃ lokañcā’’ti. Yaṃ tassa pahānaṃ taṃ chedanaṃ aṭṭhakavaggiyesu muni niddiṭṭho. So idha virodho aṭṭhakavaggiyesu nāsīsanaṃ idha anāthā. Tathāyaṃ taṇhāya tassa pariggahassa vatthukāmassa ekagāthāya ete sabbe kāmā dassitā. Tena bhagavā deseti ‘‘etampi chetvāna paribbajanti anapekkhino sabbakāme pahāyā’’ti. Imissā gāthāya dvidhā niddeso saṃsandananiddeso ca samayaniddeso ca, yathā ayaṃ gāthā saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca, evaṃ tāya gāthāya saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca visajjanā. Evaṃ gāthā sabbagāthāsu byākaraṇesu vā niddiṭṭhaṃ suttaṃ.
106 此处,何谓教导?此经是以何种意趣而宣说的?对于贪行有情,他们将舍断诸欲——这即是世尊在此处的意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā desanā? Imaṃ suttaṃ kenādhippāyena desitaṃ. Ye rāgacaritā sattā, te kāme pajahissantīti ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo.
此处,何谓简择?对那十事烦恼已被超越、被吐出、被了知的人而言。如何为十?即欲烦恼、下分结、上分结,以及十事处——这便是简择。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassa dasavatthukā kilesā uttiṇṇā vantā viditā. Katame dasavidhāti , kilesakāmā ca orambhāgiyauddhambhāgiyā ca saṃyojanā dasavatthukāni āyatanāni, ayaṃ vicayo.
此处,何谓理趣?那些深生染著的人,会被坚固的系缚所绑缚,这便是此处的理趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā yutti? Ye sārattā te gāḷhabandhanena bandhanti atthi esā yutti.
其中,什么是词义?对宝珠耳环的染著,是‘我所执’的词义。期待,是对过去事物怀有贪著的词义。‘断除此’是修习的词义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Sāratto maṇikuṇḍalesu mamaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Apekkhāti atītavatthussa sarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Etampi chetvāti bhāvanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相?心染著于宝珠耳环,耽著于我执,耽著于我所执,于子女与妻染著,于田地住处染著。这便是特相的纲索。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Sārattacitto maṇikuṇḍalesu yo ahaṃkāre visatto mamaṃkāre visatto, yo puttadāre sāratto. Khettavatthusmiṃ sāratto. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,什么是四种布列的纲索?于此经中,世尊的用意何在?那些对涅槃生起希求的人,必将舍断对子女与妻的渴爱。这便是世尊在此处的用意。这便是四圣谛。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo. Ye nibbānena chandikā bhavissanti, te puttadāre taṇhaṃ pajahissanti. Ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Imāni cattāri saccāni.
于此,什么是轮转?对妻儿的渴爱,这便是集。诸执取蕴,以及对于外色的执取,这便是苦;其中应被断除的,这便是灭;由此而被破除的,这便是道。“分别”:此处没有分别的余地;“转变”:已阐明对治。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Yā puttadāre taṇhā, ayaṃ samudayo. Ye upādinnakkhandhā, te ye ca bāhiresu rūpesu rūpapariggaho, idaṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ tattha chedanīyaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Yena bhijjati, ayaṃ maggo. Vibhattīti natthi vibhattiyā bhūmi, parivattanoti paṭipakkho niddiṭṭho.
于此,什么是详说?已宣说的详说。于此,什么是陷溺?有渴爱,一位有情陷溺其中,以此为缘而有识,乃至老死。那里的受,即是无明;明生起时,无明灭尽,乃至老死灭尽。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Niddiṭṭho vevacano. Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Atthi taṇhā eko satto otiṇṇo tappaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ. Yā tattha vedanā, ayaṃ avijjā vijjuppādā avijjānirodho yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho.
于此,什么是净化?偈颂的开端是清净的。于此,什么是确立?“智者不说那是坚固的束缚”——此以同一性而施设,非以差异性。四种贪——欲贪、色贪、有贪、见贪——亦是以同一性而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano? Suddho gāthāya ārambho. Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrāti ekattatāya paññattā, na vemattatāya. Cattāro rāgā kāmarāgo rūparāgo bhavarāgo diṭṭhirāgo cāti ekattatāya paññattā.
于此,什么是资具?对于执著宝珠耳环的人,贪欲以净相为因,以执取相与随形好为缘。若能断除这些,则转以不净相为因,以去除对相与随形好的执取为缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Yesaṃ rāgo maṇikuṇḍalesu tassa subhasaññā hetu, anubyañjanaso ca nimittaggāhitā paccayo. Yāya te chinnāni tassa asubhasaññā hetu, nimittaggahaṇaanubyañjanaggahaṇavinodanaṃ paccayo.
于此,什么是安立?对宝珠耳环生起贪染、迷惑、愚痴乃至嗔恨者,断除这些而游行,为遍知、为避离而舍断,这便称为安立。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Sāratto maṇikuṇḍalesu sammūḷhavidho duṭṭhātipi etampi chetvāna paribbajantīti taṃ pariññātatthaṃ parivajjitatthaṃ pajahitā, ayaṃ samāropano.
107 凡是心所、凡是所构思的,详细地说即是缘;或者说,有心所的业、身的业、心所的业。什么原因呢?因为心所中的思,称为意业,那思即是业;凡是心所的,连同此身业与语业,这三种业已被说明。身业与语业,若属善的,以身与语发起的可爱、可执取,便称为戒禁取。思惟这些即是三种行——福行、非福行、不动行,以此为缘而有识,它们便成为识安住的所缘。凡是净想、乐想、我想,这是心所的。凡是趣向于色的识安住,以色为所缘,以色为依止,以喜为滋润而增长、增大、增广,这是所构思的。如此,凡在识住中安立的,以最初生起所缘的方式而有取,这便称为心所的。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ cetasikaṃ yaṃ pakappitaṃ vitthārena paccayo, yaṃ vā cetasikaṃ kāyikaṃ cetasikaṃ kammaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇā? Cetasikā hi cetanā manokammāti vuccate, sā cetanākammaṃ, yaṃ cetasikaṃ imaṃ kāyikañca vācasikañca imāni tīṇi kammāni niddiṭṭhāni. Kāyakammaṃ vacīkammañca tāni kusalāni piyaṃ kāyena ca vācāya ca ārabhati parāmasati, ayaṃ vuccati sīlabbataparāmāso. Saṅkappanā te tividhā saṅkhārā puññamayā apuññamayā āneñjamayā, tappaccayā viññāṇaṃ te ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Yā subhasaññā sukhasaññā attasaññā ca. Idaṃ cetasikaṃ. Yaṃ rūpūpagaṃ viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhati rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhitaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ gacchati, ayaṃ saṅkappanā, iti yaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu ṭhitaṃ paṭhamābhinibbattiārammaṇavasena upādānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati cetasikanti.
安住于无色者,若起欢喜、耽著,这本身即是动摇。对可喜、可爱、可乐之色所起的倾向,属于心所。所谓‘思’,即是对有情可意境所起的贪身系、在随眠中所起的嗔恚身系,乃至全部四系缚――这是心最初投向五种欲功德时的思。若人随观其味,则众多不善、恶法便成为心的无色有。人被贪爱随缚,由他们烦恼欲而随欲造作,这便称为于诸欲中思惟。如此,便有一切四暴流。凡被那些欲系缚而住、修习、耽著,此即是思。对于如是未离贪、已得爱者,由所爱变异、变易故,便生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼,识随苦而转;忆念者由于坏灭法的生起,心被完全执取,这便称为思惟。显示巴利原文
Tattha ṭhitassa arūpassa yā nikanti ajjhosānaṃ, idampi sakampitaṃ manāpikesu rūpesu piyarūpasātarūpesu ābhogo, idaṃ cetasikaṃ. Yaṃ ceteti sattesu manāpikesu abhijjhākāyagantho paṭighānusayesu byāpādakāyagantho sabbe cattāro ganthā, ayaṃ pañcasu kāmaguṇesu paṭhamābhinipāto cittassa yā cetanā yassa tattha assādānupassissa anekā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ arūpavatiyo honti. Puggalo rāgānubandhibhūto tehi kilesakāmehi yathā kāmakaraṇīyo, ayaṃ vuccate kāmesu pakappanā. Evaṃ sabbe cattāro oghā. Yaṃ tehi kāmehi saṃyutto viharati bhāvito ajjhosanno, ayaṃ cetanā. Yassa tathāyaṃ avītarāgassa adhigatapemassa tassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā dukkhānuparivattitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti saritassa vayadhammasamuppādo cittaṃ pariyādiyati, idaṃ vuccati pakappitanti.
每一处有思与思惟之处,便有识的住立。此住立有两种:所缘住立与食住立。其中,所缘住立是名色的缘。而食住立――即能令再有生起、令再生相续的住立――则被称为所缘。它成为识的住立;以彼识为缘,而有名色,乃至老死;并且,先有思,后又生起希求。由于并非再生,在未来事中,此对治已被宣说。若不思、不希求,却仍然坏灭,这便是两种宣说。先前存在的、那心所的、那思惟的未被根除时,便由此而生,这就是识的住立。显示巴利原文
Ekamekassa ceteti ca pakappeti ca viññāṇassa ṭhiti yā hoti, sā ca ṭhiti dvidhā ārammaṇaṭṭhiti ca āhāraṭṭhiti ca. Tattha yā ārammaṇaṭṭhiti, ayaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo . Yā āhāraṭṭhiti yā punabbhavābhinibbattikā ṭhiti yā ca ponobhavikā ṭhiti, ayaṃ vuccati ārammaṇaṃ. Taṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā tassa viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇañca ceteti, atha ca puna patthayate yato na ponobhavikā anāgatavatthumhi, ayaṃ paṭipakkho niddiṭṭho. Na ceteti na patthayati atha ca dūsetīti duvidho niddeso. Assa pubbe hoti taṃ cetasikaṃ taṃ pakappitaṃ asamūhataṃ tappaccayā, ayaṃ viññāṇassa ṭhiti hoti.
108 又或者,那人的随眠显现,以此为缘,他的再有生起。或者他被怀疑‘仍会回到家中’,或者是微细的,或者存在,或者不被怀疑于诸欲,他却已于如是常家之中出生。他导向那不可构作之事,如是诸行被思、被思惟而成为所缘;凡是思,凡是思惟,凡是事已生起,此二者都是识的所缘。如是,对于思、对于思惟、对于希求,有情思与思惟。凡是寻求,即是不思、不思惟。什么是有情?凡是胎生、卵生而卵未破、湿生而膜未破者,这些称为有情。什么是寻求生?入胎者、入卵者、轮回者,他们不思、不希求、不思惟。于随眠中,不再有生起吗?凡是有情,凡是寻求生者,他们是不动的。或者有念者思、希求,而凡是不动者,他们不思、不希求、不思惟,以随眠而轮回。显示巴利原文
Atha vā tassa anusayā āvibhavanti tappaccayā tassa punabbhavo nibbattati. Atha vā naṃ saṃkiyate appetu āgāre vā, sukhumā vā santi vā na saṃkiyate kāme taṃ evaṃ niccesupi āgāresu jāto hoti. Taṃ nayati yaṃ no kappetuṃ evaṃ saṅkhārā cetitā pakappitā ca ārammaṇabhūtā honti, yā ca cetanā yā ca pakappanā yañca vatthu nibbattaṃ, ubhopi ete ārammaṇaṃ viññāṇassa tathā cetanāya ca saṅkappanāya ca patthanāya ca bhūtā sattā ceteti ca saṅkappeti ca. Yaṃ gavesanā na ca ceteti na ca saṅkappeti. Katame ca sattā bhūtā? Ye ca tanujātaaṇḍajāpi aṇḍakā anubhinnā saṃsedajā na ca sambhinnā ime bhūtā. Katame sambhavesino gabbhagatā aṇḍagatā saṃsaranto ime na ceteti na pattheti na ca saṅkappeti. Anusaye na ca punabbhavo nibbattīti? Ye bhūtā sattā ye sambhavesino, te thāvarā. Ye vā sato cetenti patthenti ca ye thāvarā. Te na ca cetenti, na ca patthenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti.
另一种方式:那些有学圣者,于此既不思,也不思惟,只是随眠再度生起。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Ye ariyapuggalā sekkhā, tattha te na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena puna uppajjanti.
另一种方式:那些微细的有情,行于地中、行于水中,不来到眼的范围,他们既不思,也不思惟,唯依随眠而轮回。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Sukhumā pāṇā bhūmigatā udakagatā cakkhuno āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, te na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti.
另一种方式:所有外道比丘皆具我慢,他们既不思,也不希求,依随眠而轮回;既不思,也不思惟,亦无随眠。那并非识安住的所缘。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Bāhikā sabbe bhikkhū abhimānikā, te na ca cetenti, na ca patthayanti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti, na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, na ca anusenti. Ārammaṇampetaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā.
“不思”显示缠的断除,“不随眠”显示随眠的断除。“不思”显示粗烦恼的舍断,“不随眠”显示细烦恼的舍断。“不思”且于此地“不希求”者,为一来者、不来者;“不随眠”者,为阿拉汉。“不思”显示以戒蕴为对治的舍断,“不希求”显示以定蕴为对治的舍断,“不随眠”显示以慧蕴为对治的舍断。“不思”显示非福行的舍断,“不希求”显示福行的舍断,“不随眠”显示不动行的舍断。“不思”是未知当知根,“不希求”是已知根,“不随眠”是具已知者根。“不思”为软根修习,“不希求”为中根修习,“不随眠”为最上根修习。这便是经的含义。显示巴利原文
Na ca cetetīti pariyuṭṭhānasamugghātaṃ dasseti. Na ca anusetīti anusayasamugghātaṃ dasseti . Na ca cetetīti oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. Na ca anusetīti sukhumānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. Na ca cetetīti yena bhūmi ca na ca patthayantīti sakadāgāmī anāgāmī, na ca anusetīti arahaṃ, na ca cetetīti sīlakkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti samādhikkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusayatīti paññākkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti apuññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti puññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusetīti āneñjamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ, na ca patthayatīti aññindriyaṃ, na ca anusayatīti aññātāvino indriyaṃ. Na ca cetetīti mudukā indriyabhāvanā, na ca patthayatīti majjhaindriyabhāvanā, na ca anusetīti adhimattā indriyabhāvanā. Ayaṃ suttattho.
109 其中,什么是教示?在这部经中,教示了四圣谛。所思及所分别者,有其所缘,心依此住立、寻求、相应。“不思”即“不希求”,有如是所缘,识在随眠中寻求、相应,既“不思”亦“不希求”。由随眠的断除,识不再寻求住立,此寻求则相应。这便是对理法的寻求。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā desanā? Idha sutte cattāri saccāni desitāni. Yañca cetayitaṃ yañca pakappitaṃ atthi etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ patiṭṭhati vicinati yujjati. Na ca cetetīti na ca patthayatīti atthi evaṃ ārammaṇaṃ anusaye viññāṇamiti viciniyati yujjati na ca ceteti na ca patthayati. Anusayappahānā viññāṇaṭṭhitiṃ na gavesanti, viciyantaṃ yujjati. Ayaṃ yuttivicayo.
其中,什么是足处?思为缠的足处,而思正是缠的足处。分别作意是取的足处。随眠是缠的足处。为灭除对它们的欲贪而修习,这便是对有贪的断除。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Cetanā pariyuṭṭhānaṃ cetanāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkappanaṃ upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Anusayo pariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tesaṃ chandarāgavināsāya bhāvanā bhavarāgassa pahānaṃ.
在那里,什么是特相?所谓心所,即所感受、所思量、所执取、所识知者——彼识既是所缘,亦是缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yaṃ cetasikanti vedayitaṃ pakappitaṃ uggahitaṃ viññātaṃ tabbiññāṇaṃ ārammaṇampi paccayopi.
在那里,什么是四种布列?于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?那些不希求再生的人,便不再思量、不再愿求——这便是其意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye punabbhavaṃ na icchanti, te na cetayissanti na ca patthayissantīti, ayaṃ adhippāyo.
「轮转」:即思、愿求、随眠,以及识住的舍断,这即是两种谛。「分别论」:并无分别论所依的基础。而「转变」则是对治之经。显示巴利原文
Āvaṭṭoti yā ca cetanā patthanā ca anusayo ca viññāṇaṭṭhitipahānā ca, imāni dve saccāni. Vibhattīti natthi vibhattiyā bhūmi. Parivattanā pana paṭipakkhaṃ suttaṃ.
其中,什么是详说?思,即色思乃至法思;随眠,即是那七种随眠。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Cetanā rūpasañcetanā yāvadhammasañcetanā. Yo anusayo, te satta anusayā.
“施设”:思缠,由施设而施设;思惟,由取施设而施设;随眠,由因施设而施设;识住,由再生因施设而施设;思、思惟、随眠、断绝,由欲贪调伏之施设而施设。于初者,某些人通过两种轮转,以“此缘性”为中而施设缘起。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti cetanāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ paññattiyā paññattā. Saṅkappanaṃ upādānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Anusayo hetupaññattiyā paññatto. Viññāṇaṭṭhiti upapattihetupaññattiyā paññattā. Cetanā saṅkappanā anusayo samucchedo chandarāgavinayapaññattiyā paññatto. Paṭhame keci dvīhi parivattakehi paṭiccasamuppādo idappaccayatāya majjhapaññatti.
“下降”:以两种轮转,苦与集为中,道与灭为中。“清净”:于经中,即是经的起始。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti dvīhi parivattakehi dukkhañca samudayo ca majjhimakehi maggo ca nirodho ca. Sodhanoti sutte suttassa ārambho.
“确立”:凡所思维的一切,依确立施设为一性。“所思维者”:依取施设为一性。识施设为一性。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti yañcetayitaṃ sabbaṃ adhiṭṭhānena ekattāya paññattaṃ. Saṅkappitanti upādānekattāya paññattaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ ekattāya paññattaṃ.
“资具”:净相为所缘,非如理作意与思,依因缘性而为缘。识的所依法,依所缘缘性而为缘。其作意,依因缘性而为缘。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti subhañca ārammaṇaṃ ayoniso manasikāro cetanā hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Viññāṇassa patiṭṭhāno dhammo ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Tassa manasikāro hetupaccayatāya paccayo.
其中,什么是增益?“此经所指,他在那里思惟”,应如此解说。对于该见,以识为缘而有名色,乃至老死,此是增益。此非识住之所缘,由识灭而名色灭,由名色灭而乃至老死灭。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Idaṃ suttaṃ saññitaṃ tattha ceteti visajjanā iti niddisitabbā. Tassa diṭṭhiyā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ, ayaṃ samāropano. Ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho.
110 其中,何为染污分、通达分与无学分的经典?从“此世间为热恼所生”乃至“凡有沙门或婆罗门说由有而解脱有”。染污分:“依于所依,此苦生起”;然彼诸渴爱若被断尽,“不欢喜有”,于通达寂灭之比丘,无取而不复有。“超越一切有者”,是为无学分。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? Ayaṃ loko santāpajāto yāva ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vippamokkhamāhaṃsu. Saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ sambhoti, yā tā pana taṇhā pahīyanti, bhavaṃ nābhinandatīti nibbedhassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno anupādāya punabbhavo na hoti. Upaccagā sabbabhavāni tādīti asekkhabhāgiyaṃ.
其中,“热恼所生”是指:贪所生的热恼、嗔所生的热恼、痴所生的热恼,由此显示那些众生的处所。“世间为热恼所生”:触有三种——乐受相应触、苦受相应触、不苦不乐受相应触。其中,乐受触为贪热恼,苦受触为嗔热恼,不苦不乐受触为痴热恼。正如世尊于初瓦喇哈咖之牛粪堆处所说:“家主之子,那些由贪所生、由嗔所生、由痴所生的热恼,若众生以此而苦卧,这些热恼我悉已断除。”显示巴利原文
Tattha santāpajātoti rāgajo santāpo dosajo mohajoti. Tesaṃ sattānaṃ ṭhānaṃ dasseti . Loko santāpajātoti phasso tividho sukhavedanīyo dukkhavedanīyo adukkhamasukhavedanīyo. Tattha sukhavedanīyo phasso rāgasantāpo, dukkhavedanīyo dosasantāpo, adukkhamasukhavedanīyo mohasantāpo. Yathā ca bhagavā āha paṭhamakassa valāhakassa gomagge yehi gahapatiputta rāgajehi dosajehi mohajehi santāpehi dukkhaṃ supati, te mama santāpā na santi.
“称病为我”:他为彼诸热恼所逼,便执取三种颠倒——想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒。其中,“于不净作净想”是想颠倒,“于苦作乐想”是心颠倒,“于无常作常想”及“于无我作我想”是见颠倒。显示巴利原文
Rogaṃ vadati attatoti tehi santāpehi santāpito tividhaṃ vipallāsaṃ paṭilabhati saññāvipallāsaṃ cittavipallāsaṃ diṭṭhivipallāsaṃ. Tattha asubhe subhanti saññāvipallāso. Dukkhe sukhanti cittavipallāso. Anicce niccanti anattani attāti diṭṭhivipallāso.
如同心的颠倒,在想与见中有三种寻——心寻颠倒、想寻颠倒与见寻颠倒。在其中,无明是颠倒的行境、趣处与所归之地,正如他这样认知,这样了知,这样认知并了知。如他这样忍受、这样思量。这四种颠倒,众生依之而对四种称为‘自身基’之物,称它为病,称它为肿瘤,称它为‘我’。‘称病为我’:这就是轮转。因为他以任何方式去认知,从那里它便转成另一状态;他以为‘净’,实则不然。同样地,‘乐’、‘常’、‘我’,他期待它们确实会成为未来的‘有’,因此说‘有爱’。他欢喜于有,他所欢喜的,‘这便是苦’,在五蕴中被指出。以那为缘的愁悲苦恼,也将归属于他。至此是杂染。为断除这些而修习梵行。三种热恼得以调伏。显示巴利原文
Yathā cittassa vipallāso saññādiṭṭhite tividhā vitakkā – cittavitakko vipallāso saññāvitakko vipallāso diṭṭhivitakko vipallāsopi. Tattha avijjā vipallāso gocarā gatipateyyabhūmi, yathā hi taṃ sañjānāti yathā vijānāti yathā sañjānāti ca vijānāti ca. Yathā khanti ceteti ime cattāro vipallāsā sattā yehi catubbidhaṃ attabhāvavatthuṃ rogabhūtaṃ gaṇḍabhūtaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti vadanti. Rogaṃ vadati attatoti ayaṃ āvaṭṭo. Yena yena hi maññati tato taṃ hoti aññathāti subhanti maññati na tathā hoti. Evaṃ sukhanti niccaṃ attāti so aññathā bhavameva santaṃ anāgataṃ bhavaṃ patthayati, tena vuccati ‘‘bhavarāgo’’ti. Bhavamevābhinandati, yaṃ abhinandati, taṃ dukkhanti pañcakkhandhe niddisiyati. Yañca tappaccayā sokaparidevadukkhaṃ tassa hi bhāvessati. Ettāvatā saṃkileso hoti. Pahānatthaṃ kho pana brahmacariyaṃ vussati. Tiṇṇaṃ santāpānaṃ chandarāgavinayo hoti.
‘缘依而有此苦’:凡是欢喜于‘有’的人,他便会拥有‘有’,那即是苦;他指出这正是苦的断除。‘若一切取尽灭,则无苦的生起’:正如所指出的四种颠倒,他说明了取。其中第一种颠倒是欲取,第二种是见取,第三种是戒禁取,第四种是我论取。它们的灭尽,便没有苦的生起;他指出依是苦灭之因。如此以正慧如实而见的人,不再有‘无有爱’存续。‘不欢喜于断灭’:这指的是其见地。‘一切渴爱的尽灭即是涅槃’:这是说两种解脱——离贪与离无明的离贪。‘那位比丘’:意指无余涅槃界。这便是经的义理阐释。显示巴利原文
Upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ bhavatīti ye bhavamevābhinandanti yassa bhāvessati, taṃ dukkhaṃ tassa dukkhassa pahānamāha. Sabbaso upādānañca yaṃ natthi dukkhassa sambhavoti cattāro vipallāsā yathā niddiṭṭhaupādānamāha. Tassa paṭhamo vipallāso kāmupādānaṃ, dutiyaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ, tatiyaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ, catutthaṃ attavādupādānaṃ, tesaṃ yo khayo natthi dukkhassa sambhavo upadhi nidānaṃ dukkhanirodhamāha. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato vibhavataṇhā na hoti. Vibhavaṃ nābhinandatīti dassanabhūmiṃ manteti sabbaso taṇhakkhayaṃ nibbānanti dve vimuttiyo katheti rāgavirāgañca avijjāvirāgañca. Tassa bhikkhunoti anupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ manteti. Ayaṃ suttassa atthaniddeso.
111 这其中,什么是审察?对于谁在何处生起热恼,当那人正受热恼时,能如实了知为‘无’而厌离,这便是审察与理趣。贪所生的热恼是乐根与忧根的所依。嗔所生的热恼是乐根与忧根的所依。痴所生的热恼是舍根与忧根的所依。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassa yattha pariḷāheti tassa pariḍayhantassa so yathābhūtaṃ natthi nibbindati ca, ayaṃ vicayo ca yutti ca. Padaṭṭhāno rāgajo pariḷāho sukhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Dosajo pariḷāho sukhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Mohajo pariḷāho upekkhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
什么是“特相的夺取”?被触所缚、被受所缚、被想所缚、被行所缚者,无论以何种方式思惟,或以净相、或以乐相、或以常相、或以我相,于不净中作净想。如是,当说到贪所生热恼时,即已说出四种热恼:贪所生、嗔所生、痴所生、见所生。“贪所生”是我所说;一切十五句皆是“无常、苦”。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Phassapareto vedanāpareto saññāparetopi saṅkhāraparetopi yena yena maññati yadi subhanimittena yadi sukhanimittena yadi niccanimittena yadi attanimittena asubhe subhanti maññati, evaṃ sabbaṃ rāgaje pariḷāhe vutte cattāro pariḷāhā vuttā bhavanti. Rāgajo dosajo mohajo diṭṭhijo ca rāgaṃ vadāmīti attato vadati. Sabbāni pannarasa padāni aniccaṃ dukkhanti.
什么是“四种布阵”?于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?那些不被热恼所烧者,不欣乐于有。不欣乐于有者,他们将般涅槃。这便是意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye pariḷāhena na acchanti te bhavaṃ nābhinandanti. Ye bhavaṃ nābhinandanti, te parinibbāyissanti. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.
什么是“轮转”?以杂染分开示苦与集,以通达分开示灭与道。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Saṃkilesabhāgiyena dukkhañca samudayañca niddisati. Nibbedhabhāgiyena maggañca nirodhañca.
于此,什么是分别?为热恼所生、为病所生者,说“病是我”,但这并非一向如此;由于不如理作意,热恼所生者并不说“病是我”。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Santāpajāto rogajāto rogaṃ vadati attato taṃ na ekaṃsena hoti amanasikārā santāpajāto kho na ca rogaṃ attato vadati.
于此,什么是转变?为了显示正反两面之义,而以地作为转变。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano? Pakkhapaṭipakkhanidassanatthaṃ bhūmi parivattanāya.
于此,什么是同义语摄?他既说病从我而来,也说箭从我而来。全部十五句都应作如此说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro? Rogañca attato vadati sallaṃ attato vadati. Pannarasa padāni sabbāni vattabbāni.
于此,什么是施设?「由热恼生」者,是忧的近因。依一切言说施设而施设。「他说病从自我而来」是颠倒,依杂染施设而施设。「凡他所不欢喜的,即是苦」,依断除颠倒施设而施设。那些无作有情世间,依中间的差别性而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Santāpajātoti domanassapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbe vacanapaññattiyā paññapeti. Rogaṃ vadati attato vipallāso saṃkilesapaññattiyā paññapeti. Yaṃ nābhinandati, taṃ dukkhanti vipallāsanikkhepapaññattiyā paññattā. Te akatasattā lokā majjhena vemattatāya paññattā.
于此,什么是下降?「由热恼生」者,即三不善根。那些诸行,摄属行蕴;于诸界中,为法界;于诸处中,为法处。于诸根中,女根与男根为其近因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Santāpajātoti tīṇi akusalamūlāni, te saṅkhārā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā, dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ. Indriyesu itthindriyaṃ purisindriyañca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,什么是净化?经的开端即是清净。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano? Suddho suttassa ārambho.
于此,什么是确立之摄?“热恼”:那些有情世间依单一性而施设,那些无作有情世间则依中间的差异性而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? Pariḷāhoti ye sattā lokā ekattapaññattiyā paññattā, te akatasattā lokā majjhena vemattatāya paññattā.
于此,什么是资具?“由热恼所生”:不如理作意是因,颠倒是缘。其中,依二法而执取我,即心与心所法,他以颠倒想执取此二者。另有义释:以心所法,由我想而除遣非我想。另有义释:无常想在心所法中,并非我想。这称为心、意或识,长久以来生起“这是我的,我是这个,这是我的自我”。于此,心所法之随观,也是一种法想。那么什么是因,什么是缘?我慢是因,我所慢是缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Santāpajātoti ayoniso manasikāro hetu, vipallāsañca paccayo. Tattha dvīhi dhammehi attā abhiniviṭṭhā cittañca cetasikañca dhamme ubhayāni tassa viparītena parāmasato. Aparo pariyāyo, cetasikehi dhammehi attasaññā anattasaññā samugghāteti. Aparo pariyāyo. Aniccasaññā cetasikesu dhammesu, na tu attasaññā. Idaṃ vuccati cittanti vā manoti vā viññāṇanti vā idaṃ dīgharattaṃ abbhuggataṃ etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti. Tattha cetasikā dhammānupassanā esāpi dhammasaññā. Tassa ko hetu, ko paccayo? Ahaṃkāro hetu, mamaṃkāro paccayo.
于此,什么是增上?所谓“此世间为热恼所生”,他作意不善:“识是名色的缘”乃至“老死”——这便是增上。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Ayaṃ loko santāpajātoti akusalaṃ manteti viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo yāva jarāmaraṇanti, ayaṃ samāropano.
112 他以正慧如此如实而见:此即是诸不善根之舍断。其中,无明灭,由无明灭乃至老死灭——这便是增上。显示巴利原文
Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, sammappaññāya passati akusalamūlānaṃ pahānaṃ. Tattha avijjānirodho avijjānirodhā yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho, ayaṃ samāropano.
有四种人:随流者、逆流者、住立者,以及已渡彼岸、住立于高岸的婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 Cattāro puggalā – anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī ṭhitatto, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti.
其中,随流者耽著于诸欲。他造作恶业,甚至沉溺于诸欲。这便是贪不善根,也就是渴爱;他被那些欲所漂流,故称为随流者。凡被那些欲所驱使,以之为缘、以之为因,由身与语造作不善业者,便称为造恶业者。他有三种流:有身见、疑、戒禁取。由这三种流,他便在三界——欲界、色界、无色界——中受生。与此相反,凡不耽著诸欲、不执取戒禁、为了舍断有身见而如实见诸欲中过患的人,凡心著于法、以法为缘而住立的人,即是婆罗门,也就是阿拉汉。于此,阿拉汉已到彼岸,已到彼岸者住立于彼岸,这是有余涅槃界。所谓“随流者”,是指未舍断应以见所断诸结的人。“逆流者”,是指在果位中见一处而舍断诸烦恼的人。“住立者”,是指舍断五下分结的人。在此,“随流者”显示的是道的形态;“逆流者”与“住立者”显示的是道的限度;“已到彼岸者”,是指声闻无学者与正自觉者。“随流者”说的是导向有身集的道;“逆流者”与“住立者”说的是导向有身灭的道;“已到彼岸者”说的是十种无学阿拉汉法。这便是经义。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo anusotagāmī ayaṃ kāme sevati. Pāpañca kammaṃ karoti yāva kāme paṭisevati . Idaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ, so yeva taṇhā, so tehi kāmehi vuyhati anusotagāmīti vuccati. Yo puggalo tāhi gamito tappaccayā tassa hetu akusalakammaṃ karoti kāyena ca vācāya ca, ayaṃ vuccati pāpakammaṃ karotīti. Tassa tīṇi sotāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso. Imehi tīhi sotehi tividhadhātuyaṃ uppajjati kāmadhātuyaṃ rūpadhātuyaṃ arūpadhātuyaṃ. Tena paṭipakkhena yo kāme na paṭisevati. Yo sīlavataṃ na parāmasati. Yo sakkāyadiṭṭhīnaṃ pahānāya kāmesu yathābhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ passati. Yena ca te dhamme paṭisevati. Yañca tappaccayā tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti arahaṃ kira. Tattha arahaṃ tassa pāraṅgato hoti, pāraṅgatassa thale tiṭṭhati sopādisesā nibbānadhātu. Anusotagāminīti dassanappahātabbānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ appahānamāha. Paṭisotagāminīti phale diṭṭhekaṭṭhānañca kilesānaṃ pahānamāha, ṭhitattena pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānamāha. Tattha anusotagāminā maggarūpimāha. Paṭisotagāminā ṭhitattena ca maggamitimāha. Pāraṅgatena sāvakā asekkhā ca sammāsambuddhā ca vuttā. Anusotagāminā sakkāyasamudayagāminiṃ paṭipadamāha. Paṭisotagāminā ṭhitattena sakkāyanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadamāha. Pāraṅgatena dasa asekkhā arahantā dhammā vuttā. Ayaṃ suttattho.
于此,什么是教说?此经中教说的是四圣谛,以及超越三界世间。
显示巴利原文 Tattha katamā desanā? Imasmiṃ hi sutte cattāri ariyasaccāni desitāni. Tedhātukalokasamatikkamanañca.
于此,什么是简择论?“耽著诸欲者会造恶,不耽著诸欲者不造恶业,从这两种地超出者已到彼岸”——如此考察,名为简择。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Yo kāme paṭisevati pāpaṃ kareyyāti yo ca kāme na paṭisevati so pāpakammaṃ na kareyyāti yo ca imehi dvīhi bhūmīhi uttiṇṇo pāraṅgatoti yā vīmaṃsā ayaṃ vicayo.
理趣:于诸经中,审察相应与不相应,这样的简择即是理趣。足处:随流者是七结的足处,是不善业行、不善根的足处;逆流者是如实见的足处;住立者是不动摇的足处;已到彼岸者,有时是地的足处。显示巴利原文
Yuttīti yujjati suttesu, nāyujjatīti yā vīmaṃsāya, ayaṃ yutti. Padaṭṭhānoti anusotagāminā sattannaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Akusalassa kiriyā akusalassa mūlānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paṭisotagāminā yathābhūtadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ṭhitattena asaṃhāriyāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pāraṅgatoti kadāci bhūmiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
何谓相论?凡随顺流者,依于渴爱之力而行,依于一切烦恼之力而行。凡逆流精进者,他于渴爱、于一切烦恼而逆流精进。凡自身住立者,他以身住立,以语、以心住立。此即是相论。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Yo anusotaṃ gacchati taṇhāvasena. Sabbesampi kilesānaṃ vasena gacchati. Yo paṭisotaṃ vāyamati. Taṇhāya sabbesampi so kilesānaṃ vāyamati paṭisotaṃ. Yo attanā ṭhito kāyenapi so ṭhito vācācittenapi so ṭhito. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
何谓四种分别论?于此经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些对于随顺流之道不欢喜者,他们将逆流精进,直到某个时候,于此世间,这便是意趣。转回:即此经中所宣说的四部经。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye anusotagāminiyā paṭipadāya nābhiramissanti, te paṭisotaṃ vāyamissantīti yāva kadāci bhūmiyaṃ, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Āvaṭṭoti idha sutte cattāri suttāni desitāni.
何谓分别论?若人受用诸欲、造作恶业,他是随顺流者。然而,不可一向说入流者也受用诸欲,并造作部分的恶业。虽有学者也可能造作恶业,如经中所说,但他并非随顺流者,此应作分别解答。若不受用诸欲、不造作恶业,是逆流者。然而,不可一向说一切于诸欲离贪的外人都不造作恶业;由此造作恶业者,是随顺流者还是逆流者?这应以分别论来解答。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? Yo kāme paṭisevati pāpañca kammaṃ karoti. So anusotagāmīti na ekaṃsena sotāpannopi kāme paṭisevati. Taṃ bhāgiyañca pāpakammaṃ karoti. Kiñcāpi sekkhopi kareyya pāpaṃ yathā sutte niddiṭṭho na ca so anusotagāmī, idaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ. Na ca kāme paṭisevati na ca pāpakammaṃ karoti paṭisotagāmī na ca ekaṃsena sabbe bāhirako kāmesu vītarāgo na ca kāme paṭisevati, tena ca pāpakammaṃ karoti anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī, ayaṃ vibhatti.
在此,什么是“转换分别”?即已说对治。所谓“异名”:在诸欲之中,有事欲与烦恼欲,即色、声、香、味、触,以及儿女、妻子、奴仆、佣人、壮丁与财物。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Niddiṭṭho paṭipakkho. Vevacanoti kāmesu vatthukāmāpi kilesakāmāpi rūpasaddagandharasaphassaputtadāradāsakammakaraporisañca pariggahā.
“施设”:一切凡夫依同一性而被施设。“随顺流者”:依烦恼现行之施设而施设。然而,诸有学人依涅槃之施设而施设;诸不还者依不可动摇之施设而施设。这就是施设。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti sabbe puthujjanā ekattāya paññattā. Anusotagāmīti kilesasamudācārapaññattiyā paññattā. Ye pana sekkhā puggalā, te nibbānapaññattiyā paññattā. Ye pana anāgāmī, te asaṃhāriya paññattiyā paññattā, ayaṃ paññatti.
“渡越”:随顺流者即是苦;其所属之法即是苦之集。凡是色,即是色蕴;如此,五蕴即是缘起。那些烦恼则属行蕴所摄,是法处、法界,并于诸根中被施设。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti yo anusotagāmī, so dukkhaṃ. Ye tassa dhammā, te dukkhassa samudayo. Yaṃ rūpaṃ, ayaṃ rūpakkhandho, evaṃ pañcapi khandhā paṭiccasamuppādo, te kilesā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā dhammāyatanaṃ dhammadhātu indriyesu ca paññattā.
净化:依何种发起而宣说此经,彼发起全然清净。显示巴利原文
Sodhanoti yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ, so ārambho sabbo suddho.
确立:一切入流者依逆流而以同一性被说明;或者,逆贪随眠流的有学道与有学人,安住不动。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti paṭisotagāminā sabbe sotāpannā ekattena vā niddiṭṭhā rāgānusayapaṭisotagāmino sekkhāva maggo ca sekkho ca puggalo ṭhitattoti.
离贪者依同一性而施设。到彼岸者:一切阿拉汉、一切独觉佛与正自觉者,亦依同一性而施设。显示巴利原文
Vītarāgo ekattāya paññatto. Pāraṅgatoti sabbe arahanto sabbe paccekabuddhā sammāsambuddhā ca ekattāya paññattā.
「资具」:对于随流者,恶友是缘,欲的缠缚是因;对于逆流者,有两种因与两种缘,乃至在正见生起之前,已得的道是因,精勤是缘,这属于身与心的部分。「安立」乃是分别;此经并没有安立的立足处。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti anusotagāmino pāpamittapaccayo kāmapariyuṭṭhānaṃ hetu. Paṭisotagāmino dve hetū dve paccayā ca yāva sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyadiṭṭhi , tassa paṭiladdhamaggo hetu ārambho paccayo kāyiko cetasikassa koṭṭhāso ca. Samāropanoti vibhatti idaṃ suttaṃ natthi samāropanāya bhūmi.
114 关于“随顺流的法具有五种利益,乃至以见善通达”的经,应当详加说明。精勤、努力、勤奋的人,在病时或死时成为天人,证得独觉菩提。「随顺流」:由听闻正法而成。然而,他的心并不渴求增上慧的法观,也未曾通达。此经是为五种人所说:信随行者中的钝根者与利根者,法随行者中的利根者与钝根者。然而,痴行者不能够精勤、努力、勤奋;如其定解脱如实呈现果的那一刹那、那一刻、那一须臾,善法退失,他人受苦,但不会成为乐异熟。于现法见者,则生起后后所受。在此,若人为法随行者,且随顺流之法存在,他精勤则能证得。若法随行者是钝根,他在病时证得。若信随行者是利根,他在死时证得。若是钝根者,他成为天人而证得。当成为天人尚未证得时,仅凭那对法的贪喜,是不能证得独觉菩提的。于随顺流者,若能精勤、努力、勤奋,他以先前所行了知殊胜,了知后便证得。然而,若病者能作意,于此精勤便证得。若于死时有惊惧,于此精勤便证得。若无任何惊惧,成为天人的他安乐,法成就之足如是安住不动。他如是了知:‘这是法与律,我们先前为人时曾行梵行。’然后成为天人而证得。或者耽显示巴利原文
Pañcānisaṃsā sotānugatānaṃ dhammānaṃ yāva diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ suttaṃ vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Yuñjato ghaṭentassa vāyamato gilāno maraṇakāle devabhūto paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Sotānugatāti saddhammassavanena kataṃ hoti. Na ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya tassa cittaṃ tasitaṃ hoti, na ca anibbiddhattaṃ, idaṃ ca suttaṃ pañcannaṃ puggalānaṃ desitaṃ, saddhānusārino mudindriyassa tikkhindriyassa ca dhammānusārino tikkhindriyassa mudindriyassa ca. Yo pana mohacarito puggalo na sakkoti yuñjituṃ ghaṭituṃ vāyamituṃ yathābhūtaṃ yathāsamādhikā vimutti taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ phalaṃ dasseti. Sādhu parihāyati paro taṃ duyhati, no tu sukhaavipākinī bhavati . Tassa diṭṭhe yeva ca dhamme upapajjaaparāpariyavedanīyaṃ. Tattha yo puggalo dhammānusārī tassa yadi sotānugatā dhammā honti so yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Yo dhammānusārī mudindriyo, so gilāno pāpuṇāti. Yo saddhānusārī tikkhindriyo, so maraṇakālasamaye pāpuṇāti. Yo mudindriyo, so devabhūto pāpuṇāti. Yadā devabhūto na pāpuṇāti, na so teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Yo sotānugatesu yuñjati ghaṭeti vāyamati, so pubbāpannena visesaṃ sañjānāti, sañjānanto pāpuṇāti. Sace pana gilānassa manasikāro hoti, tattha yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Sace panassa maraṇakāle saṃviggo hoti, tattha yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Sace pana na katthaci saṃvego hoti, tassa devabhūtassa sukhino dhammabhūtā pādā evaṃ avilapati. So evaṃ jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ so dhammavinayo yattha mayaṃ pubbe manussabhūtā brahmacariyaṃ carimhā’’ti. Atha devabhūto pāpuṇāti. Dibbesu vā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu ajjhosito hoti pamādavihārī, so tena kusalamūlena paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti.
由他人的音声、以语言善加熟习者,这是闻所成慧。凡是以意观察思惟的诸法,这是思所成慧。以见善加通达者,这是修所成慧。随顺流、以语言熟习,且于现法般涅槃者,这是阿拉汉。投生成为天人而证得,并于彼处般涅槃者,这是不来。以那样的善根证得独觉菩提者,这是先前已修习、资粮具足之人。显示巴利原文
Yā paratoghosena vacasā suparicitā, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Ye pana dhammā honti manasā anupekkhitā, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā. Yaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā . Yaṃ sotānugatā vacasā paricitā honti, so ca diṭṭhe yeva dhamme parinibbāyī, ayaṃ arahaṃ puggalo. Yo upapajjati devabhūto pāpuṇāti, tattha ca parinibbāyati, ayaṃ anāgāmī. Yo tena kusalamūlena paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ pubbayogasambhārasambhūto puggalo.
法随流注,是第一解脱处;以言语熟习,是第二、第三解脱处;以心意伺察,是第四解脱处;以见善悟入,是第五解脱处。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammāti paṭhamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ, vacasā paricitāti dutiyaṃ tatiyañca vimuttāyatanaṃ, manasā anupekkhitāti catutthaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.
由随流注而解脱:藉由善悟入的言语,从耳闻次第法后,圆满戒蕴;以心意伺察,圆满定蕴;以见善悟入,圆满慧蕴。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatāya vimuttiyā vacasā yā vācā suppaṭividdhā anupubbadhammassa sotena sutvā sīlakkhandhe paripūreti, manasā anupekkhitā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūreti, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūreti.
“随流注之法成多闻”,应当详说。此为第一信足。“以心意伺察”:多安住于独处宴坐,应当详说。此为第二信足。“以见善悟入”:证得无漏心解脱,了知“不再有后有”。此为第三信足。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammā bahussutā hontīti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ manasā anupekkhitāti paṭisallānabahulo viharati, vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti anāsavā cetovimuttiyā nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātīti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ.
“随顺流之法”,是导师所开示的有学;“以意思惟”,是导师所开示的阿拉汉果;“以见善通达”,是导师所开示的如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammāti sekkhaṃ satthā dasseti. Manasā anupekkhitāti arahattaṃ satthā dasseti. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti tathāgataṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ satthā dasseti.
“随顺流之法”,是显示欲的出离;“以意思惟”,是显示色界的出离;“以见善通达”,是显示三界的出离。这便是此经的义理。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammāti kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Manasā anupekkhitāti rūpadhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti tedhātukānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ suttattho.
115 于此,什么是教说之食?在这部经中,以言说纯熟的随顺流法,对于欲的寻求,教导了止息之道;以见善通达,对于梵行的寻求,教导了止息之道。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo desanāhāro? Imamhi sutte tayo esanā desitā sotānugatehi dhammehi vacasā paricitehi kāmesanāya samathamaggo. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhehi brahmacariyesanāya samathamaggo.
“简择”:当如理作意经典、加以简择时,便获得闻所成慧。又,当如所闻之法而作意时,便获得思所成慧。当于现法如理作意时,便获得修所成慧。这就是简择。显示巴利原文
Vicayoti yathā suttaṃ manasikaronto vicinanto sutamayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Yathā ca so manasikarotīti yathā sutadhammā tadā cintāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Yathā diṭṭheva dhamme manasikaroti tadā bhāvanāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Ayaṃ vicayo.
由听闻获得闻所成慧,由思惟获得思所成慧,由修习获得修所成慧。这是合乎道理的。显示巴利原文
Sutena sutamayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Cintāya cintāmayipaññaṃ bhāvanāya bhāvanāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Atthi esā yutti.
“足处”:“随顺流的诸法”是听闻法的足处;“以语言熟练”是用功修习的足处;“以意随观”是法随法行、观照的足处;“以见随观”是以慧随观、以见随观。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānoti sotānugatā dhammāti dhammassavanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vacasā paricitāti yuñjanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manasā anupekkhitāti dhammānudhammāya vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Diṭṭhiyā anupekkhitāti paññāyapi anupekkhitā diṭṭhiyāpi anupekkhitā.
“四种配列”:在此经中,世尊的意趣为何?是指那些具足这两种智慧的人……显示巴利原文
Catubyūhoti imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye imāhi dvīhi paññāhi samannāgatā tehi….
“他得寂静”:这是指道果与无余涅槃界;以布施,是指舍断粗重的烦恼;以持戒,是指舍断中等的烦恼;以修慧,是指舍断微细的烦恼。由于贪嗔痴的灭尽,他得寂静,这是所说的阶位。显示巴利原文
Sa nibbutoti maggaphalaṃ anupādisesañca nibbānadhātuṃ manteti, dānena oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ manteti. Sīlena majjhimānaṃ, paññāya sukhumakilesānaṃ manteti, rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti katā ca bhūmi.
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;
「善者舍断恶」:此即是所说之道。显示巴利原文
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti maggo vutto;
「以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃」:这是说(道)果。显示巴利原文
Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti maggaphalamāha.
「施者福增长,自制者不积怨」——以这三句说世间善根。「以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃」——这是说出世间善根。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamatoti tīhi padehi lokikaṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lokuttaraṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,说的是凡夫地。“善者舍弃恶”,说的是有学地。“以贪、瞋、痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,说的是无学地。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti puthujjanabhūmiṃ manteti. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhabhūmiṃ manteti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhabhūmi vuttā.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,说的是导向道的行道。“善者舍弃恶”,说的是有学解脱。“以贪、瞋、痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,说的是无学解脱。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti magganiyā paṭipadā vuttā. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhavimutti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhavimutti.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,这是宣说布施论、持戒论、道论等世间法的教导。“善者舍弃恶”,这是对世间过患的随观。“以贪、瞋、痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,这亦贯通于最胜法说。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ maggakathaṃ lokikānaṃ dhammānaṃ desanamāha. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti loke ādīnavānupassanā. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti sāmukkaṃsikāya dhammadesanāyapi paṭividdhā.
“施者福增长”——通过施予众生无畏,由不杀生而给予有情无畏。如此,一切学处皆当奉行。“自制者怨不积”——即依止于戒而制御其心,于自制者而得圆满。“以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃”——这是两种解脱。以上是此经的分别论。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti pāṇānaṃ abhayadānena pāṇātipātā veramaṇisattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti. Evaṃ sabbāni sikkhāpadāni kātabbāni. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīle patiṭṭhāya cittaṃ saṃyameti, tassa saṃyamato pāripūriṃ gacchati. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve vimuttiyo. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
116 什么是教导?在这部经中教导了什么呢?两种善趣:天与人,以及天的五欲功德与人的五欲功德。以这两句作分别。“施者福增长,自制者怨不积,善者舍弃恶”,这是说及道。“以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,这是教导两种涅槃界:有余依与无余依。此为教导。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā desanā? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitaṃ? Dve sugatiyo devā ca manussā ca, dibbā ca pañcakāmaguṇā, mānussakā ca. Dvīhi padehi niddeso. Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti maggo vutto. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve nibbānadhātuyo desitā sopādisesā ca anupādisesā ca. Ayaṃ desanā.
分别论:“施者福增长”,以此第一句说布施所成之福业事。因此,于他而言,无间的善法……等等,出离的教说,这是意趣所在。以不听闻、不如理作意、不通达,说为导向身见集起的行道。以听闻、如理作意、通达,说为导向身见灭尽的行道。这是轮转。显示巴利原文
Vicayoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti iminā paṭhamena padena dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Tenassa ānantariyānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Dutiyena padena… yanti, niyyānikaṃ sāsananti, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Assavanena ca amanasikārena ca appaṭivedhena ca sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. Savanena ca manasikārena ca paṭivedhena ca sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo.
“分别论”:应以一向记说作答。此处并无分别论立足之处。“转变”:即以五等对治,于现法中便证得那五种利益——这是从另一角度生起的方式。显示巴利原文
Vibhattīti ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo. Natthi tattha vibhattiyā bhūmi. Parivattanāti ye pañcānisaṃsā, te pañcādinā paṭipakkhena teneva diṭṭheva dhamme pāpuṇāti, taṃ upapajjamānā aparo pariyāyo.
“同义词”:随顺流之法,即:所见的经、所了知的慧根、被见善加通达的、被阐明的。显示巴利原文
Vevacananti sotānugatā dhammāti yaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhampi paññindriyaṃ viññattampi diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhampi vibhāvitampi.
“施设”:随顺流之法,即教说,依无明的施设而施设。作意依喜悦的施设而施设,现法亦依利益的施设而施设。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti sotānugatādhammāti desanā avijjāpaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasikāro pāmojjapaññattiyā paññatto, diṭṭhadhammāpi ānisaṃsapaññattiyā paññattā.
「下降」:三种慧——于言辞中熟习者,为闻所成慧;于意中思择者,为思所成慧;于见中善通达者,为修所成慧。这些圣谛、诸根、明之生起、无明之灭、缘起,于诸根中属三根,于诸处中摄于法处,于诸界中摄于法界。「净化」:即经之起始、进入、精勤。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti tisso paññā vacasā paricitesu sutamayīpaññā manasā anupekkhitesu cintāmayīpaññā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāsu bhāvanāmayīpaññā. Imāni ariyasaccāni indriyāni vijjuppādā avijjānirodho paṭiccasamuppādo indriyesu tīṇi indriyāni, āyatanesu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā dhātūsu dhammadhātupariyāpannāti. Sodhanoti yo ārambho suttassa paveso niyutto.
「确立」:五种利益,依差别性而施设利益;「随顺流」,依差别性而施设圣者之言说;「法与听闻」,依同一性而施设。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti pañcānisaṃsāti vemattatāya paññattā ānisaṃsā sotā anugatāti vemattatāya ariyavohāro paññatto, dhamme ca savananti ekattatāya paññattaṃ.
「资具」:听闻正法时的亲近是缘,信是因。「意中思择」:义之领受是缘,法之领受是因。「见善通达」:听闻正法与作意是缘,闻所成慧与思所成慧是因。「等起」:分别论之经是另一方式,于力中无有生起,于彼处无等起之基。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti dhammassavanassa payirupāsanā paccayo, saddhā hetu. Manasā anupekkhitāti atthappaṭisaṃveditā paccayo, dhammappaṭisaṃveditā hetu, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti saddhammassavanañca manasikāro ca paccayo, sutamayī cintāmayī paññā hetu. Samāropanoti vibhattaṃ suttaṃ aparo pariyāyo nibbatti bale natthi. Tattha samāropanāya bhūmi.
117 其中,哪些是属于熏习分与通达分的经?即“施者增长福”等偈颂。“施者”:是说布施所成的福业事。“自制者不积怨”:是说持戒所成的福业事。“善者舍离恶”:是说断除贪、嗔、痴。“以贪嗔痴尽,彼寂灭”:是说贪欲、嗔恚和愚痴的调伏。再者,“施者增长福”这偈颂显示无贪为善根;“自制者不积怨”显示无嗔为善根,即无怨、无敌、无嗔恚性而恒常;“善者舍离恶”显示以智慧的生起而灭除无智;以第四句“贪嗔痴尽”,以贪尽而心从贪中解脱,以痴尽、无明尽而慧解脱。这就是抉择。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā. Dadatoti dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīlamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca pahānamāha. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca chandarāgavinayamāhāti. Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā alobho kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adoso kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti averā asapattā abyāpādatāya sadā. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti ñāṇuppādā aññāṇanirodho. Catutthapadena rāgadosamohakkhayena rāgavirāgā cetovimuttimohakkhayena avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti, ayaṃ vicayo.
“理趣”:安住于布施的人,能圆满成就两者——既舍断悭吝,又增长福德。这就是理趣。显示巴利原文
Yuttīti dāne ṭhito ubhayaṃ hi paripūreti. Macchariyañca pajahati. Puññañca pavaḍḍhati. Atthi esā yutti.
“立足处”:“施者增长福”,是以布施为增上的立足处;“自制者不积怨”,是以慧为增上的立足处;“善者舍离恶”,是以谛为增上的立足处;“以贪嗔痴尽故,他寂灭”,是以寂止为增上的立足处。这便是立足处。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānanti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti cāgādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti paññādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti saccādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti upasamādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno.
在此,什么是特相?施予者增长福德;自制者不积怨仇。施予者亦不造怨;善者舍离恶法。因贪、嗔、痴灭尽故,他证寂灭;因色灭尽、受灭尽故,由所见之色,如来施设而宣示:“以色灭尽故,以离贪灭故。”——于五蕴也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati. Dadatopi veraṃ na kariyāti kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbuto rūpakkhayāpi vedanakkhayāpi, yena rūpena diṭṭhaṃ, tena tathāgato paññapento paññapeyya rūpassa khayā virāganirodhāti evaṃ pañcakkhandhā.
于此,世尊所说“四类”的意趣是什么?希求大财富者,将行布施以舍离危难;希求无怨者,将断除五种怨;希求善法者,将修习八支正道以断除八邪;希求涅槃者,将断除贪、嗔、痴。这就是世尊的意趣。显示巴利原文
Catubyūho idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye mahābhogānaṃ patthayissanti? Te dānaṃ dassanti parissayapahānāya, ye averābhichandakā, te pañca verāni pajahissanti, ye kusalābhichandakā, te aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvessanti aṭṭhannaṃ micchattānaṃ pahānāya. Ye nibbāyitukāmā, te rāgadosamohaṃ pajahissantīti ayaṃ bhagavato adhippāyo.
“转”:不施者的悭吝、不自制者的怨、不善者不舍诸恶——此是苦的阐明,而非集。以无贪、无嗔、无痴之善,此即三善根。他们之缘是八正性,此即道。贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,此即灭。显示巴利原文
Āvaṭṭoti yañca adadato macchariyaṃ yañca asaṃyamato veraṃ yañca akusalassa pāpassa appahānaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhaniddeso na samudayo. Alobhena ca adosena ca amohena ca kusalena imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni. Tesaṃ paccayo aṭṭha sammattāni, ayaṃ maggo. Tesaṃ rāgadosamohānaṃ khayā, ayaṃ nirodho.
所谓「分别」:'施者增长福德'并非一向如此。若有人因畏惧王罚而行布施,或以不如法受用之物施与持戒者,他的福德便不增长。因为他以不善心行此布施——那是施与杖、施与刀,增长的是无福,而非福德。'自制者不积怨'也非一向如此。原因何在?若唯见现世利益者,心想'若国王捉住我,会砍断我的手……',持这般自制,并不能令怨不积聚。然而,依持'杀生有恶果报,于现世与来世俱有'之见,从而远离一切不善因者,以此自制,怨便不积聚。显示巴利原文
Vibhattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti na ekaṃsena yo rājadaṇḍabhayena deti, yo ca akappiyassa paribhogena sīlavantesu deti, na tassa puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti so cetaṃ dānaṃ akusalena deti, daṇḍadānaṃ satthadānaṃ apuññamayaṃ pavaḍḍhati, na puññaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti na ekaṃsena kiṃ kāraṇaṃ yañca yo padaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ passati yadi mama rājāno gahetvā hatthaṃ vā chindeyya…pe… na tena saṃyamena veraṃ na karoti. Yo tu evaṃ samādiyati pāṇātipātassa pāpako vipākoti, diṭṭhe yeva dhamme abhisamparāye ca evaṃ sabbassa akusalassa hetuto ārati. Iminā saṃyamena veraṃ na cīyati.
“转变”的意思是:施者增长福德,不施者福德不增长。由布施所成的那一分,自制者不积集怨结,不自制者则造作怨结。善者能舍弃恶,不善者则不能舍弃。“以贪瞋痴灭尽而寂灭”,即便派遣使者、遣送精妙之物,我也不召唤;然而,他自己却与大比丘僧团一同来到我们的住处。我们也建造了集会堂,心想:“在此,我们迎请十力者,令诵吉祥。”如此思惟后,便前往迎请。“他们前往集会堂”——据说那一天,集会堂里的绘画工作刚刚完成。诸佛向来乐于阿兰若、爱好阿兰若,他们会住在村落中吗?还是不会?因此,在知道世尊的心意后,“我们将守护”,如此思惟后,他们便前往世尊之处。现在得到许可后,想要守护的诸人便前往集会堂。“一切铺设”:就像一切已铺设好一样,他们如此前往世尊之处。在此,那些马喇王守护着集会堂,并下令清扫城市街道,竖立旗帜,安置金瓶与芭蕉树,使整个城市以灯鬘点缀,宛如散布星辰;他们让吃奶的孩童饮乳,让年幼的童子快快进食然后入睡,吩咐“不要发出高声,今天这一夜,导师将住在村内,诸佛向来喜好少声。”如此令击鼓宣告后,他们自己手持杖与灯,前往世尊之处。“以世尊为先导”:在世尊前方之处,世尊坐在诸比丘与近事男们的中间,极为光耀。他遍净悦意,金色之身,端正庄严,可喜可看。从前身放出金色光芒,上达空中八十肘之处;从后身、从右手、从左手、从双脚足底放出珊瑚色光芒,下照坚实地面八十肘之处。如此方圆八十肘的范围内,六色佛光辉耀、照明、流动,一切方向都如被金色瞻波花所散布,如被从金瓶流出的金色液体倾灌,如被展开的金布所围绕,又如韦兰婆风吹起的紧叔迦花、紧叔迦罗花与迦尼迦罗花粉遍洒。寂静之中,世尊的身体以八十随好而辉耀,以三十二种妙相而光明,犹如夜空中升起的星辰,又如盛开的莲花林,一切果实圆满盛开,如同一由旬百的波利质多树。次第排列的三十二个月亮、三十二个太阳、三十二位转轮王、三十二位天王、三十二位大梵天,无学者的寂灭,其实并非涅槃。显示巴利原文
Parivattanāti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti adadato puññaṃ na pavaḍḍhati. Yaṃ dānamayaṃ, taṃ saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, asaṃyamato veraṃ karīyati. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ akusalo na jahāti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbutoti dūtaṃ pesetvā paṇītaṃ pesetvāpi na pakkosāmi, so sayameva pana mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto amhehi ca santhāgārasālā kāritā, ettha mayaṃ dasabalaṃ ānetvā maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpemāti cintetvā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira santhāgāre cittakammaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā aṭṭakā muttamattā honti. Buddhā nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vāti tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paṭijaggissāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paṭijaggitukāmā yena santhāgāraṃ, tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sabbasantharinti yathā sabbaṃ santhataṃ hoti evaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti. Ettha pana te mallarājāno santhāgāraṃ paṭijaggitvā nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā suvaṇṇaghaṭikadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālāhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā khīrapake dārake khīraṃ pāyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojāpetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mākari, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāmeva vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontīti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍakadīpikā ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā, tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno ativiya virocati. Samantapāsādiko suvaṇṇavaṇṇo abhirūpo dassanīyo puratthimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Pacchimakāyato dakkhiṇahatthato vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇarasmi uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ samantā asītihatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vitaṇḍamānā vidhāvanti, sabbe disābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā vviya verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakiṃsukārakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamokiṇṇā viya vippakasantaṃ asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhā dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ sabbaphāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsacandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattīnaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ nibbuto asekkhassa natthi nibbuti.
所谓「异说」:不仅布施者增长福德,随喜者亦增长福德;心得定者,乃至行承事者,也都增长福德。显示巴利原文
Vevacananti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, anumodatopi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati. Cittassa samādahatopi veyyāvaccakiriyāyapi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti.
「施设」:说“布施者增长福德”,这是以无贪而破坏对施设的依止所施设的。说“自制者不积怨仇”,这是以无嗔而破坏对施设的依止所施设的。说“善者舍离恶法”,这是以无痴而破坏对施设的依止所施设的。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, alobhassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adosassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti amohassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ.
「下降」:于五根中,布施者福德增长,自制者不积聚怨仇,由自制成就戒蕴。入于六根之防护,此为定蕴;善者舍断恶法,此为慧蕴;由贪嗔痴灭尽而般涅槃,此为解脱蕴。于诸界中为法界,于诸处中为意处。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti pañcasu indriyesu dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati saṃyamena sīlakkhandho. Otiṇṇo chasu indriyesu saṃvaro, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho, yaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, ayaṃ paññākkhandho, rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti vimuttikkhandho. Dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu manāyatanaṃ.
「净化」:凭此精勤而宣说此经,此精勤即是清净的。显示巴利原文
Sodhanoti yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ so ārambho suddho.
「确立的布施」:这是依同一性而施设的。舍弃、遍舍、法施、物施——八种布施当详细解说,这是差别性。并非对于施者,依同一性的施设而施设。「忍辱无过失」:是由施设而施设的。「由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而般涅槃」:是由止息精进的施设而施设的。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhāno dānanti ekattatāya paññattaṃ. Cāgo pariccāgo dhammadānaṃ āmisadānaṃ, aṭṭha dānāni vitthārena kātabbāni, ayaṃ vemattatā. Na ca dadato ekattapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Khantī anavajjanti paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti rodhavīriyapaññattiyā paññattā.
「资具」:于布施,喜悦为缘,无贪为因。于自制者,如理作意为因,遍舍为缘。「善者舍断恶」:如实见为缘,证得智为因。「由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而般涅槃」:他人之声、内在的如理作意、道,既是因,亦是缘。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti dānassa pāmojjaṃ paccayo, alobho hetu. Saṃyamato yoniso manasikāro hetu, pariccāgo paccayo. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti yathābhūtadassanaṃ paccayo, ñāṇappaṭilābho hetu. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti parato ca ghoso ajjhattañca yoniso manasikāro maggo ca hetu ca paccayo ca.
「增上」:所谓“施者的福德增长”,此偈颂亦显示其戒增长、自制增长。「自制者的怨恨不积聚」:其他烦恼也不积聚,那些以此为缘而应生的诸漏、诸障碍,皆不生起。「由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而般涅槃」:由于贪与嗔的灭尽,贪随眠的灭尽,嗔与痴的灭尽,而般涅槃——有余涅槃界与无余涅槃界。这便是增上。显示巴利原文
Samāropanoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā tassa sīlampi vaḍḍhati. Saṃyamopi vaḍḍhati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti. Aññepi kilesā na cīyanti yepissa tappaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātā, tepissa na uppajjanti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti rāgadosassāpi khayā rāgānusayassapi khayā dosassa mohassāpi sa nibbutoti sopādisesā nibbānadhātu anupādisesāpi. Ayaṃ samāropano.
长老大迦旃延的《藏释》之中显示巴利原文
Therassa mahākaccāyanassa peṭakopadese
摄释之达地,已竟显示巴利原文
Hārassa sampātabhūmi samattā.
第八项 经分别显示巴利原文
8. Suttavebhaṅgiyaṃ
118 无明与有爱的起始不可知。在此,被无明覆盖、被渴爱系缚的众生,其起始不可知。在此,那些被渴爱系缚的众生,偏重执取,观照薄弱;而见解强盛的众生,则偏重观照,执取薄弱。显示巴利原文
Pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya ca bhavataṇhāya ca. Tattha avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sattānaṃ pubbakoṭi na paññāyati. Tattha ye sattā taṇhāsaṃyojanā, te ajjhosānabahulā mandavipassakā. Ye pana ussannadiṭṭhikā sattā, te vipassanābahulā mandajjhosānā.
于此,渴爱行的众生执持众生想,不见生灭。他们于五蕴中观我:「色是我,或我拥有色,或色在我中,或我在色中。」如此遍及五蕴。他们亦以其他诸蕴观我。那些见解强盛的众生修观时,则直接从诸蕴观我。他们观色为我:凡是色,便是我;凡是我,便是彼色。当他见到色的坏灭,即成为断见论者。如此,于五蕴的第一种执取,有五种身见导向断见:「命即是身。」于每一蕴中,后三种执取则导向常见:「命是一,身是另一。」除此之外,那些出家的渴爱行者,热衷于耽溺欲乐;而由此引生,见行者则热衷于自我折磨。仅仅以此见为乐,这一切不过是外在的勤修。显示巴利原文
Tattha taṇhācaritā sattā sattasaññābhiniviṭṭhā anuppādavayadassino. Te pañcasu khandhesu attānaṃ samanupassanti ‘‘rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attāna’’nti. Evaṃ pañcakkhandhā. Aññehi khandhehi attānaṃ samanupassanti tassa ussannadiṭṭhikā sattā vipassamānā khandhe ujuṃ attato samanupassanti. Te rūpaṃ attako samanupassanti. Yaṃ rūpaṃ, so attā. Yo ahaṃ, taṃ rūpaṃ. So rūpavināsaṃ passati, ayaṃ ucchedavādī . Iti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ paṭhamābhinipātā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyo pañca ucchedaṃ bhajanti ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti. Ekamekamhi khandhe tīhi padehi pacchimakehi sassataṃ bhajati ‘‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīra’’nti. Ito bahiddhāte pabbajitā taṇhācaritā kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti. Tena ye ca nissandena diṭṭhicaritā attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti. Tena yeva diṭṭhisukhena ettāvatā bāhirako payogo.
于此,见行的众生进入圣法律时,成为随法行者;渴爱行的众生进入圣法律时,成为随信行者。显示巴利原文
Tattha diṭṭhicaritā sattā ye ariyadhammavinayaṃ otaranti, te dhammānusārino honti. Ye taṇhācaritā sattā ariyaṃ dhammavinayaṃ otaranti, te saddhānusārino honti.
其中,那些见行的众生,于诸欲有嗔和邪见,而不是诸欲上的随眠已被根除者,他们依止于自我折磨而住。对于他们,导师或某位弟子宣说“诸欲无有利益”。他们先前早已对诸欲无所欲求,因此能以少力舍断诸欲。他们不因内心的痛苦而起执着,因此称为“乐行道”。而那些爱行的众生,执著于诸欲,对于他们,导师或某位比丘宣说“诸欲无有利益”。他们以苦舍断可意之色,因此称为“苦行道”。如此,这一切众生皆摄于两种行道:苦行道与乐行道。显示巴利原文
Tattha ye diṭṭhicaritā sattā, te kāmesu dosadiṭṭhī, na ca ye kāmesu anusayā samūhatā, te attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti. Tesaṃ satthā dhammaṃ deseti. Añño vā sāvako kāmehi natthi atthoti te ca pubbeyeva kāmehi anatthikā iti kāme appakasirena paṭinissajjanti. Te cetasikena dukkhena anajjhositā. Tena vuccati ‘‘sukhā paṭipadā’’ti . Ye pana taṇhācaritā sattā, te kāmesu ajjhositā, tesaṃ satthā vā dhammaṃ deseti. Aññataro vā bhikkhu kāmehi natthi atthoti, te piyarūpaṃ dukkhena paṭinissajjanti. Tena vuccati ‘‘dukkhā paṭipadā’’ti. Iti ime sabbasattā dvīsu paṭipadāsu samosaraṇaṃ gacchanti dukkhāyañca sukhāyañca.
其中,见行的众生又分为两种:钝根与利根。其中,那些见行而利根的众生,以乐舍断,迅速证悟,因此称为“速通智乐行道”。其中,那些见行而钝根的众生,比先前的利根者证悟较为迟缓,他们以乐舍断,证悟迟缓,因此称为“乐行道迟通智”。爱行的众生同样有两种:利根与钝根。其中,那些爱行而利根的众生,以苦舍断,迅速证悟,因此称为“苦行道速通智”。其中,那些爱行而钝根的众生,比先前的利根者证悟较为迟缓,他们以苦舍断,证悟迟缓,因此称为“苦行道迟通智”。这四种行道,没有第五种,也没有第六种。凡是已般涅槃或当般涅槃者,皆由此四种行道成就,更无其他。这便是以行道四法阐明诸烦恼。应在圣法中以此四法解说,此即名为狮子游戏之法。显示巴利原文
Tattha ye diṭṭhicaritā sattā, te dvidhā mudindriyā ca tikkhindriyā ca. Tattha ye diṭṭhicaritā sattā tikkhindriyā sukhena paṭinissajjanti, khippañca abhisamenti, tena vuccati ‘‘khippābhiññā sukhā paṭipadā’’ti. Tattha ye diṭṭhicaritā sattā mudindriyā paṭhamaṃ tikkhindriyaṃ upādāya dandhataraṃ abhisamenti, te sukhena paṭinissajjanti, dandhañca abhisamenti. Tena vuccati ‘‘sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā’’ti. Tattha taṇhācaritā sattā dvidhā tikkhindriyā ca mudindriyā ca. Tattha ye taṇhācaritā sattā tikkhindriyā dukkhena paṭinissajjanti, khippañca abhisamenti. Tena vuccati ‘‘dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā’’ti. Tattha ye taṇhācaritā sattā mudindriyā paṭhamaṃ tikkhindriyaṃ upādāya dandhataraṃ abhisamenti, te dukkhena paṭinissajjanti, dandhañca abhisamenti. Tena vuccati ‘‘dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā’’ti. Imā catasso paṭipadāyo apañcamā achaṭṭhā. Ye hi keci nibbutā nibbāyissanti vā imāhi catūhi paṭipadāhi anaññāhi ayaṃ paṭipadācatukkena kilese niddisati. Yā catukkamaggena ariyadhammesu niddisitabbā, ayaṃ vuccati sīhavikkīḷito nāma nayo.
119 此中,四食、四颠倒,以及诸取、诸轭、诸结、诸漏、诸暴流、诸箭、诸识住、诸恶行,如此合为十法。这便是此经的对应连结。显示巴利原文
Tatrime cattāro āhārā. Cattāro vipallāsā upādānā yogā ganthā āsavā oghā sallā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo agatigamanāti, evaṃ imāni sabbāni dasa padāni. Ayaṃ suttassa saṃsandanā.
有四食。其中,段食与触食,当以调伏渴爱之行而舍断;意思食与识食,当以调伏邪见之行而舍断。显示巴利原文
Cattāro āhārā. Tattha yo ca kabaḷīkāro āhāro yo ca phasso āhāro, ime taṇhācaritena pahātabbā. Tattha yo ca manosañcetanāhāro yo ca viññāṇāhāro, ime diṭṭhicaritena pahātabbā.
第一食即是第一颠倒,第二食即是第二颠倒,第三食即是第三颠倒,第四食即是第四颠倒。这四种颠倒,并无第五、第六。这便是四食之量。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamo āhāro paṭhamo vipallāso, dutiyo āhāro dutiyo vipallāso, tatiyo āhāro tatiyo vipallāso, catuttho āhāro catuttho vipallāso. Ime cattāro vipallāsā apañcamā achaṭṭhā. Idañca pamāṇā cattāro āhārā.
其中,住于第一颠倒者,执取诸欲,这便是欲取。住于第二颠倒者,执取未来之有,这便是戒禁取。住于第三颠倒者,执取颠倒之见,这便是见取。住于第四颠倒者,执取诸蕴为我,这便是我论取。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhame vipallāse ṭhito kāme upādiyati, idaṃ kāmupādānaṃ. Dutiye vipallāse ṭhito anāgataṃ bhavaṃ upādiyati, idaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Tatiye vipallāse ṭhito viparīto diṭṭhiṃ upādiyati, idaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Catutthe vipallāse ṭhito khandhe attato upādiyati, idaṃ attavādupādānaṃ.
其中,安住于欲取者,对诸欲贪求系缚,这是贪欲身结。安住于戒禁取者,系缚于嗔恚,这是嗔恚身结。安住于见取者,系缚于执取,这是执取身结。安住于我论取者,戏论系缚,这是「此实谛执」身结。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmupādāne ṭhito kāme abhijjhāyati ganthati, ayaṃ abhijjhākāyagantho. Sīlabbatupādāne ṭhito byāpādaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ byāpādakāyagantho. Diṭṭhupādāne ṭhito parāmāsaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ parāmāsakāyagantho. Attavādupādāne ṭhito papañcanto ganthati, ayaṃ idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho.
这些被系缚的烦恼,便漏泄而出。然而,什么称为追悔呢?那些追悔即是随眠。其中,由贪欲身结而有欲漏,由嗔恚身结而有有漏,由执取身结而有见漏,由「此实谛执」身结而有无明漏。显示巴利原文
Tassa ganthitā kilesā āsavanti. Kiñci pana vuccati vippaṭisāro. Ye vippaṭisārā te anusayā. Tattha abhijjhākāyaganthena kāmāsavo, byāpādakāyaganthena bhavāsavo, parāmāsakāyaganthena diṭṭhāsavo, idaṃ saccābhinivesakāyaganthena avijjāsavo.
这四漏增长广大,成为暴流,因此称为「诸暴流」。其中,欲漏是欲流,有漏是有流,无明漏是无明流,见漏是见流。显示巴利原文
Te cattāro āsavā vepullabhāvaṃ gatā oghā honti, tena vuccanti ‘‘oghā’’ti. Tattha kāmāsavo kāmogho, bhavāsavo bhavogho, avijjāsavo avijjogho, diṭṭhāsavo diṭṭhogho.
这四种暴流潜入所依,与随眠俱行,故称为箭;它们刺穿心而住立。其中,欲流为贪箭,有流为嗔箭,无明流为痴箭,见流为见箭。显示巴利原文
Te cattāro oghā āsayamanupaviṭṭhā anusayasahagatā vuccanti. Sallāti hadayamāhacca tiṭṭhantā. Tattha kāmogho rāgasallaṃ, bhavogho dosasallaṃ, avijjogho mohasallaṃ, diṭṭhogho diṭṭhisallaṃ.
被这四支箭所取,识便住立于四法:色、受、想、行。这便是四识住。其中,由贪箭、以喜浇灌,识住立于趋向色;由嗔箭,识住立于趋向受;由痴箭,识住立于趋向想;由见箭、以喜浇灌,识住立于趋向行。显示巴利原文
Imehi catūhi sallehi pariyādinnaṃ viññāṇaṃ catūsu dhammesu tiṭṭhati rūpe vedanāya saññāya saṅkhāresu. Imā catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Tattha rāgasallena nandūpasecanaṃ rūpūpagaṃ viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhati. Dosasallena vedanūpagaṃ mohasallena saññūpagaṃ diṭṭhisallena nandūpasecanaṃ saṅkhārūpagaṃ viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhati.
依四识住,有四种非道而行:欲、嗔、怖、痴。依贪,则行欲非道;依嗔,则行嗔非道;依痴,则行痴非道;依见,则行怖非道。如是,此业与这些烦恼,即是轮回之因。显示巴利原文
Catūhi viññāṇaṭṭhitīhi catubbidhaṃ agatiṃ gacchanti chandā dosā bhayā mohā. Rāgena chandā agatiṃ gacchati, dosena dosā agatiṃ gacchati, mohena mohā agatiṃ gacchati, diṭṭhiyā bhayā agatiṃ gacchati. Iti idañca kammaṃ ime ca kilesā. Ayaṃ saṃsārassa hetu.
120 在此,这第一方是:段食、“于不净中见净”的颠倒、欲取、欲轭、贪欲身结、欲漏、欲流、贪箭、以色为趣的识住、贪的非道而行。这是第一方。显示巴利原文
Tatthimā catasso disā kabaḷīkārāhāro ‘‘asubhe subha’’nti vipallāso kāmupādānaṃ kāmayogo abhijjhākāyagantho kāmāsavo kāmogho rāgasallaṃ rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti chandā agatigamanaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭhamā disā.
触食、“于苦中见乐”的颠倒、戒禁取、有轭、嗔恚身结、有漏、有流、嗔箭、以受为趣的识住、嗔的非道而行。这是第二方。显示巴利原文
Phasso āhāro ‘‘dukkhe sukha’’nti vipallāso sīlabbatupādānaṃ bhavayogobyāpādo kāyagantho bhavāsavo bhavogho dosasallaṃ vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti dosā agatigamanaṃ, ayaṃ dutiyā disā.
意思食、“于无我中见我”的颠倒、见取、见轭、执取身结、见漏、见流、见箭、以想为趣的识住、怖畏的非道而行。这是第三方。显示巴利原文
Manosañcetanāhāro ‘‘anattani attā’’ti vipallāso diṭṭhupādānaṃ diṭṭhiyogo parāmāsakāyagantho diṭṭhāsavo diṭṭhogho diṭṭhisallaṃ saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti bhayā agatigamanaṃ. Ayaṃ tatiyā disā.
识食即是「于无常中计常」的颠倒,是我论取,是无明轭,是此实执身结,是无明漏,是无明流,是痴箭,是行所趣入的识住,是痴,是堕恶趣——这是第四方。如此,以这十部经的第一句观照第一方。这便称为观方。显示巴利原文
Viññāṇāhāro ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti vipallāso attavādupādānaṃ avijjāyogo idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho avijjāsavo avijjogho mohasallaṃ saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti mohā agatigamanaṃ, ayaṃ catutthī disā. Iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ paṭhamena padena paṭhamāya disāya ālokanaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati disālokanā.
依四颠倒,于不善方中观方、结缚烦恼,此即不善方观方的基础。于五组十经中,那些作为第一句的诸法,其意义为何?其意义同一,只是文句有别。如是第二、如是第三、如是第四。这是第一会合。显示巴利原文
Catūhi vipallāsehi akusalapakkhe disāvilokanā kilesaṃ saṃyojetvā ayaṃ akusalapakkhe disāvilokanāya bhūmi pañcannaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ yāni paṭhamāni padāni imesaṃ dhammānaṃ ko attho? Eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Evaṃ dutiyā evaṃ tatiyā evaṃ catutthī. Ayaṃ paṭhamā saṃsandanā.
以此略说,应将一切烦恼收入四种足处。进而,于善法方面有:四种行道、四种禅那、四念处、四种住——天住、梵住、圣住、不动住、四正勤、四种稀有未曾有法、四决意、四种定:欲定、精进定、心定、观定。四种能引生安乐之法:无觉支则无、无苦行则无、无诸根律仪则无、无一切舍弃则无。四无量。显示巴利原文
Iminā peyyālena sabbe kilesā catūsu padesu pakkhipitabbā. Tato kusalapakkhe catasso paṭipadā cattāri jhānāni cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro vihārā dibbo brahmā ariyo āneñjo cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro acchariyā abbhutadhammā cattāro adhiṭṭhānā cattāro samādhayo chandasamādhi vīriyasamādhi cittasamādhi vīmaṃsāsamādhi. Cattāro dhammā sukhabhāgiyā nāññatra bojjhaṅgā nāññatra tapasā nāññatindriyasaṃvarā nāññatra sabbanissaggā cattāri appamāṇāni.
其中,苦道迟通智,修习多作之后,能圆满初禅;初禅圆满时,则圆满初念处;初念处圆满时,则圆满初住;初住圆满时,则圆满初正勤;初正勤圆满时,则圆满初稀未曾有法;初稀未曾有法圆满时,则圆满初决意;初决意圆满时,则圆满欲定;欲定圆满时,则圆满根律仪;根律仪圆满时,则圆满初慈无量。如此渐次,乃至以一切舍弃圆满第四无量。显示巴利原文
Tattha dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā bhāviyamānā bahulīkariyamānā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti, paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti , paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti, paṭhamo vihāro paripuṇṇo paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ paripūreti, paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ acchariyaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ paripūreti, paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paripuṇṇo paṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, paṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ chandasamādhiṃ paripūreti, chandasamādhi paripuṇṇo indriyasaṃvaraṃ paripūreti, indriyasaṃvaro paripuṇṇo paṭhamaṃ mettāappamāṇaṃ paripūreti. Evaṃ yāva sabbanissaggo catutthaṃ appamāṇaṃ paripūreti.
于此,第一行道、初禅、初念处、初住、初正勤、初稀未曾有法、真实决意、欲定、根律仪与慈无量,这便是第一方。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamā ca paṭipadā paṭhamañca jhānaṃ paṭhamañca satipaṭṭhānaṃ paṭhamo ca vihāro paṭhamañca sammappadhānaṃ paṭhamo ca acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saccādhiṭṭhānañca chandasamādhi ca indriyasaṃvaro ca mettā ca appamāṇaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭhamā disā.
苦道速通智、第二禅那、第二念处、第二住、第二正勤、第二稀未曾有法、舍决意、心定、四神足及悲无量,这便是第二方。显示巴利原文
Dukkhā ca paṭipadā khippābhiññā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyañca satipaṭṭhānaṃ dutiyo ca vihāro dutiyañca sammappadhānaṃ dutiyo ca acchariyo abbhuto dhammo cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ cittasamādhi cattāro iddhipādā karuṇā ca appamāṇaṃ, ayaṃ dutiyā disā.
乐行道而迟通智、第三禅那、第三念处、第三住处、第三正勤、第三稀有未曾有法、慧增上、精进定与觉支、喜无量。这是第三方。显示巴利原文
Sukhā ca paṭipadā dandhābhiññā tatiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca satipaṭṭhānaṃ tatiyo ca vihāro tatiyañca sammappadhānaṃ tatiyo ca acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paññādhiṭṭhānañca vīriyasamādhi ca bojjhaṅgā ca muditā ca appamāṇaṃ. Ayaṃ tatiyā disā.
乐行道而速通智、第四禅那、第四念处、第四住处、第四正勤、第四稀有未曾有法、寂止增上、思择定、一切舍与舍无量。这是第四方。对这四个方向的观察,便称为方向观察法。显示巴利原文
Sukhā ca paṭipadā khippābhiññā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catutthañca satipaṭṭhānaṃ catuttho ca vihāro catutthañca sammappadhānaṃ catuttho ca acchariyo abbhuto dhammo upasamādhiṭṭhānañca vīmaṃsāsamādhi ca sabbanissaggo ca upekkhā appamāṇañca. Ayaṃ catutthī disā. Imāsaṃ catassannaṃ disānaṃ ālokanā. Ayaṃ vuccati disālokano nāma nayo.
于此,其衔接方式为:四食与四行道,四颠倒与四念处,四取与四禅那,四轭与四住处,四结与四正勤,四漏与四稀有未曾有法,四暴流与四增上,四刺与四定,四识住与四喜分法,四恶趣行与四无量。如是,以善对治不善的次序而衔接,这便称为方向显了法。显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ yojanā. Cattāro ca āhārā catasso ca paṭipadā, cattāro ca vipallāsā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhānā, cattāri ca upādānāni cattāri ca jhānāni cattāro ca yogā vihārā ca, ganthā ca sammappadhānā ca, āsavā ca acchariyā abbhutadhammā ca, oghā ca adhiṭṭhānāni ca, sallā ca samādhayo, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo cattāro ca sukhabhāgiyā dhammā, cattāri ca agatigamanāni cattāri ca appamāṇāni iti kusalākusalānaṃ paṭipakkhavasena yojanā, ayaṃ vuccati disālokano nayo.
它以四沙门果为究竟。而在善与不善的阐说中,第一部分之阐说,以入流果为究竟;第二部分以一来果,第三部分以不来果,第四部分以阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Tassa cattāri sāmaññaphalāni pariyosānaṃ, yo ca dhammo kusalākusalaniddese paṭhamo disāniddeso, imassa sotāpattiphalaṃ pariyosānaṃ dutiyaṃ sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, tatiyaṃ anāgāmiphalaṃ, catutthaṃ arahattaphalaṃ.
于此,什么是三轮辐之法?即:以苦行道、迟通智与速通智而出离的两种人;以乐行道、迟通智与速通智而出离的两种人。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo tipukkhalo nayo? Ye ca dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti dve puggalā, ye ca sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti dve puggalā.
在这四种人中,以乐行道、迟通智出离的人,与以苦行道、速通智出离的人,此二者为一类;以乐行道、速通智出离的人,是俊慧者;最后一种人——即共通者,是广演知者;以苦行道、迟通智出离的人,是所引导者。如是,这四种人成为三种。其中,俊慧者的观以止为先,所引导者的止以观为先,广演知者的止与观双连并运。俊慧者的教导柔软,所引导者的教导锐利,广演知者的教导既锐利又柔软。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ yo puggalo sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti, yo ca puggalo dukkhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti. Ime dve puggalā bhavanti. Tattha yo sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti , ayaṃ ugghaṭitaññū. Yo pacchimo puggalo sādhāraṇo, ayaṃ vipañcitaññū. Yo puggalo dandhābhiññāya dukkhāya paṭipadāya niyyāti, ayaṃ neyyo. Ime cattāro bhavitvā tīṇi honti, tattha ugghaṭitaññussa samathapubbaṅgamā vipassanā, neyyassa vipassanāpubbaṅgamo samatho, vipañcitaññussa samathavipassanā yuganaddhā. Ugghaṭitaññussa mudukā desanā, neyyassa tikkhā desanā, vipañcitaññussa tikkhamudukā desanā.
俊慧者依增上慧学,所引导者依增上心学,广演知者依增上戒学。如是,此诸行人以四种行道而得度脱。显示巴利原文
Ugghaṭitaññussa adhipaññāsikkhā, neyyassa adhicittasikkhā, vipañcitaññussa adhisīlasikkhā. Iti imesaṃ puggalānaṃ catūhi paṭipadāhi niyyānaṃ.
于此,此即是杂染:三不善根、三触、三受、三随寻、三杂染、三寻、三热恼、三有为相、三苦性。显示巴利原文
Tattha ayaṃ saṃkileso, tīṇi akusalamūlāni tayo phassā tisso vedanā tayo upavicārā tayo saṃkilesā tayo vitakkā tayo pariḷāhā tīṇi saṅkhatalakkhaṇāni tisso dukkhatāti.
三不善根者,贪为不善根,嗔为不善根,痴为不善根。三触者,乐受触、苦受触、不苦不乐受触。三受者,乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受。三随寻者,喜随寻、忧随寻、舍随寻。三杂染者,贪、嗔、痴。三寻者,欲寻、嗔恚寻、害寻。三热恼者,贪生、嗔生、痴生。三有为相者,生、住、灭。三苦性者,苦苦性、坏苦性、行苦性。显示巴利原文
Tīṇi akusalamūlānīti lobho akusalamūlaṃ, doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ. Tayo phassāti sukhavedanīyo phasso, dukkhavedanīyo phasso, adukkhamasukhavedanīyo phasso. Tisso vedanāti sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Tayo upavicārāti somanassopavicāro domanassopavicāro upekkhopavicāro. Tayo saṃkilesāti rāgo doso moho. Tayo vitakkāti kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko. Tayo pariḷāhāti rāgajo dosajo mohajo. Tīṇi saṅkhatalakkhaṇānīti uppādo ṭhiti vayo. Tisso dukkhatāti dukkhadukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatā saṅkhatadukkhatā.
贪不善根从何处生起?有三种所缘:可意所缘、不可意所缘与舍处所缘。其中,以可意所缘为缘,贪不善根生起。如是,以可意所缘为缘,有乐受触;以乐受触为缘,生起乐受;以乐受为缘,生起喜随寻;以喜随寻为缘,生起贪;以贪为缘,生起欲寻;以欲寻为缘,生起贪所生热恼;以贪所生热恼为缘,生起“生”这一有为相;以“生”这一有为相为缘,生起坏苦性。显示巴利原文
Tattha lobho akusalamūlaṃ kuto samuṭṭhitaṃ? Tividhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ manāpikaṃ amanāpikaṃ upekkhāṭhāniyañca. Tattha manāpikena ārammaṇena lobho akusalamūlaṃ samuṭṭhahati. Iti manāpikā ārammaṇā sukhavedanīyo phasso, sukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjate sukhavedanā, sukhavedanaṃ paṭicca uppajjate somanassūpavicāro, somanassūpavicāraṃ paṭicca uppajjate rāgo, rāgaṃ paṭicca uppajjate kāmavitakko, kāmavitakkaṃ paṭicca uppajjate rāgajo pariḷāho rāgajaṃ pariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjate uppādo saṅkhatalakkhaṇo, uppādaṃ saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ paṭicca uppajjate vipariṇāmadukkhatā.
嗔不善根从何处生起?以不可意所缘为缘,嗔不善根生起。如是,以不可意所缘为缘,有苦受触;以苦受触为缘,生起苦受;以苦受为缘,生起忧随寻;以忧随寻为缘,生起嗔;以嗔为缘,生起嗔寻;以嗔寻为缘,生起嗔所生热恼;以嗔所生热恼为缘,生起坏苦性;以坏苦性为缘,生起苦苦性。显示巴利原文
Doso akusalamūlaṃ kuto samuṭṭhitaṃ? Amanāpikena ārammaṇena doso akusalamūlaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ. Iti amanāpikā ārammaṇā dukkhavedanīyo phasso, dukkhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjate dukkhavedanā, dukkhavedanaṃ paṭicca uppajjate domanassūpavicāro, domanassūpavicāraṃ paṭicca uppajjate doso, dosaṃ paṭicca uppajjate byāpādavitakko, byāpādavitakkaṃ paṭicca uppajjate dosajo pariḷāho, dosajaṃ pariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjate ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ paṭicca uppajjate dukkhadukkhatā vedanā.
痴不善根从何处生起?以舍处所缘为缘,痴不善根生起。如是,以舍处所缘为缘,有不苦不乐受触;以不苦不乐受触为缘,生起不苦不乐受;以不苦不乐受为缘,生起舍随寻;以舍随寻为缘,生起痴;以痴为缘,生起害寻;以害寻为缘,生起痴所生热恼;以痴所生热恼为缘,生起坏苦性;以坏苦性为缘,生起行苦性。这便是三种烦恼的解说,称为善方面的三轮辐论式。显示巴利原文
Moho akusalamūlaṃ kuto samuṭṭhitaṃ? Upekkhāṭhāniyena ārammaṇena moho akusalamūlaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ. Iti upekkhāṭhāniyā ārammaṇā adukkhamasukhavedanīyo phasso, adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjate adukkhamasukhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhavedanaṃ paṭicca uppajjate upekkhūpavicāro, upekkhūpavicāraṃ paṭicca uppajjate moho, mohaṃ paṭicca uppajjate vihiṃsāvitakko, vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ paṭicca uppajjate mohajo pariḷāho, mohajaṃ pariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjate vayo saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ, vayaṃ saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ paṭicca uppajjate saṅkhatadukkhatā, iti ayaṃ tiṇṇaṃ kilesānaṃ niddeso, ayaṃ vuccate kusalapakkhe tipukkhalo nayo.
如是,三不善根,非四非五;三触、三受,乃至行苦性——凡任何不善品,皆完全摄入于三不善根。显示巴利原文
Iti tīṇi akusalamūlāni na catutthāni na pañcamāni, tayo phassāti tisso vedanā yāva saṅkhatadukkhatāti, yo koci akusalapakkho, sabbo so tīsu akusalamūlesu samosarati.
于此,何为善品?即三善根;三慧:闻所成慧、思所成慧、修所成慧;三定:有寻有伺定等;三学:增上戒学等;三相:止相、策励相、舍相;三寻:出离寻等,乃至无害寻;三根:未知当知根等;三随寻:出离随寻、无嗔随寻、无害随寻;三求:欲求、有求、梵行求;三蕴:戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo kusalapakkho? Tīṇi kusalamūlāni, tisso paññā sutamayī paññā cintāmayī paññā bhāvanāmayī paññā. Tayo samādhī savitakkasavicāro…pe… tisso sikkhā adhisīlasikkhā…pe… sikkhā. Tīṇi nimittāni samathanimittaṃ paggahanimittaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ. Tayo vitakkā nekkhammavitakko…pe… avihiṃsāvitakko. Tīṇi indriyāni anaññātaññassāmītindriyanti vitthāro. Tayo upavicārā nekkhammūpavicāro abyāpādūpavicāro avihiṃsūpavicāro. Tisso esanā kāmesanā bhavesanā brahmacariyesanā. Tayo khandhā sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho paññākkhandho.
于此,无贪善根能令闻所成慧圆满;闻所成慧圆满则能令有寻有伺定圆满;有寻有伺定圆满则能令增上心学圆满;增上心学圆满则能令止相圆满;止相圆满则能令出离寻圆满;出离寻圆满则能令未知当知根圆满;未知当知根圆满则能令出离随寻圆满;出离随寻圆满则能舍断欲寻;舍断欲寻则能令定蕴圆满。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ alobho kusalamūlaṃ, taṃ sutamayipaññaṃ paripūreti, sutamayī paññā paripuṇṇā savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ samādhiṃ paripūreti, savitakko savicāro samādhi paripuṇṇo adhicittasikkhaṃ paripūreti, adhicittasikkhā paripuṇṇā samathanimittaṃ paripūreti, samathanimittaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ nekkhammavitakkaṃ paripūreti, nekkhammavitakko paripuṇṇo anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ paripūreti, anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ nekkhammūpavicāraṃ paripūreti, nekkhammūpavicāro paripuṇṇo kāmesanaṃ pajahati, kāmesanappahānaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūreti.
无嗔善根圆满思所成慧,思所成慧圆满,则令无寻有伺之定圆满。无寻有伺之定圆满,则令增上戒学圆满;增上戒学圆满,则令舍相圆满;舍相圆满,则令无嗔寻圆满;无嗔寻圆满,则令已知根圆满;已知根圆满,则令无嗔随寻圆满;无嗔随寻圆满,则断除有寻;断除有寻,则令戒蕴圆满。显示巴利原文
Adoso kusalamūlaṃ cintāmayipaññaṃ paripūreti, cintāmayī paññā paripuṇṇā avitakkavicāramattaṃ samādhiṃ paripūreti . Avitakkavicāramatto samādhi paripuṇṇo adhisīlasikkhaṃ paripūreti, adhisīlasikkhā paripuṇṇā upekkhānimittaṃ paripūreti, upekkhānimittaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ abyāpādavitakkaṃ paripūreti, abyāpādavitakko paripuṇṇo aññindriyaṃ paripūreti, aññindriyaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ abyāpādūpavicāraṃ paripūreti, abyāpādūpavicāro paripuṇṇo bhavesanaṃ pajahati, bhavesanappahānaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūreti.
无痴善根圆满修所成慧,修所成慧圆满,则令无寻无伺之定圆满。无寻无伺之定圆满,则令增上慧学圆满;增上慧学圆满,则令策励相圆满;策励相圆满,则令已知根圆满;已知根圆满,则令无害随观圆满;无害随观圆满,则令梵行之寻求圆满;梵行之寻求圆满,则令慧蕴圆满。显示巴利原文
Amoho kusalamūlaṃ bhāvanāmayipaññaṃ paripūreti, bhāvanāmayīpaññā paripuṇṇā avitakkaavicāraṃ samādhiṃ paripūreti, avitakko avicāro samādhi paripuṇṇo adhipaññāsikkhaṃ paripūreti, adhipaññāsikkhā paripuṇṇā paggahanimittaṃ paripūreti, paggahanimittaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ aññātāvino indriyaṃ paripūreti, aññātāvino indriyaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ avihiṃsūpavicāraṃ paripūreti, avihiṃsūpavicāro paripuṇṇo brahmacariyesanaṃ paripūreti, brahmacariyesanā paripuṇṇā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūreti.
如此,这三法属于善品分,一切善法皆由三种三法归类阐明,而三解脱门是其最终归宿。其中,初者对应无愿,第二者对应空,第三者对应无相。这便是所谓的第二种名为‘三堆’的法门。显示巴利原文
Iti ime tayo dhammā kusalapakkhikā sabbe kusalā dhammā tīhi tikaniddesehi niddisiyanti tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni tassa pariyosānaṃ. Tattha paṭhamena appaṇihitaṃ, dutiyena suññataṃ, tatiyena animittaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati dutiyo tipukkhalo nāma nayo.
于此,有三种人:利慧者、广演知者、应受引导者。于此三种人中,以乐行道速通达及以乐行道迟通达而出离者,是两种人;以苦行道速通达及以苦行道迟通达而出离者,亦是两种人。这四种人依此差别而成为二种,即见行者与爱行者。四种复为三种,三种复为二种。这二种人的杂染是:无明与渴爱,无惭与无愧,失念与不正知,诸盖与诸结,执着与固执,我慢与我所慢,不信与难教,懈怠与不如理作意,疑与贪欲,不听闻正法与不证得。显示巴利原文
Tattha ye ime tayo puggalā ugghaṭitaññū vipañcitaññū neyyoti. Imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ ye ca puggalā sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya, sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya ca niyyanti, te dve puggalā. Ye ca dve puggalā dukkhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya, dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya ca niyyanti , ime cattāro tena visesena dve bhavanti diṭṭhicarito ca taṇhācarito ca. Ime cattāro bhavitvā tayo bhavanti, tayo bhavitvā dve bhavanti. Imesaṃ dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, avijjā ca taṇhā ca, ahirikañca anottappañca, assati ca asampajaññañca, nīvaraṇāni ca saṃyojanāni ca, ajjhosānañca abhiniveso ca, ahaṃkāro ca mamaṃkāro ca, assaddhiyañca dovacassañca, kosajjañca ayoniso ca manasikāro, vicikicchā ca abhijjhā ca, asaddhammassavanañca asamāpatti ca.
于此,无明、无惭、失念、诸盖、执着、我慢、不信、懈怠、疑、不听闻正法,这是第一方。显示巴利原文
Tattha avijjā ca ahirikañca assati ca nīvaraṇāni ca ajjhosānañca ahaṃkāro ca assaddhiyañca kosajjañca vicikicchā ca asaddhammassavanañca, ayaṃ ekā disā.
渴爱、无愧、不正知、诸结、固执、我所慢、难教、不如理作意、贪欲、不证得,这是第二方。这十对中的十个初句应当如此了知。简略而言,是为了说明黑品之对治,一切对的十个第二句,即是这第二方。显示巴利原文
Taṇhā ca anottappañca asampajaññañca saṃyojanāni ca abhiniveso ca mamaṃkāro ca dovacassatā ca ayoniso manasikāro ca abhijjhā ca asamāpatti ca, ayaṃ dutiyā disā. Dasannaṃ dukānaṃ dasa padāni paṭhamāni kātabbāni. Saṃkhittena atthaṃ ñāpenti paṭipakkhe kaṇhapakkhassa sabbesaṃ dukānaṃ dasa padāni dutiyakāni, ayaṃ dutiyā disā.
如此,诸不善法的苦之阐明,即是集。凡是依着那法而有的名色,即是苦;而这是集,这是苦。这苦与集二谛,是喜贪轮转法门的第一阐明。显示巴利原文
Iti akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ dukkhaniddeso, ayaṃ samudayo. Yaṃ taṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāvasati nāmañca rūpañca idaṃ dukkhaṃ iti ayañca samudayo, idañca dukkhaṃ, imāni dve saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca nandiyāvaṭṭassa nayassa paṭhamaniddeso.
其中,什么是善品?即:止与观,明与行,念与正知,惭与愧,舍断我慢与舍断我所慢,正精进与如理作意,正念与正定,慧与厌离,证得与听闻正法,悦意与法随法行。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo kusalapakkho? Samatho ca vipassanā ca, vijjā ca caraṇañca, sati ca sampajaññañca, hirī ca ottappañca, ahaṃkārappahānañca mamaṃkārappahānañca, sammāvāyāmo ca yoniso ca manasikāro, sammāsati ca sammāsamādhi ca, paññā ca nibbidā ca, samāpatti ca saddhammassavanañca, somanassañca dhammānudhammappaṭipatti ca.
其中,止、明、念、惭、舍断我慢、正精进、正念、慧、证得、悦意——这些法为一方。观、行、正知、愧、舍断我所慢、如理作意、正定、厌离、听闻正法、法随法行——这是第二方。如此,于善品与不善品中,喜贪轮转法门有四方。显示巴利原文
Tattha samatho ca vijjā ca sati ca hirī ca ahaṃkārappahānañca sammāvāyāmo ca sammāsati ca paññā ca samāpatti ca somanassañca, ime dhammā ekā disā. Vipassanā ca caraṇañca sampajaññañca ottappañca mamaṃkārappahānañca yoniso manasikāro ca sammāsamādhi ca nibbidā ca saddhammassavanañca dhammānudhammappaṭipatti ca, ayaṃ dutiyā disā. Iti kusalapakkhe ca akusalapakkhe ca nandiyāvaṭṭassa pana nayassa catasso disā.
其中,属于不善方的第一要目诸不善法,由善方第二要目所断。由断除他们,由离贪而心解脱;属于不善方的第二不善要目,由善方第一要目所断。由断除他们,由离无明而慧解脱为究竟。此三种方法中的第一种,名为狮子游戏。八要目——四善要目与四不善要目——为根本要目;以义理而言,第二是三轮。它以六法引导善根与不善根,如是此六要目与前八根本要目,合为十四要目,摄属于十八根本要目。其中最后的方法为喜贪轮转,以四法引导。以无明、渴爱、止与观,这四法即是三种方法中所说的此十八根本要目。显示巴利原文
Tāsu yāni akusalapakkhassa paṭhamāni padāni akusalāni kusalehi pahānaṃ gacchanti, tāni kusalapakkhe dutiyehi padehi pahānaṃ gacchanti. Tesaṃ pahānā rāgavirāgā cetovimutti yāni akusalapakkhassa dutiyāni akusalapadāni pahānaṃ gacchanti, tāni kusalapakkhassa paṭhamehi padehi pahānaṃ gacchanti. Tesaṃ pahānā avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti pariyosānaṃ. Imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ nayānaṃ paṭhamo nayo sīhavikkīḷito nāma. Aṭṭha padāni cattāri ca kusalāni cattāri ca akusalāni imāni aṭṭha padāni mūlapadāni, atthanayena dutiyo tipukkhalo. So chahi dhammehi neti kusalamūlāni ca neti akusalamūlāni ca, iti imāni cha padāni purimakāni ca aṭṭha mūlapadāni imāni cuddasa padāni aṭṭhārasannaṃ mūlapadānaṃ. Tattha yo pacchimako nayo nandiyāvaṭṭo, so catūhi dhammehi neti. Avijjāya ca taṇhāya ca samathena ca vipassanāya ca, ime cattāro dhammā imāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni tīsu nayesu niddiṭṭhāni.
其中,九善要目,一切善法皆于此中汇聚。此九根本中,四要目在狮子游戏法,三要目在三堆,二要目在喜贪轮转,这些是善的方面。其中,九善要目,一切善法于此相应。其中,狮子游戏法有四要目,三堆有三要目,喜贪轮转有二要目,这九善要目已予说明。显示巴利原文
Tattha yāni nava padāni kusalāni, tattha sabbaṃ kusalaṃ samosarati. Tesañca navannaṃ mūlānaṃ cattāri padāni sīhavikkīḷitanaye tīṇi tipukkhale dve nandiyāvaṭṭe, iccete kusalassa pakkhā. Tattha yāni nava padāni kusalāni, tattha sabbaṃ kusalaṃ yujjati. Tattha sīhavikkīḷite naye cattāri padāni tīṇi tipukkhale dve nandiyāvaṭṭe imāni nava padāni kusalāni niddiṭṭhāni.
于此,在喜贪轮转法中,四要目摄含十八根本要目。如何呢?止、无贪、无嗔、不净想、苦想——此善品五要目,趣向于止。观、无痴、无常想、无我想——此四要目,趣向于观。此九要目为善法,结合于两类。而在不善品中,九不善根本要目:渴爱、贪、嗔、净想、乐想——此五要目趣向于渴爱;无明、痴、常想、我想——此四要目趣向于无明。此九要目为不善法,已善为开示。如是,三种方法非入于一种方法。如是,十八根本要目应于喜贪轮转法中开示。显示巴利原文
Tattha yāni nandiyāvaṭṭe naye cattāri padāni, tattha aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni samosaranti. Yathā kathaṃ, samatho ca alobho ca adoso ca asubhasaññā ca dukkhasaññā ca imāni kusalapakkhe pañca padāni samathaṃ bhajanti. Vipassanā ca amoho ca aniccasaññā ca anattasaññā ca imāni cattāri padāni vipassanaṃ bhajanti. Imāni nava padāni kusalāni dvīsu padesu yojitāni, tattha akusalapakkhe navannaṃ akusalamūlapadānaṃ yā ca taṇhā yo ca lobho yo ca doso yā ca subhasaññā yā ca sukhasaññā, imāni pañca padāni taṇhaṃ bhajanti . Yā ca avijjā yo ca moho yā ca niccasaññā yā ca attasaññā, imāni cattāri padāni avijjaṃ bhajanti. Etāni nava padāni akusalāni susaṃkhittāni. Iti tayo nayā ekaṃ nayaṃ na paviṭṭhā. Evaṃ aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni nandiyāvaṭṭanaye niddisitabbāni.
如何使十八根本要目与三聚法门相应?九善要目中,观、无痴、无常想、无我想,此四要目为一聚;无痴、止、无贪、不净想,此四要目为一聚;贪与嗔——如是,此九要目应于三种善中相应。九不善要目中,渴爱、贪、净想、乐想,此四要目为贪不善根;无明、痴、常想、我想,此为痴不善根;而嗔——如是,此九要目与三种不善相应。如此,十八根本要目于善根中相应后,应以三聚法门教导。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni, tipukkhale naye yujjanti? Navannaṃ padānaṃ kusalānaṃ, vipassanā ca amoho ca aniccasaññā ca anattasaññā ca, imāni cattāri padāni; amoho ca samatho ca alobho ca asubhasaññā ca, imāni cattāri padāni; lobho ca doso ca, evaṃ imāni nava padāni tīsu kusalesu yojetabbāni. Tattha navannaṃ padānaṃ akusalānaṃ taṇhā ca lobho ca subhasaññā ca sukhasaññā ca, imāni cattāri padāni lobho akusalamūlaṃ; avijjā ca moho ca niccasaññā ca attasaññā ca ayaṃ moho ayaṃ doso, ye ca imāni nava padāni tīsu akusalesu yojitāni. Evaṃ aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni kusalamūlesu ca yojetvā tipukkhalena nayena niddisitabbāni.
如何使十八根本要目与狮子游戏法门相应?渴爱与净想,此为第一颠倒;贪与乐想,此为第二颠倒;无明与常想,此为第三颠倒;痴与我想,此为第四颠倒。如是,九不善根本要目被结合于四处。而九善根本要目中,止与不净想,此为第一念住;无贪与苦想,此为第二念住;观与无常想,此为第三念住;无痴与无我想,此为第四念住。这十八根本要目纳入狮子游戏法门。在这三种法门中,地、贪与嗔归于一种法门。了知一法门中的不善法或善法后,应当寻求对治;寻求对治后,则应解说彼法门,而于彼法门中已作解说。正如于一法门中纳入了所有法门,应当如此解说。于一法门中纳入了十八根本要目,了知彼法,即了知一切法。这三种法门中,狮子游戏法门以四果为究竟。第一向为第一果,第二向为第二果,第三向为第三果,第四向为第四果。三轮法门以三解脱门为究竟。第一向为无愿,第二向为空,第三向为无相。欢喜轮回法门以离贪心解脱、离无明慧解脱为究竟。第一向为离贪心解脱,第二向为离无明慧解脱。这三种法门,即对这三种法门的十八根本要目的观察,这称为方向观察法门。观察后了知“此法归于彼法”,这是正确的结合。在善分与不善分中,此法门名为钩。这是五种法门。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni sīhavikkīḷite naye yujjanti? Taṇhā ca subhasaññā ca, ayaṃ paṭhamo vipallāso. Lobho ca sukhasaññā ca, ayaṃ dutiyo vipallāso. Avijjā ca niccasaññā ca, ayaṃ tatiyo vipallāso. Moho ca attasaññā ca, ayaṃ catuttho vipallāso. Iti nava padāni akusalamūlāni catūsu padesu yojitāni. Tattha navannaṃ mūlapadānaṃ kusalānaṃ samatho ca asubhasaññā ca, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Alobho ca dukkhasaññā ca, idaṃ dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Vipassanā ca aniccasaññā ca, idaṃ tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Amoho ca anattasaññā ca, idaṃ catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Imāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni sīhavikkīḷitanayaṃ anupaviṭṭhāni. Imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ nayānaṃ yā bhūmi ca yo rāgo ca yo doso ca ekaṃ nayaṃ pavisati. Ekassa nayassa akusale vā dhamme kusale vā dhamme viññāte paṭipakkho anvesitabbo, paṭipakkhe anvesitvā so nayo niddisitabbo, tamhi naye niddiṭṭho. Yathā ekamhi naye sabbe nayā paviṭṭhā tathā niddisitabbā. Ekamhi ca naye aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni paviṭṭhāni, tamhi dhamme viññāte sabbe dhammā viññātā honti. Imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ nayānaṃ sīhavikkīḷitanayassa cattāri phalāni pariyosānaṃ. Paṭhamāya disāya paṭhamaṃ phalaṃ, dutiyāya disāya dutiyaṃ phalaṃ, tatiyāya disāya tatiyaṃ phalaṃ, catutthāya disāya catutthaṃ phalaṃ. Tipukkhalassa nayassa tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni pariyosānaṃ. Paṭhamāya disāya appaṇihitaṃ, dutiyāya disāya suññataṃ, tatiyāya disāya animittaṃ. Nandiyāvaṭṭassa nayassa rāgavirāgā cetovimutti avijjāvirāgā ca paññāvimutti pariyosānaṃ . Paṭhamāya disāya rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, dutiyāya disāya avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti. Ime tayo nayā imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ nayānaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ mūlapadānaṃ ālokanā, ayaṃ vuccati disālokano nayo. Āloketvāna jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo imaṃ dhammaṃ bhajatī’’ti sammā yojanā. Kusalapakkhe akusalapakkhe ca ayaṃ nayo aṅkuso nāma. Ime pañca nayā.
此处有诸摄颂:显示巴利原文
Tatthimā uddānagāthā
一切善与九句相应,不善亦与九句相应;
这些即是根本要目,两边合为十八要目。
渴爱与无明,止与观;
能引导一切与轭相应者,这便是欢喜轮转之法。
依善根,依善与不善根而引导;
那真实、如实、无倒的引导,他们说即是三轮。
他引导有情出离颠倒与烦恼根;
于法中,他们称那种方法与律为“狮子游戏”。
如《分别论》所说:依善与不善,
他观察此三者,此法名为“观察诸方”。
以观察诸方之法观察后,举出其平等者;
于一切善与不善,此方法名为“钩”。
显示巴利原文 Taṇhā ca avijjāpi ca, lobho doso tatheva moho ca; Cattāro ca vipallāsā, kilesabhūmī nava padāni. Ye ca satipaṭṭhānā, samatho ca vipassanā kusalamūlā; Etaṃ sabbaṃ kusalaṃ, indriyabhūmī nava padāni. Sabbakusalaṃ navahi padehi yujjati, navahi ceva akusalaṃ; Ete te mūlapadā, ubhato aṭṭhārasa padāni. Taṇhā ceva avijjā ca, samatho ca vipassanā; Yo neti sabbesu yogayutto, ayaṃ nayo nandiyāvaṭṭo. Yaṃ kusalamūlehi, nayati kusalaakusalamūlehi; Bhūtaṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ, tipukkhalaṃ taṃ nayaṃ āhu. So neti vipallāsehi, kilesaindriyehi ca; Dhamme taṃ nayaṃ vinayamāhu, sīhavikkīḷitaṃ nāma. Veyyākaraṇe vutte, kusalatāhi akusalatāhi ca; Tayo ālokayati, ayaṃ nayo disālocano nāma. Oloketvā disālocanena, ukkhipiya yaṃ samāneti; Sabbe kusalākusale, ayaṃ nayo aṅkuso nāma.
法门的生起显示巴利原文
Nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
《藏释》中大迦旃延长老之经分别显示巴利原文
Peṭakopadese mahākaccāyanassa therassa suttavibhaṅgassa
依狮子游戏之理所说,有四法的善与不善;依三堆之理所说,有三法的善与不善;依欢喜轮转之理所说,有二法的善与不善。此中,于二善法中,其义若于三法中分别安立时,则属有地;而一切义皆以三种文句加以说明,此即名为“如此多”。凡以四句、二十八部分而于无地中可说明之义,则唯以四句加以说明。如此,凡所说不杂乱者,是谓限量。正如一切定皆应收摄于三定中——有寻有伺定、无寻唯伺定、无寻无伺定,此是限量,无有第四定。同理,三种慧——思所成慧、闻所成慧、修所成慧——即含摄一切慧,无有第四慧,所谓非思所成、非闻所成、非修所成者,则彼无慧。此法之不散乱,即名为“限量”。显示巴利原文
Yāni catukkāni akusalāni kusalāni ca sīhavikkīḷite naye niddiṭṭhāni, tikāni kusalāni ca akusalāni ca tipukkhale naye niddiṭṭhāni, dukāni kusalāni ca akusalāni ca nandiyāvaṭṭe naye niddiṭṭhāni. Yesu dvīsu dhammesu kusalesu so attho tikesu vibhajjamānassa bhavabhūmi, atha ca sabbo ca attho tīhi byañjanehi niddisati. Tattakāni vuccati. Yo attho catūhi padehi aṭṭhavīsatibhāgehi natthibhūmi niddisituṃ, avacarantova catūhi padehi niddisati. Iti yaṃ yathāniddiṭṭhassa avikosanā idaṃ pamāṇaṃ. Yathā sabbe samādhayo tīsu samādhīsu pariyesitabbā, savitakkasavicāre avitakkavicāramatte avitakkaavicāre idaṃ pamāṇaṃ, natthi catuttho samādhi. Tathā tisso paññā cintāmayī sutamayī bhāvanāmayī sabbāsu paññāsu niddisati, natthi catutthī paññā na cintāmayī na sutamayī na bhāvanāmayī, paññā nāssa atthi imesaṃ dhammānaṃ yā avikkhepanā, idaṃ vuccati pamāṇanti.
住阎浮林的长老大迦旃延所著《藏释》。显示巴利原文
Therassa mahākaccāyanassa jambuvanavāsino peṭakopadeso